Indoor

Welcome to 536 pages of “New Light”

The new TRILUX Indoor is here. Inside you will find more than 7,000 TRILUX products for almost every application and requirement. You will also find quality, diversity and unlimited possibilities. And on top of that: New Light awaits you.

As you have certainly noticed, not only the luminaires are new at TRILUX. There is a new layout, logo and slogan. Since 2006, the stylised sun logo and the name TRILUX have served jointly as a synonym for „New Light“ – two words, which make up our claim in everything we do to create ideal lighting solutions and thus shape the future of light.

That includes, in particular, innovative technologies. After all, only really new light deserves the title „New Light“. Proof enough that almost every TRILUX development already satisfies this premise: a wide variety of new ranges and several product advancements in 2008 alone. Innovative concepts and forms of light – or in short: impressive design – are similarly an aspect of New Light. That is confirmed time and again by national and international panels of experts, such as „red dot award“ or „iF product design award“.

Moreover, the use of TRILUX light management systems and competent project planning support allow for lighting solutions that are natural and efficient, without comparison, and extremely individual. In short: If light fulfils all these points, you will find it on the following 536 pages. Then it may be called: New Light from TRILUX.

024 Athenik LED

112 Estilio

180 Polaron LED-RGB

259 Quadrial LED-RGB

267 Solvan LED-RGB

348 2911···

024 Athenik

034 Inperla

166 Valuco D

170 3331···

180 Polaron

346 Centa-S

112 Estilio

114 Valuco S

116 Torso S

116 Torso W

118 Offset S

124 Offset W

126 Luceo S

128 Desktop

132 Deca

138 740···

282 362···

346 Centa-S

164 Valuco

170 333···

176 34···

178 Polaron

182 Torso H

178 Polaron

356 Fidesca-SD

360 Fidesca-BS

362 739···

362 4401···

256 Quadrial

032 Athenik (+···)

040 Inperla (+···)

312, 324 Enterio···IP···

470 Winlight Q

338 Aragon

LED
010 Color Flatbed 010 Color Line 010 Color Stripe 011 Color Shelf Glas 011 Chloe RGB 014 Chloe 014 Chloe-Quad 015 Hyperion-R 015 Hyperion-Q

Downlights and spotlights
046 293··· 048 Oceanus 50NV 049 Leto 50NV 050 Cyclos 80N 050 Oceanus 80N 052 Circe 111 052 Xerxes 111 052 Cyclos 111 053 Oceanus 111

Multivariable systems
428 E-Line T5 M-UXP-H··· 430 E-Line T5 ···F··· 064 BLUEmotion 074 T·200

Light ceiling
094 Plenar HD 094 Plenar C···M Plenar C···Q 094 Plenar C···R

128 Dialog

130 Dialog Wall

132 Deca

136 Deca Dekor

138 740···

142 6651···

143 ES 500

148 5571···

149 5611···

Free-standing and wall-mounted luminaires

184 536···

186 BLUEmotion LS+FS

188 DiVisio

190 Offset H

192 Solvan

202 Luceo

214 5051 AL···

224 505···/504···

236 500···

Surface-mounted and suspended luminaires

Recessed luminaires
264 Solvan C 276 Heliosa 278 Liventy 282 362··· 290 390···/391··· 300 368···/369··· 308 Enterio 312, 314 Enterio OA, PA 328 734···/735···

342 711···/712···

344 713···

346 Centa-S

348 2911···

350 Fidesca-PM

350 Fidesca-SD

350 Fidesca-BS

362 739···

362 4401···

Luminaires with high protection ratings

470 Winlight Q

370 506···

372 376···

372 366···

Ball-impact-resistant luminaires

388 Delta

412 E-Line T5

434 E-Line T8

466 796···

470 Winlight Q

472 614···

Continuous-line luminaires, high bay luminaires and batten luminaires

Emergency lighting
476

Light management
488

Trunking
504

Energy efficiency and technical information
512

LED

LED

LED 28 Color - Dynamic colour light design

010 Color Flatbed

010 Color Line

010 Color Stripe

011 Color Shelf

011 Chloe RGB

6

LED - Static monochrome light design

014 Chloe NV···

014 Chloe-Quad NV···

015 Hyperion-R

015 Hyperion-Q

7

A technology with countless possibilities: LED.

8

LED light technology represents a milestone in development thanks to its substantially increased efficiency and the possibility of colour-dynamic lighting. For instance. A development. which light technology has gone through since the invention of the incandescent lamp. which is proof that hardly anything is moving towards the future as quickly as artificial light. Although it primarily served as an accentuating design element in the past.The evolution. is far from over. 9 . it has already become a general lighting solution at TRILUX.

Line.20 0.35 Color Flatbed··· 850° 02 Light tiles for colour light composition with integral SMD-RGB-LED and cover made of polycarbonate. Color Flatbed 360··· with brushed aluminium frame (358 x 358 mm). Stripe 6 850 °C Color Flatbed··· d IP20 Color Line··· d IP67 Color Stripe··· d IP20 Color Flatbed··· Color Line··· Color Stripe··· Reference TOC Lamps W LED RGB Strip 11.4 LED RGB Strip 11.70 0.2 LED RGB Strip 22. page 12 LED 28 connecting systems.2 LED RGB Strip 16.10 1. page 12 LED 28 connecting systems. Color Stripe···01 Colour light profile made of plastic extrusion with integral SMD-RGB-LED. consisting of aluminium channel with integral SMD-RGB-LED and cover made of rectangular polycarbonate profile.30 0.2 LED RGB Strip 16. Color Flatbed··· Color Line··· Color Stripe··· 10 .4 LED RGB Strip 11. page 12 LED 28 connecting systems.95 6.8 LED RGB Strip 22. Degree of protection IP67 for indoor use. Color Line··· (IP67) Surface-mounted colour light profile. page 12 1. page 12 LED 28 connecting systems.LED 28 Color Flatbed. page 12 LED 28 connecting systems.90 1. page 12 LED 28 connecting systems. Color Flatbed 690··· with brushed aluminium frame (688 x 688 mm).8 Control channels 6 12 6 9 12 6 9 Accessories ≈kg Color Flatbed 360 850° 02 Color Flatbed 690 850° 02 Color Line 691 mm Color Line 1022 mm Color Line 1353 mm Color Stripe 730 mm 01 Color Stripe 1060 mm 01 46 515 00 46 516 00 49 366 50 49 367 50 49 368 50 46 384 00 46 385 00 LED 28 connecting systems.

8 Control channels 3 6 3 Accessories ≈kg Color Shelf Glas 360 Color Shelf Glas 690 Chloe NV-RGB 04 45 503 00 45 500 00 50 556 50 LED 28 connecting systems.LED 28 Color Shelf. Housing in chrome for installation on walls and ceilings.70 0. comprising a brushed aluminium profile with integral SMD-RGB-LED and glass shelf. Color Shelf Glas··· Chloe NV-RGB··· 11 . page 12 1. Degree of protection IP67 for indoor use. Electrical connection Electrical connection. brightness and colour light control are achieved with the LED 28 low voltage system.95 3. Integral mains supply and further wiring with standard cable length 750mm long and 2-pole Chloe system connectors. which must be ordered separately.6 LED RGB Strip 11.55 Color Shelf Glas··· Glass shelf with illuminated edges. This system allows for simultaneous operation and control of one or several luminaries by means of a control system. page 12 LED 28 connecting systems.2 SMD RGB LED 0. Chloe···RGB Accessories ······························· 12 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 850 °C Color Shelf··· d IP20 Color Chloe···RGB 5 d IP67 Color Shelf Glas··· Chloe···RGB Reference TOC Lamps W LED RGB Strip 5. page 12 LED 28 connecting systems. with 1 SMDRGB-LED for colour light composition. Chloe NV-RGB 04 Circular recessed luminaire.

This supply is necessary as initial supply. 2 outputs.75 W) by means of the supply unit. Two push-buttons can be used to call up two preprogrammed light scenes. With the sequencer you have 72 channels at your disposal. Reference LED 28 Color SQ TOC 45 554 00 Supply unit (SU) The supply unit comes in two different rating classes (27/100 W output) Repeater 2-fach The repeater is used for splitting (2 x 72 channels) and amplifying the control signal. Power is supplied only in one direction. 1 input.4 W. Connects SU. for further supply of LED luminaires. T-Splitter M Distribution cable for additional power supply into the system. Adapter in IP20 out IP67 Adapter in IP67 out IP20 Adapter for connecting the Chloe RGB and Color Line with the LED 28 connection system. 0. Reference LED 28 Color T-Splitter A LED 28 Color T-Splitter M TOC 45 564 00 45 565 00 System cable Extension cables in lengths from 0. Installation can be made in a commercially available flush mounting box. Reference LED 28 Color SW 500 LED 28 Color SW 1000 LED 28 Color SW 3000 LED 28 Color SW 5000 TOC 45 562 00 45 560 00 45 561 00 45 563 00 Reference Adapterkabel in IP20 out IP67 Adapterkabel in IP67 out IP20 TOC 51 017 00 51 018 00 12 . Using the 8 push-buttons you can activate and control the luminaires of the LED Color systems.5 to 5 m. for connecting luminaires to luminaires or luminaires to a supply unit without using any tools. Reference LED 28 Color SU 100 W LED 28 Color SU 27 W TOC 45 556 00 45 559 00 Reference LED 28 Color Repeater 2-fach TOC 46 396 00 T Splitter A Distribution cable to feed the supply voltage into the system. A repeater shall be installed as a signal amplifier in intervals greater than 20 m between sequencer and luminaire. Power is supplied to the sequencer (0.LED 28 Color Accessories and Electrical Equipment Sequencer SQ The sequencer is the heart of the LED 28 control system. Polarised plug with interlock. sequencer and luminaires with each other.

The channels used in total are calculated based on the number of luminaires and the number of channels per luminaire. you need a sequencer. several supply units (SU) must be installed depending on the power consumption of all luminaires in the system. Color Stripe···. Color Shelf··· Optional: System cable T-Splitter A T-Splitter M Sequencer SQ Optional: System cable Optional: System cable Optional: Repeater 2 outputs Optional: Repeater 2 outputs Supply unit (SU) Supply unit (SU) Chloe···RGB···. Several luminaires can be connected one after the other. a supply unit (SU) and the desired luminaire.LED 28 Color Connection diagram For basic installation of the COLOR system. The number of channels can be found on the product pages. Color Line··· T-Splitter A T-Splitter M T-Splitter M Adapter cable IP20/IP67 Sequencer SQ Adapter cable IP20/IP67 Adapter cable IP67/IP20 Adapter cable IP20/IP67 Adapter cable IP67/IP20 Optional: System cable Supply unit (SU) Supply unit (SU) Supply unit (SU) Reference LED 28 Color SQ LED 28 Color SU 100 W LED 28 Color SU 27 W LED 28 Color Repeater 2-fach LED 28 Color T-Splitter A LED 28 Color T-Splitter M TOC 45 554 00 45 556 00 45 559 00 46 396 00 45 564 00 45 565 00 Assignment A B B C D E Reference LED 28 Color SW 500 LED 28 Color SW 1000 LED 28 Color SW 3000 LED 28 Color SW 5000 Adapterkabel in IP20 out IP67 Adapterkabel in IP67 out IP20 TOC 45 562 00 45 560 00 45 561 00 45 563 00 51 017 00 51 018 00 Assignment F F F F H I 13 . Color Flatbed···. The power consumption of the luminaires can also be found on the product pages. If applicable. with up to a maximum 72 channels.

025 0.022 0. Chloe EF LT-40 Electrical equipment (12 W) for installation in flush-mounting boxes.022 0.0 m with Chloe system connector.12 m with CHLOE system connector. Chloe extension cable AL 6000 extension cable 6. Chloe NV··· Chloe Quad NV··· 14 . Degree of protection IP67.6. Secondary connecting line with Chloe system connector. 7 mm high (IP 67). Accessories and electrical equipment Chloe AB LT-10 Electrical equipment (3 W) with power plug. Housing made of stainless steel for recess depth of 6. 0.6.8 m mains supply and additional further wiring. 0.3 W. L x W x D: 49 x 49 x 24 mm. Suitable for installation in walls.025 Accessories and electrical equipment Chloe AB LT-10 Chloe EF LT-40 Chloe T-Splitter Chloe AL 6000 Description Electrical equipment (3 W) with power plug Electrical equipment.Chloe Recessed LED luminaires 6 5 d IP67 850 °C Chloe NV··· Chloe Quad NV··· Reference TOC Colour Light colour Lamps W LED.5 mm. Suitable for installation in walls. Primary two-core mains connecting line. 7 mm high (IP67). 6. 7 mm high (IP 67). integrated LED. Secondary connecting line with Chloe system connector. integrated LED. suitable for connecting up to 10 Chloe luminaires.3. available in light colours white and blue. Lamps: 4 LEDs. Degree of protection IP67. 0. light colours white and blue. 0.6. 0. Lamps: 3 LEDs. 0. ceilings and floors. for indoor use. 7 mm high (IP 67). integrated ≈kg Chloe NV-W 16 EF1 IL Chloe NV-B 16 EF1 IL Chloe NV-W 04 EF1 IL Chloe NV-B 04 EF1 IL Chloe-Quad NV-W 16 EF1 IL Chloe-Quad NV-B 16 EF1 IL Chloe-Quad NV-W 04 EF1 IL Chloe-Quad NV-B 04 EF1 IL 42 860 50 42 861 50 42 862 50 42 863 50 46 406 50 46 403 50 46 405 50 46 404 50 TOC 42 873 40 42 872 40 42 871 00 42 870 00 Titanium Titanium Chrome Chrome Titanium Titanium Chrome Chrome White Blue White Blue White Blue White Blue 0. integrated LED. integrated LED.3 W.3. 0. Housing made of stainless steel for recess depth of 6. 0. for indoor use. 0. integrated LED. L x W x D: 88 x 52 x 26 mm.025 0. integrated LED. Electrical connection 2-pole Chloe system connector with 0. for installation in flush mounting boxes Double cable branch Extension cable. ceilings and floors. Chloe T-splitter Double cable branch 0.3.3. suitable for connecting up to 40 CHLOE luminaires. 0.025 0. available in light colours white and blue. light colours white and blue. 12 W.5 mm. Stable up 285 kg.0 m Chloe NV··· Circular recessed luminaire with innovative LED light sources. Stable up 285 kg. integrated LED.022 0.022 0. Chloe Quad NV··· Square recessed luminaires with innovative LED light sources.6.

Housing made of aluminium. integrated LED White.11 0.8. Electrical connection: 2-pole terminal.10 0. ···WS··· White LED with frosted cover.09 0. Lamps: 5 white LEDs.08 0. electrical equipment integrated. 0. integrated Electrical equipment integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated ≈kg Hyperion-R HV-W 02 EF1 IL LT Hyperion-R HV-W 16 EF1 IL LT Hyperion-Q HV-W 02 EF1 IL LT Hyperion-Q HV-W 16 EF1 IL LT Hyperion-R HV-WS 02 EF1 IL LT Hyperion-R HV-WS 16 EF1 IL LT Hyperion-Q HV-WS 02 EF1 IL LT Hyperion-Q HV-WS 16 EF1 IL LT 42 850 40 42 854 40 42 851 40 42 855 40 45 547 10 45 548 10 45 545 10 45 546 10 Aluminium titanium Aluminium titanium Aluminium titanium Aluminium titanium 0. ···W··· White LED with clear cover.Hyperion Recessed LED luminaires 6 d a IP20 850 °C Hyperion-R HV-W Hyperion-Q HV-WS Reference TOC Colour Lamps W LED White. Hyperion-Q HV-W Square recessed luminaires with innovative LED light sources. Hyperion-Q HV-WS Square recessed luminaires with innovative LED light sources. ···W··· White LED with clear cover.08 0.09 0.8.10 0.8.8. Direct mains connection. 0. Housing made of aluminium. Lamps: 5 white LEDs. Electrical connection: 2-pole terminal. 0. 0. integrated LED White. Lamps: 5 white LEDs. 0. integrated LED White. Easy to install due to installation in switch boxes. Housing made of aluminium. 0. Direct mains connection. electrical equipment integrated. 0. integrated LED White. integrated LED White. Easy to install due to installation in switch boxes. Hyperion-R HV-WS Circular recessed luminaires with innovative LED light sources. Electrical connection: 2-pole terminal. ···R HV-W··· ···Q HV-W··· ···R HV-WS··· ···Q HV-WS··· 15 .8. integrated LED White.11 Hyperion-R HV-W Circular recessed luminaires with innovative LED light sources.8. electrical equipment integrated. Easy to install due to installation in switch boxes. Lamps: 5 white LEDs.8. Easy to install due to installation in switch boxes. Direct mains connection. 0. electrical equipment integrated. Housing made of aluminium.8. integrated LED White. ···WS··· White LED with frosted cover. Direct mains connection. Electrical connection: 2-pole terminal.

.

Downlights and spotlights .

Downlights and spotlights Athenik 025 Athenik LED 026 Athenik 031 Athenik decorative elements and accessories Inperla 293··· 034 Inperla 040 Inperla decorative elements and accessories 046 293··· Compact downlights 18 .

Oceanus 048 Oceanus 50 050 Oceanus 80 053 Oceanus 111 Cyclos Circe 050 Cyclos 80 052 Cyclos 111 052 Circe 111 Leto Xerxes 049 Leto 50 052 Xerxes 111 19 .

20 .Light for the smallest details and the big picture.

Whether it is necessary to elaborate details. everything that is illuminated is accentuated clearly.Downlights and spotlights not only illuminate. 21 . After all. but also shape the interior architecture. emphasise shapes or create a sophisticated overall appearance – the professional TRILUX product line offers the right solution for each of these applications.

With Inperla. A wide variety of system attachments. different types of light distribution and diverse optical systems allow for optimal adaptation to environmental requirements. The effect: You do not need to do it only where the luminaires have originally detailed.TRILUX Inperla. Both series also enjoy the practical capability of being installed and retrofitted without tools. functional lighting is especially easy to plan. A square downlight that fits perfectly in modern architecture due to its straight-lined design. 22 . Just like the TRILUX Athenik. since the technology and decorative accessories of the circular downlights are designed with versatility and diversity in mind.

Subtle luminaire design for remarkably beautiful light. 23 .

the title „lamp of the future“ is appropriate. With significantly shorter switching times. the Athenik reveals clear. square-edged forms. which embodies the squaring of the predominant circle. LEDs are today‘s progressive answer to the ever-increasing energy costs thanks to their low energy consumption with long service life. insensitivity to vibrations and extremely reduced heat emission. these UV-free lamps can cope with exacting external requirements.Athenik LED Contrary to the creative standards in the downlight segment. Equipped with 16 high-performance 3 W power LEDs. the Athenik C1 version completely fulfils this demand. Taking into account the fact that they are maintenance-free. 24 . The forward-looking solution. LEDs are the present. is also echoed by the optical equipment of this series. And with the Athenik.

conference rooms.87 C DIN 5040 (1995): A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/. office areas.8/BZ 2 Athenik··· LED··· 25 .C180 ≈kg 2.2 2. corridors.2 Athenik C1 MR LED 01 UTE: 0.Athenik Recessed square downlights C1. one louvre cell per power LED. 16 x 3. hotels. integrated 49 371 40 49 372 40 Recess opening mm 231 x 231 231 x 231 Bezel ring White Silver-grey C0 . integrated LED white. similar to RAL 9006 ···04 Chrome-plated finish available on request Electrical connection Separate gear tray and socket support made of heat-resistant plastic connected by means of a sheathed cable. foyers. with square die-cast bezel ring with a precise rectangular cross-section. small version. restaurants and residential areas. Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel. Optical system Aluminium reflector with reflection-intensifying coated surface.35 Joule 850 °C Athenik C1 MR LED 01 Athenik C1 MR LED 03 Application For decorative lighting in sales areas. Tool-free recess mounting in ceiling by means of rapid-mounting springs Bezel ring ···01 White ···03 Silver-grey. semi-specular. 16 x 3. Reference Athenik C1··· ···MR LED 01 ···MR LED 03 TOC Lamps W LED white. with LED Accessories ······························· 31 Lamp data ································525 d a IP20 0. Control gear options With electronic transformer.

Electrical connection Electrical equipment in separate housing. office areas. similar to RAL 9006. easily installed without tools ···HR··· Highly specular ···MR··· Semi-specular. Optical system Aluminium reflector with reflection-intensifying coated surface. foyers. Control gear options Versions ···26/32··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of lamps with different wattages. ···03 Silver-grey. Athenik C1 HR 1TCT26 E UTE: 0. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector edge to accommodate accessories. ···E··· With electronic control gear. with highly-specular reflector HR or with semi-specular reflector MR 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel. ···04 Chrome-plated finish available on request. Bezel ring ···01 White. corridors. lamp luminous flux equivalent to 57 % (13 W). Housing and socket carrier made of heat-resistant plastic.92 C DIN 5040 (1995): A50 CIBSE BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/. with connection terminal for cables up to 2.C180 Application For decorative lighting in sales areas.5 mm2 and strain relief system. ···E EB1h··· Emergency light version with electronic control gear and individual battery in the gear tray made of galvanised sheet steel.Athenik Recessed downlight in small version C1. Tool-free recess mounting in ceiling by means of rapid-mounting springs. conference rooms. Nominal operation time 1 hour. ···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. hotels. connected together by a 340 mm long sheathed cable. 42 % (18 W) or 30 % (26 W) of the nominal luminous flux.35 Joule 850 °C with cover ···DA··· from below IP54 Athenik C1 HR···03 Athenik C1 MR···03 C0 .8/BZ 2 26 . with square die-cast bezel ring with a precise rectangular crosssection. restaurants and residential areas.

6 2.8 2.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.8 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Athenik C1··· 340 234 65 Athenik C1···EB1h··· 300 63 231 ···EB1h··· 231 27 .8 2.8 2.6 2.6 1.6 1.6 1.8 2.6 1.8 2.6 1.8 2.8 2.6 1.6 1.8 2.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.8 1.Accessories ······························· 31 Lamp data ································525 Reference TOC Control gear options ···E··· ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···ED··· ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···EDD··· ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26 Reflector HR Athenik C1 HR 1TCD13···01 44 823··· Athenik C1 HR 1TCT18···01 44 824··· Athenik C1 HR 1TCT26/32···01 52 222··· Athenik C1 HR 2TCD13···01 44 826··· Athenik C1 HR 2TCT18···01 44 827··· Athenik C1 HR 2TCT26/32···01 52 225··· Athenik C1 HR 1TCD13···03 44 835··· Athenik C1 HR 1TCT18···03 44 836··· Athenik C1 HR 1TCT26/32···03 52 223··· Athenik C1 HR 2TCD13···03 44 838··· Athenik C1 HR 2TCT18···03 44 839··· Athenik C1 HR 2TCT26/32···03 52 226··· Emergency light version with individual battery 1h Athenik C1 HR 1TCD13···EB1h 01 47 512··· Athenik C1 HR 1TCT18···EB1h 01 47 515··· Athenik C1 HR 1TCT26···EB1h 01 47 518··· Athenik C1 HR 1TCD13···EB1h 03 47 513··· Athenik C1 HR 1TCT18···EB1h 03 47 516··· Athenik C1 HR 1TCT26···EB1h 03 47 519··· Reflector MR Athenik C1 MR 1TCD13···01 44 829··· Athenik C1 MR 1TCT18···01 44 830··· Athenik C1 MR 1TCT26/32···01 52 228··· Athenik C1 MR 2TCD13···01 44 832··· Athenik C1 MR 2TCT18···01 44 833··· Athenik C1 MR 2TCT26/32···01 52 231··· Athenik C1 MR 1TCD13···03 44 841··· Athenik C1 MR 1TCT18···03 44 842··· Athenik C1 MR 1TCT26/32···03 52 229··· Athenik C1 MR 2TCD13···03 44 844··· Athenik C1 MR 2TCT18···03 44 845··· Athenik C1 MR 2TCT26/32···03 52 232··· Emergency light version with individual battery 1h Athenik C1 MR 1TCD13···EB1h 01 47 521··· Athenik C1 MR 1TCT18···EB1h 01 47 524··· Athenik C1 MR 1TCT26···EB1h 01 47 527··· Athenik C1 MR 1TCD13···EB1h 03 47 522··· Athenik C1 MR 1TCT18···EB1h 03 47 525··· Athenik C1 MR 1TCT26···EB1h 03 47 528··· Recess opening mm 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 231 x 231 Recess depth 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 ≈kg 1.6 1.8 2.6 1.8 2.

···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. with highly-specular reflector HR or with semi-specular reflector MR 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. similar to RAL 9006 ···04 Chrome-plated finish available on request Electrical connection Electrical equipment in separate housing. Optical system Aluminium reflector with reflection-intensifying coated surface. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). foyers. hotels.77 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1. Housing and socket carrier made of heat-resistant plastic. lamp luminous flux equivalent to 42 % (18 W) or 30 % (26 W) of the nominal luminous flux Athenik C2 HR 2TCT26 E UTE: 0. Nominal operation time 1 hour. ···E··· With electronic control gear.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2 28 . corridors. office areas. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Control gear options Versions ···26/32/42··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of lamps with different wattages.C180 Application For decorative lighting in sales areas. restaurants and residential areas. ···E EB1h··· Emergency light version with electronic control gear and individual battery in the gear tray made of galvanised sheet steel.35 Joule 850 °C with cover ···DA··· from below IP54 Athenik C2 HR···03 Athenik C2 MR···03 C0 . with square die-cast bezel ring with a precise rectangular crosssection. with connection terminal for cables up to 2.5 mm2 and strain relief system. connected together by a 340 mm long sheathed cable. Bezel ring ···01 White ···03 Silver-grey. conference rooms. Tool-free recess mounting in ceiling by means of rapid-mounting springs. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector edge to accommodate accessories.Athenik Recessed downlights in large version C2. easily installed without tools. Luminance limited to L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at vertical angles above 65° in all planes ···HR··· Highly specular ···MR··· Semi-specular Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel.

0 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.2 3.2 3.0 2.0 3.2 Athenik C2··· 340 234 65 Athenik C2···EB1h··· ···EB1h··· 300 63 282 282 29 .0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.2 3.2 2.0 2.0 3.0 2.0 2.1 2.Accessories ······························· 31 Lamp data ································525 Reference TOC Control gear options ···E··· ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···ED··· ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···EDD··· ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 60 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 60 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 60 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 60 2 x TC-TELI 18 2 x TC-TELI 26/32/42 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26 1 x TC-TELI 18 1 x TC-TELI 26 Reflector HR Athenik C2 HR 1TCT18···01 44 860··· Athenik C2 HR 1TCT26/32/42···01 52 234··· Athenik C2 HR 1TCT60···01 44 864··· Athenik C2 HR 2TCT18···01 44 866··· Athenik C2 HR 2TCT26/32/42···01 52 237··· Athenik C2 HR 1TCT18···03 44 882··· Athenik C2 HR 1TCT26/32/42···03 52 235··· Athenik C2 HR 1TCT60···03 44 886··· Athenik C2 HR 2TCT18···03 44 888··· Athenik C2 HR 2TCT26/32/42···03 52 238··· Emergency light version with individual battery 1h Athenik C2 HR 1TCT18···EB1h 01 47 530··· Athenik C2 HR 1TCT26···EB1h 01 47 533··· Athenik C2 HR 1TCT18···EB1h 03 47 531··· Athenik C2 HR 1TCT26···EB1h 03 47 534··· Reflector MR Athenik C2 MR 1TCT18···01 44 871··· Athenik C2 MR 1TCT26/32/42···01 52 240··· Athenik C2 MR 1TCT60···01 44 875··· Athenik C2 MR 2TCT18···01 44 877··· Athenik C2 MR 2TCT26/32/42···01 52 243··· Athenik C2 MR 1TCT18···03 44 893··· Athenik C2 MR 1TCT26/32/42···03 52 241··· Athenik C2 MR 1TCT60···03 44 897··· Athenik C2 MR 2TCT18···03 44 901··· Athenik C2 MR 2TCT26/32/42···03 52 244··· Emergency light version with individual battery 1h Athenik C2 MR 1TCT18···EB1h 01 47 536··· Athenik C2 MR 1TCT26···EB1h 01 47 539··· Athenik C2 MR 1TCT18···EB1h 03 47 537··· Athenik C2 MR 1TCT26···EB1h 03 47 540··· Recess opening mm 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 Recess depth 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 ≈kg 2.0 2.0 2.2 3.1 2.2 3.2 3.

hotels and restaurants.6 2.5 Optical system Aluminium reflector MR. Athenik C2 MR 1HIT70 E 03 UTE: 0.5 mm2 and strain relief system. similar to RAL 9006 ···04 Chrome-plated finish available on request. connected together by a 340 mm long sheathed cable.35 Joule 850 °C with cover ···DA··· towards room IP54 Athenik C2 MR···HIT···01 Athenik C2 MR···HIT···03 Application For decorative lighting of places with higher light-level requirements such as sales areas. Luminance limited to L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at vertical angles above 65° in all planes. Bezel ring ···01 White ···03 Silver-grey. offices. Control gear options With electronic control gear. Electrical connection Electrical equipment in separate housing. With integral protective glass pane. semi-specular. Reference TOC Lamps W 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 1 x HIT 150 Athenik C2 MR 1HIT70 E 01 Athenik C2 MR 1HIT70 E 03 Athenik C2 MR 1HIT150 E 01 Athenik C2 MR 1HIT150 E 03 44 876 04 44 899 04 46 795 04 46 796 04 Recess opening mm 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 282 x 282 Recess depth 175 175 225 225 C0 . Housing and socket carrier made of heat-resistant plastic. large version. with semi-specular reflector MR. with connection terminal for cables up to 2. with square die-cast bezel ring with a precise rectangular crosssection. Easy ceiling installation without tools by using rapid-mounting spring clips. for high-pressure lamps Accessories ·································31 Lamp data ·································525 65 4 d a IP20 0.6 3.C180 ≈kg 2.Athenik Recessed square downlights C2. with reflection-intensifying coated surface.69 A DIN 5040 (1995): A60 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1 Athenik···HIT70··· Athenik···HIT150··· 225 273 64 282 282 30 . Other control gear versions available on request. Especially recommended for VDU workstations.5 3. conference rooms. foyers. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector edge to accommodate accessories. Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel. easily installed without tools.

···C2··· for corresponding downlights.1 Decor attachment made of partly-frosted glass 2 sizes ···C1···. Decor attachment made of glass in chessboard design 2 sizes ···C1···.1 Reference Athenik C1 DS-M 8 mm Athenik C2 DS-M 10 mm TOC 44 813 00 44 821 00 ≈kg 1. Decor attachment made of frosted glass 2 sizes ···C1···. Decor attachment made of glass in Master Carree design 2 sizes ···C1···. Reference Athenik C1 DS-8 8 mm Athenik C2 DS-10 10 mm TOC 44 812 00 44 819 00 ≈kg 1.2 2.1 31 .Athenik Accessories Decor attachment made of clear glass 2 sizes ···C1···.2 2. ···C2··· for corresponding downlights.2 2.1 Reference Athenik C1 DS-MC 8 mm Athenik C2 DS-MC 10 mm TOC 45 778 00 45 781 00 ≈kg 1.1 Reference Athenik C1 DS-SC 8 mm Athenik C2 DS-SC 10 mm TOC 44 814 00 45 782 00 ≈kg 1.2 2. ···C2··· for corresponding downlights. Reference Athenik C1 DS-SQ 8 mm Athenik C2 DS-SQ 10 mm TOC 44 815 00 44 822 00 ≈kg 1. ···C2··· for corresponding downlights. ···C2··· for corresponding downlights.2 2.

···C2··· for corresponding downlights. Chrome-plated finish available on request. ···C2··· for corresponding downlights.Athenik Accessories Cover made of glass Integrated in the decor bezel ring.4 Decor attachment made of clear glass 2 sizes ···C1···.0 Athenik C2 DA 01 white 45 293 00 1.0 Athenik C2 DA-M 03 silver-grey 44 802 00 1. 2 sizes ···C1···.0 Designation Athenik C1 DR-BL 5 mm Athenik C2 DR-BL 5 mm TOC 44 808 00 44 816 00 ≈kg 0. ···C2··· for corresponding downlights.0 Athenik C2 DA 03 silver-grey 44 799 00 1.4 Athenik C1 DA 03 silver-grey 44 790 00 1. Decor attachment made of glass Blue. ···C2··· for corresponding downlights.8 1. ···C2··· for corresponding downlights.6 32 . Decor attachment ring made of die-cast Without integrated cover.4 Athenik C1 DA-M 03 silver-grey 44 791 00 1. Transparent glass TOC ≈kg Athenik C1 DA 01 white 44 789 00 1. Chrome-plated finish available on request. 2 sizes ···C1···.4 Frosted glass Athenik C1 DA-M 01 white 44 800 00 1.5 0. Designation Athenik C1 DD 01 white Athenik C2 DD 01 white Athenik C1 DD 03 silver-grey Athenik C2 DD 03 silver-grey TOC 44 793 00 44 803 00 44 794 00 44 804 00 Designation Athenik C1 DR-M 8 mm Athenik C2 DR-M 10 mm TOC 44 809 00 44 817 00 ≈kg 0.0 Decor attachment made of frosted glass 2 sizes ···C1···. for IP54 (underside). 2 sizes ···C1···. Designation Athenik C1 DR 8 mm Athenik C2 DR 10 mm TOC 44 792 00 44 801 00 ≈kg 0.8 1.0 Athenik C2 DA-M 01 white 45 780 00 1.

4 1. Chrome-plated finish available on request. Not in combination with Athenik ···HIT··· (version for high-pressure lamps).4 Designation Athenik C1 RA-HR highly-specular Athenik C2 RA-HR highly-specular Athenik C1 RA-MR semi-specular Athenik C2 RA-MR semi-specular TOC 45 246 00 45 247 00 45 779 00 45 245 00 Designation TOC Athenik C1 WW-HR highly-specular 46 782 00 Athenik C2 WW-HR highly-specular 46 784 00 Athenik C1 WW-MR semi-specular 46 783 00 Athenik C2 WW-MR semi-specular 46 785 00 Mounting case for strip ceilings 2 sizes ···C1···. Wall-washer optics Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. ···C2··· for corresponding single-lamp downlights. Mounting plate As support of ceiling plates. 2 sizes ···C1···.Decor attachment made of clear glass With crystal pyramid SWAROVSKI®. ···C2··· for corresponding downlights. ···C2··· for corresponding downlights. Not in combination with Athenik ···HIT··· (version for high-pressure lamps). ···C2··· for corresponding downlights. Cross-blade louvre Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. ···C2··· for corresponding downlights. Designation Athenik C1 MP 300 Module 100 Athenik C2 MP 400 Module 100 TOC 44 795 00 44 805 00 Designation Athenik C1 MP 625 Module 625 Athenik C2 MP 625 Module 625 Athenik C1 MP 600 Module 600 Athenik C2 MP 600 Module 600 TOC 44 797 00 44 807 00 44 796 00 44 806 00 Designation Athenik C1 BE Athenik C2 BE H=175 Athenik C2 BE H=225 ···HIT150··· ···C1···/···C2··· TOC 44 788 00 44 798 00 46 819 00 110/175/ 225 (HIT150) 362/372 ¶ 33 M32 230/281 522/572 522/572 33 . Designation Athenik C2 DA-Pyramid 01 white Athenik C2 DA-Pyramid 03 silver-grey TOC 45 683 00 45 684 00 ≈kg 1. Concrete sealed housing 2 sizes ···C1···. For downlights ···C2···. Chrome-plated finish available on request. 2 sizes ···C1···. 2 sizes ···C1···.

Inperla 34 .

because the needs of our customers are always different. 35 . With various attachments it is possible to adapt the basic downlight to suit every situation. the TRILUX Inperla always offers optimal lighting for your requirements.The technology and design of the TRILUX Inperla are always different. As a result. In addition to the diversity in equipment and design. And note: the TRILUX Inperla not only provides optimum lighting but also enhances well-being and quality of life. And the wide variety of technical options is equally superior. Only a few easy steps are necessary and the luminaire is ready to be switched on. the TRILUX Inperla is also impressive due to its surprisingly fast and easy installation.

Other electrical versions available on request. ···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.Inperla Recessed downlights in small version C2 with highly-specular (HR).75/ BZ 3/1/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3 C0 .5 mm2 and strain relief system. Control gear option Versions ···/26/32··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of lamps with different wattages. ···HR··· Highly specular ···MR··· Semi-specular ···BR··· Facetted Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel. Nominal operation time 3 hours. restaurants and residential areas. similar to RAL 9006 ···04 Chrome-plated finish available on request Electrical connection Electrical equipment in separate housing.C180 Inperla C2 MR 1TCT26··· UTE: 0.C180 Inperla C2 BR 1TCT26.76 D DIN 5040 (1995): A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/. Tool-free recess mounting in ceiling by means of rapid-mounting springs. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector edge to accommodate accessories.2 Joule 850 °C with closed cover towards room IP54 Inperla C2 HR···03 Inperla C2 MR···03 Inperla C2 BR···03 C0 . UTE: 0. semi-specular (MR) or facetted (BR) reflector 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. connected together by a 370 mm long cable.C180 Recommended areas For decorative lighting in foyers.. corridors. office areas. easily installed without tools. ···E UR··· Emergency light version with electronic control gear and switching relay.. Housing and socket carrier made of heat-resistant plastic.74 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3 C0 . ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). ···E··· With electronic control gear. with connecting terminal for wires up to 2. Recess diameter 210 mm. conference rooms.76 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/. sales areas. Inperla C2 HR 1TCT26··· UTE: 0. with die-cast round bezel ring.75/ BZ 3/1/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3 36 . ···E EB3h··· Emergency light version with electronic control gear and individual battery in the gear tray made of galvanised sheet steel. recess depth 100 mm. Bezel ring ···01 White ···03 Silver-grey. Optical system Reflector made of high-purity post-anodised aluminium. hotels.

2 1.2 1.8 2.2 1.2 1. silver-grey Inperla C2 BR 1TCT13···03 51 780··· ···04 Inperla C2 BR 2TCT13···03 51 792··· ···04 Inperla C2 BR 1TCT18···03 51 783··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 BR 2TCT18···03 51 795··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 BR 1TCT26/32···03 51 786··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 BR 2TCT26/32···03** 51 798··· ···04 ···05 ···07 * ···E EB3h···: 3.2 1.2 51 811 04 51 823 04 51 814 04 51 826 04 51 812 04 51 824 04 51 815 04 51 827 04 51 939 04 51 948 04 51 942 04 51 951 04 51 940 04 51 949 04 51 943 04 51 952 04 1 x TC-TEL 13 2 x TC-TEL 13 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 1 x TC-TEL 13 2 x TC-TEL 13 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.8 2.2 1. ···E UR···: 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.0 kg.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 1. Lamps ···E EB3h···* 51 917 04 51 926 04 51 920 04 51 929 04 ···E UR···* 51 918 04 51 927 04 51 921 04 51 930 04 W 1 x TC-TEL 13 2 x TC-TEL 13 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 1 x TC-TEL 13 2 x TC-TEL 13 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 ≈kg* 1.8 2.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.8 2.8 2.8 2. white Inperla C2 MR 1TCT13···01 51 938··· ···04 Inperla C2 MR 2TCT13···01 51 947··· ···04 Inperla C2 MR 1TCT18···01 51 941··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 MR 2TCT18···01 51 950··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 MR 1TCT26/32···01 51 946··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 MR 2TCT26/32···01** 51 955··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Mounting ring.Accessories ······························· 40 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Reference TOC Control gear option Reflector HR Mounting ring.2 51 841 04 51 853 04 51 844 04 51 856 04 51 842 04 51 854 04 51 845 04 51 857 04 51 895 04 51 904 04 51 898 04 51 907 04 51 896 04 51 905 04 51 899 04 51 908 04 1 x TC-TEL 13 2 x TC-TEL 13 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 1 x TC-TEL 13 2 x TC-TEL 13 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 1.8 2. silver-grey Inperla C2 HR 1TCT13···03 51 810··· ···04 Inperla C2 HR 2TCT13···03 51 822··· ···04 Inperla C2 HR 1TCT18···03 51 813··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 HR 2TCT18···03 51 825··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 HR 1TCT26/32···03 51 816··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 HR 2TCT26/32···03** 51 828··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Reflector MR Mounting ring.8 2.8 2. silver-grey Inperla C2 MR 1TCT13···03 51 840··· ···04 Inperla C2 MR 2TCT13···03 51 852··· ···04 Inperla C2 MR 1TCT18···03 51 843··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 MR 2TCT18···03 51 855··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 MR 1TCT26/32···03 51 846··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 MR 2TCT26/32···03** 51 858··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Reflector BR Mounting ring.8 2.2 1. white ···E··· ···ED··· ···EDD··· Inperla C2 HR 1TCT13···01 51 916··· ···04 Inperla C2 HR 2TCT13···01 51 925··· ···04 Inperla C2 HR 1TCT18···01 51 919··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 HR 2TCT18···01 51 928··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 HR 1TCT26/32···01 51 924··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 HR 2TCT26/32···01** 51 933··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Mounting ring.2 1. white Inperla C2 BR 1TCT13···01 51 894··· ···04 Inperla C2 BR 2TCT13···01 51 903··· ···04 Inperla C2 BR 1TCT18···01 51 897··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 BR 2TCT18···01 51 906··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 BR 1TCT26/32···01 51 902··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Inperla C2 BR 2TCT26/32···01** 51 911··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Mounting ring.2 51 781 04 51 793 04 51 784 04 51 796 04 51 782 04 51 794 04 51 785 04 51 797 04 Inperla C2··· Inperla C2···EB/UR··· 276 100 370 234 100 65 276 370 255 66 10-25 10-25 210 226 210 226 3 3 37 .4 kg ** Inperla C2 with an output ≥ 2 x 26 W may not be operated with amalgam lamps.

2 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 C0 . restaurants and residential areas. high-purity aluminium. Housing and socket carrier made of heat-resistant plastic. Reference TOC Control gear option ···EDD··· Lamps W ≈kg Inperla C2··· ···E··· ···ED··· Reflector HR-CAT2 Mounting ring.2 1.2 1.2 1.8 2.5 mm2 and strain relief system. VDU-compliant version (CAT2) Accessories ······························· 40 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Bezel ring ···01 White ···03 Silver-grey. Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel.Inperla Recessed downlights in small version C2 with highly-specular (HR) or facetted (BR) reflector. office areas. Especially recommended for VDU workstations.75/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 Inperla C2···CAT2··· 276 130 370 234 65 38 10-30 210 226 3 . silver-grey ···BR-CAT2 1TCT18···03 51 804··· ···04 ···05 ···BR-CAT2 2TCT18···03 51 807··· ···04 ···05 ···BR-CAT2 1TCT26/32···03 51 805··· ···04 ···05 ···BR-CAT2 2TCT26/32···03* 51 808··· ···04 ···05 * Inperla C2···CAT 2 with an output ≥ 2 x 32 W may not be operated with amalgam lamps.8 2. ···E··· With electronic control gear.2 1.8 2. foyers.2 1. ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 1 x TC-TEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 18 1 x TC-TEL 26/32 2 x TC-TEL 26/32 1. corridors.C180 1. ···HR··· Highly-specular. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). can be fitted without tools.2 Inperla C2 HR-CAT2 1 TCT26··· UTE: 0. ···BR··· Facetted.8 2. white ···HR-CAT2 1TCT18···01 51 934··· ···04 ···05 ···HR-CAT2 2TCT18···01 51 936··· ···04 ···05 ···HR-CAT2 1TCT26/32···01 51 935··· ···04 ···05 ···HR-CAT2 2TCT26/32···01* 51 937··· ···04 ···05 Mounting ring.2 1. similar to RAL 9006 ···04 Chrome-plated finish available on request Electrical connection Electrical equipment in separate housing. hotels. with connecting terminal for wires up to 2.8 2. Tool-free recess mounting in ceiling by means of rapid-mounting springs.8 2. recess depth 130 mm. white ···BR-CAT2 1TCT18···01 51 912··· ···04 ···05 ···BR-CAT2 2TCT18···01 51 914··· ···04 ···05 ···BR-CAT2 1TCT26/32···01 51 913··· ···04 ···05 ···BR-CAT2 2TCT26/32···01* 51 915··· ···04 ···05 Mounting ring. Other electrical versions available on request.8 2. Recess diameter 210 mm. conference rooms.8 2.65 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/. connected together by a 370 mm long sheathed cable. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector edge to accommodate accessories. Optical systems Highly-specular reflector made of post-anodised. Control gear option Versions ···26/32··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of lamps with different wattages.2 Joule 850 °C with closed cover from below IP54 Inperla C2 HR-CAT2···03 Inperla C2 BR-CAT2···03 Recommended areas For decorative lighting in sales areas. silver-grey ···HR-CAT2 1TCT18···03 51 834··· ···04 ···05 ···HR-CAT2 2TCT18···03 51 837··· ···04 ···05 ···HR-CAT2 1TCT26/32···03 51 835··· ···04 ···05 ···HR-CAT2 2TCT26/32···03* 51 838··· ···04 ···05 Reflector BR-CAT2 Mounting ring. with die-cast round bezel ring. Suitable for VDU applications due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at vertical angles above 65° in all planes. ···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.

···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. recess depth 180 mm. ···BR··· Facetted. white ···BR 1TCT26/32/42···01 51 956··· ···04 ···05 ···BR 2TCT26/32/42···01 51 957··· ···04 ···05 Mounting ring. office areas. ···HR··· Highly-specular. can be fitted without tools. Control gear option Versions ···26/32/42··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of lamps with different wattages. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector edge to accommodate accessories.C180 Inperla C3 HR 1TCT26··· UTE: 0. connected together by a 370 mm long sheathed cable. silvergrey ···BR 1TCT26/32/42···03 51 864··· ···04 ···05 ···BR 2TCT26/32/42···03* 51 865··· ···04 ···05 * Inperla C2···CAT 2 with an output ≥ 2 x 32 W may not be operated with amalgam lamps. silvergrey ···HR 1TCT26/32/42···03 51 866··· ···04 ···05 ···HR 2TCT26/32/42···03* 51 867··· ···04 ···05 Reflector MR Mounting ring. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. ···MR··· Semi-specular.76 C DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 Inperla C3··· 326 180 370 234 10-30 260 276 3 39 65 . restaurants and residential areas. high-purity aluminium. Other control gear versions available on request. semi-specular (MR) or facetted (BR) reflector Accessories ······························· 40 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Tool-free recess mounting in ceiling by means of rapid-mounting springs.2 2. with connecting terminal for wires up to 2. Suitable for VDU applications due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at vertical angles above 65° in all planes.2 2. conference rooms. foyers. hotels.5 mm2 and strain relief system. Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel.2 2. ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2.2 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2. white ···MR 1TCT26/32/42···01 51 960··· ···04 ···05 ···MR 2TCT26/32/42···01 51 961··· ···04 ···05 Mounting ring. ···E··· With electronic control gear. Housing and socket carrier made of heat-resistant plastic. Bezel ring ···01 White ···03 Silver-grey.2 2.2 2.2 C0 .2 2. Recess diameter 260 mm. corridors. similar to RAL 9006 ···04 Chrome-plated finish available on request Electrical connection Electrical equipment in separate housing. white ···HR 1TCT26/32/42···01 51 958··· ···04 ···05 ···HR 2TCT26/32/42···01* 51 959··· ···04 ···05 Mounting ring. Reference TOC Control gear option ···EDD··· Lamps W ≈kg Inperla C3··· ···E··· ···ED··· Reflector HR Mounting ring. with die-cast round bezel ring.Inperla Recessed downlights in large version C3 with highly-specular (HR). silvergrey ···MR 1TCT26/32/42···03 51 868··· ···04 ···05 ···MR 2TCT26/32/42···03* 51 869··· ···04 ···05 Reflector BR Mounting ring.2 Joule 850 °C with closed cover from below IP54 Inperla C3 HR···03 Inperla C3 MR···03 Inperla C3 BR···03 Recommended areas For decorative lighting in sales areas.2 2.2 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI).2 2. Optical systems Highly-specular reflector made of post-anodised.2 2.

For downlights Inperla C2···. For downlights Inperla C2···. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). round Made of polycarbonate.3 Reference Inperla C2 ZN-PC TOC 51 624 00 ≈kg 0. For downlights Inperla C2···.Inperla Decorative elements Decorative conical ring Made of polycarbonate.1 40 . short Made of polycarbonate.3 Reference Inperla C2 ZH-PC TOC 51 625 00 ≈kg 0. For downlights Inperla C2···. Decorative cylinder.2 1.2 Reference Inperla C2 RG-PC TOC 51 626 00 ≈kg 0. long Made of polycarbonate. Reference Inperla C2 SA-PC TOC 51 623 00 ≈kg 0. Decorative ring. Decorative cylinder. Decorative shield Made of polycarbonate.4 Reference Inperla C2 LS-PC 01 Inperla C2 LS-PC 03 TOC 52 009 00 52 010 00 ≈kg 1. For downlights Inperla C2···. For downlights Inperla C2···. Reference Inperla C2 RK-PC TOC 52 018 00 ≈kg 0. Mounted on a die-cast decorative ring.3 Decorative bonnet Made of polycarbonate.

Reference Inperla C2 RG-PC red TOC 52 039 00 ≈kg 0. blue Made of polycarbonate.1 Decorative ring.6 0.1 Reference Inperla C2 RG-PC green TOC 52 038 00 ≈kg 0. For downlights Inperla C2···.6 0. For downlights Inperla C2···.6 Reference Inperla C2 RI-PC blue 01 Inperla C2 RI-PC blue 03 TOC 52 029 00 52 017 00 ≈kg 0. For downlights Inperla C2···. Decorative ring. For downlights Inperla C2···. Integrated in the die-cast decorative ring.Decorative ring. For downlights Inperla C2···.1 Reference Inperla C2 RI-PC 01 Inperla C2 RI-PC 03 TOC 51 996 00 52 016 00 ≈kg 0. blue Made of polycarbonate. yellow Made of polycarbonate. Decorative ring. Reference Inperla C2 RG-PC blue TOC 52 036 00 ≈kg 0. Decorative ring. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). opal Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Inperla C2···.1 Reference Inperla C2 RG-PC yellow TOC 52 037 00 ≈kg 0. Integrated in the die-cast decorative ring. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). green Made of polycarbonate. red Made of polycarbonate.6 41 . Decorative ring.

white.7 Reference Inperla C2 AG-PC 03 TOC 52 005 00 ≈kg 0. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). Integrated in the die-cast decorative ring. Integrated in decorative ring. silver-grey.6 0.7 42 . For downlights Inperla C2···. For downlights Inperla C2···. made of die-cast. green Made of polycarbonate. Made of polycarbonate.6 0. Decorative cover. Integrated in decorative ring. For downlights Inperla C2···. cylindrical For IP54 protection from below. Integrated in the die-cast decorative ring. Integrated in the die-cast decorative ring.6 Decorative cover. made of die-cast. silver-grey. Made of polycarbonate. Made of polycarbonate. Reference Inperla C2 AZ-PC 03 TOC 51 987 00 ≈kg 0.6 Reference Inperla C2 RI-PC green 01 Inperla C2 RI-PC green 03 TOC 52 031 00 52 034 00 ≈kg 0.6 52 033 00 0. arched For IP54 protection from below. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). Integrated in decorative ring. cylindrical For IP54 protection from below. For downlights Inperla C2···. For downlights Inperla C2···. yellow Made of polycarbonate. Decorative ring. Reference Inperla C2 RI-PC yellow 01 Inperla C2 RI-PC yellow 03 TOC ≈kg 52 030 00 0.7 Reference Inperla C2 AZ-PC 01 TOC 52 006 00 ≈kg 0.Inperla Decorative elements Decorative covers (IP54) Decorative ring.6 Reference Inperla C2 RI-PC red 01 Inperla C2 RI-PC red 03 TOC 52 032 00 52 035 00 ≈kg 0. Decorative ring. red Made of polycarbonate. For downlights Inperla C2···. Decorative cover. made of die-cast.

Not suited for Inperla ···2TCT42. frosted For IP54 protection below the ceiling. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). Made of polycarbonate.1 1. Made of float glass. For downlights Inperla C2···.6 0.1 1.7 0. Decorative cover. Reference Inperla C2 DA 01 Inperla C2 DA 03 Inperla C3 DA 01 Inperla C3 DA 03 TOC 51 988 00 51 989 00 51 997 00 51 998 00 ≈kg 0. integrated in the die-cast decorative ring. Reference Inperla C2 AG-PC 01 TOC 51 986 00 ≈kg 0.7 0. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03).1 Decorative cover. ). clear For IP 54 protection below the ceiling. integrated in the die-cast decorative ring.1 1.1 Reference Inperla C2 DD 01 Inperla C2 DD 03 Inperla C3 DD 01 Inperla C3 DD 03 TOC 51 994 00 51 995 00 52 003 00 52 004 00 ≈kg 0. In 2 sizes ···C2···. Made of float glass. arched For IP54 protection below the ceiling. partly frosted For IP54 protection below the ceiling. Not suited for Inperla ···2TCT42. Made of float glass.7 1.6 0.8 43 .1 1. ···C3···. made of die-cast. For downlights Inperla C2··· bzw. ···C3···. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03).7 Reference Inperla C2 DA-TM 01 Inperla C2 DA-TM 03 Inperla C3 DA-TM 01 Inperla C3 DA-TM 03 TOC 51 992 00 51 993 00 52 001 00 52 002 00 ≈kg 0.8 Reference Inperla C2 DS-M Inperla C3 DS-M TOC 51 980 00 51 984 00 ≈kg 1. white. Not suited for Inperla ···2TCT42. Integrated in decorative ring. For downlights Inperla C2··· or C3···.1 Reference Inperla C2 DA-M 01 Inperla C2 DA-M 03 Inperla C3 DA-M 01 Inperla C3 DA-M 03 TOC 51 990 00 51 991 00 51 999 00 52 000 00 ≈kg 0. In 2 sizes ···C2···. In 2 sizes ···C2···.7 1. In 2 sizes ···C2···. frosted Made of float glass. C3···. ···C3···.8 0. integrated in the die-cast decorative ring. Decorative discs. For downlights Inperla C2··· or C3···. Decorative ring Die-cast. For downlights Inperla C2··· or C3···. For downlights Inperla C2··· or C3···. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). Decorative cover. ···C3···. ···C3···. In 2 sizes ···C2···.7 0.7 1.Decorative cover.

In 2 sizes ···C2···. In 2 sizes ···C2···. partly-frosted Made of float glass. highly-specular Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. In 2 sizes ···C2···. For downlights Inperla C2··· or C3···. semi-specular Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. In 2 sizes ···C2···. For downlights Inperla C3 HR···.Inperla Decorative elements Cross-blade louvre and radial specular louvre Decorative disc. Radial specular louvre. In 2 sizes ···C2···. For downlights Inperla C2··· or C3···. For downlights Inperla C2··· or C3···.3 Reference Inperla C2 DR-TM Inperla C3 DR-TM TOC 51 979 00 51 983 00 ≈kg 0. Decorative rings. ···C3···. Reference Inperla C2 DS-TM Inperla C3 DS-TM TOC 51 981 00 51 985 00 ≈kg 1. ···C3···. For downlights Inperla C2··· or C3···. frosted Made of float glass.9 1.8 Reference Inperla C2 DR-M Inperla C3 DR-M TOC 51 978 00 51 982 00 ≈kg 0. Cross-blade louvre.3 Cross-blade louvre. ···C3···.1 1. highly specular Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. ···C3···. ···C3···. Reference Inperla C2 RA-HR Inperla C3 RA-HR TOC 52 014 00 52 025 00 Reference Inperla C2 RA-MR Inperla C3 RA-MR TOC 52 015 00 52 026 00 Reference Inperla C3 RAR-HR TOC 53 098 00 44 . Decorative rings. partly-frosted Made of float glass.9 1. For downlights Inperla C2··· or C3···.

Reference Inperla C2 WW-HR Inperla C3 WW-HR TOC 52 019 00 52 027 00 Reference Inperla C2 WW-MR Inperla C3 WW-MR TOC 52 020 00 52 028 00 Reference Inperla C2 RV-UXP TOC 52 097 00 Mounting cases for strip ceilings Made of sheet steel. For installation of Inperla C2··· or C3··· downlights. Installation plates For reinforcement of ceiling plates in 625 and 600 module. For installation of Inperla C2··· or C3··· downlights including control gear box. Made of sheet steel. 85 102 (CAT2) 133 557/572 404/414 362/372 181/186 130 147 (CAT2) 185 Reference Inperla C2 MP 300 Inperla C2 MP 400 TOC 52 011 00 52 040 00 Reference Inperla C2 MP 625 Inperla C3 MP 625 Inperla C2 MP 600 Inperla C3 MP 600 TOC 52 013 00 52 024 00 52 012 00 52 023 00 210/ 260 Reference Inperla C2 BE Inperla C2 BE CAT2 Inperla C3 BE TOC 52 007 00 52 008 00 52 021 00 45 .Inperla Wall-washer and reflector insert in UXP-Technology® Mounting accessories Wall-washer optics. ···C3···. fully galvanised. Wall-washer optics. ···C3···. Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. ···C3···. For downlights Inperla C2··· or C3···. semi-specular Only for single lamp luminaires. For downlights Inperla C2··· or C3···. In 2 sizes ···C2···. Concrete sealed housing Made of sheet steel. 4 %). For installation of Inperla C2··· or C3··· downlights in strip ceilings. In 2 sizes ···C2···. For downlights Inperla C2···. and for installation of downlights in closed ceilings with low load-bearing capacity. ···C3···. white. In 3 sizes ···C2···. highly-specular Only for single lamp luminaires. Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. Reflection-intensifier With reflector insert in UXP-Technology® (MIRO-SILVER) for increased efficiency (approx. In 2 sizes ···C2···. ···C2··· CAT2.

conference rooms.5/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1. lounges. Reflector made of high-purity post-anodised aluminium. Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x TC-DEL10/13 1 x TC-DEL10/13 Recess opening ≈kg Bezel ring white 2931 W/TCD10/13··· Bezel ring chrome-plated 2931 C/TCD10/13··· Bezel ring white 2931 W-B/TCD10/13··· Bezel ring chrome-plated 2931 C-B/TCD10/13··· 10 964··· 10 962··· ¶ 138 ¶ 138 0. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector rim. ···C··· Chrome bezel ring. cafeterias.7 0.7 10 965··· 10 963··· ···04 ···04 1 x TC-DEL10/13 1 x TC-D(EL)10/13 ¶ 138 ¶ 138 C0 . with bezel ring made of polycarbonate.25/BZ 3 2931··· 2931···+···DS 2931···+···KS/KT 46 . restaurants and residential areas. corridors.Series 293··· Compact downlights with smooth reflector or specular facetted reflector Accessories ······························· 47 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. ···W··· White bezel ring. Safe retention by means of screwed plug providing earth continuity.7 2931/TCD10 UTE: 0.57 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/1.2 Joule 850 °C 2931 W··· 2931 C-B··· Application Entrance areas.C180 0. With smooth reflector. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. Other control gear versions available on request. hotels. Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel.7 0. ···B··· With facetted specular reflector. Easy ceiling recess mounting by means of rapid-mounting spring clips. Optical system Highly-specular reflector for narrow/wide angle light distribution.

etc. transparent. with frosted cone. consisting of circular glass attachment. outdoor areas.9 1. Mounting case 1 piece. Reference 02930 DS TOC 21 423 00 ≈kg 0. Reference 02930/600 02930/625 TOC 21 421 00 21 422 00 ≈kg 0. with pressfolded sides and integral angle brackets. with two connection openings 40 mm and four fixing brackets to be fastened on the panel. to mount downlights in suspended ceilings or in closed ceilings (wood. steel sheet.0 Reference 02930/100 TOC 21 419 00 ¶ 33 M32 ≈kg 2.2 Reference 02930 KT TOC 21 425 00 ≈kg 0. tool-free installation into downlight. with frosted centred concentric detail. safe retention by means of chromed spring catches. For strip ceilings. or similar) with low load-bearing capacity or little impression resistance. sheet steel.2 Mounting plate 1 piece. 1 mm.0 Reference 02930/184 TOC 21 420 00 ≈kg 1.Series 293··· Decorative accessories Mounting accessories Decor disk 1 piece. steel sheet. with transparent cone. tool-free installation into downlight. transparent. interior opening ¶ 65 mm. gypsum plaster. 1 mm. white. tool-free installation into downlight. safe retention by means of chromed spring catches. Not suitable for wet areas like showers. safe retention by means of chromed spring catches. 1 piece. in 100 mm module with 16 mm shadow gap. 1 mm. frosted. consisting of circular glass attachment.9 100 188 Light emission shield (not illustrated) Reference 02930 LS for 293··· TOC 21 426 00 ¶ 135 324 324 47 . fully galvanised. consisting of circular glass attachment. Conical lens 1 piece. Conical lens 1 piece.2 Reference 02930 KS TOC 21 424 00 ≈kg 0. fully galvanised. Sealed housing For mounting of downlights in concrete ceilings.

50 W. Reflector is integrated in the lamp. Reflector is integrated in the lamp. max. 50 W / GX5. max.20 0. 50 W. Reflector is integrated in the lamp. Oceanus 50NV 02 ES2 Rectangular recessed spotlight as double module for 2 low-voltage halogen lamps QRCBC 51. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating.3 3 x QR-CBC 51.3 ≈kg Oceanus 50NV 02 ES1 Oceanus 50NV 02 ES2 Oceanus 50NV 02 ES3 42 775 50 42 777 50 42 779 50 Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium 0. 50 W / GX5. Oceanus 50NV 02 ES3 Rectangular recessed spotlight as triple module for 3 low-voltage halogen lamps QRCBC 51. Leto 50··· Recessed spotlights 6 d V 850 °C Oceanus 50··· 175° IP24 Leto 50··· IP20 Leto 50···ES1 Oceanus 50NV 02 ES1 Oceanus 50NV 02 ES2 Oceanus 50NV 02 ES3 Reference TOC Colour ET Electrical equipment See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 Lamp/socket W 1 x QR-CBC 51. Lamps: low-voltage halogen lamps QR-CBC 51. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating. max. max. Lamps: low-voltage halogen lamps QR-CBC 51. max.Oceanus 50···. Lamps: low-voltage halogen lamps QR-CBC 51. 50 W / GX5. max.56 Oceanus 50NV 02 ES1 Rectangular recessed spotlight as single module for 1 low-voltage halogen lamp QRCBC 51.3 2 x QR-CBC 51. Spotlight can be pivoted by +/– 40° and rotated 175°. max. Spotlight can be pivoted by +/– 40° and rotated 175°.38 0. 50 W. 50 W. 50 W. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating. max. 50 W. max. Oceanus···ES1 Oceanus···ES2 Oceanus···ES3 48 . Spotlight can be pivoted by +/– 40° and rotated 175°.

15 0.22 Description Electronic transformer 230/12 V Electronic transformer 230/12 V Electronic transformer 230/12 V Leto 50NV··· Circular recessed spotlight for 1 low-voltage halogen lamp QR-CBC 51. max. Lamps: low-voltage halogen lamps QR-CBC 51. ···EF1 stationary.5 mm2 for cables with a diameter of 3-8 mm • Protection against overheating • Overload and short circuit protection • Dimmable with phase section dimmer • Safety class II / degree of protection IP20 Leto···EF1 Leto···ES1 ¶ 78 80 ¶ 62 49 .3 1 x QR-CBC51. max. Reflector is integrated in the lamp.5 V.18 0.12 0. 50 W.3 1 x QR-CBC51.3 1 x QR-CBC 51. max. brushed 0.06 0. Housing made of die-cast zinc in three colour variations.3 1 x QR-CBC51. fixed optics. 50 W / GX5. 50 W. 50 W / GX5. Electronic transformers (ET) for low-voltage halogen lamps • Mains voltage: 230-240 V. max. 50 W / GX5.18 ≈kg 0. brushed White Chrome Iron.Accessories ······························· 55 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Leto 50NV···EF1 Leto 50NV···ES1 ETW 60 M05 Reference TOC Colour ET Electrical equipment See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 Lamp/socket W 1 x QR-CBC 51. ···ES1 pivotable by +/– 30°. max. 50 W / GX5. 3 (ETX) • Connection for the mains voltage (ETP.18 0.12 0. 50 W / GX5. 50 W / GX5.3 1 x QR-CBC 51. ETX) • Terminals 1. max. 12 V (ETX) • Secondary voltage connections: 1 (ETW). max.12 0. 2 (ETP). max. 50/60 Hz • Secondary voltage: 11.3 Rating 10-60 VA 20-105 VA 30-150 VA ≈kg Leto 50NV 01 EF1 Leto 50NV 04 EF1 Leto 50NV 09 EF1 Leto 50NV 01 ES1 Leto 50NV 04 ES1 Leto 50NV 09 ES1 Electrical equipment ETW 60 M05 ETP 105 C05 ETX 150 L05 42 707 50 42 706 50 42 715 50 42 719 50 42 718 50 42 727 50 TOC 23 581 00 43 193 00 43 194 00 White Chrome Iron.

Cyclos 80···. ···-F··· Distribution characteristics Flood. light source and electrical equipment. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating. light source and electrical equipment. ···-F··· Distribution characteristics Flood. ···ES3 Triple module Lamps: 3 metal halide lamps PHILIPS MINIMASTER CDM-Tm 20 W or 35 W. ···-S··· Distribution characteristics Spot. ···ES2 Double module Lamps: 2 metal halide lamps PHILIPS MINIMASTER CDM-Tm 20 W or 35 W. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating. reflector can be pivoted by +/– 40° and rotated 175°. Oceanus 80··· Recessed spotlights 6 d j a IP23 850 °C Cyclos 80N ···ES··· 335° Oceanus 80N ···ES··· 175° Cyclos 80N ···ES1 Oceanus 80N ···ES1 Cyclos 80N··· ES1 Circular recessed spotlight can be pivoted by +/– 40° and rotated 355°. Complete with optical system. Cyclos 80N··· 50 . ···-S··· Distribution characteristics Spot. ···ES1 Single module Lamp: 1 metal halide lamp PHILIPS MINIMASTER CDM-Tm 20 W or 35 W. Complete with optical system. Oceanus 80N··· Rectangular recessed spotlight as module. Lamp: 1 metal halide lamp PHILIPS MINIMASTER CDM-Tm 20 W or 35 W.

42 0.89 0.48 1.Lamp characteristics ···············525 Oceanus 80N ···ES2 Oceanus 80N ···ES3 Reference TOC Lamp/socket W 1 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 1 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 1 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 1 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 1 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 1 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 1 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 1 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 2 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 2 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 2 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 2 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 3 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 3 x CDM-Tm 20 W / PGJ5 3 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 3 x CDM-Tm 35 W / PGJ5 Electrical equipment ≈kg Cyclos 80N 20W-S ES1 Cyclos 80N 20W-F ES1 Cyclos 80N 35W-S ES1 Cyclos 80N 35W-F ES1 Oceanus 80N 20W-S ES1 Oceanus 80N 20W-F ES1 Oceanus 80N 35W-S ES1 Oceanus 80N 35W-F ES1 Oceanus 80N 20W-S ES2 Oceanus 80N 20W-F ES2 Oceanus 80N 35W-S ES2 Oceanus 80N 35W-F ES2 Oceanus 80N 20W-S ES3 Oceanus 80N 20W-F ES3 Oceanus 80N 35W-S ES3 Oceanus 80N 35W-F ES3 56 789 50 56 790 50 56 791 50 56 792 50 56 793 50 56 794 50 56 795 50 56 796 50 56 797 50 56 798 50 56 799 50 56 800 50 56 801 50 56 802 50 56 803 50 56 804 50 integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated integrated 0.92 1.42 0.15 2.25 0.52 Oceanus 80N··· ES1 Oceanus 80N··· ES2 Oceanus 80N··· ES3 51 .15 2.75 1.89 0.48 1.25 0.75 2.92 0.52 2.

35 W / G8.10 0.10 1. 35 W / G8. Cyclos 111··· IP23 850 °C Circe 111··· 02 ES1 Xerxes 111 16 ES1 Cyclos 111 02 ES1 Reference TOC Colour Lamp/Socket W 1 x HIT-TC. For optical systems and electrical equipment. see page 54. for 1 metal halide lamp HIT-TC max. max. transparent coating. Reflector head made of aluminium with black protective coating. max. Xerxes 111 16 ES1 Circular recessed spotlight can be pivoted by +/– 40° and rotated 175°. Luminaire body without optical systems and sockets. Xerxes 111. ···HV-S··· Distribution characteristics Spot. Luminaire bodies without optical systems and sockets. For optical systems and electrical equipment. Luminaire rim and reflector ring made of brushed aluminium with transparent coating. ···HV-M··· Distribution characteristics Medium. ···HV-F··· Distribution characteristics Flood. 35 W.43 0.70 1. Cyclos 111 Recessed spotlights 6 d j 175° Circe 111··· a IP20 Xerxes 111···. see page 54.5 1 x HIT-TC. Circe 111··· Xerxes 111··· Cyclos 111··· 52 .5 See page 54 See page 54 Electrical equipment See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 ≈kg Circe 111-S 02 ES1 Circe 111-M 02 ES1 Circe 111-F 02 ES1 Xerxes 111 16 ES1 Cyclos 111 02 ES1 42 470 50 42 471 50 42 472 50 42 483 50 42 452 50 Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Titanium Aluminium 1. max. Housing made of aluminium with stepped bezel ring and titaniumcoloured coating. 35 W / G8. Cyclos 111 02 ES1 Circular recessed spotlight can be pivoted by +/– 40° and rotated by 175°. Housing made of brushed aluminium.38 Circe 111··· 02 ES1 Rectangular recessed spotlight can be pivoted by 90° and rotated by 175°.5 1 x HIT-TC.Circe 111. Reflector aluminium facetted.

For optical systems and electrical equipment.80 1. Oceanus 111 02 ES2 Rectangular recessed spotlight can be pivoted by +/– 40° and rotated by 175°.42 0. Luminaire body without optical systems and sockets. ···ES3 Triple module. For optical systems and electrical equipment. ···ES2 Double module. mixed equipment possible. see page 54. Oceanus 111···ES1 Oceanus 111···ES2 Oceanus 111···ES3 53 . mixed equipment possible.Oceanus 111··· Recessed spotlights Accessories ······························· 54 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 d j 175° IP23 850 °C Oceanus 111 02 ES1 Oceanus 111 02 ES2 Oceanus 111 02 ES3 Reference TOC Colour Optical systems See page 54 See page 54 See page 54 Electrical equipment See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 ≈kg Oceanus 111 02 ES1 Oceanus 111 02 ES2 Oceanus 111 02 ES3 42 751 50 42 753 50 42 755 50 Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium 0.10 Oceanus 111 02 ES1 Rectangular recessed spotlight can be pivoted by +/– 40° and rotated by 175°. ···ES1 Single module. Oceanus 111 02 ES3 Rectangular recessed spotlight can be pivoted by +/– 40° and rotated by 175°. For optical systems and electrical equipment. Luminaire bodies without optical system and socket. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating. see page 54. see page 54. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating. Luminaire body without optical systems and sockets. Housing made of brushed aluminium with a transparent coating.

24 0.5 1 x HIT-TC. 50 / G53 1 x QPAR 111. 75 / GZ10 1 x HIPAR 111.20 0. 150 / G12 1 x HIT-T.24 0.5 1 x HIPAR 111.Optical systems 6 d 850 °C FR-HITT···1F··· FR-HITTC···1F··· FG···111 1F··· Designation TOC Lamps/Socket W 1 x HIT-T.24 0. 70 / GX8. 35 / GX8. 35 / G12 1 x HIT-T. 35 / G8. 35 / G12 1 x HIT-T. ···-F··· Distribution characteristics Flood. 35 / G8. 35 / G8.24 0. ···-M··· Distribution characteristics Medium. max.5 1 x HIT-TC. 70 / G8.24 0. 54 .5 Electrical equipment Safety class ≈kg FR HITT-S 1F 35 W FR HITT-M 1F 35 W FR HITT-F 1F 35 W FR HITT-S 1F 70 W FR HITT-M 1F 70 W FR HITT-F 1F 70 W FR HITT-S 1F 150 W* FR HITT-M 1F 150 W* FR HITT-F 1F 150 W* FR HITTC-S 1F 35 W FR HITTC-M 1F 35 W FR HITTC-F 1F 35 W FR HITTC-S 1F 70 W FR HITTC-M 1F 70 W FR HITTC-F 1F 70 W FG QRLP111 1F FG QPAR111 1F FG HIPAR111 1F 35 W FG HIPAR111 1F 70 W 42 498 00 42 499 00 42 500 00 45 541 40 45 540 40 45 539 40 51 523 00 51 524 00 51 525 00 42 490 00 42 491 00 46 387 00 45 538 40 45 537 40 45 536 40 42 493 00 42 501 00 42 503 00 46 386 00 VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG VG / EVG ET – VG / EVG VG / EVG a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a 0.24 0.24 0. max.5 1 x HIT-TC.03 0. * ···150 W not suitable for multiple modules (e.24 0. ···-F··· Distribution characteristics Flood. FG···111 1F··· Distribution characteristics based on light source with integral reflector.24 0.g. 70 / G12 1 x HIT-T. 70 / G12 1 x HIT-T.5 1 x QR-LP 111.24 0. FR-HITTC··· 1F··· ···-S··· Distribution characteristics Spot. ···-M··· Distribution characteristics Medium.5 1 x HIT-TC. 35 / G12 1 x HIT-T.05 0.24 0.5 1 x HIT-TC. 150 / G12 1 x HIT-TC. 70 / G8.24 0.20 M a a FR-HITT··· 1F··· ···-S··· Distribution characteristics Spot. 150 / G12 1 x HIT-T.24 0. 70 / G8. Oceanus···ES3). 70 / G12 1 x HIT-T.24 0.24 0.

5 V. interval ignition and cycling recognition in TriLogic technology.5 m with end ferrules.15 0. timer 20 min* (VG) Electronic control gear (EVG) Electronic control gear (EVG) Electronic control gear (EVG) 0. 50/60 Hz • Secondary voltage: 11.06 0.55 0. for metal halide lamps (HIT) • 35 W. inductive (VE BIC···).5m secondary cable with Wieland jack • Ballast and ignitor with thermal protection • Parallel capacitor with thermal protection and discharging resistor • Safety class I / degree of protection IP20 • Digital ignitor with integral timer function (20 min).55 0. 2 (ETP). Supply units.25 2. • Safety class I / degree of protection IP20 Supply units. 3 (ETX) • Connection for looping through the mains voltage (ETP. or direct mains connection. for metal halide lamps (HIT) • 35 W. see table • 0.75 2. timer 20 min* (VG) with digital ignitor.75 * Mains cable 0. 50/60 Hz • Universal mains cable 900 mm long.22 1.75 0. electronics (VE OL···). timer 20 min* (VG) with digital ignitor. Mains connections with the aid of an integral Wieland plug and jack. 70 W and 150 W • Mains voltage: 230-240 V. 50/60 Hz • For mains cable. 12 V (ETX) • Secondary voltage connections: 1 (ETW). ETX) • Terminals 1.5 mm2 for cables with a diameter of 3-8mm • Protection against overheating • Protection against overload and short circuit • Dimmable with phase-chop dimmer • Safety class II / degree of protection IP20 55 . 70 W and 150 W • Mains voltage: 230-240 V. for safe operation of functional lamps and for switching off faulty lamps Electronic transformers (ET) for low-voltage halogen lamps • Mains voltage: 230-240 V.Electrical Equipment Lamp characteristics ···············525 VE OL··· VE BIC··· ETW 60 M05 Designation TOC Description Electrical equipment Overall rating 10-60 VA 20-105 VA 30-150 VA 35 W 70 W 150 W 35 W 70 W 150 W ≈kg ETW 60 M05 ETP 105 C05 ETX 150 L05 VE BIC 35 HI TU VE BIC 70 HI TU VE BIC 150 HI TU VE OL-HIT 35W E VE OL-HIT 70W E VE OL-HIT 150W E 23 581 00 43 193 00 43 194 00 43 080 00 43 081 00 56 766 00 56 521 00 56 522 00 56 520 00 Electronic transformer 230/12 V (ET) Electronic transformer 230/12 V (ET) Electronic transformer 230/12 V (ET) with digital ignitor.

.

Multivariable systems .

BLUEmotion 066 BLUEmotion Sunny Day (SD) 067 BLUEmotion CDP optical system 068 BLUEmotion Colour-MIX (CM) 068 BLUEmotion IPX optical system 070 BLUEmotion task-area optical system UXP-AD 070 BLUEmotion ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP 58 .

T·200 076 T·200 spotlight modules 595··· 081 T·200 positionable modules 596··· 083 T·200 translucent modules 597···PST 084 T·200 louvre luminaires 593··· T·200 task-area optical system 594···AD··· 59 .

second. minute. TRILUX designers have a better idea: Luminaires that adapt easily to their surroundings.Our world is constantly moving: It changes every hour. 60 . To be able to react appropriately to every change. designers have to be flexible and creative in order to offer new lighting solutions on a regular basis. This dynamic poses a challenge for sophisticated artificial lighting. Or in other words: multivariable lighting systems.

61 .Often a small change is sufficient for a great effect.

Individual light layout thanks to individual luminaire design. 62 .

63 . Colour dynamic is another attribute of flexible lighting from TRILUX: The modularly designed TRILUX BLUEmotion series allows for fine-tuning of light colour and intensity in order to bring spatial and light sensations in perfect harmony. What does this offer you? The opportunity to tap into the countless possibilities of lighting moods.The TRILUX T·200 and E-Line T5 lighting systems combine general or accent light with the great spatial variability offered by artificial light nowadays.

BLUEmotion 64 .

Continuous line BLUEmotion luminaires are predestined for non-interrupted continuous-line mounting in terms of both design and functionality. the dynamics and the svelte aesthetics of natural light. Wire suspension and clip technology correspond to those of the connecting points in the continuous line. 65 . Decorative end caps Decorative end caps form the harmonious conclusion of individual or continuous-line luminaires. Together with the user-friendly plug-screw connection. They can be quickly joined by means of the integral plug-screw system. Inspired by the colours. A modular supporting system with a refined luminaire cross-section is the functional frame for a multitude of optical and aesthetic system components – and provides maximum scope for design. they guarantee a trouble-free installation with almost no adjustment required. making special connection accessories unnecessary. BLUEmotion unites design and exceptional photometrics to form a product range for daylight-like illumination. Simple quick-connect system Luminaires of the BLUEmotion series are generally suspended using Y-wire suspensions that can be adjusted without tools.Inspiration comes from the nature of light.

···CDP··· Fine-prism structure.5 m. Underside luminaire cover made of PC with fine-prism structures for all-round glare limitation. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.C180 BLUEmotion H CDP 249 UTE: 0. Electrical connection With transparent mains cable for a suspension height of max. Additional throughwiring set for continuous lines. BLUEmotion H SD 249 UTE: 0. blue and partly reflective coating.5 mm2.02 I + 0. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. with partly reflective interior. Control gear options Versions ···28/54··· and 35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps in different wattages. for white indirect light. ···E With electronic control gear.g. ···SD··· For emotive and concentration-enhancing lighting of offices and meeting rooms and for enlivening communicative zones. and decorative ceiling rose including connection terminal for wire up to 2. e. 1 Wire suspension. financial institutions and conference rooms where lighting is a visible and sensory experience. End caps made of die-cast aluminium. Continuous-line luminaire ···-L··· With integral plug-screw system – no other connection accessories are needed. Other electrical versions available on request. showrooms or waiting areas.08 C + 0.BLUEmotion Suspended luminaires with predominantly indirect light component and partly reflective optical system „Sunny Day“ SD or fine-prism cover (CDP) 6 5 4 d a IP20 2 Joule ···SD 960 °C ···CDP 850 °C BLUEmotion H-L SD··· C0 . silver-grey. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). protected against polarity reversal. Optical system ···SD··· optical system „Sunny Day“.79 T DIN 5040: E02 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6 C0 . sales areas. Luminaire body Side sections made of aluminium sections with silver-grey microstructure surface. 1 connection set and another wire suspension.C180 Recommended applications Especially recommended for offices. Suitable for VDU workstations. premounted. Lamps shining through the blue pane create a summer-day light mood. Float glass cover. 1.75 T DIN 5040: E52 CIBSE: BZ 1/1.25/ BZ 2/4/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 66 . To be ordered separately for each continuous line and individual luminaire: 2 end caps.

8 Continuous-line luminaires ···CDP··· BLUEmotion H-L CDP 228/54··· 44 967··· ···04 ···07 2 x 28/54 1276 1200 BLUEmotion H-L CDP 235/49/80··· 44 968··· ···04 ···07 2 x 35/49/80 1576 1500 * End caps. ** Length without end caps. 1 connection set and another wire suspension for individual luminaires or continuous-line luminaires to be ordered separately. 5.7 6.Accessories ······························· 72 Lamp characteristics ···············525 186 BLUEmotion H-L CDP··· Reference* Continuous-line luminaires ···SD··· BLUEmotion H-L SD 228/54··· BLUEmotion H-L SD 235/49/80··· TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···EDD ···07 ···07 Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 L mm 1276 1576 D/L1** ≈kg 44 988··· 44 989··· 1200 1500 6.3 BLUEmotion H-L SD/CDP··· D L1 / D 67 .1 6.

and decorative ceiling rose including connection terminal for wire up to 2. Electrical connection With transparent mains cable for a suspension height of max.86 T DIN 5040 (1995): E03 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 C0 . Decorative. controllable light-colour mixture of coloured lamps.47 T DIN 5040 (1995): D53 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 68 . 1 Wire suspension. Centrally positioned.C180 BLUEmotion H IPX 349 EDD UTE: 0. light colour can be controlled (RGB or whitewhite in different light colours). 1. To be ordered separately for each continuous line and individual luminaire: 2 end caps.BLUEmotion Predominantly indirect suspended luminaires „Colour-MIX“ for dynamic lighting Direct/indirect suspended luminaires „IPX“ for dynamic light component 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. with roomside slotted and translucent pane covered specular reflector for coloured. protected against polarity reversal.5 Joule 850 °C BLUEmotion···CM··· C0 . (see page 491) Other control gear versions available on request. Luminaire body Side sections made of aluminium sections with silver-grey microstructure surface. Control gear options ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gears (DALI). the light of which can be mixed to create individually adjustable coloured light atmospheres on the ceiling. sensor and infrared remote control for individual colour light mixing. With white lamps of different colour temperature suited for adaptive lighting of workplaces and public areas. 1 connection set and another wire suspension. BLUEmotion H CM 349 EDD UTE: 0.27 B + 0. premounted. Continuous-line luminaire ···-L··· With integral plug-screw system – no other connection accessories are needed. End caps made of die-cast aluminium. colourdecoupled light lines when using RGB lamps.5 mm2. silver-grey. for white and coloured lamps. reflectance value 98 %. (see page 491) ···EDD + Easy Slave With digital dimmable electronic control gears (DALI). for predominantly indirect. Master luminaire designed for standalone operation or for synchronous control of nine slave luminaires or less. Indirect optics. Designed for operation in combination with an Easy Master luminaire. ···EDD + Easy Master With digitally dimmable electronic control gears (DALI) + integral light controller.5 m. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Scattering part ≤ 3 %. direct ultra-low crosssection louvre in UXP-Technology®. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Lateral fine-prism covers with partly reflective inner coating. highlyspecular.C180 Recommended areas For dynamically changing lighting. Additional through-wiring set for continuous lines. Optical system ···CM··· Colour MIX Module.04 D + 0. ···IPX··· Three decoupled optical systems.

4 7.3 8. combinable with master luminaire BLUEmotion H-L IPX 328/54 EDD + Easy Slave 51 604 07 3 x 28/54 1276 1200 BLUEmotion H-L IPX 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Slave 51 609 07 3 x 35/49/80 1576 1500 * End caps. 54 W 35.9 7.0 Continuous-line luminaires ···IPX··· BLUEmotion H-L IPX 328/54 EDD 51 605 07 3 x 28/54 1276 1200 BLUEmotion H-L IPX 335/49/80 EDD 51 607 07 3 x 35/49/80 1576 1500 Continuous-line master luminaires with integrated DALI Easy lighting management BLUEmotion H-L IPX 328/54 EDD + Easy Master 51 606 07 3 x 28/54 1276 1200 BLUEmotion H-L IPX 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Master 51 608 07 3 x 35/49/80 1576 1500 Continuous-line slave luminaires. 80 W BLUEmotion···CM/IPX··· D L1 / D 69 .9 7. 49.7 8. 1 connection set and another wire suspension for individual luminaires or continuous-line luminaires to be ordered separately. 3 x 1.2 7.Accessories ······························· 72 Light management system ······491 Lamp characteristics ···············525 186 BLUEmotion···IPX··· Reference* TOC Lamps L mm 1276 1576 1276 1576 1276 1576 L1/D** ≈kg Continuous-line luminaires ···CM··· W BLUEmotion H-L CM 328/54 EDD 51 602 07 3 x 28/54 BLUEmotion H-L CM 335/49/80 EDD 51 603 07 3 x 35/49/80 Continuous-line master luminaires with integrated DALI Easy lighting management BLUEmotion H-L CM 328/54 EDD + Easy Master 52 169 07 3 x 28/54 BLUEmotion H-L CM 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Master 52 171 07 3 x 35/49/80 Continuous-line slave luminaires.7 8.5 mm² + 4 x 1.3 8. combinable with master luminaire BLUEmotion H-L CM 328/54 EDD + Easy Slave 52 170 07 3 x 28/54 BLUEmotion H-L CM 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Slave 52 172 07 3 x 35/49/80 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500 7.2 7. Accessories TOC Through-wiring sets for ···Easy···-versions with single-phase mains supply and 4 control lines. ** Length without end caps.0 28.4 7.5 mm² BLUEmotion DV 28/54 Easy 50 136 00 BLUEmotion DV 35/49/80 Easy 50 135 00 for luminaires 7.

55 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 70 . and decorative ceiling rose with connection terminal for cables up to 2. Control gear options Versions ···28/54··· and 35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps in different wattages. scattering part ≤ 3 % Louvre for general lighting. reflectance value 98 %.34 B + 0. highly specular or UXP-S.BLUEmotion Suspended luminaires with task area louvre UXP-AD or direct/indirect ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-H.2 Joule 960 °C BLUEmotion···UXP-AD 2··· C0 .12 C + 0. With integral plug-screw system – no other connection accessories are needed. BLUEmotion H UXP-AD 249 UTE: 0.C180 BLUEmotion H UXP-H 249 UTE: 0. Optical System Ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology®.C180 Application Structural lightness. protected against polarity reversal.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 C0 . Luminaire body Side sections made of aluminium sections with silver-grey microstructure surface. 1 wire suspension. ···E With electronic control gear. task-area-louvre with integrated light-focus lamellas. Other electrical versions available on request.59 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 C0 .69 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/ BZ 2/2.5 m. louvre for general lighting.5 mm2. premounted. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to Low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. ···UXP-AD··· Highly specular. Additional through-wiring set for continuous lines. ···UXP-H··· Highly specular. contrastenhancung and VDU compatable. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). To be ordered separately for each continuous line and individual luminaire: 2 end caps. Electrical connection With transparent mains cable for a suspension length up to 1. ···UXP-S··· Semi-specular. Task area versions ···UXP-AD··· suitable for installation above task areas – glare-free. combined with innovative UXP-Technology®: efficient lighting solutions suited for both offices and public areas.32 B + 0. semi-specular 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.C180 BLUEmotion H UXP-H 149 UTE: 0. 1 connection set and another wire suspension.

1 connection set and another wire suspension for individual luminaires or continuous-line luminaires to be ordered separately.0 5.Accessories ······························· 72 Lamp characteristics ···············525 186 BLUEmotion···UXP-H 1··· BLUEmotion···UXP-S 2··· Reference* Continuous-line luminaires ···UXP-AD··· BLUEmotion H-L UXP-AD 228/54··· BLUEmotion H-L UXP-AD 235/49/80··· Continuous-line luminaires ···UXP-H··· BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 128/54··· BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 135/49/80··· BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 228/54··· BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 235/49/80··· TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···EDD ···07 ···07 Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 L mm 1276 1576 D/L1** ≈kg 46 015··· 45 687··· 1200 1500 5. ** Length without end caps.2 5.0 5.7 Continuous-line luminaires ···UXP-S··· BLUEmotion H-L UXP-S 128/54··· 44 996··· ···04 ···07 1 x 28/54 1276 1200 BLUEmotion H-L UXP-S 135/49/80··· 44 997··· ···04 ···07 1 x 35/49/80 1576 1500 BLUEmotion H-L UXP-S 228/54··· 45 002··· ···04 ···07 2 x 28/54 1276 1200 BLUEmotion H-L UXP-S 235/49/80··· 45 003··· ···04 ···07 2 x 35/49/80 1576 1500 * End caps.5 5.3 44 945··· 44 946··· 44 994··· 44 995··· ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 1276 1576 1276 1576 1200 1500 1200 1500 5.5 6.5 5.2 5.7 BLUEmotion···UXP··· D L1 / D 71 . 5.

) max. including throughwiring.5°. including 7 cable connectors.. Reference Blanking piece TOC BLUEmotion B 300 300 mm 44 951 00 BLUEmotion B 600 600 mm 44 952 00 BLUEmotion B 900 900 mm 44 953 00 BLUEmotion B 1200 1200 mm 44 949 00 BLUEmotion B 1500 1500 mm 44 950 00 Blanking pieces with tailored optical cover available on request. 22. 7 x 1. form-fit connection up to 4 ways.5 mm2. Stable up to 25 kg. 49 and 80 W: BLUEmotion DV 35/49/80 315 44 935 00 BLUEmotion DV 35/49/80 515 44 936 00 For dimming versions 35. Silver-grey die-cast aluminium. with steel suspension wire up to 1. for 1-phase or 3-phase mains supply + 1 conductor pair for dimming. from 90° to 270°.5° steps. power supply via node: 4 continuous-line luminaires BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 228/54 E 2 continuous-line luminaires BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 235/49/80 E 4 nodes BLUEmotion KPS 1500 8 node adapters BLUEmotion KA 1 connection set for node power supply BLUEmotion Z ESB-KP 515 1 through-wiring set BLUEmotion DV 35/49/80 315 3 through-wiring sets BLUEmotion DV 28/54 315 Through-wiring sets (not illustrated) 1.5°. Power entry from ceiling-oriented supply.5 mm2. and 7-pole connection terminal.5 mm2. 72 . BLUEmotion KPS 1500 max. 25 kg 44 961 00 192 Node adapters For the connection of luminaires with nodes. 15°. 49 and 80 W: BLUEmotion DV 35/49/80 515 ED 44 954 00 BLUEmotion DV 35/49/80 715 ED 44 937 00 Blanking piece Including 1 wire suspension. through-wiring. BLUEmotion KA 44 960 00 1200 S E BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 228/54 E S 1200 S BLUEmotion KPS 1500 BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 235/49/80 E S E Accessory through-wiring set Integrated through-wiring Wire suspension Incoming point BLUEmotion KA S S S 1576 Order example: Closed geometrical arrangement with nodes according to the draft above.BLUEmotion Accessories 0°-180° (7. 1500 Ceiling node Silver-grey die-cast aluminium. For stable. For switched versions 28 and 54 W: BLUEmotion DV 28/54 315 44 931 00 BLUEmotion DV 28/54 515 44 932 00 For dimming versions 28 and 54 W: BLUEmotion DV 28/54 515 ED 44 934 00 BLUEmotion DV 28/54 715 ED 44 933 00 For switched versions 35.5 m.. 7 x 1. angles adjustable in 7.

5 mm2: BLUEmotion Z ESB-KP 715 46 276 00 Covers 1 piece. Highly-specular louvre.5 m. single-section BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 111 E N 47 223 04 Semi-specular louvre. 7 x 1. silver-grey. For single-phase mains supply: BLUEmotion ESB 315 44 938 00 For 3-phase mains supply: BLUEmotion ESB 515 44 941 00 For single-phase mains supply plus 1 conductor pair for dimming: BLUEmotion ESB 515 ED 44 940 00 For 3-phase mains supply plus 1 conductor pair for dimming: BLUEmotion ESB 715 ED 44 942 00 For node power supply. plus decorative translucent cover. BLUEmotion K 44 959 00 Emergency luminaires For stand-by operation. For compact fluorescent lamp TC-L 1 x 18 W. ···49. through-wiring. ···80: BLUEmotion A 1500 44 948 00 Wire suspension For continuous-line luminaires -L···.End caps 1 pair of end caps for the conclusion of continuous lines. For BLUEmotion ···28/54: BLUEmotion A 1200 44 947 00 For BLUEmotion ···35/49/80. 5 x 1. die-cast aluminium. for suspension height up to 1. in Y-form. made of clear polycarbonate. single-section BLUEmotion H-L UXP-S 111 E N 47 224 04 300 Emergency luminaires For stand-by operation. double-section BLUEmotion H-L UXP-H 118 E N 47 225 04 Semi-specular louvre. with electronic control gear. Highly-specular louvre. For compact fluorescent lamp TC-SEL 1 x 11 W. 7 x 1. and 7-pole connection terminal. 7 x 1.5 mm2. double-section BLUEmotion H-L UXP-S 118 E N 47 226 04 300 250 250 Connection sets Ceiling rose. with electronic control gear. suspension height of 1500 mm.5 mm2. 1 piece for each continuous line to be ordered separately. through-wiring. To protect the lamps and optical systems against unnecessary apid degradation. Transparent mains cable. including 1 wire suspension.5 mm2: BLUEmotion Z ESB-KP 515 46 275 00 For node power supply. BLUEmotion SY 1500 44 930 00 73 . and 7-pole connection terminal. including 1 wire suspension.

T·200 74 .

Aesthetics and functionality The slender translucent modules offer attractive photometrics: optical system. T·200 spotlights are an exemplary solution that offers optimum scope for movement due to the cardanic suspension technology. while slender translucent modules provide a uniform general lighting. Wiring passage in tubular tracks The tubular tracks of the T·200 system are open towards the ceiling and can easily be equipped with through-wiring sets. 75 . Accentuation and general lighting combined in a single lighting system – that is the tubular track series T·200. Flexible cardanic spotlights allow for focussed lighting of objects. With four different light-active systems. The progressive design is effectively enhanced by the colours of the system components.Only by applying new methods can you reach new goals. adapter units and T·200 tubular tracks form an integrated whole. the T·200 series opens up a wide variety of new lighting design and accentuation paths – and an exceptionally large scope for creative lighting solutions. small or large. Light in motion Systems for accent lighting must allow flexible adaptation to new lighting tasks. Separate switching of luminaire and spotlight modules can be simply acheived by use of separate mains cables within the tubular tracks.

with three terminals for mains connection within the rod and for further wiring. With highly-specular reflector made of anodised aluminium. preferably with axial filament. Wiring of the rod system to be carried out by the installer. Consisting of aluminium swivel frame and aluminium reflector housing as well as end adapter elements in aluminium/plastic material with integral electronic transformer. reception halls. beam angle 8° 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. socket GY6. 20 to 50 W.C180 Application Low-voltage spotlight modules for tubular track system T·200. conference rooms. Reflector housing can be pivoted in two planes. beam angle 8°. 5951··· Single module. preferably with axial filament. and restaurants. Dimming is possible when combined with phase-chop dimmers to be provided by the client. Reflectors 5951··· For low-voltage halogen lamps 12 V. Highly-specular reflector made of anodised aluminium. beam angle 10° or specular facetted reflector. For brilliant accent lighting in sales areas. with specular facetted surface.C180 595··· HO/QT90 5951/QT50 ET 5952/QT50 ET 5953/QT50 ET 239 102 166 320 166 498 166 166 166 676 166 ∅90 ∅90 ∅90 ∅90 ∅90 ∅90 76 . Luminaire body Silver-grey. 35 to 50 W.35.T·200 Spotlight modules for low-voltage halogen lamps. Control gear option With electronic transformer. with highly-specular reflector. socket GY6.35. 5953··· Triple module. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection. showrooms. 5951 HO··· For low-voltage halogen lamps 12 V. 595···/QT50 C0 . 5952··· Double module. corridors. hotels. similar to RAL 9006.2 Joule 850 °C 5951/QT50 ET 5952/QT50 ET 5953/QT50 ET C0 . beam angle 10°.

2 1.2 1. 100 3 x QT12 max.0 5951/QT90 ET 5952/QT90 ET 5953/QT90 ET 239 102 166 394 166 572 166 166 166 750 166 ∅130 ∅130 ∅130 ∅130 ∅130 ∅130 77 .Accessories ······························· 86 Lamp characteristics ···············525 5951 HO/QT90 ET 5952 HO/QT90 ET 5953 HO/QT90 ET Reference TOC Lamps W 1 x QT12. 100 5951/QT50 ET 5952/QT50 ET 5953/QT50 ET 5951 HO/QT90 ET 5952 HO/QT90 ET 5953 HO/QT90 ET 12 216 40 12 224 40 12 228 40 12 223 40 12 227 40 12 231 40 Minimum distance Lamp m 0. 50 3 x QT12.2 3.7 2. 50 2 x QT12. 100 2 x QT12 max.4 2.00 1. 50 1 x QT12 max.00 1.80 0.80 1.00 ≈kg 1.80 0.

5951··· Single module. beam angle 33°. Semispecular reflector made of anodised aluminium. hotels.C180 10° 30° ···HO/QPAR75 5951 HO/QT150 5952 HO/QT150 5953 HO/QT150 78 .C180 Recommended areas Mains-voltage modules for tubular track system T·200.2 Joule 850 °C 5951 HO/QT150 5952 HO/QT150 5953 HO/QT150 C0 . ···QPAR75··· For mains-voltage halogen lamps 75 W with PAR reflector. restaurants. with semi-specular reflector. showrooms. ···QPAR75··· For sales areas. socket E27. beam angle 33° or mains-voltage halogen reflector lamps. conference rooms. Consisting of aluminium swivel frame and aluminium reflector housing as well as minimised end adapter elements in aluminium/plastic material. showrooms. 60 to 150 W. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection. restaurants. Wiring of the rod system to be carried out by the installer. corridors. corridors. ···QT150··· For illuminating larger surfaces in sales areas.T·200 Spotlight modules for mains-voltage halogen lamps. Luminaire body Silver-grey. ···HO/QT150 C0 . similar to RAL 9006. beam angle 10° or 30°. hotels. reception halls. Reflector housing can be pivoted in two planes. conference rooms. 5952··· Double module. socket E27. Reflectors/Lamps ···QT150··· For mains-voltage halogen lamps 230 V. preferably with semi-specular encapsulated bulb. 5953··· Triple module. beam angle 10°/30° 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Control gear option No electronic equipment required. reception halls. with three terminals for mains connection within the rod and for further wiring. lamp operates directly on mains voltage.

3 3.0 5951 HO/QPAR75 5952 HO/QPAR75 5953 HO/QPAR75 239 118 166 320 166 498 166 166 166 676 166 ∅130 ∅130 ∅130 ∅130 ∅130 ∅130 79 .0 1.30 0.Accessories ······························· 86 Lamp characteristics ···············525 5951 HO/QPAR75 5952 HO/QPAR75 5953 HO/QPAR75 Reference TOC Lamps W 1 x QT32 max.4 2. 150 2 x QT32 max.30 0.30 0.2 3. 150 1 x QPAR75 2 x QPAR75 3 x QPAR75 5951 HO/QT150 5952 HO/QT150 5953 HO/QT150 5951 HO/QPAR75 5952 HO/QPAR75 5953 HO/QPAR75 12 222 10 12 226 10 12 230 10 12 221 10 12 225 10 12 229 10 Minimum distance Lamp m 0.4 2.45 0.45 ≈kg 1.45 0. 150 3 x QT32 max.

socket PG12-1.35 0. beam angle 33° 6 5 4 da IP20 0.4 4.80 0. in version with improved colour rendering. similar to RAL 9006. Reflector housing can be pivoted in two planes. Semi-specular reflector made of anodised aluminium.35 0. or with semi-specular reflector HST. corridors. conference rooms. beam angle 33°. Control gear option With inductive ballast. showrooms. 5951 HO/HIT35 K 5951 HO/HIT70 K 5951 HO/HST50 K 5951 HO/HST100 K 12 217 02 12 218 02 12 220 02 12 219 02 3. Highly-specular reflector made of anodised aluminium. beam angle 13°. Beam angle 13°.2 Joule 850 °C Application High-pressure lamp modules for tubular track system T·200. Reflector HIT For metal halide lamps 35 W or 70 W. Wiring of the rod system to be carried out by the installer.5 3. with facetted brilliant surface and integrated safety glass with UV protection.80 C0 . and restaurants. Luminaire body Silver-grey.C180 5951···HST··· 5951···HO/HIT··· 5951···HO/HST··· 239 145 366 520 ∅130 80 .T·200 Spotlight modules for high-pressure lamps with facetted reflector HIT.3 3. Consisting of aluminium swivel frame and aluminium reflector housing as well as end adapter elements in aluminium/plastic material. preferably in ceramic version.3 5951···HIT··· C0 . Reflector HST For high-pressure sodium vapour lamps 50 W or 100 W. For economic accent lighting in sales areas. hotels. Reference 5951 HO/HIT··· TOC Lamps W 1 x HIT35 1 x HIT70 1 x HST50 1 x HST100 5951 HO/HST··· Minimum distance Lamp m 0. reception halls. parallel-compensated. with three terminals for mains connection within the rod and for further wiring. socket G12.C180 ≈kg Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection.

lamp operates directly on mains voltage.00 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1. conference rooms. with three terminals for mains connection within the rod and for further wiring.3 5961 RSV/QTDE150 UTE: 0.C180 5961 RPX/TCD26 E UTE: 0.20 0. ···TCD26 E With electronic control gear for compact fluorescent lamp TC-D 26 W. 5961 RSV/QTDE150 5961 RPX/TCD26 E Reference TOC Lamps W 1 x QT-DE150 1 x TC-DEL26 5961 RSV/QTDE150 5961 RPX/TCD26 E 12 239 10 12 238 04 Minimum distance Lamp m 0. hotels. manoeuvrability ±50° for accent lighting effects. highly-specular louvre made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. Louvre ···RSV··· Semi-specular louvre with graduated concave profile cross blades made of anodised aluminium. ···RPX··· Micro-segmented. no electronic equipment required.20 C0 .T·200 Compact adjustable modules with cross-blade louvre RSV for halogen lamps or with highly-specular louvre RPX for compact fluorescent lamps Accessories ······························· 86 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 da IP20 2 Joule 850 °C ···RPX··· Application Direct adjustable modules for tubular track system T·200.0 1. socket R7s.35 B + 0. For accent lighting effects in sales areas.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2 5961 RSV/QTDE150 5961 RPX/TCD26 E 50° 239 239 95 95 64 224 376 64 224 450 81 .49 B + 0.25/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 C0 . consisting of adjustable louvre module in compact version. for narrow/wide-angle light distribution. corridors. similar to RAL 9006. showrooms. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection.00 T DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 3/1. Control gear option ···QTDE150 For mains-voltage halogen lamp 150 W.C180 ≈kg 1. Wiring of the rod system to be carried out by the installer. and restaurants. and end adapter elements in aluminium/plastic material. Luminaire body Silver-grey. reception halls.

reception halls.59 T DIN 5040: D62 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/. Louvre RPX Micro-segmented. similar to RAL 9006. Luminaire body Silver-grey. For accent lighting of expansive surfaces in sales areas. conference rooms. Reference TOC Lamps W 1 x 24 1 x 39 2 x 24 2 x 39 5961 RPX··· L mm 890 1190 890 1190 C0 . hotels. and restaurants. 894/39W 82 .36 B + 0. and end adapter elements in aluminium/plastic material.0 Joule 850 °C Application Direct/indirect adjustable modules for tubular track system T·200.3 5961 RPX/39E UTE: 0.T·200 Adjustable modules with highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX for T5 fluorescent lamps 6 5 4 d a IP20 2. with three terminals for mains connection within the rod and for further wiring. Wiring of the rod system to be carried out by the installer.8 2. highly-specular louvre made of reflection-intensifying aluminium.C180 ≈kg 5961 RPX/24 E 5961 RPX/39 E 5961 RPX/2x24 E 5961 RPX/2x39 E 12 234 04 12 237 04 12 235 04 12 236 04 1.8/BZ 1 5961 RPX··· 594/24W.1 1. Control gear option With electronic control gear. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection. showrooms. manoeuvrability ±50° for accent lighting effects. consisting of adjustable louvre module in compact version.7 2. corridors.

primary diffuser made of translucent PLEXIGLAS.20 J + 0.T·200 Translucent modules with double-reflection system PST for T5 fluorescent lamps Accessories ······························· 86 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. with three terminals for mains connection within the rod and for further wiring. The ceiling surface acts as a secondary reflector and thus creates a comfortable luminance contrast. 932/39W 83 . Wiring of the rod system to be carried out by the installer. consisting of primary reflector with enveloping primary diffuser. Reference TOC Lamps W 1 x 24 1 x 39 5971 PST··· L mm 930 1230 C0 . Control gear option With electronic control gear. Luminaire body Consisting of chromed brass fixings for translucent module and end adapter elements in aluminium/plastic material. Double-reflection system PST Translucent module.C180 ≈kg 5971 PST/24 E 5971 PST/39 E 12 241 04 12 242 04 1.5/BZ 8 5971 PST··· 632/24W. conference rooms as well as in offices. For increased lighting comfort in sales areas. banks and service counter areas.4 1.6 5971 PST/39 E UTE: 0. Primary reflector made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection.64 T DIN 5040: D22 CIBSE: BZ 7/.5 Joule 650 °C Recommended areas Translucent modules for tubular track system T·200. with slot perforation. showrooms.75/ BZ 6/1/BZ 7/4/BZ 8 NBN L 14-002: BZ 7/1.

99 %. Wiring of the rod system to be performed by the client. ···E With electronic control gear. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. silver-grey. Louvre retention by means of springtensioned clips.99 %. in slender profile design. especially recommended for VDU workstations. highlyspecular aluminium with a surface purity of 99. ···RPX··· Direct/indirect light distribution. Electrical connection Supplied ready for connection.C180 5931 RPX/2x35 E UTE: 0. 5931 RPX/35 E UTE: 0.36 B + 0.T·200 Luminaires with semi-specular louvre RSX. Optical system Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.12 D + 0. With integral end caps in die-cast aluminium and integrated fixing brackets. ···RSX··· Direct/indirect light distribution.55 T DIN 5040: C53 CIBSE: BZ 2/2/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/3/BZ 1/4/BZ 2 C0 . Luminaire body Sheet steel.8/BZ 1 C0 . providing earth continuity. highlyspecular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.59 T DIN 5040: D62 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/. Direct/indirect louvre made of reflection-intensifying.8/BZ 3 84 . similar to RAL 9006. Control gear options Versions ···/14/24···. semi-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99. sales areas. ···/28/54··· and ···/35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.78 T DIN 5040: D23 CIBSE: BZ 4/1/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/.99 %. ···AD··· For task area lighting of single or twindesk workstations. Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of made of reflection-intensifying. for offices.0 Joule 850 °C 5931 RSX··· C0 . Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of made of reflection-intensifying. ···AD··· Special task-area louvre for increased contrast rendering. showrooms and financial institutions.C180 Recommended areas Louvre luminaires with direct/indirect light distribution for T·200 tubular track system.38 B + 0. highly-specular louvre RPX or with task-area louvre AD for T5 fluorescent lamps 6 5 d 4 a IP20 2. with three or five (···ED) terminals for mains connection within the rod system and for further wiring. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.C180 5941 AD/2x54 E UTE: 0.

5941 AD··· 85 .Accessories ······························· 86 Lamp characteristics ···············525 5931 RPX··· 5941 AD··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···ED ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 14/24 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 L mm 1230 1530 1230 1530 1530 1230 1530 1230 1530 1530 630 1230 1530 1530 ≈kg 5931 RSX/28/54··· 5931 RSX/35/49/80··· 5931 RSX/2x28/54··· 5931 RSX/2x35/49··· 5931 RSX/2x80··· 5931 RPX/28/54··· 5931 RPX/35/49/80··· 5931 RPX/2x28/54··· 5931 RPX/2x35/49··· 5931RPX/2x80··· 5941 AD/2x14/24··· 5941 AD/2x28/54··· 5941AD/2x35/49··· 5941 AD/2x80··· 40 723··· 33 996··· 51 688··· 51 689··· 51 690··· 33 958··· 33 982··· 33 970··· 33 977··· 51 687··· 51 676··· 49 695··· 51 691··· 12 215··· 3.0 3.2 3.3 5931 RSX/RPX···.9 5.7 3.5 4.5 4.0 4.3 6.2 3.0 4.4 6.0 4.7 3.

A suspension distance of max. to be snapped into the rods without tools. necessary. 05930/I/35 05930/II/35 05930/III/35 1 pair. to be inserted in rods without tools 05930/···/35. For this purpose. light-grey. Chrome-plated plastic wall adapter. Cut to length on site.5 kg. to connect the mains cable in case of ceiling outlets. to allow precise premounting of rod pairs.T·200 Mounting instructions and accessories The trunking rods form a wiring channel for through-wiring on site. 05930 E 21 746 00 Distance module (not illustrated) 1 piece. naturally anodised. Chrome-plated plastic end caps. to close the rod ends 05930/···/35. with entry for mains cable. if necessary. Rods Aluminium. 1800 mm 1 pair. The resulting different rod lengths depending on the respective adjusted angle are indicated in the table below. if rod sections greater than 2000 mm are not equipped with luminaires. to close the upper side of the rods 05930/···/35. 1600 mm long. Straight aluminium internal connector. 05930 WA 21 756 00 86 . to fix rods to walls without tools 05930/···/35. The jointed connectors allow the corners to be continuously adjustable. 05930 MH 21 751 00 Angle fi 90° 100° 110° 120° 130° 140° 150° 160° 170° 180° Distance b/mm 200 168 140 115 93 73 54 35 17 0 c/mm 283 261 244 231 221 213 207 203 201 200 Suspension distances max. each luminaire has a connection terminal located outside the end cap. 05930 K 21 749 00 End caps 1 pair. 1500 mm. 05930 AM 21 744 00 Wall adapter 1 pair. The luminaires placed on the tubular track system are connected within the rods by means of the through-wiring. Load max. Connector 1 pair. 05302 ZR 21 618 00 b b 05930 AP 21 745 00 Fixing aid 1 pair. The wiring is made using commercial light plastic-sheathed cables. snapped on to rods without tools.. 05900 A* 21 725 00 05900 AN* 21 726 00 Suitable to accommodate a ceiling fixing unit for the wire suspensions 05930 S···. between angles of 90° and 270°. ¶ 28 mm. Plastic. 1700 mm long. Feeding tube (not illustrated) 1 piece. if the length of each luminaire between the wire suspensions is at least 800 mm. to be shortened on site. fi c Rod closure 1 piece. 4800 mm 21 738 00 21 740 00 21 742 00 Ceiling rose 1 piece. 3200 mm 1 pair. snapped into place without tools. 2000 mm is only permissible. 6.

white. with vernier clip. With 5-core wiring 1. 05960 DR/24 For 596···RPX/24 E. 21 763 00 21 764 00 Jointed connector with wire suspension 1 pair.5 m. 800 mm long. angles continuously adjustable between 90° and 270°. Designed to convert adjustable modules into luminaires with a predominantly downward light output. consisting of: 1 node for up to four connections. with pendant suspension 29 228 00 1 pendant rod steel. for suspension heights of up to 1. exterior surface silver-grey. 05931 DG/28 For luminaires 5931···28 W. for suspension lengths of up to 1.5 m. but with step-free adjustment by means of a screwdriver. 1 ceiling element with screwfix. 05930 S 21 753 00 As 05930 SV. 05930 GKS 21 748 00 Wire suspensions 1 pair. chromed.5 mm2. from 90° to 270°. structured finish. suspension length can be shortened on site. 21 761 00 21 762 00 21 759 00 21 760 00 Overhead reflectors Polycarbonate. 05930 SV 21 755 00 For 2-point fixing. 05900 SV. for suspension lengths of up to 1. ceiling rose. steel-grey. Easy attachment to luminaire body and potential equalisation by means of screw connection. but with continuously adjustable wire suspension. 05931 DG/35 For luminaires 5931···35 W. 87 . For the connection of rods 05930/···/35 to nodes 05900 SV or 05900 PV. ···DG··· Perforated version. 05930 GK 21 747 00 Overhead reflectors Sheet steel. as 05930 GK. die-cast aluminium. ¶ 13 mm. chrome finish.5 m. with wire suspension 29 227 00 1 steel wire. photometrically effective surface. for continuous height adjustment without tools. ¶ 2 mm. chromed. 05930 KA 21 750 00 Node 1 piece. ···DR··· Closed version.Jointed connector 1 pair. 05960 DR/39 For 596···RPX/39 E. white. coated in aluminium paint. 05931 DR/28 For luminaires 5931···28 W. 05931 DR/35 For luminaires 5931···35 W. 05900 PV. they must be provided by the contractor. continuously adjustable. * Incoming cables not included in scope of delivery. Node adapters 1 piece. To be attached without tools.

.

Light ceiling .

Light ceiling Plenar 096 Plenar. square light ceiling module for suspended mounting 90 . square light ceiling module for surface mounting 096 Plenar.

square light ceiling module for mounting in cut-out recess openings 098 Plenar.098 Plenar. round light ceiling module for mounting in cut-out recess openings 91 .

in individual or group arrangement. Everything that makes up its design is an elegant uniform light surface. The result: You do not need a luminaire for every lighting mood. colour or materials. After all. And when it comes to extraordinary luminaire design. Be it circular or square. the thing that makes design unique is the idea behind it. surface-mounted or suspended light ceilings. and even lighting systems. be it as the natural course of daylight or by using various colour temperatures. recessed. but you do need a TRILUX luminaire for perfect light atmosphere.Extraordinary design eliminates anything unessential. there is only one verdict possible: it cannot help but to harmonise. 92 . Individual demands and moods are taken into account thanks to individual light scenarios. accentuating or wide-area lighting. That is true for architecture and furniture. that is expressed in form. this idea focuses always and mainly on one aspect: light. Light from the TRILUX Plenar distinguishes itself by responding to its ambience in the same manner as it responds to its design. The best example of this is the TRILUX Plenar.

93 .A light ceiling that makes every room special.

is suspended. Whether it acts as an independent or supplementary light source. surface-mounted or embedded in the ceiling does not matter – every type of installation leaves the impression that it fits into every room perfectly. 94 . Just like different light solutions: Different colour variations allow you to create the light atmosphere that you desire.Plenar It also shows that an exceptional design can be harmoniously integrated into all forms of architecture. A variation that always accentuates the most important characteristic of stylish rooms: namely its notable features.

Or its light. including the membrane. makes changing the lamp simple. in short: timeless. For instance. A particular feature of this surfacemounted luminaire is that it can be handled without using tools. 95 . Easy-to-access light ceiling modules Like the light that it produces. by focussing on simple solutions. but not least. This also facilitates the simulation of natural daylight. the TRILUX Plenar is a joy when it comes to installation and maintenance: The aluminium frame which can be removed as a complete unit. A luminaire only fulfils our standard for creating new light if it takes into account and is in harmony with both factors. And finally the stimulating possibilities that the dynamic coloured light lends to the TRILUX Plenar. the effect on people and the environment: simply perfect. the absolutely practical and variable installation of this elegant light surface. circular or square – the TRILUX Plenar can be integrated harmoniously within every type of architecture. Its unique design: Proportions that are simple and yet never boring. the operation and last.The TRILUX Plenar was developed with two factors in mind: people and their environment. Our developers and designers responded to the simple fact that every person and every room is different. Be it as an individual luminaire or arranged as a group. As you can see everything about the TRILUX Plenar is simple: Easy access to the light ceiling modules. which is distributed evenly and subtly in the room without any shadows thanks to the opal membrane.

very low inflammability. ···RGBW··· 4-channel brightness control with coloured fluorescent lamps (red.Plenar Easy-to-access square light ceiling modules for suspended and surface mounting on ceilings 6 5 4 d a IP40 850 °C Plenar HD···RGB(W) + ···ZBH Q C0 . Housing made of extruded aluminium section. of conductors) 2 4 6 8 PLENAR HD2-Q 1600 EDD W UTE: 0. Suited for adaptive lighting of task areas and public areas. Dynamic-coloured light is just as possible as white light of different colour temperatures for adaptive simulation of varying daylight moods. green. of conductors) 3 3 3 3 Control line (No. easy to access. Dynamic light control ···W··· 1-channel brightness control with neutral white fluorescent lamps. green. Plenar···HD3···W(W)··· Plenar···HD3···RGB(W)··· 96 . Actuated via an external light control system (see page 494). Lamp option T5 fluorescent lamps are included in the luminaire package. Mains (No. with decorative rectangular grooves. blue) for light-colour mixture. Luminaire body Square cross-section. ···WW··· 2-channel brightness control with daylight-white and warm-white fluorescent lamps for white-white control.8/BZ 4 W WW RGB RGBW Control gear option With digitally dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface.54 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/. ···RGB··· 3-channel brightness control with coloured fluorescent lamps (red. Electrical connection Two control lines that are rated for mains voltage are provided for every colour channel and can be routed separately or in a common sheathed cable. coated in silvergrey (similar to RAL 9006).C180 Recommended areas For lighting solutions with a requirement for elegance and where lighting is a visible and sensory experience. Optical System Transopal luminaire diffuser of stretched film technology. blue) for light-colour mixture and additional neutral white fluorescent lamps for especially good representation of white. fully backlit.

0 22.Light management system ······494 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Plenar HD···W(W) Plenar HD···RGB(W) Reference TOC Lamps W 4 x 14 8 x 14 9 x 14 8 x 28 W 16 x 28 W 18 x 28 W 24 x 28 W 10 x 35 W 20 x 35 W 24 x 35 W 32 x 35 W Description LxWxH mm 650 x 650 x 170 650 x 650 x 170 650 x 650 x 245 1300 x 1300 x 170 1300 x 1300 x 170 1300 x 1300 x 245 1300 x 1300 x 245 1600 x 1600 x 170 1600 x 1600 x 170 1600 x 1600 x 245 1600 x 1600 x 245 ≈kg Plenar HD3-Q 650 EDD W Plenar HD3-Q 650 EDD WW Plenar HD3-Q 650 EDD RGB Plenar HD1-Q 1300 EDD W Plenar HD1-Q 1300 EDD WW Plenar HD1-Q 1300 EDD RGB Plenar HD1-Q 1300 EDD RGBW Plenar HD2-Q 1600 EDD W Plenar HD2-Q 1600 EDD WW Plenar HD2-Q 1600 EDD RGB Plenar HD2-Q 1600 EDD RGBW Accessories Wire suspension Plenar ZBH Q Distance trims Plenar ZLK HD3 650 Plenar ZLK HD1 1300 Plenar ZLK HD2 1600 56 695 07 56 696 07 56 697 07 52 510 07 52 511 07 52 512 07 52 513 07 52 514 07 52 515 07 52 516 07 52 517 07 TOC 52 550 00 56 829 00 52 567 00 52 568 00 12.5 m.0 43.0 25.0 28.0 30. Distance trim for surface-mounted light ceiling modules 650 mm Distance trim for surface-mounted light ceiling modules 1300 mm Distance trim for surface-mounted light ceiling modules 1600 mm Plenar···HD1···W(W)··· Plenar···HD1···RGB(W)··· Plenar···HD2···W(W)··· Plenar···HD2···RGB(W)··· 97 .0 13. for suspended mounting.0 48. suspension length max.0 50.0 55. 2.0 for surface-mounted modules.5 15.

Suited for adaptive lighting of task areas and public areas. of conductors) 3 3 3 3 Control line (No. Dynamic-coloured light is just as possible as white light of different colour temperatures for adaptive simulation of varying daylight moods. blue) for light-colour mixture and additional neutral white fluorescent lamps for especially good representation of white. whitecoated. of conductors) 2 4 6 8 Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD W UTE: 0. square light ceiling modules for mounting in ceiling cut-outs Easy-to-maintain. ···RGB··· 3-channel brightness control with coloured fluorescent lamps (red. Lamp option T5 fluorescent lamps are included in the luminaire package. ··-M··· Designed for installation in cut-out recess openings and ceilings with concealed grids in 600 mm module (C1) or 625 mm module (C2/C4).54 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/. ···RGBW··· 4-channel brightness control with coloured fluorescent lamps (red.8/BZ 4 Plenar···C4···RGB··· Plenar···C1···RGB(W)··· W WW RGB RGBW Control gear option With digitally dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. easy to access. very low inflammability.C180 Plenar C1-R··· C0 . ···-R··· Circular cross-section. ···WW··· 2-channel brightness control with daylight-white and warm-white fluorescent lamps for white-white control. Dynamic light control ···W··· 1-channel brightness control with neutral white fluorescent lamps.Plenar Easy-to-maintain. Plenar···C4···W(W)··· Plenar···C1···W(W)··· 98 .54 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/.8/BZ 4 Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD W UTE: 0. green. fully backlit. round light ceiling modules for mounting in ceiling cut-outs 6 5 4 d a IP40 850 °C Plenar C1-M··· C0 . Luminaire body Luminaire body made of aluminium. also suited for module ceilings ···-Q··· Square cross-section. green.C180 Recommended areas For lighting solutions with a requirement for elegance and where lighting is a visible and sensory experience. with slender surrounding rim to cover the cut-out opening. ···-M··· Square cross-section. blue) for light-colour mixture. Electrical connection Two control lines that are rated for mains voltage are provided for every colour channel and can be routed separately or in a common sheathed cable. Mains (No. Actuated via an external light management system (see page 494). Optical System Transopal luminaire diffuser of stretched film technology.

8 x 28 W.0 27. for mounting to bare ceiling Distance trim for recessed light ceiling modules 625 mm Distance trim for recessed light ceiling modules 1200 mm Distance trim for recessed light ceiling modules 1250 mm Distance trim for recessed light ceiling modules 1600 mm Plenar···C1···RGB(W)··· Plenar···C2···RGB(W)··· Plenar···C2···W(W)··· Plenar···C3···W(W)··· Plenar···C1···W(W)··· Plenar···C2···W(W)··· 99 .0 46. for mounting to bare ceiling for recessed modules. 8 x 35 W *Wire suspension (accessory) is necessary. square.0 41.0 45. 4 x 28 W Axis dimension mm 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1200 1250 x 1250 1250 x 1250 1250 x 1250 1250 x 1250 — — — — Recess opening 601 x 601 601 x 601 601 x 601 1176 x 1176 1176 x 1176 1176 x 1176 1176 x 1176 1226 x 1226 1226 x 1226 1226 x 1226 1226 x 1226 1610 x 1610 1610 x 1610 1610 x 1610 1610 x 1610 1310 1310 1310 1310 1610 1610 1610 1610 Recess depth 193 193 293 193 193 293 293 193 193 293 293 193 193 293 293 193 193 293 293 193 193 293 293 ≈kg 8. round.0 40. 10 x 35 W Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD RGB 52 544 07 6 x 14 W.0 9. Accessories Wire suspensions Plenar ZBH Q Plenar ZBH R Distance trims Plenar ZLK C4 625 Plenar ZLK C1 1200 Plenar ZLK C2 1250 Plenar ZLK C3 1600 Plenar···C2···RGB(W)··· TOC 52 550 00 52 552 00 56 828 00 52 559 00 52 560 00 52 561 00 Plenar···C3···RGB(W)··· Reference for recessed modules.0 50.0 25. 8 x 21 W. 3 x 28 W 4 x 14 W.0 22.0 20. if the module cannot be fastened directly to the bare ceiling. 5 x 35 W Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD WW 52 543 07 4 x 14 W.0 45.0 55. 3 x 28 W 8 x 14 W. 6 x 28 W.0 28. 6 x 21 W.0 21.5 11. 2 x 21 W.0 28. 8 x 21 W. 4 x 28 W.Light management system ······494 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Reference TOC Lamps Plenar C4-M 625 EDD W* Plenar C4-M 625 EDD WW* Plenar C4-M 625 EDD RGB* Plenar C1-M 1200 EDD W* Plenar C1-M 1200 EDD WW* Plenar C1-M 1200 EDD RGB* Plenar C1-M 1200 EDD RGBW* Plenar C2-M 1250 EDD W* Plenar C2-M 1250 EDD WW* Plenar C2-M 1250 EDD RGB* Plenar C2-M 1250 EDD RGBW* Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD W* Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD WW* Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD RGB* Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD RGBW* Plenar C1-R 1300 EDD W Plenar C1-R 1300 EDD WW Plenar C1-R 1300 EDD RGB Plenar C1-R 1300 EDD RGBW 56 693 07 56 694 07 56 657 07 52 526 07 52 527 07 52 528 07 52 529 07 52 530 07 52 531 07 52 532 07 52 533 07 52 534 07 52 535 07 52 536 07 52 537 07 52 538 07 52 539 07 52 540 07 52 541 07 3 x 14 6 x 14 6 x 14 6 x 28 W 12 x 28 W 18 x 28 W 24 x 28 W 6 x 28 W 12 x 28 W 18 x 28 W 24 x 28 W 8 x 35 W 16 x 35 W 24 x 35 W 32 x 35 W 2 x 14 W. 6 x 35 W Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD RGBW 52 545 07 8 x 14 W.0 Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD W 52 542 07 2 x 14 W.0 25.0 22. 2 x 28 W. 6 x 28 W 6 x 14 W.0 46.0 41. 4 x 21 W.0 30. 4 x 21 W.0 50.

Characteristics: • DALI broadcast operation • No addressing necessary • Operation by means of mechanical push-buttons or IR remote control • Up to 4 channels • Up to 16 light scenes • Up to 4 sequences 100 . green and blue (RGB control) or the primary colours with an additional white lamp (RGBW control) can be implemented.Plenar Dynamic control with DALI Easy TRILUX Plenar light ceilings are easy to operate thanks to the DALI EASY colour light mixing system. Up to four groups of lamps of the same colour can be actuated. The connection is made for the DALI broadcast operation. For details see page 494. They can be operated using a convenient infrared remote control or by means of mechanical push-buttons. Addressing of the electronic control gear units used in the light ceiling is not necessary (plug and play). it is possible to set any intermediate value of the colour temperature. Even the mixing of light from lamps in the primary colours red. When using two lamps of different colour temperature (white-white control). With Plenar light ceilings an individually adjustable static or dynamic lighting can be realised in this manner.

the system is flexible enough to control systems of almost any size. touch panel or radio remote control • Integration in EIB/KNX system • Up to 8 channels • Expandable up to 64 channels • Up to 120 light scenes • Up to 30 sequences 101 . keypads and radio remote controls. The systems can connected to an EIB(KNX) building management system. Characteristics: • DALI broadcast operation • No addressing necessary • Operation via light control panel. bus pushbuttons. RGB and RGBW control. For details see page 494.Plenar LMS-Plenar system solutions Light management systems of the LMSPlenar series are available to call static light scenes and dynamic sequences for the whitewhite. By extending the system with additional DALI gateways. The systems are delivered ready for operation pre-addressed and pre-programmed (plug and play).

.

Free-standing and wall-mounted luminaires .

Estilio Valuco 112 Estilio LED free-standing luminaire 114 Valuco free-standing luminaire Free-standing and wall-mounted luminaires m e Offset 120 Offset free-standing luminaire UXP-AD optical system 122 Offset free-standing luminaire CDP optical system 124 Offset wall-mounted luminaire CDP optical system 124 Offset wall-mounted luminaire RAX optical system Luceo Torso 126 Luceo free-standing luminaire UXP optical system 126 Luceo free-standing luminaire CDP optical system 116 Torso free-standing luminaire 116 Torso wall-mounted luminaire 104 .

Dialog ES 500 128 Desktop luminaire 128 Free-standing luminaire Task. Dual 130 Wall-mounted luminaires Wall 143 ES 50··· Deca 665··· 132 Deca 134 Deca attachments 136 Deca Dekor 142 665··· 740··· 56··· 5571··· 138 740··· 141 740···Q··· 149 56··· 148 5571··· 105 .

We present: representative lighting. 106 .

After all. And not exclusively as a result of their light. they are designed to impress. after the light switch is activated. 107 . you will notice straightaway that the innovative lighting technology of all free-standing and wall-mounted luminaires from TRILUX is reason enough for enthusiasm. with a striking or pleasant design that is perfectly adapted to its environment.Free-standing and wall-mounted luminaires that inevitably become attention-getters as representative lighting components. Even when switched off.

Every TRILUX luminaire is unique. There is only one thing that links them together: the good impression that they leave behind. 108 .

such as the red dot award for the TRILUX Torso and Deca luminaires or the iF design award for the Offset series. 109 .Several rewards. but are also proof that a good design is much more than the result of subjective preferences: an objective criteria for the quality of a luminaire. are not only praise and recognition for our designers.

the TRILUX Estilio impresses with its purist. And. The direct/indirect light of the TRILUX Torso free-standing luminaire mainly ensures an impressive and yet cosy ambience. Classic design with a subtle retro look and highly modern lighting technology make the TRILUX Valuco a versatile and characteristic luminaire.Lighting technology and quality of all TRILUX free-standing and wall-mounted luminaires are in no way inferior to the design. 110 . The light distribution of the TRILUX Offset und Luceo free-standing luminaires is adapted specifically to the light requirements in corporate offices thanks to innovative optical systems. highly innovative LED light and was distinguished with the award for innovation in architecture and technology. in turn.

111 .TRILUX Estilio: Maximum innovation in minimalist form.

What remains is a purist product aesthetics that allows only the most minimalist form of lighting technology: Modern. In addition. the TRILUX Estilio eliminates the need for any control elements thanks to its innovative conceptual design. The luminaire head and foot are characterised by an elegant flat profile. Lamp and cooling system are concealed in the slender stand profile – the luminaire is switched on using an innovative mechanism. directly and yet subtly onto the task area – thanks to the continuously variable mechanics in the luminaire head. which permits the luminaire head to tilt and automatically directs the light beam upwards. 112 . The effect: Maximum aesthetics through reduced forms and optimised light efficiency. with two simple 90° angles respectively.Estilio Estilio S···E6 The TRILUX Estilio. A reflector on the bottom of the luminaire head guides the light. that is focussed by the individual optics. energy-efficient High-Power LED light. For the first time a free-standing luminaire design has been reduced to the absolute minimum in all aspects.

3 W.1 12. Increased steadiness up to 8°. ···E6 Silver-grey ···51 Ruby ···E1 Signal black ···01 White Electrical connection With flexible cable and earthed plug. Optical System With 6 neutral white high power LEDs. desks.1 Recommended areas For decorative additional lighting of work or task areas.1 12. is used to redirect and guide the light onto the task area.8/BZ 6/1. Luminaire head tilts backwards. Luminaire head Direct free-standing luminaire with a continuously flat aluminium profile. White White White White Silver-grey Ruby Signal black White 12. the secondary reflector. The luminaire is switched on and off by tilting the luminaire head.65 I + 0.g. Tilting the luminaire head back switches the luminaire on. max. in the luminaire stand.75/ BZ 6/1.06 T DIN 5040: A32 CIBSE: BZ 8/.25/BZ 5 Estilio S··· 113 . semi-specular. C0 .5/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 7/ .Estilio Innovative free-standing LED luminaire for task-area lighting 5 d a IP20 0. Control gear option With electronic transformer. e. which is integrated in the luminaire head and made of reflection-intensifying aluminium.5 Joule 960 °C Estilio S···51 Estilio S···E1 Estilio S···01 Reference TOC Lamps Lamp colour Colour ≈kg W Estilio S LED-W ET E6 56 596 40 6 x LED 3 W Estilio S LED-W ET 51 56 671 40 6 x LED 3 W Estilio S LED-W ET E1 56 672 40 6 x LED 3 W Estilio S LED-W ET 01 56 788 40 6 x LED 3 W Luminaires are supplied with the relevant country-specific earthed plugs. A special convergent-prismatic primary optic on the LED line directs the light onto the secondary reflector so that the diffuse light distribution attains standards-compliant uniformity in accordance with DIN 5035-8.1 12. Luminaire foot and luminaire head angled at 90°.C180 Estilio S LED-W ET 01 UTE: 0. waiting areas and lounges. angle 30°.

a glare-free. the accentuation of a cosy ambience or complementing existing Valuco lighting solutions and resulting in a visually consistent concept. Its clear and timeless stylistic elements predestine the Valuco free-standing luminaire for use in first-class commercial and office areas.Valuco A visible accent. As a special feature within the Valuco product family the free-standing version has an integral touch dimming function for directly controlling the light flowing through the diffuser. the luminaire bodies appear well-proportioned. Stand foot and front side form together with the diffuser two seemingly transparent elements. a clear statement of style – the look of the Valuco free-standing luminaire is almost as diverse as the choice of suitable locations. uniform lighting solution. Thanks to lateral shadow gaps. 114 .

for Great Britain ZALW/2500 IT 47 504 00 black.38 G + 0. Reference TOC Valuco S 221/39··· Valuco S 228/54··· Valuco S 221/39···PC Valuco S 228/54···PC Accessories Connecting line* ZALW/2500 EU 57 150··· 57 152··· 57 151··· 57 153··· TOC 47 501 00 Control gear option ···ED ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 Description Lamps W 2 x 21 / 39 2 x 28 / 54 2 x 21 / 39 2 x 28 / 54 Height mm 882 1182 882 1182 ≈kg 12. sanatoriums and homes for the elderly. for Italy *Necessary accessories. C0 . wellness areas. length 2500 mm. for Switzerland ZALW/2500 GB 47 503 00 black. Optical system Two matt-opal PLEXIGLAS diffusers arranged vertically.Valuco S··· Free-standing luminaires in decorative black/white design with matt-opal double diffuser 164 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP40 1 Joule 650 °C ···PC··· 850 °C Valuco S 221/··· Valuco S 228/··· Recommended areas Especially recommended for decorative supplementary lighting especially suitable for hotels. Control gear option Versions ···21/39··· and ···28/54··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.0 13. length 2500 mm. length 2500 mm.0 black. health care facilities.0 12.8/BZ 5/4/BZ 6 Valuco S··· 115 . in stylish fine-grained matt surface on a recessed black substructure. all components black. Mains cable ZALW··· as accessory. Additionally with multifunction push-button for on/off. and dimming. rectangular stand profile and frame construction made of aluminium. rehab. To be ordered separately. upper end cap made of plastic. ···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear. for Germany and other European countries ZALW/2500 CH 47 502 00 black. Electrical connection Earthed plug in the stand foot.C180 Valuco S 228/54 UTE: 0. Luminaire body Stand foot made of steel.0 13.38 T DIN 5040: C32 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6/. length 2500 mm. ···PC··· diffuser made of polycarbonate.

consisting of luminaire head and wall connection module. ···S··· With decorative double push-button for separated switching of lamp circuits.39 H + 0. Appliance plug.66 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 10 NBN L 14-002: BZ 10 Torso S3/W3 T-R 2HV75 UTE: 0. Torso S1··· C0 . with semi-specular aluminium overhead reflector and ring-lamella shade. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. silver-grey.04 F + 0. reception areas. Luminaire body made of mouth-blown glass.5/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1.C180 C0 . symmetrical. Direct optics with semi-specular aluminium overhead reflector and diffuser pane. ···S1/W1···HIT··· Indirect optics. with protective glass pane. Fixture silver-grey.5 Joule 850 °C ···HV··· 960 °C ···S1/W1··· Recommended areas Suitable for offices. circular. with protective glass pane. ···S3/W3···HV··· Luminaire head also serves as symmetrical diffuser optics. for generous ceiling illumination and uniform illumination of the glass body. concealed in bottom of the stand foot. for generous ceiling illumination and uniform illumination of the glass body.32 T DIN 5040: C32 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6 Torso S··· 116 . Separate direct optics can be aligned in two levels. lamp operated directly by the mains current. hotels and restaurants. Control gear options With electronic control gear. ···HV75 No electronic equipment required. subtly lit. financial institutions. Stand foot made of cast metal. Stand profile made of stainless steel. Optical system Direct/indirect light distribution. foyers. consisting of luminaire head.25/BZ 4 Torso S2/W2 T-R 1HIT70 E UTE: 0.00 J + 0.Torso Free-standing and wall-mounted luminaires for workstation and general lighting 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Torso W··· Direct-indirect wall-mounted luminaire. asymmetrical.64 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 6/. made of anodised aluminium.C180 C0 . Mains cable ZALW··· as accessory. made of anodised aluminium. obscured. stand profile and stand foot. ···S2/W2···HIT··· Indirect optics. finely brushed. Torso S··· Direct/indirect free-standing luminaire.C180 Torso S1/W1 T-R 1HIT 150 + NV 75 UTE: 0. ···S1···/···W1··· Suited for VDU workstations.75/ BZ 5/2.

75 2 x QT14 max.8 4. 75 Description for Germany and other European countries for Switzerland for Great Britain for Italy ≈kg 45 754 42 45 753 42 45 756 42 45 755 42 45 757 10 45 745 42 45 743 42 45 749 42 45 747 42 45 751 10 5.3 9.8 5. length 2500 mm* ZALW/2500 EU 47 501 00 ZALW/2500 CH 47 502 00 ZALW/2500 GB 47 503 00 ZALW/2500 IT 47 504 00 *Necessary accessories. 75 2 x QT14 max.8 5.3 9. 75 1 x HIT 70 + 1 x QT12 max.8 Accessories TOC Mains cable. 75 1 x HIT 70 + 1 x QT12 max. Torso W1/W2··· Torso W3··· 244 38 84 38 61 117 133 . 75 1 x HIT 150 + 1 x QT12 max. 75 1 x HIT 150 + 1 x QT12 max.3 9. To be ordered separately. 75 1 x HIT 150 + 1 x QT12 max.3 8. 75 1 x HIT 70 + 1 x QT12 max.8 5.5 9. 75 1 x HIT 150 + 1 x QT12 max.Lamp characteristics ···············525 182 Torso W1··· Torso W2··· Torso W3··· Reference Wall-mounted luminaires Torso W1 T-R 1HIT70 E+1NV75 ET Torso W1 T-R 1HIT150 E+1NV75 ET Torso W2 T-R 1HIT70 E+1NV75 ET Torso W2 T-R 1HIT150 E+1NV75 ET Torso W3 T-R 2HV75 Free-standing luminaires Torso S1 T-R 1HIT70 E+1NV75 ET Torso S1 T-R 1HIT150 E+1NV75 ET Torso S2 T-R 1HIT70 E+1NV75 ET Torso S2 T-R 1HIT150 E+1NV75 ET Torso S3 T-R 2HV75 TOC Lamps W 1 x HIT 70 + 1 x QT12 max. black.

Offset 118 .

119 . Surrounding frame profile Clear forms. The visionary design has also been acknowledged by the iF design award 2004. without conventional end cap technology.Clear forms. Multi-function push-button The multi-function push-button. and for the EDS version it provides the functions on/off. provides the functions on/off and dimming for the ED version. dimming and light control. lines and contours are typical for the OFFSET series. The adjustable luminaire heads ensure individuality and distinctive lighting design. are possible by means of extruded aluminium profiles that meet with precision at the cross joints. while TRILUX louvres in UXP Technology® provide efficient light distribution. This new. innovative light technology and optimum ergonomic design. innovative feature allows for individualisation in terms of architectural effect and light distribution. lines and contours. tailored to the slim stand profile. Smallest possible edge profiles. Offset unites all the attributes of a good idea into one luminaire system which delivers simply outstanding results. Adjustable luminaire heads A key characteristic of the Offset series are the freely adjustable luminaire heads.

13 C + 0.C180 Offset S1 UXP-AD 254 UTE: 0. Offset S1 UXP-AD 228/54··· C0 . Additionally with multifunction push-button for on/off. ···EDS With dimmable electronic control gear and sensor for constant light control and presence detection. Optical system Task area louvre UXP-AD. Stand foot with compensating system for irregular flooring. Surrounding aluminium frame profiles are joined at the front plane to precise cross joints. Surrounding aluminium frame profiles are joined at the front plane to precise cross joints. scattering part ≤ 3 %. stand tube with interior steel profile. Control gear option Versions ···28/54··· and ···21/39··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.75 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 2/4/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 Offset S1 UXP-AD 228/54··· L1 60 L Offset S1 UXP-AD 428/54··· L1 84 L 120 L L .5 Joule 960 °C Application For office lighting. consisting of luminaire heads. stand profile with luminaire support and stand foot. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at vertical angles above 65° in all planes. Suitable for VDU workstations. Luminaire heads S1··· Arranged on luminaire support so that the heads can be slid against one another. reflectance value 98 %. similar to RAL 9006. silver-grey. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear.Offset Free-standing luminaires OFFSET S··· with task area louvre UXP-AD 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Additionally with multifunction push-button for on/off and dimming. S2··· Symmetrically fixed to the luminaire support.5 m 3 core flex and earthed plug. Luminaire Direct/indirect free-standing luminaire. Luminaire support and stand tube made of rectangular aluminium profiles. Electrical connection 2. highlyspecular. dimming and light control. Ultra-low crosssection louvre in UXP-Technology®. Louvre with integrated light-focus lamellas.

Offset S2 UXP-AD 421/39··· L1 Offset S2 UXP-AD 455··· L1 121 .0 20.5 Offset S2 UXP-AD 421/39··· 52 801··· ···05 ···08 Offset S2 UXP-AD 455··· 45 958··· ···05 ···08 Luminaires are supplied with the relevant country-specific earthed plugs.0 19.Accessories ······························125 Light management···················490 Lamp characteristics ···············525 190 Offset S2 UXP-AD 421/39··· Offset S2 UXP-AD 455··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···ED ···05 ···05 ···EDS ···08 ···08 Lamps W 2 x 54 4 x 54 4 x 39 4 x TC-L 55 L mm 1188-1516 1188-1516 888 588 L1 B ≈kg Offset S1 UXP-AD 228/54··· Offset S1 UXP-AD 428/54··· 52 798··· 52 799··· 730 730 730 730 190 250 250 310 19.5 18.

Luminaire support and stand tube made of rectangular aluminium profiles.19 B + 0. dimming and light control. consisting of luminaire heads.5 m 3 core flex and earthed plug. stand tube with interior steel profile. with partly reflective interior.61 T DIN 5040: D63 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1/4/BZ 2 Offset S1 CDP 228/54··· L1 60 L Offset S1 CDP 428/54··· L1 84 L L 122 L . Electrical connection 2. similar to RAL 9006. Surrounding aluminium frame profiles are joined at the front plane to precise cross joints. Additionally with multifunction push-button for on/off.5 Joule 850 °C Applications For office lighting. Additionally with multifunction push-button for on/off and dimming. Suitable for VDU workstations. stand profile with luminaire support and stand foot. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at vertical angles above 65° in all planes. silver-grey.Offset Free-standing luminaires OFFSET S··· with fine-prism structure CDP 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear. Optical system Fine-prism structure CDP. ···S2··· Symmetrically fixed to the luminaire support. Control gear option Versions ···28/54··· and ···21/39··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Luminaire heads ···S1··· Arranged on luminaire support so that the heads can be slid against one another.C180 Offset S1 CDP 254 UTE: 0. Stand foot with compensating system for irregular flooring. Luminaire Direct/indirect free-standing luminaires. ···EDS With dimmable electronic control gear and sensor for constant light control and presence detection. Offset S1 CDP 228/54··· C0 . Underside luminaire cover made of PC with fine-prism structures for all-round glare limitation. Surrounding aluminium frame profiles are joined at the front plane to precise cross joints.

Offset S2 CDP 421/39··· L1 Offset S2 CDP 455··· L1 123 .0 19.5 Offset S2 CDP 421/39··· 52 800··· ···05 ···08 Offset S2 CDP 455··· 45 956··· ···05 ···08 Luminaires are supplied with the relevant country-specific earthed plugs.5 18.0 20.Accessories ······························125 Light management···················490 Lamp characteristics ···············525 190 Offset S2 CDP 421/39··· Offset S2 CDP 455··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···ED ···05 ···05 ···EDS ···08 ···08 Lamps W 2 x 54 4 x 54 4 x 39 4 x TC-L 55 L mm 1188-1516 1188-1516 888 588 L1 B ≈kg Offset S1 CDP 228/54··· Offset S1 CDP 428/54··· 52 796··· 52 797··· 730 730 730 730 190 250 250 310 19.

03 D + 0. similar to RAL 9006.5 4.0 4.1 5. arranged asymmetrically to the ceiling.6 Offset W2 CDP 154 UTE: 0.23 B + 0. silver-grey.C180 L1 D ≈kg 500 500 730 730 500 730 730 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 C0 .5 Joule 850 °C Offset W2 CDP 114/24··· Offset W2 CDP 128/54··· Offset W2 RAX 121/39··· Recommended areas For decorative ambient lighting.Offset Wall-mounted luminaires OFFSET W··· with fine-prism structure CDP Wall-mounted luminaires OFFSET W··· with ceiling-washer optics RAX 190 Accessories ······························125 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. ···E With electronic control gear.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/1/BZ 4 Offset W2 CDP··· Offset W2 RAX··· 124 .77 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 3/. Electrical version in Multi-Lamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Surrounding aluminium frame profiles are folded and joined at the ends with precise joints. and wall mounting element for quick one-man installation. ···RAX··· Ceiling-washer reflector. Optical System ···CDP··· Fine-prism structure.5 mm2. ···RAX··· Predominantly indirect wall-mounted luminaire.5/BZ 2/3/ BZ 1/4/BZ 2 Offset W2 RAX 154 UTE: 0. Underside luminaire cover made of PC with fine-prism structures for all-round glare limitation. Electrical connection With connection terminal for cable up to 2. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). and wall mounting element for quick one-man installation.6 5.56 T DIN 5040: D63 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1/2. silver-grey. with partly reflective interior. consisting of luminaire head and luminaire support. Reference Offset W2··· ···CDP 114/24··· ···CDP 121/39··· ···CDP 128/54··· ···CDP 135/49/80··· ···RAX 121/39··· ···RAX 128/54··· ···RAX 135/49/80··· TOC 52 789··· 52 790··· 52 791··· 52 792··· 52 793··· 52 794··· 52 795··· Control gear option ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 14/24 1 x 21/39 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 21/39 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 L mm 588 888 1188 1488 888 1188 1488 C0 . similar to RAL 9006. Luminaire head Fixed laterally to the luminaire support.1 3. Luminaire ···CDP··· Direct/indirect wall-mounted luminaire.C180 2.5 3. reflectionintensifying. consisting of luminaire head and luminaire support. Other electrical versions available on request.

Free-standing* luminaires Offset S··· Suspended* luminaires Offset H··· S1···228/54··· S2···421/439··· S1···428/54··· H1···254··· H1···235/249/280··· Wall-mounted** luminaires Offset W··· W2 CDP 114/24··· W2 CDP 121/39··· W2 CDP 128/54··· W2 CDP 135/49/80··· H1···454··· H1···449··· ** 1 unit each required. luminance reduction.Offset Accessories for free-standing. Free-standing* luminaires Offset S··· S1···228/54··· S2···421/439··· S1···428/54··· S2···455··· Suspended* luminaires Offset H··· H1···254··· H1···235/249/280··· H1···454··· H1···449··· 125 . For free-standing. to avoid disturbing reflections on neighbouring computer screens. Reduction profiles TOC Reference Offset ZLR 254 45 924 00 Offset ZLR 235 45 925 00 Offset ZLR 439 45 923 00 Offset ZLR 454 45 921 00 Offset ZLR 449 45 922 00 Offset ZLR 455 45 920 00 * 1 unit each required. wall-mounted and suspended luminaires Offset ZA··· Luminaire covers (Accessories) A clear polycarbonate lens flush mounted on to the luminaire housing. Offset··· Offset··· + ···ZLR··· Offset ZLR··· Luminance reduction profiles For the free-standing and suspended luminaires of the Offset series. Luminaire covers TOC Reference Offset ZA 124 45 932 00 Offset ZA 139 45 930 00 Offset ZA 154 45 929 00 Offset ZA 135 45 931 00 Offset ZA 239 45 927 00 Offset ZA 254 45 926 00 Offset ZA 235 45 928 00 * 2 units each required. suspended and wall-mounted luminaires of the Offset series. Recommended for use in larger offices. reflection intisified self adhesive aluminium profile for the central housing.

C180 126 . with partly reflective interior. similar to RAL 9006. Additionally with multifunction push-button for on/off. ···UXP-S··· Semi-specular. ···UXP-H··· Highly specular. Stand foot with central recess. stand profile and stand foot. with integrated direct optics. scattering part ≤ 3 %. ···CDP··· Direct optics with fine-prism structure CDP. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. Underside luminaire cover made of PC with fine-prism structures for allround glare limitation.76 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 Luceo S UXP-H··· C0 . sensor for constant light control and presence detection. Luminaire head in the form of a flat rectangular body. ···EDS With dimmable electronic control gear. Optical System Consisting of asymmetrical indirect optics made of reflection-intensifying aluminium and asymmetrical direct optics. Rectangular stand profile and stand foot made of steel. ···UXP··· Direct optics with ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology®. Luminaire body Consisting of luminaire head. and multifunction push-button for on/off and dimmer. especially recommended for VDU workstations. silver-grey. reflectance value 98 %. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Electrical connection With mains cable to be ordered separately (depending on country).Luceo Free-standing luminaires with ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP··· or with fine-prism structure CDP 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Luceo S UXP···3TCL55 UTE: 0.2 Joule 850 °C Application For lighting of multiple or individual workstations in offices and financial institutions.06 C + 0. dimming and light control.

9 15.9 14.Light management···················490 Lamp data ································525 202 Luceo S UXP-S··· Luceo S CDP··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Description for Germany and other European countries for Switzerland for Great Britain for Italy ···ED ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···EDS ···08 ···08 ···08 ···08 ···08 ···08 Lamps W 3 x TC-L55 4 x TC-L55 3 x TC-L55 4 x TC-L55 3 x TC-L55 4 x TC-L55 ≈kg Luceo S UXP-H 3TCL55··· Luceo S UXP-H 4TCL55··· Luceo S UXP-S 3TCL55··· Luceo S UXP-S 4TCL55··· Luceo S CDP 3TCL55··· Luceo S CDP 4TCL55··· 45 739··· 46 940··· 45 741··· 46 941··· 46 937··· 46 938··· 14.1 Reference TOC Mains cable. length 2500 mm* ZALW/2500 EU 47 501 00 ZALW/2500 CH 47 502 00 ZALW/2500 GB 47 503 00 ZALW/2500 IT 47 504 00 *Necessary accessories. Luceo S··· 44 1825 103 309 127 385 . To be ordered separately. black.9 14.7 14.7 14.

dark-grey coated. Fixed horizontal alignment provides glare-free illumination.00 + 0. 2.00 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1. sensor for constant light control and presence detection and with integral on/off switch and two buttons for selecting automatic/ manual mode and manual dimming.C180 C0 . stand profile and stand foot.C180 Task∙∙∙/Dual∙∙∙ Free-standing luminaire. Optical system Desktop∙∙∙ Asymmetrical specular reflector made of anodised aluminium for excellent contrast rendering on the working plane. similar to RAL 9006.5 m. and earthed plug. die-cast end caps and integrated deco-element.C180 6001 DT/TCD13 E (Desktop) C0 .5 m.09 C + 0. and earthed plug. Adjustable aluminium stand profiles fixed to steel stand foot. Task∙∙∙E With electronic control gear and 3-stage switch. Luminaire head. white. With flexible cable. 2.Dual 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.Dialog Individual desktop workstation luminaire Free-standing indirect task luminaire and free-standing workstation luminaire . With flexible cable. Plastic luminaire head with integrated deco-element can be swung open for lamp replacement. C0 . and earthed plug. 3 m. 2. Stand foot made of cast aluminium. 6001 DT/TCD13 E UTE: 0. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. With flexible cable. consisting of luminaire head. for asymmetrical light distribution providing generous ceiling illumination above the working plane. consisting of luminaire head. silver-grey. stand profiles and stand foot. With flexible cable. similar to RAL 9006. Control gear option Desktop∙∙∙ With electronic control gear and rocker switch. with adjustment system to compensate for uneven flooring. silver-grey.79 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 10 NBN L 14-002: BZ 10 6013 AS/TC55 E UTE: 0. Dual∙∙∙ Consisting of reflection-intensifying specular reflector for asymmetrical light distribution of indirect components and highly-specular anodised parabolic louvre for distinctive asymmetrical direct light distribution. consisting of sheet steel casing.35 Joule 960 °C 6001··· 850 °C Recommended areas For office lighting. chromed joints. Luminaire Desktop∙∙∙ Desktop luminaire.61 E + 0.5 m and earthed plug. Stand profile tube made of steel. Recommended combination of free-standing luminaire/desktop luminaire for 2-component lighting. Task∙∙∙ Specular reflector made of reflectionintensifying aluminium. Dual∙∙∙E With electronic control gear and 3-stage switch. Dual···LG With dimmable electronic control gear.75 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 6001 DT··· 128 .25/BZ 4 6024 AS/TC36 E UTE: 0.

13.7 6.1 6024 AS··· 6013 AS··· 129 .1 13.Accessories ······························131 Light management···················490 Lamp data ································525 6024 AS/TC36 E (Task) Reference TOC Control gear options Lamps W 4 x TC-L 36 W 3 x TC-L 55 W 1 x TC-DEL 13 W 6013 AS/TC55 E (Dual) ≈kg ···E ···LG 6024 AS/TC36··· (Task) 12 309··· ···04 6013 AS/TC55··· (Dual) 12 305··· ···04 ···08 6001 DT/TCD13··· (Desktop) 12 304··· ···04 Luminaires are supplied with the relevant country-specific earthed plugs.

35 Joule 960 °C 6042 UW/TC24 E (Wall I) C0 . 6042··· Generous wall and ceiling illumination thanks to the distinctive asymmetrical light distribution. sales areas and corridors. Safe retention to the luminaire body by means of screw connections.Dialog Wall-mounted luminaires WALL 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Luminaire bodies Arc-shaped sheet steel body. conference rooms. Other electrical versions available on request. 6052 UW-G··· Luminaire body with slot-shaped perforations for additional decorative. 6042··· With integral deco-element. Specular reflector made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. Covers (accessories) The luminaire covers protect the lamps and the optical system against soiling.62 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 10 NBN L 14-002: BZ 10 C0 .77 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 10 NBN L 14-002: BZ 10 C0 .C180 6052 UW-G/TCD18 E UTE: 0.00 + 0. with end caps made of die-cast aluminium. 6052··· Generous ceiling illumination thanks to wide-angle light distribution.05 G + 0.64 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 6042 UW··· 130 . 6042 UW/TC24 E UTE: 0.00 + 0. financial institutions. direct light component.C180 6052 UW/TCD18 E UTE: 0. Control gear options With electronic control gear. Optical system Indirect lighting. white powdercoated.C180 Application General and supplementary lighting in offices.

3 2.3 6052 UW··· 6052 UW-G··· 131 .4 2.2 2.2 2.Lamp data ································525 6052 UW/TCD18 E (Wall II) 6052 UW-G/TCD18 E (Wall II) Reference TOC 6042 UW/TC24 E (Wall I) 6052 UW/TCD18 E (Wall II) 6052 UW/TCT42 E (Wall II) 6052 UW-G/TCD18 E (Wall II) 6052 UW-G/TCT42 E (Wall II) Accessories Covers to protect against soiling 06000 GA/TC55 06000 GA/TC36 06000 GA/TC24 06000 GA/TCT42 12 312··· 12 313··· 12 314··· 12 315··· 12 316··· TOC 21 792 00 21 791 00 21 790 00 21 793 00 Control gear option ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 2 x TC-L 24 2 x TC-DEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 42 2 x TC-DEL 18 2 x TC-TEL 42 for luminaires 6013··· 6024··· 6042··· 6052··· ≈kg 3.

Instead harmonious. the TRILUX Deca can be adapted to ideally suit your individual requirements. Its unobtrusive design stands out when switched off: The simple square shape. it is obvious that the light maintains its unobtrusiveness: A matt finish provides a uniform distribution of luminance. has a light and discreet impression. No stepping into the limelight. Once switched on. And thus enhances every room subtly and harmoniously. created by designer Kai Lüchow. Thanks to a variety of system attachments. 132 . pleasant light that gives public areas a cosy flair.Deca The TRILUX Deca always seems complete. No highlighting.

Deca

Accessories ······························134 Lamp characteristics ···············525

65 4 d a

IP50

0.2 Joule

650 °C

···PC··· 0.5 Joule

850 °C

···E···

o$

Deca WD1···

Deca WD2···

Deca WD3···

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, showrooms, conference rooms and financial institutions. Optical system Decorative square ceiling and wall-mounted luminaires with opal diffuser made of PLEXIGLAS with stylish fine-grained matt surface. ···PC··· With polycarbonate diffuser. Luminaire body Luminaire body made of powder-coated sheet steel, white. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gears. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. ···E EB3h Emergency luminaire with integrated individual battery system, Nominal operation time 3h. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference WD 1 (280 x 280) Deca WD1 2TCD13··· Deca WD1 2TCD13 PC··· Deca WD1 2TCS9··· Deca WD1 2TCS9 PC··· WD2 (350 x 350) Deca WD2 2TCL18··· Deca WD2 2TCL18···EB3 Deca WD2 2TCL18 PC··· Deca WD2 2TCL18 PC···EB3 WD3 (450 x 450) Deca WD3 2TR22+40··· Deca WD3 2TR22+40···EB3h Deca WD3 2TR22+40 PC··· Deca WD3 2TR22+40 PC···EB3h Deca WD3 3TCL24··· Deca WD3 3TCL24 PC···

TOC

50 961··· 51 196··· 50 988··· 51 195··· 50 986··· 50 985··· 51 198··· 51 197··· 50 983··· 51 731··· 51 199··· 51 732··· 50 984··· 51 200···

Control gear options ···E ···ED ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05

Lamps W 2 x TC-DEL13 2 x TC-DEL13 2 x TC-SEL9 2 x TC-SEL9 2 x TC-L18 2 x TC-L18 2 x TC-L18 2 x TC-L18 1x T16-R22+1xT16-R40 1x T16-R22+1xT16-R40 1x T16-R22+1xT16-R40 1x T16-R22+1xT16-R40 3 x TC-L24 3 x TC-L24
C0 - C180

≈kg

1.3 1.7 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.7 2.1 2.7 2.5 3.5 2.5 3.5 4.4 4.5

Deca WD2 2TCL18E+ZP UTE: 0.39 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

Deca WD1···
22 95 241 280

Deca WD2···
22 24 312 350

Deca WD3···
22 48 450 413 240 E 240 72 94 450 413

E 110

72 94

280 241

E 180 350 312

72 94

133

Deca
Accessories

···ZBB··· Aluminium screen, silver-grey, 1/3 diffuser cover, for Deca WD1···, ···WD2···, ···WD3···, as decorative element on diffuser, individual positioning, 1 unit. Also in connection with Deca WD···ZD··· and ···ZP···.

···ZBS··· Aluminium screen, silver-grey, each 1/6 diffuser cover, for Deca WD1···, ···WD2···, ···WD3···, as decorative elements in pairs, individually positionable on diffuser, 1 pair. Also in connection with Deca WD···ZD··· and ···ZP···.

···ZD··· Spacer frame made of polyurethane, silver-grey, for Deca WD1···, ···WD2···, ···WD3···, for flush conclusion between diffuser and fixing surface, 1 unit.

Reference Deca WD1 ZBB 03 Deca WD2 ZBB 03 Deca WD3 ZBB 03

TOC 50 967 00 50 974 00 50 981 00

≈kg 0.2 0.3 0.4

Reference Deca WD1 ZBS 03 Deca WD2 ZBS 03 Deca WD3 ZBS 03

TOC 50 968 00 50 975 00 50 982 00

≈kg 0.2 0.3 0.4

Reference Deca WD1 ZD 03 Deca WD2 ZD 03 Deca WD3 ZD 03

TOC 50 966 00 50 973 00 50 980 00

≈kg 0.2 0.3 0.4

···ZP··· Profile frame made of polyurethane, silver-grey, with circumferential edge for Deca ···WD1···, ···WD2···, ···WD3···, 1 unit.

···ZPA··· Profile frame made of polyurethane, silver-grey, with one side open, for Deca WD1···, ···WD2···, ···WD3···, 1 unit.

···ZPK··· Profile frame made of polyurethane, silver-grey, with one side open, wedge-shaped, for Deca WD1···, ···WD2···, ···WD3···, 1 unit.

Reference Deca WD1 ZP 03 Deca WD2 ZP 03 Deca WD3 ZP 03

TOC 50 963 00 50 970 00 50 977 00

≈kg 1.0 1.2 1.5

Reference Deca WD1 ZPA 03 Deca WD2 ZPA 03 Deca WD3 ZPA 03

TOC 50 964 00 50 971 00 50 978 00

≈kg 0.8 0.9 1.2

Reference Deca WD1 ZPK 03 Deca WD2 ZPK 03 Deca WD3 ZPK 03

TOC 50 965 00 50 972 00 50 979 00

≈kg 0.7 0.8 1.0

134

···ZW··· Wall mount made of polyurethane, silver-grey, for decorative wall spacing installation of Deca WD1···, ···WD2···, 1 unit.

···ZNO/E14 Emergency light insert for Deca WD2 and WD3 (including lamp Dulux EL FCY 10/827 E14). Suitable for ceiling and wall mounting, also in connection with decorative attachments. In combination with attachment ···ZP··· when mounted to wall not suitable for simultaneous continuous operation, 1 unit. Sauger Vacuum plug for removing the luminaire cover ···ZP···, 1 unit (not shown).

Reference Deca WD1 ZW 03 Deca WD2 ZW 03

TOC 50 969 00 50 976 00

≈kg 0.6 0.8

Reference Deca ZNO/E14 Sauger

TOC 52 220 00 26 164 00

···ZBB···

···ZBS···

···ZD···

···ZW···

392···WD1··· 462···WD2···

60

282···WD1··· 352···WD2···

···ZP···

···ZPA···

···ZPK···

94

326···WD1··· 396···WD2··· 496···WD3···

23

135

Deca Dekor
Square wall-mounted luminaires with opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser and decorative wall mount

6 5 4 d o$ a

IP50

0.2 Joule

650 °C

Deca WD1 ZDB···H8

Deca WD1 ZPK···H9
C0 - C180

Recommended areas Wall-mounted luminaires with sophisticated decorative attachments for entrance areas, corridors, stairwells, lounges, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Optical system Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser in stylish finegrained matt surface. Luminaire body Luminaire complete with decorative attachment made of polyurethane. Luminaire body made of powder-coated sheet steel, white. Decorative attachments ···ZDB··· Spacer frames ZD + width Screen ZBB ···ZPK··· Wedge-shaped profile frame ···ZW··· Wall mount Finish ···H8 Finish burl wood. ···H9 Finish carbon. ···I0 Finish granite. ···05 Finish black (Piano finish). Control gear option ···E··· With electronic control gear. Other electric versions available on request.

Deca Dekor WD1··· UTE: 0.37 H + 0.11 T DIN 5040: B31 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6

136

Lamp characteristics ···············525

Deca WD1 ZW···I0

Deca WD1 ZW···05

Reference

TOC

Deca WD1 ZDB 2TCD13···H8 Deca WD1 ZPK 2TCD13···H8 Deca WD1 ZW 2TCD13···H8 Deca WD1 ZDB 2TCD13···H9 Deca WD1 ZPK 2TCD13···H9 Deca WD1 ZW 2TCD13···H9 Deca WD1 ZDB 2TCD13···I0 Deca WD1 ZPK 2TCD13···I0 Deca WD1 ZW 2TCD13···I0 Deca WD1 ZDB 2TCD13···05 Deca WD1 ZPK 2TCD13···05 Deca WD1 ZW 2TCD13···05

56 559··· 56 560··· 56 561··· 56 562··· 56 563··· 56 564··· 56 565··· 56 566··· 56 567··· 56 568··· 56 569··· 56 570···

Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04

Lamps W 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13 2 x TC-DEL 13

L mm 282 326 392 282 326 392 282 326 392 282 326 392

B

H

≈kg

282 326 282 282 326 282 282 326 282 282 326 282

95 95 133 95 95 133 95 95 133 95 95 133

1.6 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.8 1.8

Deca WD1 ZDB···

Deca WD1 ZPK···

Deca WD1 ZW···

326

94

23 60 282

392

137

Series 740···
Circular surface-mounted luminaires with opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser

6 5 4 d a

IP40

0.35 Joule

650 °C

7401N···
C0 - C180

Application Ceiling- and wall-mounted luminaires for entrance areas, corridors, stairwells, lounges, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Optical system Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser with fine-grained matt surface. Circular diffuser in spherical form, stable. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of a simple bayonet fixing mechanism. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white. ···/TC11, ···/TC18 with stainless steel lamp clips for compact fluorescent lamps. Suitable for mounting to ceilings and walls. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. ···E EB3h Emergency luminaire with integral individual battery system, nominal operation time 3 hours. Fluorescent lamps in constant operation, in case of power failure continued operation of one lamp with luminous flux reduced to 12 % (···TC18···) or 9 % (···TCF36···). Individual battery with maintenance-free accumulators, LED to indicate charging status. Mains supply No electronic equipment required, lamp operation directly at the mains current. Other electrical versions available on request.

7402N/TC18 UTE: 0.54 G + 0.07 T DIN 5040: B30 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5

138

Accessories ······························140 Lamp characteristics ···············525

7402N···

7403N···

Reference

TOC

Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···ED Mains

Lamps W 1 x TR22 2 x TC-SEL9 2 x TC-D(EL)13 1 x max. 60 1 x TC-F36 1 x TR40 2 x TC-SEL11 2 x TC-L18 2 x TC-L18 1 x max. 60 1 x TR22+1 x TR40 3 x TC-SEL11 3 x TC-L18 2 x TC-F24 2 x TC-F36 2 x TC-F36

D mm 90 90 90 90 220 220 220 220 220 220 396 396 396 396 396 396

E1

E2

≈kg

7401N/TR22··· 7401N/2xTC9··· 7401N/2xTCD13··· 7401N/E27 7402N/1xTCF36··· 7402N/1xTR40··· 7402N/TC11··· 7402N/TC18··· 7402N/TC18···EB3h 7402N/1xE27 7403N/1xTR22+40··· 7403N/TC11··· 7403N/TC18··· 7403N/2xTCF24··· 7403N/2xTCF36··· 7403N/2xTCF36···EB3h

12 624··· 12 621··· 12 622··· 12 623··· 12 631··· 12 632··· 12 633··· 12 635··· 48 032··· 34 791··· 12 647··· 12 650··· 12 652 12 648··· 12 649··· 48 033···

···10 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04

64 98 98 98 110 110 13 13 13 110 77 198 198 198 198 198

26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 62 62 62 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5

1.0 1.2 1.5 0.8 2.2 1.6 2.1 2.2 3.3 1.8 2.3 3.3 3.8 3.7 3.7 4.8

···05 ···10

···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04

···05 ···05

7401N···

7402N···

7403N···

120°

70

160

E1

E

E2

7402N/1xTCF··· 7402N/1xE27

7402N/1xTR···

7402N/TC···E 7403N/TC11··· 7403N/TC18··· 7403N/1xTR··· 7403N/2xTCF24 E 7403N/2xTCF36 E

139

Series 740···
Accessories

Decorative ceiling ring, white Conical ceiling ring made of powder-coated sheet steel, white. Attached to the luminaire body during installation without tools.
07401 W 07402 W 07403 W ¶ 349 mm, for 7401N··· ¶ 450 mm, for 7402N··· ¶ 561 mm, for 7403N··· 21 827 00 21 835 00 21 843 00

Decorative ceiling ring, anodised Conical ceiling ring made of anodised aluminium. Attached to the luminaire body during installation without tools.
07401 C 07402 C 07403 C ¶ 349 mm, for 7401N··· ¶ 450 mm, for 7402N··· ¶ 561 mm, for 7403N··· 21 820 00 21 828 00 21 836 00

Decorative ceiling ring, titanium-coloured Conical ceiling ring made of aluminium, coated in clear lacquer. Attached to the luminaire body during installation without tools.
07401 T 07402 T 07403 T ¶ 349 mm, for 7401N··· ¶ 450 mm, for 7402N··· ¶ 561 mm, for 7403N··· 21 825 00 21 833 00 21 841 00

140

Series 740···Q···
Circular surface-mounted luminaires with opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser and decorative attachments

Lamp characteristics ···············525

6 5 4 d a

IP40

0.35 Joule

650 °C

7401N Q/···01

7401N Q/···05

Recommended areas Ceiling and wall-mounted luminaires with sophisticated decor attachments for entrance areas, corridors, stairwells, lounges, hotels, restaurants and residential areas. Optical system Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser with fine-grained matt surface. Circular diffuser in spherical form, stable. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of a simple bayonet fixing mechanism. Luminaire body Luminaire complete with square decorative attachment made of polyurethane. Luminaire body made of powder-coated sheet steel, white. Suitable for mounting to ceilings and walls.. ···01 Decorative attachment white. ···05 Decorative attachment black. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear.

Reference

TOC

7401N Q/TR22···01 7401N Q/TR22···05 7402N Q/1xTR40···01 7402N Q/1xTR40···05

56 844··· 56 845··· 56 848··· 56 849···

Control gear option ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04

Lamps W 1 x TR22 1 x TR22 1 x TR40 1 x TR40

D mm 90 90 220 220

E1

E2

≈kg

64 64 110 110

26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5
C0 - C180

1.4 1.4 2.1 2.1

7402N/1xTR40 UTE: 0.58 G + 0.10 T DIN 5040: B31 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6

7401N Q···

7402N Q···

141

Series 6651···
Wall-mounted luminaires with opal diffuser

Lamp characteristics ···············525

6 5 4 d a

IP40

0.2 Joule

650 °C

6651 C···

6651···

Application Wall-mounted luminaires for sales areas, corridors, waiting areas and for mirror lighting. Optical system Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser, with internal channel prisms, made in one piece. Luminaire body Extruded aluminium, white, powder-coated, with integral, rear wiring slot for flexible installation. White-coated end caps, or in version... ···C··· Chrome-finished end caps. With optimised length for tile and mirror dimensions. With plastic end caps, flat on the front plane. ···S··· End cap with integrated rocker switch. Control gear option With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request.

Reference

TOC

6651 C/14 E 6651 C/28 E 6651 C-S/14 E 6651 C-S/28 E 6651/14 E 6651/28 E 6651 S/14 E 6651 S/28 E

12 374··· 12 375··· 12 376··· 12 377··· 12 372··· 12 373··· 12 378··· 12 379···

Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04

Lamps W 1 x 14 1 x 28 1 x 14 1 x 28 1 x 14 1 x 28 1 x 14 1 x 28

D mm 500 800 500 800 500 800 500 800

D1

E1

E2

≈kg

25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

150 150

27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27
C0 - C180

1.1 1.8 1.1 1.8 1.1 1.8 1.1 1.8

150 150

6651C/28E UTE: 0.57 J + 0.24 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 7/0,75/ BZ6/1/BZ7 NBN L 14-002: BZ 8/.8/BZ 7

6651···

142

C180 2. lounges. Including fixing profile for easy mounting to wall.5 Joule 850 °C ES 502 W··· ES 502··· Application For decorative. Luminaire body Luminaire head made of extruded aluminium profiles with circle-segmented contour.6 ES 502/TCT32 UTE: 0.6 2. financial institutions. ES 502/··· Silver-grey. Reference TOC ES 502 W/TCT32 E ES 502/TCT32 E 15 744··· 15 743··· Control gear option ···E ···04 ···04 Lamps W 2 x TC-TEL32 2 x TC-TEL32 Colour ≈kg white silver-grey C0 . Luminaire body with slot perforations on the lower plane for decorative direct light emission.48 T DIN 5040: E03 CIBSE: BZ 6/. End caps and ballast housing made of die-cast aluminium. ES 502 W/··· White. with internal cover made of opal polycarbonate. Other electrical versions available on request.75/ BZ 5/1. Also especially recommended for general lighting in corridors and bed areas. Internal highlyspecular reflector.03 G + 0. transmission degree 80 %.Series ES 500··· Wall-mounted luminaire ES 502 – indirect – Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP40 0. conference rooms and sales areas. with internal channel prisms. predominantly indirect supplementary lighting in recuperation facilities. hotels as well as in offices. Optical system Predominantly indirect. Control gear option With electronic control gear. homes for the elderly and nursing homes. Ceiling-oriented convex prismatic cover made of translucent polycarbonate.5/BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2/BZ 6 ES 502··· 143 .

6 ES 501 W/TC18 UTE: 0. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. Islands of cosy light. working. Wall brackets made of extruded aluminium with triangular contour. End caps made of sheet steel. Other electrical versions available on request.8/BZ 5 ES 501···TC18··· 144 .75/ BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6/0.6 2. The luminaires are also suitable for visitor zones and corridors.C180 2. Luminaire body Luminaire head made of extruded aluminium profiles with circular contour.29 E + 0. relaxing or eating. covered with clear panel made of polycarbonate.01 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 C0 . End caps made of die-cast aluminium. Including wallmounting rail made of extruded aluminium for easy wall mounting. ES 501/··· Silver-grey.17 E + 0. Internal highly-specular reflector. transmission 61 %. ES 501 W/··· White. with additional wall illumination.6 2.01 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 7/0.5 Joule 850 °C ES 501 W··· ES 501··· Application For glare-free light – for example at the desk – for reading. White versions covered with opal panel made of polycarbonate. Reference TOC ES 501 W/TC18··· with switch ES 501 W/TC18··· without switch ES 501/TC18··· with switch ES 501/TC18··· without switch 15 741··· 47 543··· 15 739··· 47 542··· Control gear option ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x TC-L 18 1 x TC-L 18 1 x TC-L 18 1 x TC-L 18 Colour ≈kg white white silver-grey silver-grey C0 . flush with housing. transmission 91 %.C180 ES 501/TC18 UTE: 0. Silver-grey versions with interior anti-glare louvre.Series ES 500··· Wall-mounted luminaires ES 501 – direct – Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP40 0. are created that complete the general lighting of the room. flush with housing. Optical system Direct.6 2.

33 E + 0. optional larger version with integrated earthed socket 230 V. ** Luminaires with sockets for country-specific requirements available on request.C180 ES 501 W/TC36 UTE: 0.01 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 ES 501 W/TC36··· + ES 0501/2 + ES 0501/7(8) ES 501/TC36··· + ES 0501/1 + ES 0501/5(6) 145 .Series ES 500··· Wall-mounted luminaires ES 501/TC36 – direct – Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP40/20 0. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear.5 Joule 850 °C ES 501 W/TC 36··· + ES 0501/2 ES 501/TC 36··· + ES 0501/1 Recommended areas Especially recommended as reading luminaires for glare-free light in bed areas in hospitals. recuperation facilities. 16 A and switch. flush with housing. spas. Internal highly-specular reflector. transmission 61 %. Silver-grey versions with interinal anti-glare louvre. transmission 91 %. with triangular contour. covered with clear panel made of polycarbonate. homes for the elderly and nursing homes. flush with housing. Luminaire body Luminaire body made of extruded aluminium profiles with circular contour.7 Colour white white white IP 40 20 20 Accessories* Description Wall bracket for ES 501 W/TC36··· ES 0501/2 23 539 00 Small ES 0501/7** 43 819 00 With earthed socket and rocker switch ES 0501/8** 23 544 00 With earthed socket and pull switch Wall bracket for ES 501/TC36··· silver-grey 40 ES 0501/1 23 538 00 Small ES 0501/5** 23 542 00 With earthed socket and rocker switch silver-grey 20 silver-grey 20 ES 0501/6** 23 543 00 With earthed socket and pull switch * Accessories to be ordered separately. C0 . end caps made of sheet steel. Other electrical versions available on request. White versions covered with opal panel made of polycarbonate.7 silver-grey 3. Mounting with the aid of wall bracket ES 0501/··· (to be ordered separately) made of extruded aluminium. End caps made of die-cast aluminium. ES 501/··· Silver-grey. Optical system Direct. Reference TOC ES 501 W/TC36··· 15 742··· ES 501/TC36··· 15 740··· Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x TC-L 36 1 x TC-L 36 Colour ≈kg white 3. ES 501 W/··· White.

07 H + 0. Mounting with the aid of wall bracket 0503/··· (to be ordered separately) made of extruded aluminium. convex.75/ BZ 6/1. homes for the elderly and nursing homes. Electronic control gear With electronic control gear. with internal channel prisms. Ceiling-oriented prismatic cover made of translucent polycarbonate. transmission 61 %. transmission 80 %. covered with clear panel made of polycarbonate. spas.Series ES 500··· Wall-mounted luminaires ES 503 – direct/indirect – 6 5 4 d a IP40/20 0. flush with housing. C0 . 16 A and switch. Other electrical versions available on request. flush with housing.45 T DIN 5040: D33 CIBSE: BZ 7/. end caps made of sheet steel. Optical system Direct/indirect.5 Joule 850 °C ES 503 W/39+24 E + ES 503/7 Recommended areas Especially recommended for lighting in hospitals. End caps made of die-cast aluminium. optional larger version with integrated earthed socket 230 V. Internal highly-specular reflector. transmission 91 %.C180 ES 503/ 2xFQ39+FQ24 UTE: 0. recuperation facilities. ES 503 W/··· White. with triangular contour. Luminaire body Luminaire body made of extruded aluminium profiles with circular contour. White versions covered with opal panel made of polycarbonate.5/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6/1/BZ 5 ES 503 W/39+24··· + ES 0503/2 + ES 0503/7(8) 146 . Silver-grey versions with interior anti-glare louvre. ES 503/··· Silver-grey.

Lamp characteristics ···············525 ES 503/39+24 E + ES 503/6 Reference TOC ES 503 W/39+24··· ES 503/39+24··· Accessories* for ES 503 W/39+24··· ES 0503/2 ES 0503/7** ES 0503/8** 15 746··· 15 745··· TOC 23 546 00 23 551 00 23 552 00 Control gear option ···E ···04 ···04 Description Lamps W 2 x 39 + 1 x 24 2 x 39 + 1 x 24 Colour ≈kg white silver-grey Colour white white white 6. with earthed socket and pull switch for ES 503/39+24··· ES 0503/1 23 545 00 Wall bracket. with earthed socket and rocker switch Wall bracket. ** Luminaires with sockets for country-specific requirements available on request.5 IP 40 20 20 Wall bracket.5 6. with earthed socket and pull switch * Accessories to be ordered separately. with earthed socket and rocker switch ES 0503/6** 23 550 00 Wall bracket. small ES 0503/5** 23 549 00 Wall bracket. silver-grey silver-grey silver-grey 40 20 20 ES 503/39+24··· + ES 0503/1 + ES 0503/5(6) 147 . small Wall bracket.

6 4.0 4.01 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 4 NNBN L 14-002: BZ 6/. ···Z··· With integral pull switch. parallelcompensated.1 3. Optical system Consisting of integral reflector and slender anti-glare louvre. ···NW··· White. C0 .1 3..8/BZ 5 5571N··· B H L ···ST-S··· B H L 148 . ···St-S··· With integral switch and earthed socket 230 V. e. 16 A. ···K With low-loss inductive ballasts.5 3.C180 5571N/24 UTE: 0. with end caps made of sheet steel. covered with clear PLEXIGLAS panel flush with housing. ···N··· Silver-grey. in health care facilities. Other electrical versions available on request.6 4.6 4. Luminaire body Extruded aluminium profile.Series 5571··· Wall-mounted reading luminaire Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.9 4.C180 Control gear option ···E ···K ···02 ···04 ···02 ···04 ···02 ···04 Lamps L B H ≈kg 4.01 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 C0 .35 Joule 650 °C 5571N··· 5571NW··· Application Wall-mounted luminaires for reading and area lighting.g. Reference TOC Silver-grey W mm 5571N/18··· 47 573··· 1 x 18 640 120 140 5571N/24··· 47 574··· 1 x 24 640 120 140 5571N-ST-S/18···* 47 575··· 1 x 18 770 120 140 5571N-ST-S/24···* 47 576··· 1 x 24 770 120 140 5571N-Z/18··· 47 583··· 1 x 18 770 120 140 5571N-Z/24··· 47 584··· 1 x 24 770 120 140 White 5571NW/18··· 47 577··· ···02 1 x 18 640 120 140 5571NW/24··· 47 578··· ···04 1 x 24 640 120 140 5571NW-ST-S/18···* 47 579··· ···02 1 x 18 770 120 140 5571NW-ST-S/24···* 47 580··· ···04 1 x 24 770 120 140 5571NW-Z/18··· 47 581··· ···02 1 x 18 770 120 140 5571NW-Z/24··· 47 582··· ···04 1 x 24 770 120 140 * Luminaires are available on request with sockets according to country-specific standards.9 5571N/18 UTE: 0.39 E + 0.0 4. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear.5 3.6 4.25 E + 0.

Series 56···
Recessed wall luminaire

Lamp characteristics ···············525

65 4 d a

IP20

2 Joule 960 °C

5621··· 0,35 Joule

650 °C

5611/TC9 L

5611 A/TC9 L

5621 ST/TC5 L

Application Recessed wall luminaire for orientation lighting in corridors and in rooms. Optical system Venetian shutter made of die-cast aluminium. 5621··· with integrated PLEXIGLAS panel. Luminaire body Die-cast aluminium, white, suitable for concealed and cavity wall installation. 5611··· Horizontal version. 5611 A··· Vertical version. 5621 St··· Vertical version with integral earthed socket 230 V, 16 A. Control gear option L··· With low-loss inductive ballasts.

Control Lamps Recess opening gear option ···L W mm 12 095··· ···01 1 x TC-S9 227 x 81 5611/TC9 L 12 097··· ···01 1 x TC-S9 81 x 227 5611 A/TC9 L ···01 1 x TC-S5 68 x 258 5621 ST/TC5 L* 12 098··· * Luminaires are available on request with sockets for country-specific requirements.

Reference

TOC

≈kg

1.0 1.0 1.2

5611···
98

5611 A···

5621···

243

74

74

243

98

100

149

46

280

Sur face-mounted and suspended luminaires

Valuco

166 Valuco surface-mounted luminaire Diffuser, matt opal

166 Valuco surface-mounted luminaire Combined diffuser/ louvre cover

168 Valuco suspended luminaire

Surface-mounted and suspended luminaires

Polaron

179 Polaron surface-mounted luminaire

179 Polaron semi-recessed luminaire

179 Polaron recessed luminaire

179 Polaron suspended luminaire

180 Polaron LED

152

3331···

34···

170 3331··· Surface-mounted diffuser luminaire

174 34··· Prismatic diffuser

176 34··· Opal diffuser

BLUEmotion

Offset

186 BLUEmotion Light Screen (LS)

186 BLUEmotion Fabric Shield (FS)

190 Offset UXP(-AD) optical system

190 Offset CDP fine-prism cover

Torso

536···

182 Torso suspended luminaire

184 536··· ROT

184 536··· ROB

153

DiVisio

188 DiVisio general lighting RSX RPX

188 DiVisio task-area lighting ADH

Surface-mounted and suspended luminaires

Solvan D

192 Solvan surface-mounted luminaire Cover OTA

193 Solvan surface-mounted luminaire Diffuser T

194 Solvan surface-mounted luminaire UXP optical system

195 Solvan surface-mounted luminaire RAX wall-washer optics

Solvan H

196 Solvan suspended luminaire Cover OTA/OA

197 Solvan suspended luminaire Diffuser T

198 Solvan suspended luminaire UXP(-AD) optical system

154

Luceo

204 Luceo suspended luminaire CDP fine-prism cover

206 Luceo suspended luminaire UXP(-AD) optical system

208 Luceo surface-mounted luminaire UXP optical system

210 Luceo surface-mounted luminaire RAX wall-washer optics

5051 AL···

500···

214 5051 AL··· suspended luminaire Louvre systems

236 500··· surface-mounted luminaire Louvre systems

504···/505···

233 504··· surface-mounted luminaire Diffuser T

228 504··· surface-mounted luminaire Louvre systems

224 505··· suspended luminaire RPX louvre system

227 505··· suspended luminaire Diffuser T

155

Classic luminaires, the new edition.

156

Surface-mounted and suspended luminaires from TRILUX can once again be what electric light was one hundred years ago: revolutionary. Thanks to the ideas of our designers and engineers, who equipped them with photometrical know-how, impressive energy efficiency and excellent design, the classic luminaires are just as new today as ever before. And no matter how different the accents, which every TRILUX surface-mounted and suspended luminaire series place in terms of form, functionality or domain – one thing links them all together: innovative ideas from TRILUX.

157

The TRILUX Valuco. Their very clear stylistic elements in the form of a flat white diffuser luminaire body with contrasting black end caps have a subtly nostalgic appearance. But that is only on the outside: For instance, the multi-lamp DALI version is one of the most innovative luminaires of our product range.

158

Classics for outdoors, avant-garde for indoors.

159

TRILUX Polaron. It combines classic circular and red-dot-award-winning simplicity with LED technology and RGB control. And it is a classic not only on the outside thanks to its success and extension with the addition of a suspended luminaire, but also within the TRILUX product range. The form of the TRILUX BLUEmotion is already modern and futuristic. And its performance which the exterior promises continues: The Fabric Shield version has a light sail in front that is illuminated, while the partly reflective pane of the TRILUX BLUEmotion Light Screen provides a discreet light emittance downward. And all that with maximum light efficiency.

160

Their light makes every single one a unique item.

161

Optimum lighting – regardless of which version.

162

The minimalist TRILUX Solvan series. continuously adjustable 1-point wire suspension of the suspended luminaire and the continuous-line installation option. Special technical highlights include the patented. established as an individual luminaire. 163 . has been supplemented with the addition of a surface-mounted and suspended version.

Valuco 164 .

resolve different tasks without appearing arbitrary. distinct stylistic elements in the form of a flat. Valuco as free-standing luminaire The free-standing luminaire Valuco S completes the product family and offers additional options. but are also suitable for VDU applications and a genuine eye-catcher in every combination. The Valuco immediately steps in to assume the role of a classic and versatile design luminaire within the TRILUX product range. the outward appearance seems subtly nostalgic: The interior conceals. Valuco continuous line Well-thought-out system accessories such as the continuous-line connectors complete the Valuco programme and offer visually appealing light solutions even for complex room layouts. On the one hand. Protected UXP The Valuco D-UXP is unique with its new diffuser technology: coextruded diffuser with a clear line in the middle and sophisticated louvre. white diffuser luminaire body with contrasting black end caps. Far from it: Be it as ceiling or wall-mounted luminaire. forward-looking technology. combine not only the advantages of the efficient UXP Technology® with the benefits of an enclosed luminaire (maximum maintenance intervals). 165 .The TRILUX Valuco. The clear. Although there is a break between luminaire diffuser and base body. Really unusually modern for a classic. As a location-independent luminaire it combines the characteristic stylistic elements of the Valuco family with other features. More information can be found on page 114. Installation is facilitated thanks to through-wiring. on the other hand. symmetrical double diffuser version – the TRILUX Valuco always bears a highly characteristic retro look. For instance. individual or continuous-line arrangement or as suspended. special multiple-lamp DALI versions offer all prerequisites for different light moods thanks to innovative white/white control. the luminaire profile itself appears continuous.

Also suitable for vertical and horizontal wall mounting. rehabilitation centres.09 T DIN 5040: B31 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 Valuco D 2··· 166 .35/49. matt-opal on the sides. Luminaire body Sheet steel. The plastic end caps.. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). showrooms. in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. lounges. protruding from the ends of the luminaire. lend the characteristic appearance-melded bodies. ···UXP··· Diffuser in coextruded version made of PLEXIGLAS. Integral reflector made of sheet steel.. Control gear option Versions ..Valuco D··· Surface-mounted luminaires in decorative black/white design with matt-opal diffuser or diffuser/louvre combination cover 6 5 4 d a IP40 1 Joule 650 °C ···PC··· 850 °C ···UXP··· Valuco D··· C0 . with highly-reflective surface. ···UXP··· Especially recommended for VDU workstations.. public areas and corridors as well as health care and wellness facilities. spas and homes for the elderly. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m² at critical angles above 65° in all planes. sales areas. Integral ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology®. total reflectance 98 %. ···PC··· Diffuser made of polycarbonate. clear in the middle. ···E··· With electronic control gear.28/54. Optical system Matt-opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser in stylish finegrained matt surface and which encompasses the luminaire body.. schools. Valuco D 235/49 UTE: 0. highly-specular. and . with highly-reflective white coating... black..C180 Recommended areas Offices.56 G + 0.

3 3.3 3.8 3.5 4.2 3.Accessories ······························169 Lamp characteristics ···············525 114 Valuco D-UXP··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···EDD ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 14 2 x 14 2 x 24 2 x 24 2 x 28 2 x 28 2 x 54 2 x 54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49 3 x 28 3 x 28 3 x 35/49 3 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 35/49/80 L mm 1195 1195 1495 1495 595 595 595 595 1195 1195 1195 1195 1495 1495 1195 1195 1495 1495 1195 1195 1495 1495 ≈kg Valuco D 128/54··· Valuco D 128/54···PC Valuco D 135/49/80··· Valuco D 135/49/80···PC Valuco D 214··· Valuco D 214···PC Valuco D 224··· Valuco D 224···PC Valuco D 228··· Valuco D 228···PC Valuco D 254··· Valuco D 254···PC Valuco D 235/49··· Valuco D 235/49···PC Valuco D 328··· Valuco D 328···PC Valuco D 335/49··· Valuco D 335/49···PC Valuco D-UXP/128/54··· Valuco D-UXP/128/54···PC Valuco D-UXP/135/49/80··· Valuco D-UXP/135/49/80···PC 56 808··· 56 809··· 56 810··· 56 811··· 56 608··· 56 607··· 56 649··· 56 650··· 56 609··· 56 606··· 56 651··· 56 652··· 56 610··· 56 605··· 56 611··· 56 604··· 56 612··· 56 603··· 56 613··· 56 602··· 56 614··· 56 601··· ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 4. Valuco D-UXP 1··· 167 .5 5.8 3.4 4.5 4.8 4.2 5.8 3.2 5.3 3.5 5.4 4.2 4.5 5.2 5.3 3. Valuco D 3···.2 Valuco D 1···.5 4.

schools. Optical system Matt-opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser. and . Luminaire body Sheet steel.. room and ceiling oriented.28/54.. public areas and corridors as well as health care and wellness facilities. ···PC··· Diffuser made of polycarbonate.3 6.3 6. The plastic end caps.6 4. in stylish fine-grained matt surface and which encompasses the luminaire body. black. in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.. spas and homes for the elderly. protruding from the ends of the luminaire.37 G + 0. showrooms.8/BZ 5/2/BZ 6/ 2.0 6. lend the characteristic appearance-melded bodies..6 6.7 6.. Wire suspension and mains cable to be ordered separately.5/BZ 5/4/BZ 6 Valuco H··· 168 . ···E··· With electronic control gear ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). sales areas.0 5..C180 Valuco H 235/49/80 UTE: 0.Valuco··· Suspended luminaires in decorative black/white design with matt-opal diffuser 114 Accessories ······························169 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP40 1 Joule 650 °C ···PC··· 850 °C Valuco H··· + ···ZST··· Recommended areas Offices.3 6.3 6. rehabilitation centres.3 5. lounges.. Control gear option Versions . C0 .35/49.37 T DIN 5040: C32 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6/.7 Valuco H 428··· 56 643··· ···04 ···07 Valuco H 428···PC 56 647··· ···04 ···07 Valuco H 435/49··· 56 644··· ···04 ···07 Valuco H 435/49···PC 56 648··· ···04 ···07 *Wire suspension and mains cable to be ordered separately. Reference* TOC Valuco H 228/54··· Valuco H 228/54···PC Valuco H 235/49··· Valuco H 235/49···PC Valuco H 280··· Valuco H 280···PC Valuco H 235/49/80··· Valuco H 235/49/80···PC 56 641··· 56 645··· 56 653··· 56 654··· 56 655··· 56 656··· 56 642··· 56 646··· Control gear option ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 35/49/80 4 x 28 4 x 28 4 x 35/49 4 x 35/49 L mm 1200 1200 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1200 1200 1500 1500 ≈kg 4..3 6.

5 mm2 3 x 1. black.5 mm2 5 x 0.5 mm2 for luminaires 28 W/54 W 35 W/49 W/80 W 28 W/54 W 35 W/49 W/80 W Mains cables Valuco D. for Valuco H··· suspended luminaries. round white (not illustrated) Valuco ZLK 80 Wire suspension for Valuco D and H 1 piece.5 mm2 3 x 1. 1 piece.75 mm2 3 x 1.5 mm2 5 x 1.5 mm2 5 x 1. Reference Valuco ZDV/315/28 Valuco ZDV/315/35 Valuco ZDV/515/28 Valuco ZDV/515/35 TOC 56 616 00 56 617 00 56 619 00 56 620 00 Description 3 x 1.75 mm2 5 x 0. 80 mm long. transparent. Reference Valuco D ZZT/3075/1000 Valuco D ZZT/3075/2000 Valuco D ZZT/315/1000 Valuco D ZZT/315/2000 Valuco D ZZT/5075/1000 Valuco D ZZT/5075/2000 Valuco D ZZT/515/1000 Valuco D ZZT/515/2000 TOC 56 625 00 56 626 00 56 627 00 56 628 00 56 629 00 56 630 00 56 631 00 56 632 00 Description 3 x 0. for connecting two luminaires Valuco D···.75 mm2 3 x 0. Reference Valuco ZLK 80 TOC 56 752 00 Description 1 piece. 2000 mm Valuco ZST/··· Through-wiring set for continuous-line luminaires Valuco D Through-wiring set in combination with continuous-line coupling Valuco ZLK 80.75 mm2 5 x 0.5 mm2 Suspension length up to 1000 mm 2000 mm 1000 mm 2000 mm 1000 mm 2000 mm 1000 mm 2000 mm Mains cables Valuco H Cable. transparent. suspended Cable.75 mm2 3 x 1.Valuco Accessories Valuco ZLK 80 Continuous-line coupling.75 mm2 5 x 1. 4-point and 2-point wire suspensions for suspension lengths of up to 1000 mm and 2000 mm Reference Valuco ZS/1000 Valuco ZS/2000 Valuco ZST/1000 Valuco ZST/2000 TOC 56 621 00 56 622 00 56 623 00 56 624 00 Description 4-point.5 mm2 Suspension length up to 1000 mm 2000 mm 1000 mm 2000 mm 1000 mm 2000 mm 1000 mm 2000 mm 169 . for Valuco D··· surface-mounted and suspended luminaries.75 mm2 5 x 1.5 mm2 5 x 0. 80 mm Ceiling rose for Valuco D and H (not illustrated) Reference ZAE/01 ZAA/01 TOC 46 917 00 46 017 00 Description 1 piece. aluminium. 2000 mm (not illustrated) 2-point.5 mm2 5 x 1. Reference Valuco H ZZT/3075/1000 Valuco H ZZT/3075/2000 Valuco H ZZT/315/1000 Valuco H ZZT/315/2000 Valuco H ZZT/5075/1000 Valuco H ZZT/5075/2000 Valuco H ZZT/515/1000 Valuco H ZZT/515/2000 TOC 56 633 00 56 634 00 56 635 00 56 636 00 56 637 00 56 638 00 56 639 00 56 640 00 Description 3 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 1. Wire suspension for suspended mounting to be ordered separately. square white (not illustrated) 1 piece. black.75 mm2 3 x 0. 1000 mm (not illustrated) 4-point. 1000 mm 2-point.5 mm2 5 x 1.

with internal prisms. Plastic end caps.C180 3331 M···W-TA/80 E UTE: 0. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. ···/28/54··· and ···/35/49··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.73 E + 0. convex. ···T··· Translucent PLEXIGLAS diffuser.76 E + 0. reflection-intensifying.Series 333··· Luminaires with opal or translucent PLEXIGLAS diffuser and symmetrical or asymmetrical reflector 6 5 4 d o$ a IP50 0. with internal channel prisms. classrooms. convex. ···E With electronic control gear.03 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5/. contoured to continue the convex form of diffuser. lounges. ···M··· Silver-grey metallic effect. showrooms. ···TA··· Translucent PLEXIGLAS diffuser.04 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4/2/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 C0 . sales areas.03 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 5/. Production sites exposed to fire hazards Suitable for production sites particularly subject to fire hazards due to low surface temperatures and high IP rating. corridors. ···TA··· Recommended for lighting of vertical surfaces. reflection-intensifying. convex. 3331 M···W/49 E UTE: 0. Other control gear versions available on request.85 E + 0. Reflector. with integral wiring channel for mains supply and further wiring. Internal highly-specular reflector.C180 3331 M···W-TS/49 E UTE: 0. with asymmetrical light distribution. transmission degree > 80 %. Internal highly-specular reflector. Luminaire body Sheet steel. Optical system Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser.75/ BZ 4/1/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 C0 . suspension by means of wire suspensions or integration into T·200 tubular track system. Transmission degree > 80 %. Versions 14 W and 24 W also for mounting in gypsum ceilings. with internal prisms.35 Joule 650 °C ···PC··· 850 °C 3331 W··· 3331 M··· C0 . ···W··· White-coated. made of sheet steel with highly-reflective white coating. Control gear option Versions ···/14/24···. colour-adapted to luminaire body. stairwells. Surface-mounted luminaires for ceiling and wall mounting – when used with accessories also as recessed luminaires in cut-out recess openings.75/ BZ 4/1/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 170 .C180 Recommended areas Offices. ···PC··· Diffuser made of polycarbonate.

9 4.0 3.0 3.Accessories ······························172 Lamp characteristics ···············525 3331 W-T··· 3331 M-T··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 Lamp W 1 x 14/24 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 14/24 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 14/24 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 14/24 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 14/24 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 14/24 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 35/49/80 Recess opening mm 572 x 190 1172 x 190 1472 x 190 572 x 190 1172 x 190 1472 x 190 572 x 190 1172 x 190 1472 x 190 572 x 190 1172 x 190 1472 x 190 572 x 190 1172 x 190 1472 x 190 572 x 190 1172 x 190 1472 x 190 1472 x 190 1472 x 190 ≈kg 3331 W/14/24··· 3331 W/28/54··· 3331 W/35/49/80··· 3331 M/14/24··· 3331 M/28/54··· 3331 M/35/49/80··· With diffuser made of polycarbonate 3331 W PC/14/24··· 3331 W PC/28/54··· 3331 W PC/35/49/80··· 3331 M PC/14/24··· 3331 M PC/28/54··· 3331 M PC/35/49/80··· With symmetrical specular reflector 3331 W-TS/14/24··· 3331 W-TS/28/54··· 3331 W-TS/35/49/80··· 3331 M-TS/14/24··· 3331 M-TS/28/54··· 3331 M-TS/35/49/80··· With asymmetrical specular reflector 3331 W-TA/35/49/80··· 3331 M-TA/35/49/80··· 11 122··· 11 125··· 11 127··· 11 099··· 11 102··· 11 104··· 52 071··· 52 072··· 52 073··· 52 064··· 52 065··· 52 066··· 11 135··· 11 138··· 11 140··· 11 112··· 11 115··· 11 117··· 52 612··· 52 613··· ···ED ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 2.4 4.4 4.9 2.0 2.0 2.4 4.4 4.0 3.2 4.0 2.4 4.4 4.9 4.9 3331 W/M··· 171 .0 2.0 3.2 4.

for integration of luminaires 3331··· into the T·200 tubular track system. Integration in the innovative T·200 tubular track system is suitable for prestigious lighting solutions.5 mm2. 03331··· SL. Steel wires. for suspension lengths of up to 1 m. They must be provided by the contractor.g. 333··· luminaires can be easily combined with other lighting systems. with spotlights for accent lighting. ¶ 1 mm. including suspension brackets and ceiling caps with knock-out opening ¶ 12 mm. recess-mounted in cut-out openings or suspended as individual or continuous-line luminaires by means of discrete wire suspensions.offer a project-oriented lighting solution for stairwells or corridors. Wiring connection unit 1 set. 172 . for sheathed cable* up to 5 x 1. e. The illustrations above show 333··· luminaires as surface-mounted/recessed luminaires (left photo). including connection cable. Order examples: Continuous line for ceiling mounting: Continuous line (5 lengths) with luminaires 3331 W/35/49/80 E: 5 luminaires 3331 W/35/49/80 E 4 luminaire couplings 03331 W-L Continuous line with wire suspensions: Continuous line (5 lengths) with luminaires 3331 W/35/49/80 E suspended by wire suspensions: 5 luminaires 3331 W/35/49/80 E 1 pair of wire suspensions 03331 SE 4 continuous-line couplings with wire suspension 03331 W-SL 1 set of wiring connection unt 05000 ESBN Tubular track system fixing 1 set.. 03331 SE 21 475 00 03331 T·200 21 476 00 For detailed description of the T·200 tubular track system see page 86. 05000 ESBN* 21 517 00 * Incoming cables are not supplied. for individual luminaires or for continuous-line ends.Series 333··· Accessories Universal solution The 333··· series is „a truely universal system“ in terms of its mounting options: the luminaire bodies can be installed both on walls and ceilings. Another option is trunking mounting. as suspended luminaires (middle photo) and as light components within the tubular track system T·200 (right photo). for mains feeding for 03331 SE. Versions with a length of almost 600 mm – which can be additionally mounted in plaster ceilings or walls by means of recess frames . Wire suspension 1 pair. recommended in case of uneven ceilings or higher rooms. The luminaires can be surface-mounted.

Steel wires. to mount luminaires 3331···/14/24 E in mortar surfaces or walls.5 mm2. for sheathed cable* up to 5 x1. Trunking mounted 1 set. Only for surface mounting. for the connection of two luminaires. white. For luminaire connection in accordance with the degree of protection and for a defined distance (60 mm) between the luminaires for non-interrupted continuous lines. in connection with wire suspension. Geometrical arrangements The universal node A 03··· offers extended planning scope for architecture-enhancing geometrical arrangements. for luminaires 3331 W··· 03331 M-L 21 473 00 Silver-grey-coated with metallic effect for luminaires 3331 M··· 03331 EB 21 471 00 03331 ER/600 21 472 00 Luminaire coupling with wire suspension 1 piece. 03331 W-L 21 478 00 White. without wiring. Fixing accessories 1 set. A luminaire distance of at least 60 mm has to be observed for trunking mounting. support brackets and counter-balance weight to fix luminaires 3331··· to trunking 07690···. ¶ 1 mm. It can be easily used in the case diffuser luminaires 3331··· are mounted to trunking 07690···. ¶ 10 mm. to mount luminaires 3331··· in ceilings with cut-out openings. 05000 ZR 05000 ZR/2m 1000 mm long 2000 mm long 21 525 00 21 526 00 173 . for luminaires 3331 W··· 03331 M-SL 21 474 00 Silver-grey-coated with metallic effect for luminaires 3331 M··· 03331 TRS 21 477 00 For detailed description of the trunkings 07690··· see page 506. Fixing accessories 1 set. 03331 W-SL 21 479 00 White. plastic. Feeding tube (not illustrated) 1 piece. including luminaire connection element. suspension bracket and ceiling cap with knock-out opening ¶ 12 mm. for suspension lengths of up to 1 m.Luminaire coupling 1 piece.

5/BZ 5 3452 P/TC11··· 3451 PN··· 174 .75/BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/. with solid corners. Optical system PLEXIGLAS diffuser with photometrically effective prisms to direct the light primarily onto the working plane. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. Stainless steel lamp supports for compact fluorescent lamps. Other electric versions available on request.75/ BZ 2/1/BZ 3/2.C180 3452 PN/58 UTE: 0.55 H + 0. 3452 PSN··· also with knock-out openings for emergency wiring and through-wiring outside of the luminaire by means of sheathed cables up to ¶ 12 mm. 3452 P/TC11 UTE: 0.2 Joule 650 °C 3452 P/TC11··· 3451 PN··· C0 . showrooms. Suitable for internal heat-resistant through-wiring with luminaire coupling (not for versions ···/TC11.55 E + 0. white. Production sites subject to fire hazards Due to low surface temperatures and high IP rating. ···PSN··· With symmetrical reflector. ···PSAN recommended for lighting of vertical surfaces. defined wiring passage between luminaire and ceiling.Series 34··· Surface-mounted luminaires with prismatic PLEXIGLAS diffuser 6 5 4 d o$ a IP50 0.25/ BZ 4/4/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/3/BZ 5 C0 . Safe retention of the diffuser by means of plastic lever locks. lounges and corridors. 3441···.47 D + 0. the versions ···E are suitable for production sites subject to fire hazards. ···PSAN··· With asymmetrical reflector.C180 3451 PN/58 UTE: 0. sales areas. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.10 T DIN 5040: B41 CIBSE: BZ 3/1.5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1.24 T DIN 5040: B31 CIBSE: BZ 5/. made in one piece.16 T DIN 5040: B41 CIBSE: BZ 3/. 3452 PN···.8/BZ 6 C0 . ···/18).C180 Application Offices.

3452 P 175 .6 4.5 6.6 7.6 7.9 6. tailored to luminaire coupling 3450···.Accessories ······························177 Trunking ··································506 Lamp characteristics ···············525 3441 PS··· 3452 P··· Reference TOC 3452 P/TC11··· 3451 PN/36··· 3451 PN/58··· 3441 PSN/36··· 3441 PSN/58··· 3441 PSAN/58··· 11 186··· 11 180··· 11 181··· 11 163··· 11 166··· 11 159··· Control gear option ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 2 x TC-SEL11 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 58 D mm 130 900 1200 900 1200 1200 D1 D2* E1 E2 E3 ≈kg – 193 193 193 193 193 – 390 390 390 390 390 10 450 600 450 600 600 – – – 400 550 550 – 400 550 400 550 – – – 124 124 124 – 124 124 124 124 1.5 4.6 2.8 3. 3452 P/18··· 3441 PS···.6 3452 P/18··· 11 185··· ···04 2 x 18 530 – – 395 3452 PN/36··· 11 187··· ···04 2 x 36 900 193 390 450 3452 PN/58··· 11 188··· ···04 2 x 58 1200 193 390 600 3452 PSN/36··· 11 189··· ···04 2 x 36 900 193 390 450 3452 PSN/58··· 11 191··· ···04 2 x 58 1200 193 390 600 * D2 = Minimum dimension due to thermal expansion of luminaire diffuser.6 5.9 5.

···/58 suitable for internal heat-resistant through-wiring with luminaire coupling. lounges and corridors.50 H + 0.2 Joule 650 °C 3451N··· 3452N··· Application Offices. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of plastic lever locks. Optical system Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser. showrooms. tailored to luminaire coupling 3450···. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.C180 3451 N/58 UTE: 0.2 * D2 = Minimum measure due to thermal expansion of luminaire diffuser. white. Reference TOC Lamps W 1 x 36 1 x 58 D mm 900 1200 D1 D2* E1 E2 E3 ≈kg 3451N/36··· 3451N/58··· 11 176 04 11 177 04 193 193 390 390 450 600 – – – – 3.4 3452/18··· 11 182 04 2 x 18 530 65 – 395 – – 2.24 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6 3451N··· 3452N··· 176 . C0 . Other electric versions available on request. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. ···/36. with solid corners.2 3452N/58··· 11 184 04 2 x 58 1200 193 390 600 450 124 7. 3452N··· also with knock-out openings for emergency light wiring and through-wiring out-side of the luminaire by means of sheathed cables up to ¶ 12 mm.Series 34··· Surface-mounted luminaires with opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser Accessories ······························177 Trunking ··································506 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d o$ a IP50 0. defined wiring passage between luminaire and ceiling. made in one piece.5 3452N/36··· 11 183 04 2 x 36 900 193 390 450 400 124 5. Exposed to fire hazards Suitable for production sites particularly subject to fire hazards thanks to low surface temperatures and high IP rating.4 4. sales areas.

without wiring. length 1450 mm 3450/5LV/36 TOC 11 171 00 For luminaires 36 W. As a result. max. ···3LV··· 3-conductor through-wiring. including luminaire coupling 3450. can be shortened on site. 10 x 1.Series 34··· Accessories Luminaire coupling Luminaire couplings enable wiring passage for individual wires and distance fixing in accordance with the degree of protection for un-interrupted continuous lines with the 34··· series luminaires. length 25 m. ···5LV··· 5-conductor through-wiring. Trunking Mounting on suspended trunking is recommended in case of uneven ceilings or ceiling joists in higher rooms. Surface-mounted longitudinal 1-lamp and 2-lamp diffuser luminaires of the 34··· series can easily be mounted to the trunking system 07690···. steel. length 1450 mm 3450/3LV/58 TOC 11 170 00 For luminaires 58 W. length 1750 mm 3450/3LV/58 TOC 11 172 00 For luminaires 58 W. 078 TOC 29 268 00 1 pair. For detailed description. pendant rod. see page 506. for individual wires. Through-wiring sets Heat-resistant. length 1750 mm 07690/5LV/25m TOC 21 890 00 Through-wiring without luminaire coupling. Order example: With trunking 07690/···: Continuous line (4 lengths) with luminaires 3441 PSN/58 on suspended trunking 07690/···: Trunking: 2 trunking 07690/II/58-U 2 end caps 07690 E-T 4 pairs of luminaire support brackets 07690 TL 4 pendant suspensions A 01 PX Continuous line: 4 luminaires 3441 PSN/58 3 through-wiring sets 3450/5LV/58 177 . 900 mm long.5 mm2 or 7 x 2. 3450/3LV/36 TOC 11 169 00 For luminaires 36 W. including white ceiling caps.5 mm2.5 mm2. 1. ¶ 13 mm. Pendant suspension The vernier clip of the pendant suspension can be simply removed and put back on the pendant rod without using tools. colour-coded individual cables. pendant rods can be shortened with ease. white. 3450 TOC 11 168 00 1 luminaire coupling. with vernier clip.

In addition to a classic T5 ring-shaped lamp the Polaron LED is equipped with modern LED technology with RGB colour control. 178 . That is. Entrance areas. The TRILUX Polaron. albeit with more complex technology.Polaron The TRILUX Polaron: Yet another outstanding design. And the formula for success has remained true to its red-dot-winning form. lounges and traffic areas are the typical areas where the TRILUX Polaron is able to excel thanks to its simple roundness. this luminaire is able to impress people immediately with its colourful simplicity and modest electricity bills. from the very first day on which its designers created it based on inspiration from the Roman Pantheon. Thus.

living areas and every other interior area. where light and luminaires are used specifically for creating and emphasising a sophisticated ambience. 179 . Recess mounting Another variation of the TRILUX Polaron can be integrated in an optional mounting enclosure so that it is flush with ceiling. The enclosure also serves as a reflector. the light and optical system seem to disappear in the fixing surface. who purposefully use light as an accentuating design element for entrance areas. And thus an ideal basis for lighting designers and architects. The TRILUX Polaron is predestined for sophisticated lighting of foyers. thus becoming a photometrically effective part of the luminaire. A svelte light sensation that makes light in its purest form a sensory experience. Light radiates in a ringshaped aureola on the wall as a visible statement with individual lighting and effect. A distinguishing detail. Suspended mounting The Polaron suspended luminaire provides a decoupled lighting effect. While the body of the semi-recessed luminaire remains concealed. Or for lighting that enhances modern living areas. entrance areas and public areas with stylish character due to the high secondary light component and the clearly designoriented appearance of the luminaire. lounges and traffic areas. which additionally increases the appeal of the Polaron light installation. The clean form of the luminaire body becomes a floating design statement in the room thanks to its slender 3-point wire suspension. Semi-recessed mounting The semi-recessed luminaire allows for an unusual type of lighting installation. An ideal variation for architects and lighting designers. the luminaire is completely visible on the surface where it is mounted. which seemingly adds a fourth dimension to the room/light dialogue. Be it as solo accent lighting or in combination – the unparalleled light effect is especially suitable for elaborately effective lighting: from public areas.Surface mounting In case of mounting on a ceiling or a wall. who wish to place light in a room as an element to further the effect – as a stand-alone or subtly composed lighting variations for living areas or representative public areas.

5/BZ 8 C0 . conference rooms. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.Polaron 6 5 4 d a IP50 0.39J + 0. becoming a photometrically effective part of the luminaires. entrance areas. hotels. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. Optional mounting enclosure serves as additional enclosing secondary reflector. Polaron WD2 1TR40 UTE: 0. Luminaire body Made of die-cast aluminium. powdercoated in white with fixing accessories made of sheet steel. 5 ···WD1 1··· 33 85 75 ···WD2 1··· ···WD2 2··· 180 33 107 33 85 .C180 Recommended areas For decorative general and supplementary lighting in areas with high architectural requirements.75/ BZ 5/1/BZ 6/2/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6 Polaron WD1··· Polaron WD2··· Polaron WD2 BE··· 37. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). corridors and residential areas. Mounting enclosure Deep-drawn aluminium housing. 5 27. also suitable for installation in cut-out recess openings or ceiling systems.g. shielded from the room by means of a white primary screen.C180 Polaron WD2 1TR40 + C1 UTE: 0. foyers.5 150 272 225 347 M5 27. ···ET Dali With electronic transformer with DALI interface for LED-RGB. Optical system Circular diffuser with distinctive flat contour and fine-grained surface made of PLEXIGLAS. museums.5 Joule 650 °C ···PC··· 2 Joule 850 °C Polaron WD2 1TR··· Polaron WD2 LED-RGB··· C0 . ···E + ET Dali With electronic control gear for T16 ring-shaped lamp and transformer with DALI interface for LED RGB. also suitable for hanging with a wire suspension kit. In combination with accessories. Characteristic lighting effect thanks to interaction with circular enclosed secondary reflector made of white sheet steel. public buildings. white. Other electrical versions available on request. powder-coated.49 I DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 6/. Surface-mounted luminaires for ceiling and wall mounting. e.18 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 7 NBN L 14-002: BZ 9/1.

3 x 0. 5 x 0. with reinforced mounting plate Mounting enclosure for Polaron WD1··· Polaron WD1 C1 56 812 00 for recess openings Mounting enclosure for Polaron WD2···. 3-point.2 3. 1000 mm..6 3. 3-point. white Recess depth mm 76 76 76 118 118 118 118 140 140 140 147 Polaron WD2 C··· 76 Polaron WD1 C1··· 118 Polaron WD1···+···ZS··· Polaron WD2···+···ZS··· 7-30 358 388 7-30 390 420 Polaron WD2 C1/C2··· 118 ···WD2 C1··· 140 ···WD2 C2··· 7-30 465 495 181 . 5 x 0.75 mm². overall height 85 mm Polaron WD2 C1 50 836 00 for recess openings Polaron WD2 C1 MP M73 50 829 00 for module 600. 3-point.0 3. with reinforced mounting plate Concrete sealed housing for Polaron WD2··· Polaron WD2 BE 56 830 00 Recessed housing for WD2 C···BE to be ordered separately Concrete sealed housing for Polaron WD2··· Polaron WD2 C1 BE 56 831 00 for overall height 85 mm Polaron WD2 C2 BE 56 832 00 for overall height 107 mm Wire suspension.75 mm². 1000 mm. with reinforced mounting plate Polaron WD2 C MP M84 50 834 00 for module 625.75 mm².. white Polaron ZS 5075/1000 56 395 00 1 pc.2 3. overall height 107 mm Polaron WD2 C2 50 837 00 for recess openings Polaron WD2 C2 MP M73 50 830 00 for module 600. 3 x 0.0 3. white Polaron ZS 5075/2000 56 676 00 1 pc.0 3.3 3.75 mm².. with reinforced mounting plate Mounting enclosure for Polaron WD2···. with reinforced mounting plate Polaron WD2 C1 MP M84 50 832 00 for module 625.0 3. 2000 mm.Light management ··················490 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Polaron WD2 1TR40 + Polaron WD2 C··· Polaron WD2 1TR40 + Polaron WD2 C1··· Polaron ZS··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···ED ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···EDD ···07 ···07 ···07 ···ET Dali ···E +ET Dali Lamps W 1 x T16-R22 1 x T16-R40 1 x T16-R55 2 x T16-R40 1 x T16-R22 1 x T16-R40 1 x T16-R55 2 x T16-R40 ···51 ···54 LED-RGB LED-RGB + 1xT16-R40 Recess opening Ø mm 358 358 358 390 465 465 465 465 465 465 522 ØxH mm 272 x 85 347 x 85 347 x 85 347 x 107 272 x 85 347 x 85 347 x 107 347 x 107 347 x 85 347 x 107 ≈kg Polaron WD1 1TR22··· Polaron WD2 1TR40··· Polaron WD2 1TR55··· Polaron WD2 2TR40··· Polaron WD1 1TR22···PC Polaron WD2 1TR40···PC Polaron WD2 1TR55···PC Polaron WD2 2TR40···PC Polaron WD2 LED-RGB··· Polaron WD2 LED-RGB 1TR40··· 50 998··· 50 999··· 51 001··· 51 000··· 50 820··· 50 821··· 50 822··· 50 823··· 56 678··· 56 677··· 2. mains cable and ceiling rose Polaron ZS 3075/1000 56 394 00 1 pc. 2000 mm.6 2.. with reinforced mounting plate Polaron WD2 C2 MP M84 50 833 00 for module 625. white Polaron ZS 3075/2000 56 675 00 1 pc. 3-point.9 ···07 ···07 ···07 Accessories TOC Description Semi-recessed housing for Polaron WD2··· Polaron WD2 C 50 824 00 for recess openings Polaron WD2 C MP M73 50 831 00 for module 600.

. which until recently comprised of only wall-mounted and free-standing luminaires. making additional cables unnecessary. Power is supplied via the integrated lead wires within the suspension.. 182 . Introducing . And thus lending even a cool room a pleasant cosy character. which provides diffuse.. high-quality luminaire body made of mouth-blown glass. direct and indirect light. now has a new member. the Torso suspended luminaire! Winner of the red-dot award and nominee for the design award of the Federal Republic of Germany in 2009: a slender. The Torso product family.Torso The TRILUX Torso as a suspended luminaire.

2 1. Optical system Direct/indirect. 75 2 x QT14 max.2 Torso H3··· UTE: 0.4 1. ···ESB··· Complete with transparent mains cable.39 H + 0.C180 ≈kg Torso H3-DB T-R 2HV75 01 Torso H3-DB T-R 2HV75 03 Torso H3-ESB T-R 2HV75 01 Torso H3-ESB T-R 2HV75 03 56 592 10 56 593 10 56 594 10 56 595 10 2. obscured. Integrated 3-point wire suspension fully adjustable for suspension length of up to 3 m. silver-grey.4 2. Complete with ceiling canopy. supplementary and table lighting. consisting of glass body and support made of aluminium.2 Joule 960 °C Recommended applications Especially recommended for decorative general. silver-grey Electrical connection Ready for connection with mains cable. ···01 Ceiling canopy or ceiling rose. subtly lit. Luminaire body made of hand-blown glass.Torso Suspended luminaire 116 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Luminaire body Decorative suspended luminaire for directindirect lighting. Torso H3-DB··· Torso H3-ESB··· Reference TOC Lamps W 2 x QT14 max. 75 2 x QT14 max. ···DB··· Power is supplied via the integrated lead wires within the suspension. ceiling rose and wire suspension. no electronic equipment required.32 T DIN 5040: C32 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6 Torso H3-DB··· Torso H3-ESB··· 183 . 75 2 x QT14 max. 75 C0 . white ···03 Ceiling canopy or ceiling rose. Control gear option Lamp operation direct from the mains current.

direct/indirect. consisting of upper part in polycarbonate with concentric channel prisms for upward indirect component and parabolic lower reflector in aluminium.75 D + 0. located on the ceiling fixing plate of the wire suspension. ···K With low-loss inductive ballasts. finished in graphite-grey structured paint. graphite-grey. for suspension length of up to 3. With vertical cooling ribs and adapted longitudinal rods.16 T DIN 5040: B41 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/. With continually adjustable wire suspension. With 3-pole plug-in connection terminal for wires up to 2.8/BZ 4 C0 . including earth terminal.2 Joule ···ROT··· 650 °C ···ROT···PC···/···ROB··· 850 °C 5361 ROT··· 5363 ROT··· C0 . joined by functional chromed steel rods. highly-specular inner surface.71 E + 0.09 T DIN 5040: B42 CIBSE: BZ 4/1. Mains No electronic equipment required.Series 536··· High-performance suspended luminaires with refraction reflector ROT or with specular reflector and refraction optics ROB 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. silver-coated.98 %. semi-specular outer surface.25/BZ 5 C0 .5/ BZ 3/ 3/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/.C180 Application Public rooms and halls. to accommodate the electrical components. The cut-off angle is at least 30°. ···ROB··· Consisting of circular base housing. ···ROB··· Bifunctional reflector. parallelcompensated. Integral wire suspension with ceiling fixing plate and cover plate made of sheet steel.40 m.C180 5361 ROB/TCT26E UTE: 0.8/BZ 3/1/BZ 4 5361 ROT··· 5363 ROT··· 184 .5 mm2. Electrical connection Supplied ready for connection. Anti-glare ring made of specular anodised aluminium.77 D + 0. Base housing made of aluminium.8/BZ 4/ 1. to connect the wire suspension. Reflector made of post-anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99. Optical system ···ROT··· Parabolic transparent refractor made of acrylic glass. facetting in lower reflector section. Luminaire body ···ROT··· Consisting of circular base housing and anti-glare ring. to accomodate the electrical components. adding a decorative touch to the refractor. extruded aluminium profile. Lamp operation directly on the mains current. ···PC··· Made of polycarbonate for increased preventive fire protection.C180 5363 ROT/1xHIE250 UTE: 0. gradually increasing downwards. station and airport foyers. shaped around the reflector form. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. with photometrically effective prismatic system for well-balanced ceiling illumination by means of 15 % indirect light component. financial institutions. Production halls with a low degree of pollution. 5361 ROT/HIE100 UTE: 0. trade fair and exhibition halls and entrance areas.20 T DIN 5040: B41 CIBSE: BZ 4/2/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/. with freely suspended connection cable.

100W/E27 1 x HIE250* 1 x HIE250* 1 x TC-TEL18 1 x TC-TEL26 1 x TC-TEL42 1 x HIE70* 1 x HIE100* 2 x TC-TEL42 1 x HIE150* 1 x HIE250* 4. for luminaires 5365 ROB··· 5361 ROB··· 5363 ROB··· 5365 ROB··· 185 . for luminaires 5361 ROB··· Ø 395 mm.4 3.3 9. float glass 05361 ROB/D-DS 05363 ROB/D-DS 05365 ROB/D-DS TOC 21 620 00 21 622 00 21 623 00 Description Ø 282 mm.5 8.Lamp characteristics ···············525 5361 ROB··· 5363 ROB··· 5365 ROB··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···K Mains Lamps ≈kg 5361 ROT/TCT42··· 5361 ROT/TCT42 PC··· 5361 ROT/HIE100··· 5361 ROT/HIE100 PC··· 5361 ROT/E27 PC 5363 ROT/1xHIE250··· 5363 ROT/1xHIE250 PC··· 5361 ROB/TCT18··· 5361 ROB/TCT26··· 5363 ROB/1xTCT42··· 5363 ROB/1xHIE70··· 5363 ROB/1xHIE100··· 11 940··· 33 632··· 11 937··· 33 607··· 38 828··· 11 950··· 33 666··· 11 929··· 11 930··· 11 946··· 11 945··· 11 944··· ···02 ···02 ···10 ···02 ···02 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···02 ···02 ···04 ···02 ···02 1 x TC-TEL42 1 x TC-TEL42 1 x HIE100* 1 x HIE100* 1 x max.2 8. for luminaires 5363 ROB··· Ø 505 mm.4 6.6 2.4 7.5 1.1 5. Accessories Decor discs.6 1.0 5365 ROB/2xTCT42··· 11 956··· 5365 ROB/1xHIE150··· 11 954··· 5365 ROB/1xHIE250··· 11 955··· * Only lamps that are approved for use in open luminaires.4 4.7 6.7 4.7 4.

Optical System ···LS··· Partly reflective optics „Light Screen“.5 Joule 850 °C ···FS··· 2 Joule 650 °C BLUEmotion H LS··· C0 . ···EDD versions for controllable mix of light and colour from coloured lamps.5 mm2.74 T DIN 5040: E02 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 8/. protected against polarity reversal.25/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 BLUEmotion H LS··· D 186 . Attachment with arc-shaped cross-section. End caps made of die-cast aluminium.8/BZ 7 C0 . and decorative ceiling rose including connection terminal for wire up to 2. ···FS··· For workplaces or public areas where lighting is a visible and sensory experience. Multi-layer glass pane. Consisting of stable foil covered by structured paper and of lateral light-collecting guides.22 E + 0. Control gear options Versions ···28/54··· and 35/49··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Electrical connection With transparent mains cable for a suspension height of max. for white indirect light. When switched on. Other electrical versions available on request.5 m. With white lamps of different colour temperature suited for adaptive simulation of varying daylight moods.BLUEmotion Predominantly indirect suspended luminaires with semi-transparent optics „Light Screen“ Direct-indirect suspended luminaires „Fabric Shield“ for classic or dynamic lighting 6 5 4 d a IP20 ···LS··· 0. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.C180 Recommended areas ···LS··· For lighting solutions with a high demand on elegance. partially reflective coating. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. the lamps become visible as an aesthetic element without causing glare (VDU-compliant).C180 BLUEmotion H FS 249 UTE: 0. silver-grey. Complete with Y-wire suspensions and mains cable.65 T DIN 5040: D42 CIBSE: BZ 4/1. Luminaire body Side sections made of aluminium with silvergrey microstructure surface.02 H + 0. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). 1. ···E With electronic control gear. The luminaires seem to float in the room thanks to the partially reflective pane. ···FS··· Light sail „Fabric Shield“. for light mix of the direct component. BLUEmotion H LS 249 UTE: 0.

5 6.Lamp characteristics ···············525 64 BLUEmotion H FS··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···EDD ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 3 x 28/54 3 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 3 x 28/54 3 x 35/49/80 L mm 1491 1791 1491 1791 1491 1791 1491 1791 D ≈kg BLUEmotion H LS 228/54··· BLUEmotion H LS 235/49/80··· BLUEmotion H LS 328/54··· BLUEmotion H LS 335/49/80··· BLUEmotion H FS 228/54··· BLUEmotion H FS 235/49/80··· BLUEmotion H FS 328/54··· BLUEmotion H FS 335/49/80··· 45 802··· 45 803··· 51 592··· 51 593··· 45 791··· 45 792··· 51 583··· 51 584··· 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500 13.4 14.2 6.6 5.4 16.6 17.4 BLUEmotion H FS··· D 187 .9 7.

consisting of parabolic louvre and linear refraction elements. especially VDU workstations.99 %.C180 5302N ADH/49 UTE: 0. ···ADH··· Direct/indirect optics for contrastpromoting task area lighting. for luminaire connection at the ceiling.69 T DIN 5040: D23 CIBSE: BZ 2/4/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1. highly-specular aluminium for anti-glare task area lighting with balanced shadowing. consisting of special task area louvre with integrated lightfocus screen and linear refraction elements. Optical system ···RSX/RPX··· Direct/indirect optics for general lighting.8 Application Recommended for offices and financial institutions.6 5. Highly transmissive refraction elements made of polycarbonate for balanced brightness distribution in the room. ···RSX··· Parabolic louvre. highly-specular. semi-specular.6 5.7 5.70 m. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.7 4. Other electrical versions available on request. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. 5302N R···/35 UTE: 0. Task area louvre made of reflection-intensifying. ···E With electronic control gear.57 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 C0 . For suspension lengths up to 1. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection with 3 core transparent mains cable.34 B + 0. Highly transmissive refraction elements made of polycarbonate for balanced brightness distribution in the room.25/BZ 4 5302N··· L1 L 188 .15 F + 0.C180 4. consisting of aluminium frame to house the optical system.2 Joule 850 °C 5302N RSX··· 5302N RPX···/ADH··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···ED Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 L mm 1326 1626 1326 1626 1326 1626 L1 ≈kg 5302N RSX/28/54··· 5302N RSX/35/49/80··· 5302N RPX/28/54··· 5302N RPX/35/49/80··· 5302N ADH/28/54··· 5302N ADH/35/49/80··· 51 573··· 42 191··· 51 574··· 43 278··· 39 983··· 51 575··· 1178 1478 1178 1478 1178 1478 C0 .DiVisio Suspended luminaires with parabolic louvres RSX or RPX Suspended task-area luminaires ADH Tubular track····························· 86 Trunking ···································189 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Control gear option Versions ···/28/54··· and ···35/49··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Luminaire body Silver-grey. ···RPX··· Parabolic louvre.7 4. Louvre made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99. linear aluminium rods and front-plane ballast housing in aluminium/plastic material.

2-point wire suspension in Y-form 1 set.0 mm. consisting of: 2 steel wire suspensions in Y-form. 05302 ST 21 616 00 189 . To guide and cover the mains cable. Suitable for accommodating a ceiling fixing unit of the wire suspensions 05302 S···. DiVisio luminaires for workstation and general lighting can also be integrated into this system. please contact your local TRILUX support centre for further details. PLEXIGLAS. 1 set (2 pieces). with integral. adjustable modules and doublereflection luminaires as active light components. 49. nickel plated. to fix one luminaire 5302··· for suspension lengths of up to 1. 05302 ZR 21 618 00 05900 AN 21 726 00 Colour decor elements For colour accentuation of the refraction elements. plastic. consisting of: 4 steel wires ¶ 1. 1.DiVisio Accessories Feeding tube (not illustrated) 1 piece. 1700 mm long. tool-free height compensation.0 mm.70 m. For lamps 28. 05302 S 21 615 00 4 point wire suspension with height adjustment via screwdriver. white. installable without tools. 80 W 05302 FB/1500 05302 FR/1500 05302 FG/1500 05302 FY/1500 Color blue red green yellow blue red green yellow TOC 21 607 00 21 611 00 21 609 00 21 613 00 21 608 00 21 612 00 21 610 00 21 614 00 05302 SV 21 617 00 4 point wire suspension with tool free height adjustment. Ceiling rose 1 piece. Combination with T·200 T·200 stands for a flexible tubular track system comprising louvre modules. 4 ceiling fixing units. 4-point wire suspension 1 set. 54 W 05302 FB/1200 05302 FR/1200 05302 FG/1200 05302 FY/1200 For lamps 35. 2 ceiling fixing units. nickel plated.70 m. spotlight modules. to be cut to length on site. for connecting the luminaire cable to the mains cable in case of ceiling outlets. ¶ 10 mm. to fix one luminaire 5302··· for suspension lengths of up to 1.

C180 Offset H1 CDP 280 UTE: 0.C180 Application For office lighting. ···UXP-AD··· Task area louvre UXP-AD. highly specular.13 C + 0.5 Joule 960 °C CDP 850 °C Offset H1 UXP-AD 449··· C0 . with partly reflective interior. silvergrey.5 m and decorative ceiling rose including connection terminal for cable up to 2.Offset Suspended luminaires Offset H··· with highly-specular ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-H. Ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology®. Luminaire heads Arranged on luminaire support so that the heads can be slid alongside one another. for suspension lengths of up to 1. reflectance value 98 %. highly-specular. and integral 1.5 m 2-point wire suspension. reflectance value 98 %. ···CDP··· Fine-prism structure CDP. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. including adjustment for precise horizontal luminaire alignment. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). similar to RAL 9006. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. Suitable for VDU workstations.19 B + 0. Electrical connection Transparent mains cable located at the wire suspension point. Other electrical versions available on request. Luminaire Direct/indirect suspended luminaire.75 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 5/. task area louvre UXP-AD or fine prism structure CDP 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Optical System ···UXP-H··· Ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology®.5 mm2. Louvre with integrated light-focus lamellas. sensor for constant light control and presence detection. ···EDS With dimmable electronic control gear.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 C0 . Surrounding aluminium frame profiles are joined at the front plane to precise cross joints. scattering part ≤ 3 %. Offset H1 UXP-AD 280 UTE: 0.61 T DIN 5040: D63 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1/4/BZ 2 Offset H1 UXP···2··· Offset H1 UXP···4··· 190 . Underside luminaire cover made of PC with fine-prism structures for all-round glare limitation. scattering part ≤ 3 %. consisting of luminaire heads and luminaire support.

0 7.5 7.5 8.5 7.5 8.5 7. clear Offset ZA 154 45 929 00 for Offset H1···254··· Offset ZA 135 45 931 00 for Offset H1···235···/···249···/···280··· Offset ZA 254 45 926 00 for Offset H1···454··· Offset ZA 235 45 928 00 for Offset H1···449··· Luminance reduction profile.5 ···07 ···07 ···08 ···07 ···07 ···08 Accessories TOC Description Luminaire covers made of polycarbonate.5 7.0 7. self-adhesive. made of reflection-intensifying aluminium Offset ZLR 254 45 924 00 for Offset H1···254··· Offset ZLR 235 45 925 00 for Offset H1···235···/···249···/···280··· Offset ZLR 454 45 921 00 for Offset H1···454··· Offset ZLR 449 45 922 00 for Offset H1···449··· Offset H1 CDP 2··· Offset H1 CDP 4··· 191 .Light management system ······490 Lamp characteristics ···············525 118 Offset H1 CDP 280··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···EDD ···EDS Lamps W 2 x 35 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 4 x 49 4 x 54 2 x 80 4 x 49 4 x 54 L mm 1488-1894 1488-1894 1188-1516 1488-1894 1488-1894 1188-1516 1488-1894 1488-1894 1188-1516 L1 B H D ≈kg Offset H1 UXP-H 235··· Offset H1 UXP-H 249··· Offset H1 UXP-H 254··· Offset H1 UXP-AD 280··· Offset H1 UXP-AD 449··· Offset H1 UXP-AD 454··· Offset H1 CDP 280··· Offset H1 CDP 449··· Offset H1 CDP 454··· 45 948··· 45 949··· 45 950··· 45 945··· 45 946··· 45 947··· 45 942··· 45 943··· 45 944··· 957 957 730 957 957 730 957 957 730 190 190 190 190 250 250 190 250 250 60 60 60 60 84 84 60 84 84 907 907 680 907 907 680 907 907 680 7.

Optical system Opal cover.9 3.5 276 10 70 10 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W 192 . white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). Slender.9 3.5/BZ 4 Solvan···OTA/OA-PC··· 138 B 900/28W/54W 1200/35W/49W/80W E 27.5 3. Reference* TOC white ···EDD W Solvan D1-L OTA 128/54···01 56 209··· ···07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L OTA 135/49/80···01 56 211··· ···07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L OTA 228···01 56 229··· ···07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L OTA 235/49···01 56 231··· ···07 2 x 35/49 silver-grey Solvan D1-L OTA 128/54···03 56 210··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L OTA 135/49/80···03 56 212··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L OTA 228···03 56 230··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L OTA 235/49···03 56 232··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 35/49 white Solvan D1-L OA-PC 128/54···01 56 205··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L OA-PC 135/49/80···01 56 207··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L OA-PC 228···01 56 225··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L OA-PC 235/49···01 56 227··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 35/49 silver-grey Solvan D1-L OA-PC 128/54···03 56 206··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L OA-PC 135/49/80···03 56 208··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L OA-PC 228···03 56 226··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L OA-PC 235/49···03 56 228··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 35/49 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.9 3. for the visual and sensory illumination of conference and office areas. ···E··· With electronic control gear.C180 Solvan D1-L···OTA 149 UTE: 0. polycarbonate Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. PLEXIGLAS. Other electrical versions available on request. corridors.60 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2.0 2.5 138 70 10 138 B 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W 900/28W/54W 1200/35W/49W/80W E 27. Also suitable for vertical and horizontal surfacemounting to walls. ···EDD··· With digital dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface.5 3. Luminaire body with integral coupling profiles for exact alignment of continuous lines.0 2. ···35/49··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. foyers.5 2. ···OTA··· With finely structured surface.5 3. elegant cubic form.0 2.9 3. ···OA-PC··· With smooth surface.5 2.5 C0 . Electrical version ···28/54···.5 2.2 Joule 650 °C ···OA-PC··· 850 °C Solvan D1-L OTA/OA-PC···03 Solvan D2-L OTA/OA-PC···01 Recommended areas Very slender surface-mounted continuousline luminaire with filigree cubic form. ···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.0 2.Solvan Surface-mounted luminaires with cover made of PLEXIGLAS (OTA) and polycarbonate (OA-PC) 264 Accessories ······························200 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.5 3. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. flushly integrated in luminaire housing. showrooms and sales areas. Control gear option ···E ···ED ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 Lamps B mm 85 85 101 101 85 85 101 101 85 85 101 101 85 85 101 101 ≈kg 2.

0 3. drop of 10 mm. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. corridors. Reference white Solvan D1 T 128/54···01 Solvan D1 T 135/49/80···01 Solvan D2 T 228···01 Solvan D2 T 235/49···01 silver-grey Solvan D1 T 128/54···03 Solvan D1 T 135/49/80···03 Solvan D2 T 228···03 Solvan D2 T 235/49···03 TOC 56 217··· 56 219··· 56 233··· 56 235··· 56 218··· 56 220··· 56 234··· 56 236··· Control gear option ···E ···ED ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 Lamps ···EDD ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 B mm 85 85 101 101 85 85 101 101 ≈kg 2. ···EDD··· With digital dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface.2 3.2 3.7 2. Optical system Translucent PMMA diffuser with finely structured PLEXIGLAS surface. Other electrical versions available on request. Electrical version ···28/54···.2 Joule 650 °C Solvan D1 T···03 Solvan D2 T···01 Recommended areas Very slender surface-mounted luminaire with filigree cubic form. showrooms and sales areas. foyers. ···35/49··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.04 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/. flush with outer luminaire edge. for the visual and sensory illumination of conference and office areas.0 3.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 Solvan···T··· 193 . Slender.7 C0 . Individual luminaire complete with end caps.68 D + 0. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03).7 3. Also suitable for vertical and horizontal surface-mounting to walls.7 3. ···E··· With electronic control gear.C180 Solvan D1 T 149 UTE: 0.Solvan Surface-mounted luminaires with diffuser T made of PLEXIGLAS 264 Accessories ······························200 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP40 0. elegant cubic form. ···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.

4 2. reflectance value 98 %.8 3.4 2. ···UXP-S··· Semi-specular. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. Other electrical versions available on request.4 2.Solvan Surface-mounted luminaires with ultra-low cross-section louvre with UXP-Technology® 264 Accessories ······························200 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.8 3.4 2.9 2. Luminaire body with integral coupling profiles for exact alignment of continuous lines. elegant cubic form. ···35/49··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). scattering part ≤ 3 %.9 2. for the visual and sensory illumination of conference and office areas.4 2. Suitable for VDU workstations in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.8 3. ···UXP-H··· Highly-specular. Slender.C180 Solvan D···UXP-H 149 UTE: 0.8 3.5 276 10 70 10 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W 194 .81 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1 Solvan···UXP··· 138 B 900/28W/54W 1200/35W/49W/80W E 27. ···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Optical system Ultra-low cross-section louvre with UXPTechnology®. foyers. ···EDD··· With digital dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface.5 138 70 10 138 B 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W 900/28W/54W 1200/35W/49W/80W E 27. Control gear option ···E ···ED ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 Lamps B mm 85 85 101 101 85 85 101 101 85 85 101 101 85 85 101 101 ≈kg 2.4 C0 . Electrical version ···28/54···.2 Joule 850 °C Solvan D1-L UXP-H···03 Solvan D2-L UXP-S···01 Recommended areas Very slender surface-mounted continuousline luminaire with filigree cubic form. corridors.9 2.4 2. ···E··· With electronic control gear. Reference* TOC white ···EDD W Solvan D1-L UXP-H 128/54···01 56 221··· ···07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L UXP-H 135/49/80···01 56 223··· ···07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L UXP-H 228···01 56 237··· ···07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L UXP-H 235/49···01 56 239··· ···07 2 x 35/49 silver-grey Solvan D1-L UXP-H 128/54···03 56 222··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L UXP-H 135/49/80···03 56 224··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L UXP-H 228···03 56 238··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L UXP-H 235/49···03 56 240··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 35/49 white Solvan D1-L UXP-S 128/54···01 56 277··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L UXP-S 135/49/80···01 56 279··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L UXP-S 228···01 56 281··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L UXP-S 235/49···01 56 283··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 35/49 silver-grey Solvan D1-L UXP-S 128/54···03 56 278··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D1-L UXP-S 135/49/80···03 56 280··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L UXP-S 228···03 56 282··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 28 Solvan D2-L UXP-S 235/49···03 56 284··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 35/49 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.9 2.4 2. showrooms and sales areas.

···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. showrooms and sales areas. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. corridors. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. Luminaire body with integral coupling profiles for exact alignment of continuous lines. ···E··· With electronic control gear. elegant cubic form. Reference* TOC white W 56 215··· 1 x 28/54 Solvan D2-L RAX 128/54···01 56 213··· 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L RAX 135/49/80···01 silver-grey 56 216··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 28/54 Solvan D2-L RAX 128/54···03 56 214··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan D2-L RAX 135/49/80···03 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. Other electrical versions available on request. foyers.5 276 10 70 10 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W 195 .9 2.4 2.5 138 70 10 138 B 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W 900/28W/54W 1200/35W/49W/80W E 27.2 Joule 850 °C Solvan D2-L RAX···03 Solvan D2-L RAX···01 Recommended areas Very slender surface-mounted continuousline luminaire with filigree cubic form.Solvan Surface-mounted luminaires with RAX wallwasher optics 264 Accessories ······························200 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.82 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 Solvan···RAX··· 138 B 900/28W/54W 1200/35W/49W/80W E 27. Electrical version ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. for the visual and sensory illumination of conference and office areas. ···EDD··· With digital dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. Optical system Asymmetrical wallwasher reflector with highly reflective semi-specular surface for the uniform illumination of vertical surfaces and planes.4 2. Also suitable for vertical and horizontal wall mounting.C180 Solvan D···RAX 149 UTE: 0. Control gear option ···E ···ED ···EDD ···04 ···05 ···07 ···04 ···05 ···07 Lamps B mm 101 101 101 101 ≈kg 2. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03).9 C0 . Slender.

7 3.6 3. Optical system Direct-indirect.6 3.25 T DIN 5040: C43 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1/BZ 4 B 70 10 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W 28 1148/28W/54W 1448/35W/49W/80W E 58 10 B 70 10 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W E 58 196 .6 3.6 3.6 3. ···35/49··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.0 3.40 E + 0.3 3.Solvan Suspended luminaires with cover made of PLEXIGLAS (OTA) and polycarbonate (OA-PC) 264 Accessories ······························200 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.6 2. ···E··· With electronic control gear.6 3. cable and decorative ceiling rose to be ordered separately (see accessories).3 3. Reference* TOC Control gear Lamps option ···E ···ED ···EDD W B mm 85 85 101 101 101 101 85 85 101 101 101 101 85 85 101 101 101 101 85 85 101 101 101 101 ≈kg white 56 245··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 28/54 Solvan H1-L OTA 128/54···01 56 247··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan H1-L OTA 135/49/80···01 56 261··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 28/54 Solvan H2-L OTA 228/54···01 56 730··· ···04 2 x 35/49 Solvan H2-L OTA 235/49···01 56 263··· ···05 ···07 2 x 35/49/80 Solvan H2-L OTA 235/49/80···01 56 742··· ···04 2 x 80 Solvan H2-L OTA 280···01 silver-grey 56 246··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 28/54 Solvan H1-L OTA 128/54···03 56 248··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan H1-L OTA 135/49/80···03 56 262··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 28/54 Solvan H2-L OTA 228/54···03 56 731··· ···04 2 x 35/49 Solvan H2-L OTA 235/49···03 56 264··· ···05 ···07 2 x 35/49/80 Solvan H2-L OTA 235/49/80···03 56 743··· ···04 2 x 80 Solvan H2-L OTA 280···03 white 56 241··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 28/54 Solvan H1-L OA-PC 128/54···01 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan H1-L OA-PC 135/49/80···01 56 243··· ···04 ···05 ···07 56 257··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 28/54 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 228/54···01 56 728··· ···04 2 x 35/49 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 235/49···01 ···05 ···07 2 x 35/49/80 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 235/49/80···01 56 259··· 56 740··· ···04 2 x 80 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 280···01 silver-grey 56 242··· ···04 ···05 ···07 1 x 28/54 Solvan H1-L OA-PC 128/54···03 1 x 35/49/80 Solvan H1-L OA-PC 135/49/80···03 56 244··· ···04 ···05 ···07 56 258··· ···04 ···05 ···07 2 x 28/54 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 228/54···03 56 729··· ···04 2 x 35/49 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 235/49···03 ···05 ···07 2 x 35/49/80 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 235/49/80···03 56 260··· 56 741··· ···04 2 x 80 Solvan H2-L OA-PC 280···03 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.0 3. showrooms and sales areas. foyers. ···OTA··· With finely structured surface. corridors.C180 Solvan H1-L OA-PC 135/49/80 UTE: 0.6 3.3 3.6 2.36 E + 0. Luminaire body with integral coupling profiles for exact alignment of continuous lines. ···OA-PC··· With smooth surface.0 3.6 Solvan H1-L OTA 135/49/80 UTE: 0.7 3. wire suspension. ···EDD··· With digital dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface.0 3. Opal cover.2 Joule 650 °C ···OA-PC··· 850 °C Solvan H1-L OA-PC···03 Solvan H2-L OTA···01 Recommended areas Very slender suspended continuous-line luminaire with filigree cubic form for the visual and sensory illumination of conference and office areas. PLEXIGLAS.C180 2. ···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.6 2.3 3. polycarbonate Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.7 3. C0 .6 3. Slender.7 3.27 T DIN 5040: C43 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1/BZ 4 Solvan···OTA/OA-PC··· 28 1120/28W/54W 1420/35W/49W/80W 28 C0 . Other electrical versions available on request. elegant cubic form. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). End caps for individual luminaires or continuousline ends. flush mounted in luminaire housing. Electrical version ···28/54···.

Decorative ceiling rose to be ordered separately (see accessories). Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. end caps and wire suspension.5 3.. for the visual and sensory illumination of conference and office areas.C180 ≈kg white Solvan H1 T 128/54···01 Solvan H1 T 135/49/80···01 Solvan H2 T 228/54···01 Solvan H2 T 235/49···01 Solvan H2 T 235/49/80···01 Solvan H2 T 280···01 silver-grey Solvan H1 T 128/54···03 Solvan H1 T 135/49/80···03 Solvan H2 T 228/54···03 Solvan H2 T 235/49···03 Solvan H2 T 235/49/80···03 Solvan H2 T 280···03 56 249··· 56 251··· 56 265··· 56 732··· 56 267··· 56 744··· 56 250··· 56 252··· 56 266··· 56 733··· 56 268··· 56 745··· 2. Reference TOC Control gear option ···E ···ED ···EDD ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 B mm 85 85 101 101 101 101 85 85 101 101 101 101 C0 .8 3.9 3..EDD. Slender. ... With digitally dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. elegant cubic form..5 3. foyers. ···35/49··· and ···35/49/80··· with Multi-Lamp technology allow for use of T5 lamps with different wattages.E.ED. Translucent diffuser made of PMMA with stylish fine-grained surface made of PLEXIGLAS.. showrooms and sales areas....8 Solvan H1 T 135/49/80 UTE: 0.8 3.Solvan Suspended luminaires with diffuser T made of PLEXIGLAS 264 Accessories ······························200 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP40 0. With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03).25/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 Solvan···T··· 197 .47 D + 0.9 3. extending 10 mm.1 3.8 3..8 3. Individual luminaire complete with connection cable. Control gear options ···28/54···.. With electronic control gear. flush with external luminaire rim. Optical System Direct/indirect.. corridors. .1 3. .2 Joule 650 °C Solvan H1-L T···03 Solvan H2-L T···01 Recommended areas Very slender suspended luminaire with filigree cubic form.26 T DIN 5040: B43 CIBSE: BZ 3/1. Other electrical versions available on request.8 2.

54 T DIN 5040: D23 CIBSE: BZ 3/1. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines. Luminaire body Sheet steel.52 B + 0. glare-free lighting over the task area. foyers. ···UXP-H··· Highly specular. Decorative ceiling rose to be ordered separately (see Accessories). ···35/49··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.Solvan Suspended luminaires with ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology® or with task area louvre UXP-AD 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. ···E··· With electronic control gear. Solvan H1-L UXP-H 149 UTE: 0. Ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology®. end caps and wire suspensions. ···EDD··· With digital dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Integrated light-focus lamellas provide contrast-promoting. highly specular. corridors. ···UXP-AD··· Special task area louvre in UXPTechnology®. scattering part ≤ 3 %.18 D + 0. Other electrical versions available on request. Optical System Direct/indirect. ···UXP-AD··· Especially recommended for task-area lighting of single or twin-desks with VDU workstations. Electrical version ···28/54···. Luminaire body with integrated coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines.28 T DIN 5040: B63 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1 C0 .2 Joule 850 °C Solvan H1-L UXP-H···03 Solvan H2-L UXP-S···01 C0 . ···UXP-S··· Semi-specular. cabling and decorative ceiling rose to be ordered separately (see Accessories). wire suspensions. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03) powder-coated. showrooms and sales areas.25/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3 198 . reflectance value 98 %. ···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. while providing a visible and sensory experience. elegant cuboid shape. scattering part ≤ 3 %.C180 Recommended areas Very slender suspended luminaire in elegant cuboid shape for lighting in conference rooms and office areas. Slender. ···UXP-AD··· Individual luminaire complete with mains cable.C180 Solvan H2 UXP-AD 249 UTE: 0.

0 2.8 2.0 2.8 2.0 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.3 2.8 2.8 2.9 2.0 2.9 2.4 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.5 2.8 2.4 2.9 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Solvan···UXP··· 28 1120/28W/54W 1420/35W/49W/80W 28 Solvan···UXP··· 28 1148/28W/54W 1448/35W/49W/80W 70 B 10 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W E 58 10 B 70 10 1176/28W/54W 1476/35W/49W/80W E 58 199 .8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.3 2.4 2.9 2.3 2. Control gear option ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps ···EDD ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 B mm 85 85 101 101 101 101 85 85 101 101 101 101 85 85 101 101 101 101 85 85 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 ≈kg 2.8 2.9 2.Accessories ······························200 Lamp characteristics ···············525 264 Reference TOC white ···ED Solvan H1-L UXP-H 128/54···01* 56 253··· ···05 Solvan H1-L UXP-H 135/49/80···01* 56 255··· ···05 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 228/54···01* 56 273··· ···05 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 235/49···01* 56 736··· Solvan H2-L UXP-H 235/49/80···01* 56 275··· ···05 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 280···01* 56 748··· ···04 silver-grey Solvan H1-L UXP-H 128/54···03* 56 254··· ···04 ···05 Solvan H1-L UXP-H 135/49/80···03* 56 256··· ···04 ···05 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 228/54···03* 56 274··· ···04 ···05 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 235/49···03* 56 737··· ···04 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 235/49/80···03* 56 276··· ···05 Solvan H2-L UXP-H 280···03* 56 749··· ···04 white Solvan H1-L UXP-S 128/54···01* 56 285··· ···04 ···05 Solvan H1-L UXP-S 135/49/80···01* 56 287··· ···04 ···05 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 228/54···01* 56 289··· ···04 ···05 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 235/49···01* 56 738··· ···04 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 235/49/80···01* 56 291··· ···05 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 280···01* 56 750··· ···04 silver-grey Solvan H1-L UXP-S 128/54···03* 56 286··· ···04 ···05 Solvan H1-L UXP-S 135/49/80···03* 56 288··· ···04 ···05 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 228/54···03* 56 290··· ···04 ···05 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 235/49···03* 56 739··· ···04 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 235/49/80···03* 56 292··· ···05 Solvan H2-L UXP-S 280···03* 56 751··· ···04 white Solvan H2 UXP-AD 228/54···01 56 269··· ···04 ···05 Solvan H2 UXP-AD 235/49···01 56 734··· ···04 Solvan H2 UXP-AD 235/49/80···01 56 271··· ···05 Solvan H2 UXP-AD 280···01 56 746··· ···04 silver-grey Solvan H2 UXP-AD 228/54···03 56 270··· ···04 ···05 Solvan H2 UXP-AD 235/49···03 56 735··· ···04 Solvan H2 UXP-AD 235/49/80···03 56 272··· ···05 Solvan H2 UXP-AD 280···03 56 747··· ···04 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

5 mm2.Solvan Surface-mounted and suspended luminaires Accessories End caps 1 pair. for luminaire length 28/54 5-core. heat-resistant individual wires for internal wiring in continuous-line luminaires. Designation Solvan H ZLK For Solvan D1···. 1. for suspension lengths up to 2000 mm. Designation ZS1P 2000 TOC 56 389 00 200 . Designation Solvan ZDV 315 28/54 Solvan ZDV 315 35/49/80 Solvan ZDV 515 28/54 Solvan ZDV 515 35/49/80 3-core. UXP/RAX 1 set. for closing the ends of individual luminaires and continuous-line luminaires. ···H2··· TOC 56 386 00 Wire suspension 1 piece. for luminaire length 28/54 3-core. ···D2··· und ···H1···. snapped into place without tools. for luminaire length 35/49/80 5-core. 1-point. Designation Solvan H ZKS 1 01 Solvan H ZKS 2 01 Solvan H ZKS 1 03 Solvan H ZKS 2 03 For Solvan D1··· and ···H1··· white For Solvan D2··· and ···H2··· white For Solvan D1··· and ···H1··· silver-grey For Solvan D2··· and ···H2··· silver-grey TOC 56 382 00 56 384 00 56 383 00 56 385 00 Through-wiring set Colour-coded. for connecting 2 Solvan continuous-line luminaires with diffuser or louvre or wall-washer. for luminaire length 35/49/80 TOC 51 884 00 51 885 00 51 886 00 51 887 00 Continuous-line coupling OTA/OA.

5 mm2 (up to 1000 mm suspension height) 5 x 1.5 mm2 (up to 2000 mm suspension height) 5 x 1. Designation 03630S TOC 29 265 00 201 . white Round. silver-grey Round. silver-grey TOC 46 917 00 46 918 00 46 017 00 46 018 00 Removal tool Vacuum plug for removing luminaire covers OA and OTA in case of maintenance.5 mm2 (up to 2000 mm suspension height) TOC 56 390 00 56 392 00 56 391 00 56 393 00 Ceiling rose 1 piece.Cable Transparent cable for suspension lengths up to 1000 mm or 2000 mm. white Square. for the connection of the mains cable in case of ceiling outlets. Designation ZAE/01 ZAE/03 ZAA/01 ZAA/03 Square. Designation Solvan H ZZT/315/1000 Solvan H ZZT/315/2000 Solvan H ZZT/515/1000 Solvan H ZZT/515/2000 3 x 1.5 mm2 (up to 1000 mm suspension height) 3 x 1.

Luceo 202 .

203 . An elegant. VDU-compliant anti-glare optics ensure unlimited use in offices. With innovative optical systems Luceo guarantees not only light. Due to the spatial depth. extremely flat luminaire body and a balanced indirect component complete the necessary elements surrounding a pleasant lighting installation. Decorative indirect component In addition to efficient direct light.The Luceo series combines photometric efficiency with an elegance which also fulfils the special architectural demands of modern office lighting. the luminaire seems to float. standard and VDU compliant lighting. Continuous line Node and continuous-line coupling expand the design scope of the Luceo H··· and offer additional advantages for creativity. the indirect light component results in a decorative ceiling illumination. Fine-prism structure CDP New innovative plastic optics with specially shaped fine-prism structures make light a visible and sensory experience once again – of course without disturbing glare. but also contemporary.

C180 Luceo H CDP 149 UTE: 0. Other electrical versions available on request.5/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 C0 .or 4-point. with partly reflective interior. Optical system Fine-prism structure CDP.70 T DIN 5040: D52 CIBSE: BZ 1/2. end caps. With surrounding. 2. Wire suspensions.or 4-point. and decorative ceiling rose are to be ordered separately.C180 Luceo H CDP 249 UTE: 0.73 T DIN: 5040 D53 CIBSE: BZ 1/1/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 204 . similar to RAL 9006. ···H-L··· continuous-line luminaires. ···01 White. visible construction height 24 mm. showrooms and financial institutions. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.Luceo Suspended luminaires Luceo H··· with fine-prism structure CDP 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. continuous-line couplings. ···E··· With electronic control gear. 2. ···03 Silver-grey. Connection cables.09 C + 0. wire suspension. sales areas. ···H··· Individual luminaire with perfectly integrated. Luminaire body Sheet steel. flat. and decorative ceiling rose are to be ordered separately.10 C + 0. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). uncut underside edge. Luceo H CDP···01 C0 .2 Joule 850 °C Recommended areas Especially recommended for elegant lighting of offices. Control gear option Versions ···/28/54···. Underside luminaire cover made of PC with fine-prism structures for all-round glare limitation. end caps and transparent cable for suspension lengths up to 1000 mm. ···35/49··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.

3 5.3 5.0 6.Order examples ·······················211 Accessories ······························212 Lamp characteristics ···············525 126 Luceo H CDP···03 Reference TOC Luceo H CDP 128/54···01 49 063··· Luceo H CDP 135/49/80···01 49 064··· Luceo H CDP 128/54···03 49 061··· Luceo H CDP 135/49/80···03 49 062··· Luceo H CDP 228/54···01 49 067··· Luceo H CDP 235/49···01 49 068··· Luceo H CDP 280···01 46 855··· Luceo H CDP 228/54···03 49 065··· Luceo H CDP 235/49···03 49 066··· Luceo H CDP 280···03 46 856··· Continuous-line luminaires* Luceo H-L CDP 128/54 ··· 01 49 907··· Luceo H-L CDP 135/49/80 ··· 01 49 908··· Luceo H-L CDP 128/54 ··· 03 49 912··· Luceo H-L CDP 135/49/80 ··· 03 49 913··· Luceo H-L CDP 228/54···01 49 909··· Luceo H-L CDP 235/49···01 49 910··· Luceo H-L CDP 280···01 49 911··· Luceo H-L CDP 228/54 ··· 03 49 914··· Luceo H-L CDP 235/49 ··· 03 49 915··· Luceo H-L CDP 280 ··· 03 49 916··· * Continuous-line end caps to be ordered separately.3 6.3 5.0 6.3 5.0 6.3 Luceo H CDP··· 160 D Luceo H-L CDP··· 160 D1 D2 80 220 220 160 80 L 1286/28/54W 1586/35/49/80W 65 1286/28/54W 1586/35/49/80W 65 205 .0 6.0 6.3 5. Control gear option ···E··· ···EDD··· ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 L mm 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 D D1 D2 ≈kg 1258 1558 1258 1558 1258 1558 1558 1258 1558 1558 1303 1603 1303 1603 1303 1603 1603 1303 1603 1603 1350 1650 1350 1650 1350 1650 1650 1350 1650 1650 5.3 5.3 5.0 6.3 6.0 6.3 6.0 6.3 6.

Ultra-low crosssection louvre in UXP-Technology®. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. and decorative ceiling rose are to ordered separately. highly specular reflectance value 98 %.C180 Luceo H UXP-H 149 UTE: 0.59 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 Luceo H UXP-H 249 UTE: 0. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.or 4-point. semispecular. ···03 Silver-grey. Optical system ···UXP-H··· direct/indirect. 2. uncut underside edge. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Luceo H UXP-H 1···01 Luceo H UXP-S 2···03 C0 . ···H··· Individual luminaire with perfectly integrated. ···UXP-S··· Direct/indirect. see page 498. Wire suspensions. reflectance value 98 %. ···35/49··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Special ultra-low cross-section task area louvre for high contrast rendering in UXP-Technology®. ···01 White. scattering part ≤ 3 %. wire suspension. showrooms and financial institutions. flat end caps and transparent cable for suspension lengths up to 1000 mm.13 C + 0.59 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 Luceo H UXP-AD 249 UTE: 0. end caps. Control gear option Versions ···/28/54···.2 Joule 850 °C Recommended areas Especially recommended for elegant lighting of offices. Ultra-low crosssection louvre in UXP-Technology®. ···H-L··· Continuous-line luminaires. Connection cables.75 T DIN 5040: D53 CIBSE: BZ 5/. 2. visible construction height 24 mm. highlyspecular.36 B + 0. Other electrical versions available on request. sales areas. ···EDD+ActiM··· With integrated ActiLume controller and sensor unit for daylight-dependent control and presence detection. 50 mm wide. and decorative ceiling rose are to be ordered separately. scattering part ≤ 3 %.C180 C0 . Louvre with integrated light-focus lamellas. ···E··· With electronic control gear.32 B + 0. With surrounding.C180 C0 .or 4-point. similar to RAL 9006.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 Luceo H···1··· Luceo H···2··· L 206 . reflectance value 98 %. continuous-line couplings. ···UXP-AD··· direct/indirect. Luminaire body Sheet steel.Luceo Suspended luminaires Luceo H··· with ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-H or UXP-S Suspended task-area luminaire UXP-AD 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.

9 4. Reference TOC Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 35/49/80 W L mm 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1586 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1586 D D1 D2 ≈kg 1258 1558 1258 1558 1258 1558 1558 1258 1558 1558 1558 1558 1303 1603 1303 1603 1303 1603 1603 1303 1603 1603 1258 1558 1258 1558 1258 1558 1558 1258 1558 1558 1303 1603 1303 1603 1303 1603 1603 1303 1603 1603 1258 1558 1558 1258 1558 1558 1558 1350 1650 1350 1650 1350 1650 1650 1350 1650 1650 1350 1650 1350 1650 1350 1650 1650 1350 1650 1650 3.4 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 3.1 3.9 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.1 3.9 4.9 4.2 5.4 4.9 4.4 4.9 3.9 4.1 3.4 5.9 4.1 3.4 4.9 3.1 3.1 3.4 5.4 5.9 4.2 5.4 4.9 3.5 4.4 Luceo H-L···1··· D1 D2 Luceo H-L···2··· 80 90 80 180 120 80 80 1286/28/54W 1586/35/49/80W 65 1286/28/54W 1586/35/49/80W 65 1286/28/54W 1586/35/49/80W 65 1286/28/54W 1586/35/49/80W 65 207 .9 4.9 3.1 3.9 3.Order examples ·······················211 Accessories ······························212 Light management system ······490 Lamp characteristics ···············525 126 Control gear option UXP-H ···E··· ···EDD··· Luceo H UXP-H 128/54···01 49 025··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-H 135/49/80···01 49 026··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-H 128/54···03 49 017··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-H 135/49/80···03 49 018··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-H 228/54···01 49 027··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-H 235/49···01 49 028··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-H 280···01 45 898··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-H 228/54···03 49 019··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-H 235/49···03 49 020··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-H 280···03 45 899··· ···04 ···07 Master luminaires with integrated Actilume light management system Luceo H UXP-H 135/49/80 EDD+ActiM 03 56 432··· ···07 Luceo H UXP-H 235/49/80 EDD+ActiM 03 51 113··· ···07 Continuous-line luminaires* Luceo H-L UXP-H 128/54···01 49 045··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 135/49/80···01 49 046··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 128/54···03 49 037··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 135/49/80···03 49 038··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 228/54···01 49 047··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 235/49···01 49 048··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 280···01 46 885··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 228/54···03 49 039··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 235/49···03 49 040··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-H 280···03 46 886··· ···04 ···07 UXP-S Luceo H UXP-S 128/54···01 49 029··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-S 135/49/80···01 49 030··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-S 128/54···03 49 021··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-S 135/49/80···03 49 022··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-S 228/54···01 49 031··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-S 235/49···01 49 032··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-S 280···01 45 918··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-S 228/54···03 49 023··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-S 235/49···03 49 024··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-S 280···03 45 919··· ···04 ···07 Continuous-line luminaires* Luceo H-L UXP-S 128/54···01 49 049··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 135/49/80···01 49 050··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 128/54···03 49 041··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 135/49/80···03 49 042··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 228/54···01 49 051··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 235/49···01 49 052··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 280···01 46 905··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 228/54···03 49 043··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 235/49···03 49 044··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H-L UXP-S 280···03 46 906··· ···04 ···07 UXP-AD Luceo H UXP-AD 228/54···01 49 035··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-AD 235/49···01 49 036··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-AD 280···01 45 735··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-AD 228/54···03 49 033··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-AD 235/49···03 49 034··· ···04 ···07 Luceo H UXP-AD 280···03 45 736··· ···04 ···07 Master luminaires with integrated Actilume light management system ···07 Luceo H UXP-AD 235/49/80 EDD+ActiM 03 51 080··· *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.1 3.9 3.9 4.9 3.9 4.4 4.9 4.

Luceo D UXP-H 1···01 C0 . Luminaire body Sheet steel. semi-specular. uncut underside edge.03 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 208 . Other electrical versions available upon request. reflectance value 98 %. ···35/49··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. similar to RAL 9006.C180 Luceo D UXP-H 249 UTE: 0. flat end caps.2 Joule 850 °C Recommended areas Especially recommended for elegant lighting of offices. classrooms. Perforated luminaire back plate for decorative indirect light component. highly specular.25/BZ 1/4/ BZ 2 C0 . With surrounding. reflectance value 98 %. ···UXP-S··· Direct with decorative indirect component.C180 Luceo D UXP-H 149 UTE: 0. ···01 White. Ultra-low cross-section in UXPTechnology®. showrooms and financial institutions. 50 mm wide. scattering part ≤ 3 %. ···03 Silver-grey. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Optical system ···UXP-H··· Direct with decorative indirect component. visible construction height 24 mm.61 C + 0. and with perfectly integrated. Control gear option Versions ···/28/54···. ···E··· With electronic control gear.67 B + 0. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Ultra-low cross-section in UXPTechnology®. sales areas.05 T DIN 5040: A53 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.Luceo Surface-mounted luminaires Luceo D··· with ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-H or UXP-S 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI).

2 4.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 48.2 5.5 27.7 4.5 48.4 4.2 5.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 48.2 3.5 27.2 5.5 48.2 5.5 27.5 48.5 27.4 4.2 5.5 27.5 27.5 33.7 4.5 27.5 27.5 48.5 48.5 3.5 33.7 4.5 48.7 4.4 3.5 48.5 27.5 48.Order examples························211 Accessories ······························212 Lamp characteristics ···············525 126 Luceo D UXP-S 2···03 Reference Highly specular Luceo D UXP-H 128/54···01 Luceo D UXP-H 135/49/80···01 Luceo D UXP-H 128/54···03 Luceo D UXP-H 135/49/80···03 Luceo D UXP-H 228/54···01 Luceo D UXP-H 235/49···01 Luceo D UXP-H 280···01 Luceo D UXP-H 228/54···03 Luceo D UXP-H 235/49···03 Luceo D UXP-H 280···03 Semi-specular Luceo D UXP-S 128/54···01 Luceo D UXP-S 135/49/80···01 Luceo D UXP-S 128/54···03 Luceo D UXP-S 135/49/80···03 Luceo D UXP-S 228/54···01 Luceo D UXP-S 235/49···01 Luceo D UXP-S 280···01 Luceo D UXP-S 228/54···03 Luceo D UXP-S 235/49···03 Luceo D UXP-S 280···03 TOC 49 005··· 49 006··· 48 997··· 48 998··· 49 007··· 49 008··· 45 857··· 48 999··· 49 000··· 45 858··· 49 009··· 49 010··· 49 001··· 49 002··· 49 011··· 49 012··· 45 877··· 49 003··· 49 004··· 45 878··· Control gear option ···E··· ···EDD··· ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 L mm 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1286 1586 1586 1286 1586 1586 D E1 E2 ≈kg 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 1200 900 1200 1200 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 1200 900 1200 1200 33.5 33.2 4.2 Luceo D···1··· Luceo D···2··· E2 E1 E2 E1 209 .5 27.5 48.5 33.2 5.5 27.4 3.5 27.5 33.5 33.5 48.2 5.2 5.5 33.

2 5.2 Joule 850 °C Recommended areas Offices. Luminaire roof recoiling. as well as with perfectly integrated. ···E··· With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available upon request. ···01 White.5 27. Reference Luceo D RAX··· ···128/54···01 ···135/49/80···01 ···128/54···03 ···135/49/80···03 TOC Control gear option ···E··· ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···EDD··· ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 Luceo D RAX 1···03 E1 mm 48.5 48. similar to RAL 9006. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). ···03 Silver-grey.00T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 Luceo D RAX··· E2 E1 ···28··· 900/···35···1200 ···28··· 1286/···35···1586 210 .2 Luceo D RAX···149 UTE: 0. Control gear option Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Optical system Direct lighting.82E + 0.2 5. visible construction height 24 mm.C180 4.Luceo Surface-mounted luminaires Luceo D··· with wall-washer optics RAX 126 Order examples························211 Accessories ······························212 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.2 4.5 E2 ≈kg 49 015··· 49 016··· 49 013··· 49 014··· 27. flat end caps. sales areas. showrooms and classrooms . uncut underside edge.5 48. especially suited for blackboard and shelf lighting. 50 mm wide. with asymmetrical wallwasher reflector. With surrounding.5 27.5 48. Luminaire body Sheet steel.5 C0 .5 27.

2-lamp. 1000 mm. 4 piece 1 piece 1 pair 2 piece Luceo H-L UXP-H 235/49 E 03 Luceo ZLK/S/03 Luceo ZKS/2/03 Luceo ZKP/03 E Accessory through-wiring set Integrated through-wiring Incoming point 1703 3457 1850 2030 1450 E 1303 Order example Luceo continuous-line arrangement (UXP) as diagram* 5 piece Luceo H-L UXP-H 228/54 E 03 Suspended continuous-line luminaires 4 piece Luceo ZKK/2/03 Node couplings. including wire suspension.5 mm2 3 piece ZS/1000 4-point wire suspensions. 1000 mm 1 pair Luceo ZKS/2/03 Individual end caps. 1000 mm * Incoming supply optionally through the node or continuous-line ends.Order examples 1603 1750 E Order example Luceo continuous-line arrangement (UXP) as diagram* Suspended continuous-line luminaires Continuous-line couplings. 3 x 1. 2000 mm 1586 160 1558 Order example Luceo individual luminaire (CDP) as diagram 1 piece 2 piece 220 Luceo H CDP 235 E 03 ZST/1000 Individual luminaire 2-point wire suspensions. 1000 mm * Incoming supply optionally through the node or continuous-line ends. E Accessory through-wiring set Integrated through-wiring Incoming point 1730 1550 2857 1558 Order example Luceo individual luminaire (UXP-AD) as diagram 1 piece 2 piece Luceo H UXP-AD 280 E 03 ZS/2000 Individual luminaire 4-point wire suspensions. 2-lamp. 2-lamp. 2-lamp. 2-lamp. 3 x 1. silver-grey 4 piece Luceo ZKK/2/03 Node couplings.5 mm2. 2-lamp. 3 x 1. 1000 mm 1 piece Luceo ZZT/315/1000 Transparent mains cable. 1000 mm 1586 1403 (28/54W) 1703 (35/49/80W) Using the nodes it is possible to implement architecturally elegant geometrical arrangements with any angles from 90° to 150°.5 mm2. silver-grey Nodes. silver-grey 2 piece Luceo ZLK/2/03 Continuous-line couplings.5 mm2 1 piece Luceo ZZT/315/1000 Transparent mains cable. silver-grey 2 piece Luceo ZKP/03 Node with wire suspensions 1000 mm. silver-grey 1 piece Luceo ZDV/315/35/49/80 Through-wiring sets. silver-grey Individual end caps. silver-grey 4 piece ZST/1000 2-point wire suspensions. 3 x 1. silver-grey 2 piece Luceo ZDV/315/28/54 Through-wiring sets. ≥90° ≤160° 130 132 211 .

silver-grey For 1 and 2-lamp luminaires ···CDP···. Luceo ZKP 01 Luceo ZKP 03 White Silver-grey 46 931 00 46 932 00 Node coupling 1 piece. silver-grey Square.Luceo Accessories Continuous-line coupling 1 piece. white For 1-lamp luminaires ···UXP···. for the connection of the mains cable for ceiling terminations. including end caps for connecting two continuous-line luminaires Luceo H-L··· (wire suspensions. for up to four junctions. ZAA/01 ZAA/03 ZAE/01 Round. silver-grey 46 927 00 46 928 00 46 929 00 46 930 00 49 794 00 49 795 00 End caps 1 pair of polycarbonate end caps for closing both ends of continuous-line luminaires. Luceo ZKS/1/01 Luceo ZKS/1/03 Luceo ZKS/2/01 Luceo ZKS/2/03 Luceo ZKS/3/01 Luceo ZKS/3/03 For 1-lamp luminaires ···UXP···.5 mm2. snapped into place without tools. white 46 017 00 46 018 00 46 917 00 212 . With integral wire suspension for suspension lengths of up to 1500 mm and wiring accessories. white For 1-lamp luminaires ···UXP···. Luceo ZLK/1/01 Luceo ZLK/1/03 Luceo ZLK/2/01 Luceo ZLK/2/03 Luceo ZLK/3/01 Luceo ZLK/3/03 For 1-lamp luminaires ···UXP···. angles continuously adjustable between 90° and 160°. white For 1 and 2-lamp luminaires ···CDP···. white For 1 and 2-lamp luminaires ···CDP···. white For 2-lamp luminaires ···UXP···. white For 1-lamp luminaires ···UXP···. silver-grey For 2-lamp luminaires ···UXP···. silver-grey For 1 and 2-lamp luminaires ···CDP···. silver-grey For 2-lamp luminaires ···UXP···. including 5-wire through-wiring 5 x 1. silver-grey 46 933 00 46 934 00 46 935 00 46 936 00 51 353 00 50 286 00 Ceiling rose* 1 piece. white For 2-lamp luminaires ···UXP···. white Round. to be ordered separately). 2-point or 4-point. silver-grey 46 921 00 46 922 00 46 925 00 46 926 00 49 792 00 49 793 00 Node 1 piece. white For 2-lamp luminaires ···UXP···. die-cast aluminium. for the connection of luminaires Luceo H-L··· with node Luceo ZKP···. white For 1 and 2-lamp luminaires ···CDP···. aluminium profile. silver-grey For 2-lamp luminaires ···UXP···. silver-grey For 1 and 2-lamp luminaires ···CDP···. Luceo ZKK/1/01 Luceo ZKK/1/03 Luceo ZKK/2/01 Luceo ZKK/2/03 Luceo ZKK/3/01 Luceo ZKK/3/03 For 1-lamp luminaires ···UXP···.

54 W 28 W. 49 W. 46 035 00 46 036 00 213 . heat-resistant individual wires 1. Perforated Luceo ZDG/1/1200/01 Luceo ZDG/1/1200/03 Luceo ZDG/1/1500/01 Luceo ZDG/1/1500/03 Luceo ZDG/2/1200/01 Luceo ZDG/2/1200/03 Luceo ZDG/2/1500/01 Luceo ZDG/2/1500/03 Closed Luceo ZDR/1/1200/01 Luceo ZDR/1/1200/03 Luceo ZDR/1/1500/01 Luceo ZDR/1/1500/03 Luceo ZDR/2/1200/01 Luceo ZDR/2/1200/03 Luceo ZDR/2/1500/01 Luceo ZDR/2/1500/03 For luminaires 1-lamp 28 W. 2-point. 54 W 35 W. 65 % or 100 % for Luceo H ···UXP··· luminaires.5 mm2 46 915 00 46 916 00 48 942 00 48 943 00 Through-wiring (not illustrated) Colour-coded. 80 W For luminaires 2-lamp 28 W. Luceo ZDV/315/28/54 Luceo ZDV/515/28/54 Luceo ZDV/315/35/49/80 Luceo ZDV/515/35/49/80 3 x 1.5 mm2 Luceo ZZT/515/2000 5 x 1. 80 W 35 W.5 mm2. 80 W 46 911 00 46 912 00 46 913 00 46 914 00 Overhead reflector 1 piece. for 35 W. for suspension lengths of up to 1000 mm ZS/2000* 1 pair. 80 W 35 W. 49 W. 49 W.5 mm2. 4-point. 54 W 5 x 1. 49 W.. 54 W 35 W.5 mm2. 4-point ZS/1000* 1 pair.5 mm2 For suspension lengths up to 2000 mm Luceo ZZT/315/2000 3 x 1. for suspension lengths of up to 2000 mm * 2 pairs necessary per individual luminaire. For suspension lengths up to 1000 mm Luceo ZZT/315/1000 3 x 1. 49 W. 54 W 28 W. 54 W 28 W. 54 W 35 W. for increasing the direct component to approx.Mains cable Transparent mains cable for continuous-line luminaires Luceo H-L UXP···.5 mm2 Luceo ZZT/515/1000 5 x 1. sheet steel. 49 W. 80 W For luminaires 1-lamp 28 W..5 mm2. 80 W 35 W. for 28 W. 4-point. 80 W 35 W. 54 W 3 x 1. for suspension lengths of up to 1000 mm ZST/2000* 1 pc. 49 W.5 mm2. 49 W. 54 W 35 W. 80 W 5 x 1. Simple fixing to luminaire body by means of screw connection. 46 037 00 46 038 00 Wire suspension. 80 W For luminaires 2-lamp 28 W. for 28 W. 49 W. 49 W. for 35 W. 80 W Colour White Silver-grey White Silver-grey White Silver-grey White Silver-grey Colour White Silver-grey White Silver-grey White Silver-grey White Silver-grey 46 019 00 46 020 00 46 021 00 46 022 00 46 023 00 46 024 00 46 025 00 46 026 00 46 907 00 46 908 00 46 909 00 46 910 00 46 031 00 46 032 00 46 033 00 46 034 00 Wire suspension. for suspension lengths of up to 2000 mm * 2 pieces necessary per individual luminaire. 2-point in Y-form ZST/1000* 1 pc. 54 W 28 W. 2-point.

Optical system Direct/indirect. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear.C180 Application For lighting of cluster workstations or individual workstations in offices and financial institutions.73 T DIN 5040: D03 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/ BZ 2/2.09 G + 0.2 Joule 960 °C 5051 AL-AD··· C0 . providing earth continuity. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.99 %. two or three lamp lengths. 5051 AL-AD/I/2x49 UTE: 0. highly-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99. With surrounding 40 mm wide rim. silver-grey. with special task area louvre for increased contrast rendering. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Other electrical versions available on request. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips. made of reflection-intensifying.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1/BZ 4 214 . Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. In elegant rectangular design with minimal edge radii for holding continuous optical systems in one.Series 5051 AL··· Extruded aluminium suspended luminaires for task area lighting 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Luminaire body Powder-coated aluminium. Suitable for VDU applications due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.

8 8.2 4.4 8.0 4. 215 .Accessories ······························222 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Reference 1-length 5051 AL-AD/I/2x28··· 5051 AL-AD/I/2x35··· 5051 AL-AD/I/2x49··· 5051 AL-AD/I/2x54··· 5051 AL-AD/I/2x80··· 2-length 5051 AL-AD/II/2x28··· 5051 AL-AD/II/2x35··· 5051 AL-AD/II/2x49··· 5051 AL-AD/II/2x54··· 5051 AL-AD/II/2x80··· 3-length 5051 AL-AD/III/2x28··· 5051 AL-AD/III/2x35··· 5051 AL-AD/III/2x49··· 5051 AL-AD/III/2x54··· 5051 AL-AD/III/2x80··· TOC Control gear options ···E ···ED ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 Lamps W 2 x 28 2 x 35 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 4 x 28 4 x 35 4 x 49 4 x 54 4 x 80 6 x 28 6 x 35 6 x 49 6 x 54 6 x 80 ≈kg 39 080··· 39 081··· 38 872··· 38 871··· 38 873··· 39 082··· 39 083··· 38 875··· 38 874··· 38 876··· 39 084··· 39 085··· 38 878··· 38 877··· 38 879··· ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 3.0 8.0 5.4 6.0 8.8 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 5051 AL-AD/I/··· 5051 AL-AD/II/··· 5051 AL-AD/III/··· * Pendant suspension only possible with single-length and two-length versions.2 4.6 6.8 8.4 5.6 6.0 3.

two or three lamp lengths.36 B + 0. highly-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99. Optical system Direct/indirect.59 T DIN 5040: D62 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/. showrooms and financial institutions. parabolic louvre RPX made of reflection-intensifying. providing earth continuity. 5051 AL-RPX/I/49 UTE: 0. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips. In elegant rectangular design with minimal edge radii for holding continuous optical systems in one. Control gear option Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to limited luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. ···E With electronic control gear. silver-grey. Luminaire body Powder-coated aluminium.99 % for especially high light output. Micro-segmented. sales areas.2 Joule 960 °C 5051 AL-RPX··· C0 . highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.Series 5051 AL··· Extruded aluminium suspended luminaires with reflection-intensifying.8/BZ 1 216 . ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.C180 Application Offices. With surrounding 40 mm wide rim. Other electrical versions available on request. Especially recommended for VDU workstations.

8 3.0 7.4 8.8 7.0 6.6 2.2 6.2 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 5051 AL-RPX/I/··· 5051 AL-RPX/II/··· 5051 AL-RPX/III/··· * Pendant suspension only possible with single-length and two-length versions.Accessories ······························222 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Reference 1-length 5051 AL-RPX/I/28/54··· 5051 AL-RPX/I/35/49/80··· 5051 AL-RPX/I/49··· 5051 AL-RPX/I/54··· 5051 AL-RPX/I/80··· 5051 AL-RPX/I/2x28··· 5051 AL-RPX/I/2x35··· 5051 AL-RPX/I/2x49··· 5051 AL-RPX/I/2x54··· 5051 AL-RPX/I/2x80··· 2-length 5051 AL-RPX/II/28/54··· 5051 AL-RPX/II/35/49/80··· 5051 AL-RPX/II/49··· 5051 AL-RPX/II/54··· 5051 AL-RPX/II/80··· 5051 AL-RPX/II/2x28··· 5051 AL-RPX/II/2x35··· 5051 AL-RPX/II/2x49··· 5051 AL-RPX/II/2x54··· 5051 AL-RPX/II/2x80··· 3-length 5051 AL-RPX/III/28/54··· 5051 AL-RPX/III/35/49/80··· 5051 AL-RPX/III/49··· 5051 AL-RPX/III/54··· 5051 AL-RPX/III/80··· 5051 AL-RPX/III/2x28··· 5051 AL-RPX/III/2x35··· 5051 AL-RPX/III/2x49··· 5051 AL-RPX/III/2x54··· 5051 AL-RPX/III/2x80··· TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···ED Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 49 1 x 54 1 x 80 2 x 28 2 x 35 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 4 x 28 4 x 35 4 x 49 4 x 54 4 x 80 3 x 28/54 3 x 35/49/80 3 x 49 3 x 54 3 x 80 6 x 28 6 x 35 6 x 49 6 x 54 6 x 80 ≈kg 38 910··· 38 912··· 38 913··· 38 914··· 38 915··· 39 092··· 39 093··· 38 917··· 38 916··· 38 918··· 38 920··· 38 922··· 38 923··· 38 924··· 38 925··· 39 094··· 39 095··· 38 927··· 38 926··· 38 928··· 38 930··· 38 932··· 38 933··· 38 934··· 38 935··· 39 096··· 39 097··· 38 937··· 38 936··· 38 938··· ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 2.4 8.8 5.2 8.8 3.2 8.6 3.0 5.8 3.2 6.8 7.8 8.8 3.0 3.0 6.6 3. 217 .6 5.2 8.6 5.6 6.0 3.0 6.2 7.

···E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request. two or three lamp lengths.59 T DIN 5040: D62 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/. showrooms and financial institutions.Series 5051 AL··· Extruded aluminium suspended luminaires with reflection-intensifying. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. providing earth continuity. sales areas. Micro-segmented.36 B + 0. With surrounding 40 mm wide rim. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Luminaire body Powder-coated aluminium. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.99 % for especially high light output.8/BZ 1 218 . Optical system Direct/indirect. In elegant rectangular design with minimal edge radii for holding continuous optical systems in one. silver-grey. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips. 5051 AL-RSX/I/49 UTE: 0. semi-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99. parabolic louvre RSX made of reflection-intensifying. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Control gear option Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. semi-specular parabolic louvre RSX 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.2 Joule 960 °C 5051 AL-RSX··· C0 .C180 Application Offices.

8 5. 219 .4 8.0 5.4 8.0 7.6 5.2 7.6 6.0 6.2 6.8 7.6 3.2 6.2 8.Accessories ······························222 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Reference 1-length 5051 AL-RSX/I/28/54··· 5051 AL-RSX/I/35/49/80··· 5051 AL-RSX/I/49··· 5051 AL-RSX/I/54··· 5051 AL-RSX/I/80··· 5051 AL-RSX/I/2x28··· 5051 AL-RSX/I/2x35··· 5051 AL-RSX/I/2x49··· 5051 AL-RSX/I/2x54··· 5051 AL-RSX/I/2x80··· 2-length 5051 AL-RSX/II/28/54··· 5051 AL-RSX/II/35/49/80··· 5051 AL-RSX/II/49··· 5051 AL-RSX/II/54··· 5051 AL-RSX/II/80··· 5051 AL-RSX/II/2x28··· 5051 AL-RSX/II/2x35··· 5051 AL-RSX/II/2x49··· 5051 AL-RSX/II/2x54··· 5051 AL-RSX/II/2x80··· 3-length 5051 AL-RSX/III/28/54··· 5051 AL-RSX/III/35/49/80··· 5051 AL-RSX/III/49··· 5051 AL-RSX/III/54··· 5051 AL-RSX/III/80··· 5051 AL-RSX/III/2x28··· 5051 AL-RSX/III/2x35··· 5051 AL-RSX/III/2x49··· 5051 AL-RSX/III/2x54··· 5051 AL-RSX/III/2x80··· TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···ED Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 49 1 x 54 1 x 80 2 x 28 2 x 35 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 4 x 28 4 x 35 4 x 49 4 x 54 4 x 80 3 x 28/54 3 x 35/49/80 3 x 49 3 x 54 3 x 80 6 x 28 6 x 35 6 x 49 6 x 54 6 x 80 ≈kg 47 273··· 38 882··· 38 883··· 38 884··· 38 885··· 39 086··· 39 087··· 38 887··· 38 886··· 38 888··· 38 890··· 38 892··· 38 893··· 38 894··· 38 895··· 39 088··· 39 089··· 38 897··· 38 896··· 38 898··· 38 900··· 38 902··· 38 903··· 38 904··· 38 905··· 39 090··· 39 091··· 38 906··· 38 907··· 38 908··· ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 2.8 8.8 3.8 7.0 3.6 3.0 3.8 3.8 3.6 2.2 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 5051 AL-RSX/I/··· 5051 AL-RSX/II/··· 5051 AL-RSX/III/··· * Pendant suspension only possible with single-length and two-length versions.6 5.2 8.2 8.8 3.0 6.0 6.

23 T DIN 5040: B63 CIBSE: BZ 2/1. Micro-segmented parabolic louvre RMV made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99. sales areas. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. 5051 AL-RMV/I/49 UTE: 0. providing earth continuity. In elegant rectangular design with minimal edge radii for holding continuous optical systems in one. two or three lamp lengths.98 %. silver-grey. Control gear option Versions ···/28/54··· and ···35/49··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. With surrounding 40 mm wide rim.44 B + 0.Series 5051 AL··· Extruded aluminium suspended luminaires with semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. ···E With electronic control gear.5/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1 220 . Other electrical versions available on request. showrooms and financial institutions. Optical system Direct/indirect. Luminaire body Powder-coated aluminium.C180 Application Offices.2 Joule 960 °C 5051 AL-RMV··· C0 .

6 6.2 8.8 8.8 7.8 3.0 6.0 6.Accessories ······························222 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Reference 1-length 5051 AL-RMV/I/28/54··· 5051 AL-RMV/I/35/49/80··· 5051 AL-RMV/I/49··· 5051 AL-RMV/I/54··· 5051 AL-RMV/I/80··· 5051 AL-RMV/I/2x28··· 5051 AL-RMV/I/2x35··· 5051 AL-RMV/I/2x49··· 5051 AL-RMV/I/2x54··· 5051 AL-RMV/I/2x80··· 2-length 5051 AL-RMV/II/28/54··· 5051 AL-RMV/II/35/49/80··· 5051 AL-RMV/II/49··· 5051 AL-RMV/II/54··· 5051 AL-RMV/II/80··· 5051 AL-RMV/II/2x28··· 5051 AL-RMV/II/2x35··· 5051 AL-RMV/II/2x49··· 5051 AL-RMV/II/2x54··· 5051 AL-RMV/II/2x80··· 3-length 5051 AL-RMV/III/28/54··· 5051 AL-RMV/III/35/49/80··· 5051 AL-RMV/III/49··· 5051 AL-RMV/III/54··· 5051 AL-RMV/III/80··· 5051 AL-RMV/III/2x28··· 5051 AL-RMV/III/2x35··· 5051 AL-RMV/III/2x49··· 5051 AL-RMV/III/2x54··· 5051 AL-RMV/III/2x80··· TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···ED Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 49 1 x 54 1 x 80 2 x 28 2 x 35 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 49 2 x 54 2 x 80 4 x 28 4 x 35 4 x 49 4 x 54 4 x 80 3 x 28/54 3 x 35/49/80 3 x 49 3 x 54 3 x 80 6 x 28 6 x 35 6 x 49 6 x 54 6 x 80 ≈kg 47 736··· 47 742··· 47 743··· 47 744··· 47 745··· 47 737··· 47 738··· 47 739··· 47 740··· 47 741··· 47 746··· 47 752··· 47 753··· 47 754··· 47 755··· 47 747··· 47 748··· 47 749··· 47 750··· 47 751··· 47 756··· 47 762··· 47 763··· 47 764··· 47 765··· 47 757··· 47 758··· 47 759··· 47 760··· 47 761··· ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 2.8 5.4 8.6 3. 221 .2 8.8 3.6 3.6 5.2 6.2 6.4 8.8 3.6 5.2 8.6 2.0 7.0 3.2 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 5051 AL-RMV/I/··· 5051 AL-RMV/II/··· 5051 AL-RMV/III/··· * Pendant suspension only possible with single-length and two-length versions.8 7.8 3.0 6.0 3.2 7.0 5.

earth conductor fixing screws and 4 luminaire terminals 1 x 2. can be shortened on site.75 mm2. for mains feeding. die-cast zinc. 05051 AL-P/M. consisting of strain relief systems. Mains connection feeding tube (not illustrated) Colour-coded individual wires. consisting of sleeving.75 mm2 for use in luminaires with pendant suspension in dimmable version (···ED). 05051 AL-ESB/P 43 804 00 05051 AL-ESB/S/M. Suitable for single. ¶ 10 mm. 05051 AL-S/M. white 39 140 00 39 139 00 05051 AL-5LV/900 41 932 00 Pendant suspension mains connection (not illustrated) Colour-coded individual cables 5 x 0.and twolength versions 5051 AL···. consisting of: ceiling fixing bracket.0 m. Wire suspension* 1 piece. Feeding tube* 1 piece. plastic ceiling trim cap. 05051 AL-5LV/900 41 932 00 * Incoming cables are not supplied. To guide and cover the mains cable. suspension length of 500 mm. ¶ 10 mm. Wiring connection unit* (not illustrated) 1 set. for use in luminaires with feeding tube in dimmable version (···ED). silver-grey 05000 ZR. coppered. 05051 AL-P. white 39 119 00 21 525 00 Wiring connection unit* (not illustrated) 1 set. silver-grey 05051 AL-S. They must be provided by the installing contractor.5 mm2.0 mm. pendant rod. die-cast zinc. coppered. fixing screws and 4 luminaire terminals 1x 2. plastic. plastic ceiling trim cap. cable strap. white 39 118 00 39 117 00 05000 ZR/M. fixing clamps. 222 .Series 5051 AL··· Accessories 05051 AL-P··· 05051 AL-S··· 05000 ZR··· Pendant suspension* 1 piece. for mains feeding. consisting of: ceiling fixing bracket. 5 x 0.5 mm2. silver-grey 39 116 00 For 5051 AL···/I/··· and 5051 AL···/II/···. silver-grey 05051 AL-ESB/S. white 39 115 00 For 5051 AL···/I/··· and 5051 AL···/II/···. for suspension length of up to 1. ¶ 1. steel wire.

223 .

sales areas.Series 505··· Suspended luminaires with reflection-intensifying.6 3.75/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 5051 RPX-L··· 224 .53 B + 0. highly-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.1 3. Micro-segmented. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body with integral coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres.2 Joule 650 °C 5051 RPX-L··· Application Offices. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim. Other electrical versions available on request. ···E With electronic control gear. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. white. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.37 T DIN 5040: C53 CIBSE: BZ 3/. Optical system Direct/indirect. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). TOC D1 ≈kg 11 11 11 11 11 3. showrooms and financial institutions. highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX Accessories ······························234 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. providing earth continuity.9 C0 . End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately.7 3.0 3. parabolic louvre RPX made of reflection-intensifying. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips.C180 5051 RPX-L/49 UTE: 0. Control gear option Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.99 % for especially high light output. Reference* Control gear Lamps D option ···E ···EDD W mm 5051 RPX-L/28/54··· 11 636··· ···04 ···07 1 x 28/54 1193 5051 RPX-L/35/49/80··· 11 638··· ···04 ···07 1 x 35/49/80 1493 5051 RPX-L/2x28/54··· 48 545··· ···04 ···07 2 x 28/54 1193 5051 RPX-L/2x35/49··· 51 764··· ···04 ···07 2 x 35/49 1493 5051 RPX-L/2x80··· 47 257··· ···04 ···07 2 x 80 1493 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.

parabolic louvre RSX made of reflection-intensifying. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips. highly-specular parabolic louvre RSX Accessories ······························234 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Micro-segmented. Other electrical versions available on request.36 T DIN 5040: C53 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1. Reference* Control gear Lamps D option ···E ···EDD W mm 5051 RSX-L/28/54··· 11 643··· ···04 ···07 1 x 28/54 1193 5051 RSX-L/35/49/80··· 11 645··· ···04 ···07 1 x 35/49/80 1493 5051 RSX-L/2x28/54··· 51 765··· ···04 ···07 2 x 28/54 1193 5051 RSX-L/2x35/49··· 51 766··· ···04 ···07 2 x 35/49 1493 5051 RSX-L/2x80··· 42 101··· ···04 ···07 2 x 80 1493 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Luminaire body with integral coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres.50 B + 0. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim.6 3. white.C180 5051 RSX-L/49 UTE: 0. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). semi-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99 % for especially high light output. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.2 Joule 650 °C 5051 RSX-L··· Application Offices.25/BZ 1 5051 RSX-L··· 225 . End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately. showrooms and financial institutions. TOC D1 ≈kg 11 11 11 11 11 3. Optical system Direct/indirect.1 3.0 3.9 C0 . Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. ···E With electronic control gear. sales areas.Series 505··· Suspended luminaires with reflection-intensifying.7 3. providing earth continuity. Control gear options Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.

Other electrical versions available on request.1 3. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. sales areas. showrooms and financial institutions.7 3.Series 505··· Suspended luminaires with semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV Accessories ······························234 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.5/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1 5051 RMV-L··· 226 .44 B + 0.0 3. Reference* Control gear Lamps D option ···E ···EDD W mm 5051 RMV-L/28/54··· 47 767··· ···04 ···07 1 x 28/54 1193 5051 RMV-L/35/49/80··· 47 774··· ···04 ···07 1 x 35/49/80 1493 5051 RMV-L/2x28/54··· 51 762··· ···04 ···07 2 x 28/54 1193 5051 RMV-L/2x35/49··· 51 763··· ···04 ···07 2 x 35/49 1493 5051 RMV-L/2x80··· 47 772··· ···04 ···07 2 x 80 1493 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. ···E With electronic control gear. Optical system Direct/indirect. TOC D1 ≈kg 11 11 11 11 11 3. white. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips.98 % for especially high light output.C180 5051 RMV-L/49 UTE: 0. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Control gear option Versions ···/28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Micro-segmented parabolic louvre RMV made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.6 3. End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. providing earth continuity. Luminaire body with integral coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres.2 Joule 650 °C 5051 RMV-L··· Application Offices.9 C0 . Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.23 T DIN 5040: B63 CIBSE: BZ 2/1.

C180 5051 T/49 UTE: 0. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim.5 4. Reference* TOC 5051 T/28/54··· 11 650··· 5051 T/35/49/80··· 11 652··· *With pre-mounted end caps.53 E + 0. Individual luminaire with pre-mounted end caps. Diffuser in translucent PLEXIGLAS with internal channel prisms and high transmission degree exceeding 80 %.4 C0 . Not suitable for noninterrupted continuous lines. Control gear option ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 D mm 1193 1493 D1 ≈kg 11 11 3. sales areas and showrooms. ···E With electronic control gear. Control gear options Versions ···/28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/3/BZ 5 5051 RMV-L··· 227 . white. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). With ceiling-oriented PLEXIGLAS cover for improved dust protection. Other electrical versions available on request.29 T DIN 5040: B43 CIBSE: BZ 3/.Series 505··· Suspended luminaires with translucent diffuser T Accessories ······························234 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Optical system Direct/indirect. Luminaire body Made of powder-coated sheet steel.2 Joule 650 °C 5051 T··· Application Individual luminaires for offices.

8 3. ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.9 4. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to limited luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. highlyspecular aluminium with a surface purity of 99. Luminaire body Solvent-free powder-coated sheet steel. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips. 5041··· End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately. parabolic louvre RPX made of reflection-intensifying.C180 5041 RPX-L/49 UTE: 0.2 3. ···E With electronic control gear. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.1 3. Luminaire body with integral coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres. Other electric versions available on request.99 % for especially high light output. providing earth continuity.4 3.2 Joule 650 °C 5041 RPX-L··· 5044 RPX··· Application Offices. Micro-segmented. white. C0 . Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Control gear options Versions ···14/24···. highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX Accessories ······························234 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.80 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 5041 RPX··· 5043 RPX··· 5043 RPX··· D D1 D 228 D1 . sales areas. Optical system Direct.Series 504··· Surface-mounted luminaires with reflection-intensified. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim.9 5044 RPX/14/24··· 51 758·· ···04 ···07 4 x 14/24 400 240 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). showrooms and financial institutions.3 3. Reference TOC 5041 RPX-L/28/54···* 5041 RPX-L/35/49/80···* 5041 RPX-L/2x28/54··* 5041 RPX-L/2x35/49···* 5041 RPX-L/2x80···* 5043 RPX/14/24··· 11 593··· 11 595··· 51 747··· 51 749··· 47 247··· 51 753 Control gear option ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 3 x 14/24 D mm 900 1200 900 1200 1200 400 D1 D2 ≈kg 158 158 158 158 158 160 293 293 293 293 293 3.

···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). semispecular aluminium with a surface purity of 99.2 3. Micro-segmented. showrooms and financial institutions. C0 . Control gear options Versions ···14/24···. 5041··· End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately.79 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.6 5044 RSX/14/24··· 51 760··· ···04 ···07 4 x 14/24 400 240 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. white.99 % for especially high light output. semi-specular parabolic louvre RSX Accessories ······························234 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.C180 5041 RSX-L/49 UTE: 0. providing earth continuity. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim. Optical system Direct.Luminaire body with integrated coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres. sales areas. ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.2 Joule 650 °C 5041 RSX-L··· 5044 RSX··· Application Offices. Especially recommended for VDU workstations.1 3.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2 5041 RSX··· 5043 RSX··· 5043 RSX··· D D1 D D1 229 . Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.1 4. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.Series 504··· Surface-mounted luminaires with reflection-intensifying. Other electrical versions available on request. parabolic louvre RSX made of reflection-intensifying.3 4.8 3. Reference TOC 5041 RSX-L/28/54···* 5041 RSX-L/35/49/80···* 5041 RSX-L/2x28/54···* 5041 RSX-L/2x35/49···* 5041 RSX-L/2x80···* 5043 RSX/14/24··· 11 607··· 11 609··· 51 750··· 51 751··· 47 252··· 51 755··· Control gear option ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 3 x 14/24 D mm 900 1200 900 1200 1200 400 D1 D2 ≈kg 158 158 158 158 158 160 293 293 293 293 293 3.1 3. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to limited luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at rcritical angles above 65° in all planes. ···E With electronic control gear.

9 5044 RMV/14/24··· 51 757··· ···04 ···07 4 x 14/24 400 240 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. Micro-segmented parabolic louvre RMV made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99. Control gear options Versions ···14/24···. Luminaire body with integral coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres.4 3. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to limited luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at rcritical angles above 65° in all planes. ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.Series 504··· Surface-mounted luminaires with semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV Accessories ······························234 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.2 Joule 650 °C 5041 RMV-L··· 5044 RMV··· Application Offices. 5041··· End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. Optical system Direct. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). C0 .2 3.1 3. showrooms and financial institutions. Other electrical versions available on request Reference TOC 5041 RMV-L/28/54···* 5041 RMV-L/35/49/80···* 5041 RMV-L/2x28/54···* 5041 RMV-L/2x35/49···* 5041 RMV-L/2x80···* 5043 RMV/14/24··· 47 779··· 47 786··· 51 745··· 51 746··· 47 784··· 51 752··· Control gear option ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 3 x 14/24 D mm 900 1200 900 1200 1200 400 D1 D2 ≈kg 158 158 158 158 158 160 293 293 293 293 293 3. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim.67 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/.8 3. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.C180 5041 RMV-L/49 UTE: 0. ···E With electronic control gear.98 %.9 4.(except for: 5041 RMV-L/2x···). white. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips. sales areas.3 3.75/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 5041 RMV··· 5043 RMV··· 5043 RMV··· D D1 D 230 D1 . providing earth continuity.

Louvre retention by means of spring-tensio-ned clips. providing earth continuity.8 3.2 Joule 650 °C 5041 RSV-L··· 5044 RSV··· Application Offices. showrooms and financial institutions.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 5041 RSV··· 5043 RSV··· 5043 RSV··· D D1 D D1 231 .6 5044 RSV/14/24··· 51 759··· ···04 ···07 4 x 14/24 400 240 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Optical system Direct. Control gear options Versions ···14/24···. Micro-segmented louvre RSV made of high purity anodised aluminium.Series 504··· Surface-mounted luminaires with semi-specular cross-blade louvre RSV Accessories ······························234 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. C0 . for narrow/ wide-angle light distribution. ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. with graduated concave profile cross blades. Other electrical versions available on request Reference TOC 5041 RSV-L/28/54···* 5041 RSV-L/35/49/80···* 5043 RSV/14/24··· 11 600··· 11 602··· 51 754·· Control gear option ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 3 x 14/24 D mm 900 1200 400 D1 D2 ≈kg 158 158 160 293 293 3. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. 5041··· End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately. ···E With electronic control gear. Luminaire body with integral coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres. white.70 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/ BZ 2/2.C180 5041 RSV-L/49 UTE: 0. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim. sales areas.1 3. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.2 3.

8 3. Luminaire body with integral coupling brackets for precisely aligned continuous lines with optically continuous louvres. white. Other electrical versions available on request Reference TOC 5041 RWV-L/28/54···* 11 614··· 5041 RWV-L/35/49/80···* 11 616··· 5043 RWV/14/24··· 51 756··· Control gear option ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 3 x 14/24 D mm 900 1200 400 D1 D2 ≈kg 158 158 160 293 293 3. 5041··· End caps for individual luminaires or for the completion of continuous lines to be ordered separately.2 3.Series 504··· Surface-mounted luminaires with white louvre RWV Accessories ······························234 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 5041 RWV··· 5043 RWV··· 5043 RWV··· D D1 D 232 D1 . ···E With electronic control gear. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. C0 . sales areas and showrooms. Control gear options Versions ···14/24···. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.C180 5041 RWV-L/49 UTE: 0. white. Micro-segmented slender louvre RWV made of aluminium.4 3. for a uniform light distribution.5/ BZ 3/2/BZ 2/2.2 Joule 650 °C 5041 RWV-L··· 5044 RWV··· Application Offices. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim. Optical system Direct.9 5044 RWV/14/24··· 51 761··· ···04 ···07 4 x 14/24 400 240 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips.68 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/1.

Diffuser in translucent PLEXIGLAS with internal channel prisms and high transmission exceeding 80 %. ···E With electronic control gear. sales areas and showrooms.73 E + 0. Not suitable for mounting in continuous lines. Optical system Direct. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. Other electrical versions available on request. With pre-mounted end caps.9 4. Control gear operations Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.2 Joule 650 °C 5041 T··· Application Offices.C180 5041 T/49 UTE: 0. Elegant rectangular design with longitudinal 40 mm wide rim.75/ BZ 4/3/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/2/BZ 5 5041 T··· 233 . white. Control gear option ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 D mm 900 1200 D1 ≈kg 158 158 3.7 C0 .02 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/. Reference TOC 5041 T/28/54···* 11 628··· 5041 T/35/49/80···* 11 630··· *With pre-mounted end caps.Series 504··· Surface-mounted luminaires with translucent diffuser T Accessories ······························234 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI).

Distance plate (not illustrated) 1 pair. 54 W. 3700/3LV/36 For luminaires 28 W. 49 W. Die-cast aluminium.5 mm2. for distance ceiling mounting of 504··· luminaires in combination with nodes A 03 D. 54 W. white. 05041 KA 21 539 00 05000 DD 21 513 00 Order example: Geometrical arrangement as shown in the diagram above with 8 surfaced-mounted luminaires 5041 RPX-L/35/49/80 E and 6 surfacedmounted luminaires 5041 RPX-L/28/54 E: 8 6 14 6 14 4 3 piece luminaires 5041 RPX-L/35/49/80 E piece luminaires 5041 RPX-L/28/54 E piece end-cap node adapters 05041 KA piece ceiling nodes A 03 D pairs of distance plates 05000 DD piece through-wiring sets 3700/5LV/58 piece through-wiring sets 3700/5LV/36 Through-wiring sets Colour-coded. ···3LV··· 3-conductor through-wiring. for the connection of nodes A 03···. die-cast aluminium. continuously adjustable between 90° and 270°. for up to four junctions. One pair of ceiling distance plates is required per luminaire. white plastic material. white. 505··· Accessories Ceiling node 1 piece. 11 450 00 11 452 00 11 451 00 11 453 00 21 890 00 234 . with 5-conductor through-wiring set 1. 80 W.Series 504···. 3700/5LV/58 For luminaires 35 W. A 03 D 22 315 00 End-cap adapter 1 piece.5 mm2. ···5LV··· 5-conductor through-wiring. 80 W. 07690/5LV/25m For luminaires ···L···. 3700/5LV/36 For luminaires 28 W. 49 W. heat-resistant individual cables 1. 3700/3LV/58 For luminaires 35 W.

54 W. ¶ 10 mm. 05000 ZR/2m 21 526 00 2 m long. consisting of: 1 ceiling fixing bracket. 05900 A 21 725 00 * Incoming cables are not supplied. 2 luminaire fixing clamps. 5051··· luminaires. They must be provided by the installing contractor. Feeding tube* 1 piece. To protect the lamp and the optical system of 505··· suspended louvre luminaires against unnecessary rapid degradation. To guide and cover the mains cable. 1 plastic ceiling trim cap.5 m.0 mm. Wire suspension 1 piece. for front-plane finish of individual or continuous-line luminaires. 05051 S Suspension length up of to 1. consisting of: 1 node as described in A 03 D. can be shortened on site. 05051 S/2m. for the connection of the mains cable in case of ceiling outlets. 235 . 80 W. ¶ 2.5 mm2. 1 steel wire. 05000 ESBN 21 517 00 PLEXIGLAS cover 1 piece. 05000 ZR 21 525 00 1 m long. for mains feeding for 05051 S. 1 steel wire. Ceiling rose* 1 piece. white. consisting of necessary strain relief systems. plastic. Suitable to hold the ceiling fixing unit of A 03 S. To be attached without using tools.0 m 21 543 00 21 544 00 05041 K 21 538 00 Counter-balance weight (not illustrated) Required for mounting to node A 03 S and trunking 07690···.Node with wire suspension 1 piece. in combination with 05051 S. fixing screws and connection terminal 4 x 2. 05051 P/1500 21 542 00 For luminaires 5051 R··· 35 W. Plastic. galvanised steel. 49 W.0 mm. A 03 S 29 284 00 End caps 1 pair. for suspended mounting of 5041···.0 m 05051 S/2m Suspension length up of to 2. 1 ceiling fixing unit. for the connection of the mains cable in case of ceiling outlets. ¶ 1. white. 05900 AN 21 726 00 1 piece. in combination with 05051 S/2m or A 03 S with 05900 AN. 05051 P/1200 21 541 00 For luminaires 5051 R··· 28 W. for suspension lengths of up to 1. to be attached without tools. 05000 A19 05000 A25 05000 A26 05000 A27 21 501 00 43 798 00 43 799 00 43 800 00 Wiring connection unit* (not illustrated) 1 set. white.

500 series··· Surface-mounted luminaires with reflection-intensifying parabolic louvre RPX or RSX 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.79 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2/2. white. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips. 70 mm height overall. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.C180 Application Offices. providing earth continuity. front-plane surface in characteristic rib design. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). With white convex end caps. The classic profile (45° on the upper plane and 55° to the lower plane) presents an interesting contrast to the ceiling. ···-L Continuous-line version for optically continuous louvres. 5001··· 5001 RSX/35 UTE: 0. With integral coupling profiles for precisely aligned continuous lines. semi-specular (RSX) or highly-specular (RPX) aluminium with a surface purity of 99. Control gear option Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. showrooms and financial institutions.2 Joule 650 °C with PC end caps 850 °C 5001 RSX··· 5002 RSX··· 5004 RSX··· C0 . sales areas.99 % for especially high light output. Continuous-line exterior end caps to be ordered separately. Optical system Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of reflection-intensifying. Other electrical versions available on request. End caps in non-continuous line options are enclosed loose.5/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1 1228/28/54W 1528/35/49/80W 1192/28/54W 1492/35/49/80W 236 . ···E With electronic control gear.

3 3.5 5.9 3.3 4.6 5.5 – – 292 292 – – 292 292 59 59 59 59 – – – – 5002··· 5004··· 1228/28/54W 1528/35/49/80W 1192/28/54W 1492/35/49/80W 237 .4 3.4 4.3 4.0 4.4 4.3 3.6 5.0 4.5 5.5 3.9 3.Accessories ······························240 Lamp characteristics ···············525 5001 RPX··· 5002 RPX··· 5004 RPX··· Reference TOC RSX 5001 RSX/28/54··· 11 550··· 5001 RSX/35/49/80··· 11 552··· 5001 RSX-L/28/54···* 11 554··· 5001 RSX-L/35/49/80···* 11 556··· 5002 RSX/28/54··· 57 852··· 5002 RSX/35/49··· 57 853··· 5002 RSX-L/28/54···* 57 854··· 5002 RSX-L/35/49···* 57 855··· 5004 RSX/14··· 38 975··· RPX 5001 RPX/28/54··· 11 538··· ···04 5001 RPX/35/49/80··· 11 540··· ···04 5001 RPX-L/28/54···* 11 542··· ···04 5001 RPX-L/35/49/80···* 11 544··· ···04 5002 RPX/28/54··· 57 848··· ···04 5002 RPX/35/49··· 57 849··· ···04 5002 RPX-L/28/54···* 57 850··· ···04 5002 RPX-L/35/49···* 57 851··· ···04 5004 RPX/14··· 38 723··· ···04 *Continuous-line end caps to be ordered separately.4 3. Control gear option ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 4 x 14 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 4 x 14 D mm 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 450 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 450 D1 D2 E1 E2 ≈kg 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 300 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 300 – – 292 292 – – 292 292 450 600 450 600 450 600 450 600 225 450 600 450 600 450 600 450 600 225 59 59 59 59 – – – – 3.

66 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/2/BZ 1/2. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Especially recommended for VDU workstations. white. classrooms. Control gear option Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. With white convex end caps. providing earth continuity.5/BZ 2 1228/28/54W 1528/35/49/80W 1192/28/54W 1492/35/49/80W 238 . ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Optical system Micro-segmented parabolic louvre RMV made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99. ···-L Continuous-line version for optically continuous louvres. front-plane surface in characteristic rib design. 70 mm height overall. End caps in non-continuous line options are enclosed loose.2 Joule 650 °C with PC end caps 850 °C 5001 RMV··· 5002 RMV··· C0 . Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Other electrical versions available on request. 5001··· 5001 RMV/35 UTE: 0.98 %.C180 Application Offices.500 series··· Surface-mounted luminaires with semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips. The classic profile (45° on the upper plane and 55° to the lower plane) presents an interesting contrast to the ceiling. With integral coupling profiles for precisely aligned continuous lines. ···E With electronic control gear. showrooms and financial institutions. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. sales areas. Continuous-line exterior end caps to be ordered separately.

Accessories ······························240 Lamp characteristics ···············525 5004 RMV··· Reference Control gear option RMV ···E ···EDD 5001 RMV/28/54··· 57 840··· ···04 ···07 5001 RMV/35/49/80··· 57 841··· ···04 ···07 5001 RMV-L/28/54···* 57 842··· ···04 ···07 5001 RMV-L/35/49/80···* 57 843··· ···04 ···07 5002 RMV/28/54··· 57 844··· ···04 ···07 5002 RMV/35/49··· 57 845··· ···04 ···07 5002 RMV-L/28/54···* 57 846··· ···04 ···07 5002 RMV-L/35/49···* 57 847··· ···04 ···07 5004 RMV/14··· 47 812··· ···04 *Continuous-line end caps to be ordered separately.6 5.0 4.4 4.3 3.5 5002··· 5004··· 1228/28/54W 1528/35/49/80W 1192/28/54W 1492/35/49/80W 239 .3 4.5 5. TOC Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 4 x 14 D mm 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 450 D1 D2 E1 E2 ≈kg 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 300 292 292 292 292 450 600 450 600 450 600 450 600 225 59 59 59 59 3.4 3.9 3.

1 plastic ceiling trim cap. for the connection of luminaires 5001···L with nodes A 03···.0 m.Series 500··· Accessories 05001 KA··· Order example: Geometrical arrangement according to the draft on the left with 8 luminaires 5001 RPX-L/35 E. 05000 SN 21 523 00 For suspension lengths of up to 1. 05001 KA for 5001···L··· 05001 KA-PC for 5001···L··· 21 530 00 21 531 00 7496 mm 05000 SN Order example: Continuous line (5 lengths) with luminaires 5002 RPX-L/35/49/80 E: 5 luminaires 5002 RPX-L/35/49/80 E 1 pair of end caps 05002 K 4 through-wiring sets 3700/5LV/58 Wire suspension 1 piece. 05000 SN/2m 21 524 00 For suspension lengths of up to 2. white. wire suspensions. ¶ 1.0 m.5 mm2. 1 steel wire. 5LV through-wiring set: 8 piece luminaires 5001 RPX-L/35 E 8 piece end-cap node adapters 05001 KA 4 piece nodes with wire suspensions A 03 S 4 piece wire suspensions 05000 SN 1 piece ceiling rose 05900 AN 1 piece feeding tube 05000 ZR 4 piece through-wiring sets 3700/5LV/58 End-cap adapter 1 piece. with 5-conductor through-wiring set 1. white. consisting of: 1 ceiling fixing bracket. 2 luminaire fixing clamps. 240 .0 mm. galvanised steel.

¶ 2 mm. 1 steel wire. fixing screws and connection terminal. see table on the right. consisting of: 1 node as described in A 03 D.5 mm2. to be shortened on site. white. A 03 S 29 284 00 Ceiling node 1 piece. One pair of ceiling distance plates is required per luminaire.A 03 S A 03 D 0769··· Node with wire suspension 1 piece. 05000 A12 for 5001···EDD/5002··· E 21 494 00 05000 A13 for 5002···EDD 21 495 00 05000 A21 for 5001···E 21 504 00 Ceiling rose (not illustrated) 1 piece. see table below. white. additional counter-balance weights are required when mounting to suspended trunking 0769···. for suspension lengths up to 1.and 2-lamp luminaires with electronic control gear.5 mm2. for 500··· luminaires. for distance ceiling mounting of 5001··· luminaires in combination with nodes A 03 D. 05000 ZR 21 525 00 1 m long. continuously adjustable between 90° and 270°. for mains supply with 05000 SN. white plastic material. 05001 K 05002 K 05001 K-PC 05002 K-PC for 5001···L··· for 5002···L··· for 5001···L··· for 5002···L··· 21 528 00 21 532 00 21 529 00 21 533 00 Wiring connection unit 1 set. heat-resistant individual cables 1. They must be provided by the installing contractor. 1 ceiling fixing unit. white. ···5LV··· 5-conductor through-wiring.5 m. 4 x 2. for the connection of the mains cable in case of ceiling outlets. ¶ 10 mm. Counter-balance weights (not illustrated) Required for 1-lamp luminaires with low-loss ballasts or 1. Reference For Luminaires 3700/3LV/36 ···L/28/54 3700/5LV/36 ···L/28/54 3700/3LV/58 ···L/35/49/80 3700/5LV/58 ···L/35/49/80 07690/5LV/25m ···L··· L mm 1450 1450 1750 1750 25 m TOC 11 450 00 11 452 00 11 451 00 11 453 00 21 890 00 End caps 1 pair. for mounting to trunking. when mounting to node suspensions A 03 S and to suspended trunking 07690···. ···AN··· Suitable to hold the ceiling fixing unit A 03 S. 05000 DS 21 514 00 3700··· 05000 ZR 07690/5LV/25 m 05001 K··· 05002 K··· Feeding tube 1 piece. A 03 D 22 315 00 Distance plates 05000 D··· and. 05900 A* 05900 AN* 21 725 00 21 726 00 Distance plate (not illustrated) 1 pair. in connection with 05000 SN. Through-wiring sets Colour-coded. 05000 ESBN* 21 517 00 * Incoming cables are not supplied. or A 03 S with 05900 AN. consisting of necessary strain relief systems. 241 . For counter-balance weights. where applicable. in connection with 05000 SN/2m. 05000 DD 21 513 00 1 pair. ···3LV··· 3-conductor through-wiring. 05000 SN/2m. Die-cast aluminium. for up to four junctions. 05000 ZR/2m 21 526 00 2 m long. plastic.

.

Recessed luminaires .

362··· Heliosa 282 362···T··· translucent side sections and louvre UXP 284 362··· Parabolic louvre 276 Heliosa Recessed luminaires Quadrial 256 Quadrial UXP-S 256 Quadrial T + LED RGB 256 Quadrial CDP + S1 244 .

Liventy 280 Liventy recessed luminaire Diffuser OT 280 Liventy recessed luminaire Diffuser and louvre UXP-S OT Solvan 266 Solvan recessed luminaire Cover OTA 268 Solvan recessed luminaire Diffuser T 270 Solvan recessed luminaire UXP optical system 272 Solvan recessed luminaire RAX wall-washer optics 266 Solvan recessed luminaire LED 245 .

M84) 324 Enterio recessed luminaire opal diffuser OA (M57) Recessed luminaires 313 Enterio recessed luminaire Prismatic diffuser PA (M73.Enterio 308 Enterio recessed luminaire Louvre systems (M73 M84) 314 Enterio recessed luminaire Louvre systems (M46) 312 Enterio recessed luminaire opal diffuser OA (M73. M84) 324 Enterio recessed luminaire Prismatic diffuser PA (M57) 322 Enterio recessed luminaire RAV wall-washer optics (M37) 246 .

390···/391··· 290 390···/391··· Louvre systems 296 390···/391··· Diffuser T 296 390···/391··· RAV wall-washer optics 734···/735··· 368···/369··· 328 734···/735··· 300 368···/369··· Louvre systems 247 .

Conspicuously inconspicuously: TRILUX recessed luminaires. 248 .

as a square ceiling module like the Quadrial or Liventy or as a universal recessed luminaire. however. it is just the opposite: directing attention.What purpose does design have? In many cases: attracting attention. Characteristic for all TRILUX recessed luminaire series is the conspicuously inconspicuous design – be it as an extremely slender version like the TRILUX Solvan. When it comes to the design of recessed luminaires. After all. a harmonious and optimally illuminated view should be created. This pleasant restraint is also supported by the flush mounting of many models in the ceiling – whether strip ceilings or cut-out recess openings in ceilings or walls. for instance the modules of the TRILUX 362 luminaire series. wherever recessed luminaires are to be used. A strength of all TRILUX recessed luminaires – in addition to excellent lighting technology – is their stylish restraint. Or in short: TRILUX recessed luminaires always direct light that plays up to the architecture of a room and not itself. 249 .

250 .

spotlights or LED modules. Even in individual or fascinating continuous-line arrangements.. since the optional configuration of the base module with UXP. Ideally suited. The red-dot-award-winning TRILUX Quadrial offers great versatility. A connection set makes the continuous installation of this luminaire series a trifle. Very simple.g. for the latter: the TRILUX Solvan. One factor almost all series have in common is the convenient and tool-free installation. 251 .What an award winner looks like: The TRILUX Quadrial. CDP and T primary optics makes it just as much an all-round luminaire as its compatibility with different centre elements. by the way. e.

252 .Impressive – both on and off.

Be it colourful. white or white/white – different mixtures of colour lights offer unique light scenarios such as the simulation of the natural course of daylight. it ensures that its light plays a major role. It goes to show: a recessed luminaire can also be impressive thanks to its outstanding design. 253 . At the same time its purist design makes the TRILUX Polaron an absolutely independent design object when switched off.TRILUX Polaron. Reduced to a minimum in terms of form.

Series 390···/391··· (see page 290) and series 735··· (see page 328) only for recessed openings.5 L1500 L 1250 L 1550 M 73 W 600 L 600 M 76 W 600 L1200 M 84 W 625 L 625 362···/28··· 362···/35··· 362···/TC11··· 3623··· 3681···/28··· 3681···/35··· 3682···/28··· 3682···/35··· 3683···/14··· 3684···/14··· 3691···/28··· 3691···/35··· 3692···/28··· 3692···/35··· 3693···/14··· 3694···/14··· Enterio M26··· Enterio M26···TW··· Enterio M28··· Enterio M28···TW··· Enterio M36··· Enterio M36···TW··· Enterio M37··· Enterio M38··· Enterio M38···TW··· Enterio M39··· Enterio M43··· Enterio M46··· Enterio M46···TW··· Enterio M48··· Enterio M57··· Enterio M57···TW··· Enterio M59··· Enterio M73··· Enterio M73···TW··· Enterio M76··· Enterio M84··· Enterio M84···TW··· Quadrial 600··· Quadrial 625··· Solvan C1···28/54···* Solvan C1···35/49/80···* Solvan C2···28··· Solvan C2···35/49/80··· Heliosa M73··· Heliosa M84··· Liventy 600··· Liventy 625··· 734··· 735··· Fidesca···300 (228/54) Fidesca···300 (235/49) Fidesca···312 (228/54) Fidesca···312 (235/49) Fidesca···600 (414/24) Fidesca···600 (428/54) Fidesca···625 (414/24) Fidesca···625 (428/54) Fidesca···625 (435/49) 4401···18···* 4401···36···* 4401···58···* * Modular spacing for strip ceilings in 100 mm module: 1 x 100.5 W312. 254 .Recessed luminaires Programme overview and recess dimensions Installation of luminaires in ceiling systems with exposed grids Reference Luminaire version M··· and module W x L (mm) for installation in ceiling systems M 26 W 150 L1200 M 28 W 150 L1500 M 36 W 185 L1200 M 37 W 185 L1250 M 38 W 185 L1500 M 39 W 185 L1550 M 43 W 300 L 600 Installation of luminaires in ceiling systems with concealed grids M 46 W 300 L1200 M 48 M 57 M 59 W 300 W312.

Ceiling openings for recess M 87 M89 cut outs W 625 W 625 L 1250 L 1550 W x L (mm) 290 x 1210 290 x 1510 290 x 334 580 x 580 292 x 1230 292 x 1530 292 x 1230 292 x 1530 605 x 605 605 x 605 280 x 1180 280 x 1480 280 x 1180 280 x 1480 580 x 580 580 x 580 132 x 1180 132 x 1480 167 x 1180 167 x 1226 167 x 1480 167 x 1526 276 x 576 276 x 1180 276 x 1480 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 580 x 580 576 x 1180 586 x 586 573 x 573 598 x 598 73 x 1184 73 x 1484 89 x 1184 89 x 1484 580 x 580 580 x 580 586 x 586 586 x 586 Louvre versions RWV RAV/ SB CDP DP T OTA M OA/PA OA/PA RAX (PC) Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page 282 284 284 286 286 282 284 284 286 286 284 284 286 286 282 284 284 286 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 300 300 304 304 302 316 318 324 316 316 318 324 316 314 316 318 320 316 318 320 314 316 318 320 322 324 314 316 318 320 316 318 320 314 316 318 320 322 324 316 322 314 316 318 320 322 316 314 316 318 320 322 314 316 318 320 324 314 316 318 320 314 316 318 320 324 308 309 310 311 312 312 308 309 310 311 314 316 320 308 309 310 311 312 308 309 310 311 258 260 262 258 260 262 270 268 266 266 270 268 266 266 270 272 268 266 266 270 272 268 266 266 276 276 276 276 280 280 280 280 328 328 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 358 256 358 358 363 363 363 UXP RPX RSX RPV RMV RSV 1176 x 278 1476 x 278 1226 x 291 1526 x 291 578 x 578 1176 x 578 603 x 603 1226 x 603 1526 x 603 255 .

Quadrial 256 .

A square recessed luminaire. because lighting and design solutions for module ceilings no longer contradict each other. e. “everything is possible“. since the design scope for visual creativity is tremendous. slender louvres in UXP-Technology® for general lighting e. nominated for the design award of the Federal Republic of Germany in 2009. When it comes to installation and maintenance. but was another reason for it receiving the red dot award. air extraction modules or state-of-the-art sensors for daylight-dependent. Quadrial UXP-S Quadrial basic luminaire with low-crosssection. after all the installation is clear-cut thanks to innovative plug technology. Its ability to combine with other optical or even light-independent functional units such as speakers. And thus especially simple. 257 . in sales areas and commercial buildings. The basic luminaire offers a wide variety of optical systems. which is designed for recessed installation in ceilings and is literally a fundamental innovation. in offices. Its adaptability goes far beyond functionality. the TRILUX Quadrial offers surprisingly few complications.g. Quadrial CDP + S1 Combination variation with CDP optics with fine-prism structure and spotlight for additional accentuation.The TRILUX Quadrial. energy-efficient control makes the TRILUX Quadrial a basis for connective elements of holistic lighting concepts in one. And not only. And its variability makes the TRILUX Quadrial not only extremely versatile. Quadrial T + LED RGB Combination variation with translucent cover and a central LED module (RGB) for additional colour light atmosphere.g. translucent cover and sophisticated UXP-Technology®. Beginning with recessed and surface-mounted spotlights through to coloured RGB LEDs. such as the CDP prism system.

···+ LED-RGB Additionally with LED module for colour light design. ···+LED-RGB as separate circuit for multifunctional effect and accent lighting. Transition areas in luminaire corners made of PLEXIGLAS or polycarbonate (···PC···). See compatibility list under www. etc.trilux. air extraction.70 C DIN 5040: DIN 5040 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/. ···+ 3P.8/BZ 2 258 . ···E··· With electronic control gear. reflectance value 98 %. especially suited for rooms with VDU workstations.trilux. ···+ S1. ···S1··· versions additionally with electronic control gear for HIT lamp. semi-specular.de/lm. white. Luminaire body Solvent-free powder-coated sheet steel. Entire external optics integrated in continuous square frame as a unit in the luminaire body. with the aid of RGB LED integrated in the luminaire for colourful lighting.C180 Recommended areas For increased lighting comfort in offices.g. Quadrial 625 UXP-S 414 UTE: 0. speakers. ···+ LED-RGB multifunctional for effect and accent lighting. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). More information about suitable light management systems is available at www. white. Other spotlights available on request. easy to access for maintenance purposes thanks to the pressure lock system. available on request. radiant distribution characteristic Flood. ···+ S1 With centrally integrated round recessed spotlight made of aluminium. ···+ 3P With centrally integrated track point outlet. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m² at critical angles above 65° in all planes. square polycarbonate cover. consisting of opal. ···+ S1 Additionally with centrally integrated recessed circular spotlight. Quadrial 625··· For 625 mm module. sales areas. ···+ LED-RGB With centrally integrated opal polycarbonate cover for dynamic colour light control.Quadrial Multifunctional recessed luminaires with semi-specular ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-S 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.eu/quadrial3p. ···+ 3P Additionally with centrally integrated 3-circuit track point outlet for thermally appropriate spotlights with 3-circuit track adapter. ···+ S1. financial institutions. white. Quadrial 600··· For 600 mm module. e. Control gear options Versions ···14/24··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. pivotable and tiltable. including 1 metal halide lamp HIT-TC 70W. pivotable and tiltable. ···+ 3P. Optical system Parabolic ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology®. for spotlight with 3-phase voltage track adapter. Decorative appearance due to innovative square arrangement of lamps and optical systems for general lighting. ···+ LED-RGB with digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI) for T5 lamps and electronic transformer with DALI interface for LED-RGB.2 Joule 650 °C ···PC··· 850 °C Quadrial UXP-S··· Quadrial UXP-S··· + S1 Quadrial UXP-S··· + 3P C0 . Other integratal modules. showrooms and conference rooms. Systems with integral controls available on request. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids.

5 8.6 8. semi-specular Quadrial 600 UXP-S 414/24··· Quadrial 600 UXP-S 414··· Quadrial 625 UXP-S 414/24··· Quadrial 625 UXP-S 414··· Quadrial 600 UXP-S PC 414/24··· Quadrial 600 UXP-S PC 414··· UXP louvre.4 Description 1 set (4 pcs.8 8.7 UXP louvre.eu/quadrial3p.9 9. semi-specular and 3-circuit point outlet* Quadrial 600 UXP-S 414/24··· + 3P 56 313··· Quadrial 600 UXP-S 414··· + 3P 56 872··· Quadrial 625 UXP-S 414/24··· + 3P 56 314··· Quadrial 625 UXP-S 414··· + 3P 56 873··· ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 600 x 600 600 x 600 625 x 625 625 x 625 10.8 8.8 8.0 9.6 UXP louvre.trilux.6 58 175··· 58 184··· ···54 ···54 4 x 14/24 + 1 x 70 HIT 4 x 14/24 + 1 x 70 HIT 600 x 600 625 x 625 9.9 8.3 8. semi-specular and LED module Quadrial 600 UXP-S 414/24··· + LED-RGB 56 319··· Quadrial 625 UXP-S 414/24··· + LED-RGB 56 320··· * Only for thermally appropriate spotlights.) fixing brackets for installation in ceilings with concealed grids and cut-out ceiling openings Quadrial 600··· Quadrial 600···+S1 Quadrial 625··· Quadrial 625···+S1 259 . see www.Light management···················488 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Quadrial UXP-S··· + LED-RGB Quadrial UXP-S··· + LED-RGB Quadrial UXP-S··· + LED-RGB Reference UXP louvre. Accessories Quadrial ZBB TOC 56 705 00 ···54 ···54 4 x 14 + LED-RGB 4 x 14/24 + LED-RGB 600 x 600 625 x 625 10. semi-specular and spotlight Quadrial 600 UXP-S 414/24··· + S1 Quadrial 625 UXP-S 414/24··· + S1 TOC Control gear options ···E ···EDD ···EDD ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 Lamps W 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 56 301··· 56 852··· 56 302··· 56 853··· 56 885 56 884 Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 625 x 625 625 x 625 600 x 600 600 x 600 ≈kg 8.1 11.

pivotable and tiltable. ···+ S1 With centrally integrated round recessed spotlight made of aluminium. ···+ 3P Additionally with centrally integrated voltage track point outlet for thermally appropriate spotlights with 3-phase voltage track adapter. Quadrial 600··· For 600 mm module. Quadrial 625 CDP 414 UTE: 0. pivotable and tiltable. ···S1··· versions additionally with electronic control gear for HIT lamp. ···+ S1.Quadrial Multifunctional recessed luminaires with fine-prism structure CDP 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. ···+ 3P With centrally integrated track point outlet. ···+ LED-RGB with digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI) for T5 lamps and electronic transformer with DALI interface for LED-RGB. Control gear options Versions ···14/24··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.2 Joule 650 °C ···PC··· 850 °C Quadrial CDP··· Quadrial CDP··· + S1 Quadrial CDP··· + 3P C0 . with the aid of RGB LED integrated in the luminaire for colourful lighting.eu/quadrial3p. Luminaire body Solvent-free powder-coated sheet steel.C180 Recommended areas For representative lighting in offices. Overall outer optics in continuous square frame as unit integrated in the luminaire body. financial institutions. ···+ 3P. ···E··· With electronic control gear. Universal system that can be installed in cutout recess openings and in system ceilings comprising concealed or exposed grids.64 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 260 . white. Other spotlights are available on request. radiant distribution characteristics Flood. etc. including 1 metal halide lamp HIT-TC 70W. available on request.trilux. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). ···+ 3P. Systems with integrated control available on request. sales areas. ···+ LED-RGB Additionally with LED module for colour light design. easy to access for maintenance purposes with the aid of pressure lock system.de/lm. foyers. air extraction. speakers.g. for spotlight with 3-phase voltage track adapter. ··+ S1 Additional with centrally integrated round recessed spotlight. e. white. Quadrial 625··· For 625 mm module. Optical system Covers made of PLEXIGLAS or polycarbonate (···PC···) with fine-prism structures. square polycarbonate cover. white. ···+ LED-RGB With centrally integrated opal polycarbonate cover for dynamic colour light control. See compatibility list under www. showrooms and conference rooms. More information about suitable light management systems is available at www. Other integratable modules. ···+ LED-RGB multifunctional for effect and accent lighting. ···+ S1. consisting of opal. Decorative appearance thanks to innovative square arrangement of lamps and optical systems for general lighting.trilux. ···+LED-RGB as separate circuit for multifunctional effect and accent lighting.

0 8.1 9.9 CDP cover and LED module Quadrial 600 CDP 414/24··· + LED-RGB 56 321··· ···54 Quadrial 625 CDP 414/24··· + LED-RGB 56 322··· ···54 * Only for thermally appropriate spotlights. Accessories Quadrial ZBB TOC 56 705 00 4 x 14/24 + LED-RGB 4 x 14/24 + LED-RGB 600 x 600 625 x 625 10.0 8.8 56 315··· 56 874··· 56 316··· 56 875··· ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 600 x 600 600 x 600 625 x 625 625 x 625 10.8 8.) fixing brackets for installation in ceilings with concealed grids and cut-out ceiling openings Quadrial 600··· Quadrial 600···+S1 Quadrial 625··· Quadrial 625···+S1 261 .1 8.7 8. see www.8 58 169··· 58 178··· ···54 ···54 4 x 14/24 + 1 x 70 HIT 4 x 14/24 + 1 x 70 HIT 600 x 600 625 x 625 10.3 11.eu/quadrial3p.Light management···················488 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Quadrial CDP··· + LED-RGB Quadrial CDP··· + LED-RGB Quadrial CDP··· + LED-RGB Reference CDP cover Quadrial 600 CDP 414/24··· Quadrial 600 CDP 414··· Quadrial 625 CDP 414/24··· Quadrial 625 CDP 414··· Quadrial 600 CDP PC 414/24··· Quadrial 600 CDP PC 414··· CDP cover and spotlight Quadrial 600 CDP 414/24··· + S1 Quadrial 625 CDP 414/24··· + S1 CDP cover and 3P point outlet* Quadrial 600 CDP 414/24··· + 3P Quadrial 600 CDP 414··· + 3P Quadrial 625 CDP 414/24··· + 3P Quadrial 625 CDP 414··· + 3P TOC Control gear options ···E ···EDD ···EDD ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 Lamps W 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 56 303··· 56 854··· 56 304··· 56 855··· 56 887··· 56 886··· Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 625 x 625 625 x 625 600 x 600 600 x 600 ≈kg 9.0 9.6 Description 1 set (4 pcs.5 9.2 10.trilux.

···+ LED-RGB with digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI) for T5 lamps and electronic transformer with DALI interface for LED-RGB. Optical system Translucent PLEXIGLAS covers with high degree of transmission. See compatibility list under www. ···+ S1. Entire external optics integrated in continuous square frame as a unit in the luminaire body. ···+ LED-RGB Additionally with LED module for colour light design. ···+ 3P Additionally with centrally integrated voltage track point outlet for thermally appropriate spotlights with 3-phase voltage track adapter. sales areas. ···S1··· versions additionally with electronic control gear for HIT lamp. ···+ LED-RGB multifunctional for effect and accent lighting. showrooms and conference rooms. ···PC ··· Versions made of polycarbonate. square polycarbonate cover. ···+ S1 Additionally with centrally integrated recessed circular spotlight. Quadrial 600··· For 600 mm module.66 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5/.eu/quadrial3p. white. ···+ 3P With centrally integrated track point outlet.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 262 . ···+ LED-RGB With centrally integrated opal polycarbonate cover for dynamic colour light control.2 Joule 650 °C ···PC··· 850 °C Quadrial T··· Quadrial T··· + S1 Quadrial T··· + 3P C0 . easy to access for maintenance purposes thanks to the pressure lock system.trilux. foyers. for spotlight with 3-phase voltage track adapter. More information about suitable light management systems is available at www. white. with the aid of RGB LED integrated in the luminaire for colourful lighting. pivotable and tiltable. Other spotlights available on request. financial institutions. speakers. ···+LED-RGB as separate circuit for multifunctional effect and Accent lighting. Quadrial 625··· For 625 mm module. Control gear options Versions ···14/24··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. e.trilux. ···+ S1 With centrally integrated round recessed spotlight made of aluminium. ···+ 3P. ···+ S1. Decorative appearance thanks to innovative square arrangement of lamps and optical systems for general lighting. Universal system that can be installed in cutout recess openings and in system ceilings comprising concealed or exposed grids.C180 Recommended areas For representative lighting in offices. Quadrial 625 T 414 UTE: 0. consisting of opal. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). including 1 metal halide lamp HIT-TC 70W. white.Quadrial Multifunctional recessed luminaires with translucent cover T 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Other integratable modules. ···+ 3P. etc.g. radiant distribution characteristic Flood. pivotable and tiltable. available on request. Systems with integrated control available on request. air extraction.de/lm. Luminaire body Solvent-free powder-coated sheet steel. ···E··· With electronic control gear.

Light management···················488 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Quadrial T··· + LED-RGB Quadrial T··· + LED-RGB Quadrial T··· + LED-RGB Reference Translucent cover Quadrial 600 T 414/24··· Quadrial 600 T 414··· Quadrial 625 T 414/24··· Quadrial 625 T 414··· Quadrial 600 T PC 414/24··· Quadrial 600 T PC 414··· Translucent cover and spotlight Quadrial 600 T 414/24··· + S1 Quadrial 625 T 414/24··· + S1 Translucent cover and 3P point outlet* Quadrial 600 T 414/24··· + 3P Quadrial 600 T 414·· + 3P Quadrial 625 T 414/24··· + 3P Quadrial 625 T 414··· + 3P TOC Control gear options ···E ···EDD ···EDD ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 Lamps W 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 56 305··· 56 856··· 56 306··· 56 857··· 56 889··· 56 888··· Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 625 x 625 625 x 625 600 x 600 600 x 600 ≈kg 9.) fixing brackets for installation in ceilings with concealed grids and cut-out ceiling openings Quadrial 600··· Quadrial 600···+S1 Quadrial 625··· Quadrial 625···+S1 263 .trilux.8 56 317··· 56 876··· 56 318··· 56 877··· ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 4 x 14/24 4 x 14 600 x 600 600 x 600 625 x 625 625 x 625 10. see www. Accessories Quadrial ZBB TOC 56 705 00 4 x 14/24 + LED-RGB 4 x 14/24 + LED-RGB 600 x 600 625 x 625 10.5 9.8 8.eu/quadrial3p.7 8.1 8.8 58 172··· 58 181··· ···54 ···54 4 x 14/24 + 1 x 70 HIT 4 x 14/24 + 1 x 70 HIT 600 x 600 625 x 625 10.0 8.1 9.3 11.2 10.9 Translucent cover and LED module Quadrial 600 T 414/24··· + LED-RGB 56 323··· ···54 Quadrial 625 T 414/24··· + LED-RGB 56 324··· ···54 * Only for thermally appropriate spotlights.0 8.6 Description 1 set (4 pcs.0 9.

Solvan 264 .

Flexibility in design. 265 . A detail. small recess depth and its simple. which is also complemented by 1-lamp and 2-lamp versions – and which illustrates once again the many options that this luminaire offers. Hybrid technology The combination of proven T5 lamps and innovative LED technology with the RGB colour blending offers new possibilities and submerses the room in a wide variety of light atmospheres. With its slender form. Extremely flat luminaire rim The appearance of the luminaire seems well-proportioned: the slender. the Solvan is ideal both for installation in ceilings and walls. Easy installation and decreased installation costs are an important argument when deciding in favour of a luminaire. with which this innovative luminaire system opens up a new dimension of light presentation enhancing interiors. tool-free installation that is without parallel. so slender that it fits in the respective installation area almost seamlessly. the Solvan C fulfils this requirement. since that alone would not do justice to the TRILUX Solvan. diffuse light line of the Solvan C is enclosed in a very flat profiled rim (3mm).Only one of the outstanding qualities of the TRILUX Solvan recessed luminaire: Smooth transitions. And that not only in a figurative but also literal spatial sense: TRILUX Solvan continuous-line luminaires direct the viewers‘ perception along a subtle light line and thus accentuate architectural lines. Note that there is no mention of „ceilings“ here. With its tool-free installation. Horizontal and vertical boundlessness. The profile only seems like a light contour and thus is well-suited for architecturally demanding light solutions. Sovan C offers here the first choice. Tool-free installation A key advantage that electricians expect nowadays is easy installation in addition to the design qualities of a luminaire.

Continuous-line luminaires by connecting the luminaire bodies with the aid of a tool-free installation system. ···OA-PC··· With smooth surface made of polycarbonate.54 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2/BZ 4 266 . Control gear options Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.60 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2. ···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.2 Joule 650 °C ···OA-PC··· 850 °C Solvan C1-L OA···01 Solvan C2-L OA···03 C0 . Possible adaptation in luminaire top for completing electrical contact with WIELAND top-ready adapter (3-pole) for mains supply and further wiring as alternative to through-wiring. ···EDD + ET DALI··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI) for T5 lamp and electronic transformer with DALI interface for RGB-LED. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. Markedly slender version with extremely flat luminaire rim of 3 mm. 1-lamp version ···C1··· also suited for installation in strip ceilings (100 mm module). With front-plane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. ···LED-RGB··· additionally with integrated LED module for colour light design. office areas. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. showrooms and sales areas. ···LED-RGB··· Colourful illumination of cover with the aid of RGB-LEDs integrated in the luminaire. Installation in cut-out recess openings using rapid-mounting springs. ···OTA··· With stylish fine-grained surface made of PLEXIGLAS. Systems with integral controls are available on request. Optical system Opal cover.C180 Recommended areas Very slender recessed continuous-line luminaire for cut-out recess openings.5/BZ 4 C0 . Solvan C1-L OTA 149 E UTE: 0. Alternative to general lighting (T5) for individual colour light design. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). foyers. especially suitable for architecturally elegant light channels Also suitable for vertical and horizontal installation in walls. For all areas. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). ···E··· With electronic control gear. fits flush in the luminaire body.C180 Solvan C1-L OA-PC 149 E UTE: 0. corridors. where lighting is a visible and sensory experience as in conference rooms.Solvan Recessed luminaires with cover made of PLEXIGLAS (OTA) and polycarbonate (OA-PC) 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.

8 3.0 3.5 3.0 3.5 3.Accessories ······························274 Light management···················490 Lamp characteristics ···············525 192 Solvan C···LED-RGB 01 Reference* white Solvan C1-L OTA 128/54···01 Solvan C1-L OTA 135/49···01 Solvan C2-L OTA 228···01 Solvan C2-L OTA 235/49···01 silver-grey Solvan C1-L OTA 128/54···03 Solvan C1-L OTA 135/49···03 Solvan C2-L OTA 228···03 Solvan C2-L OTA 235/49···03 white Solvan C1-L OA-PC 128/54···01 Solvan C1-L OA-PC 135/49···01 Solvan C2-L OA-PC 228···01 Solvan C2-L OA-PC 235/49···01 silver-grey Solvan C1-L OA-PC 128/54···03 Solvan C1-L OA-PC 135/49···03 Solvan C2-L OA-PC 228···03 Solvan C2-L OA-PC 235/49···03 LED-RGB versions EDD+ET DALI Solvan C1-L OTA 128 + LED-RGB 01 Solvan C1-L OTA 135 + LED-RGB 01 TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···ED ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···EDD ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···EDD+ET Dali Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 51 633··· 51 634··· 51 643··· 51 644··· 51 655··· 51 656··· 51 665··· 51 666··· 51 629··· 51 630··· 51 639··· 51 640··· 51 651··· 51 652··· 51 661··· 51 662··· Recess opening L x B (mm) 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 ≈kg 3.3 3.8 3.0 3.0 3. Solvan···OTA/OA-PC··· 267 .8 3.3 3.6 Solvan C1-L OA-PC 128 + LED-RGB 01 56 708··· Solvan C1-L OA-PC 135 + LED-RGB 01 56 709··· *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.3 3.3 3.8 56 706··· 56 707··· ···54 ···54 ···54 ···54 1 x 28 + LED-RGB 1 x 35 + LED-RGB 1 x 28 + LED-RGB 1 x 35 + LED-RGB 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 3.0 3.5 3.6 3.0 3.5 3.

white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). where lighting is a visible and sensory experience as in conference rooms. ···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.Solvan··· Recessed luminaires with diffuser T made of PLEXIGLAS 6 5 4 d a IP40 0. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. Solvan C1-L T 149 E UTE: 0. Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Optical system ···T··· Translucent diffuser made with stylish fine-grained surface made of PLEXIGLAS. showrooms and sales areas. corridors. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. ···E··· With electronic control gear. Markedly slender version with extremely flat luminaire rim of 3 mm. Continuous-line luminaires by connecting the luminaire bodies with the aid of a tool-free installation system. foyers.68 D + 0.C180 Recommended areas Very slender recessed continuous-line luminaire for cut-out recess openings. For all areas. Installation in cut-out recess openings using rapid-mounting springs.04 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/. With front-plane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. extending 10 mm. 1-lamp version ···C1··· also suited for installation in strip ceilings (100 mm module).75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 268 . office areas. Possible adaptation in luminaire top for electrical contnection with WIELAND topready adapter (3-pole) for mains supply and further wiring as an alternative for throughwiring. especially suitable for architecturally elegant light channels Also suitable for vertical and horizontal installation in walls. flush with external luminaire rim.2 Joule 650 °C Solvan C1-L T···01 C0 .

2 3.0 3.7 3.0 Solvan···T··· 269 .5 4.Accessories ······························274 Lamp characteristics ···············525 192 Solvan C2-L T···03 Reference* TOC Control gear options Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 Recess opening L x W (mm) 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 ≈kg ···E ···ED ···EDD white Solvan C1-L T 128/54···01 51 631··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C1-L T 135/49···01 51 632··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C2-L T 228···01 51 641··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C2-L T 235/49···01 51 642··· ···04 ···05 ···07 silver-grey Solvan C1-L T 128/54···03 51 653··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C1-L T 135/49···03 51 654··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C2-L T 228···03 51 663··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C2-L T 235/49···03 51 664··· ···04 ···05 ···07 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.7 3.5 4. 3.2 3.

Installation in cut-out recess openings using rapid-mounting springs. ···E··· With electronic control gear.85 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1 270 . Suited for highly efficient. Continuous-line luminaires by connecting the luminaire bodies with the aid of a tool-free installation system.2 Joule 850 °C Solvan C1-L UXP-S···01 Solvan C1-L UXP-H···03 C0 . showrooms and sales areas. VDU-compliant lighting solutions in conference rooms. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. office areas. ···UXP-S··· semi-specular. reflectance value 98 %. ···UXP-H··· highly-specular.C180 Recommended areas Very slender recessed continuous-line luminaire for cut-out recess openings. scattering part ≤ 3 %. Optical system Ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology®. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. Solvan C1-L UXP-H 149 E UTE: 0. Versions ···28/54···. especially suitable for architecturally elegant light channels 1-lamp version ···C1··· also suitable for installation in strip ceilings (100 mm module). ···35/49··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. With front-plane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. corridors. ···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Possible adaptation in luminaire top for electrical connection with WIELAND top-ready adapter (3-pole) for mains supply and further wiring as an alternative for through-wiring. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. Markedly slender version with extremely flat luminaire rim of 3 mm. foyers.Solvan Recessed luminaires with ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology® 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.

5 2.5 Solvan···UXP··· 271 .2 3.0 3.6 3. Recess opening L x W (mm) 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 73 1484 x 73 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 ≈kg 2.5 2.2 3.6 3.6 3.0 3.5 2.6 3.Accessories ······························274 Lamp characteristics ···············525 192 Solvan C2-L UXP-S···01 Solvan C2-L UXP-H···03 Reference* TOC Control gear options Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 ···E ···ED ···EDD white Solvan C1-L UXP-H 128/54···01 51 635··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C1-L UXP-H 135/49/80···01 51 636··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C2-L UXP-H 228···01 51 645··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C2-L UXP-H 235/49···01 51 647··· ···04 ···05 ···07 silver-grey Solvan C1-L UXP-H 128/54···03 51 657··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C1-L UXP-H 135/49/80···03 51 658··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C2-L UXP-H 228···03 51 667··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C2-L UXP-H 235/49···03 51 669··· ···04 ···05 ···07 white Solvan C1-L UXP-S 128/54···01 51 637··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C1-L UXP-S 135/49/80···01 51 638··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C2-L UXP-S 228···01 51 648··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C2-L UXP-S 235/49···01 51 650··· ···04 ···05 ···07 silver-grey Solvan C1-L UXP-S 128/54···03 51 659··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C1-L UXP-S 135/49/80···03 51 660··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C2-L UXP-S 228···03 51 670··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C2-L UXP-S 235/49···03 51 672··· ···04 ···05 ···07 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.0 3.2 3.2 3.0 3.

Markedly slender version with extremely flat luminaire rim of 3 mm.g. especially suitable for lighting of vertical surfaces like e.C180 Recommended areas Very slender recessed continuous-line luminaire for cut-out recess openings. ···E··· With electronic control gear. Solvan C2-L RAX 149 E UTE: 0. ···ED··· With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. With front-plane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring.Solvan Recessed luminaires with wall-washer optics RAX 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Possible adaptation in luminaire top for electrical connection with WIELAND top-ready adapter (3-pole) for mains supply and further wiring as an alternative for through-wiring. white (···01) or silver-grey (···03). ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface.2 Joule 850 °C Solvan C2-L RAX···01 C0 .82 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 272 . Continuous-line luminaires by connecting the luminaire bodies with the aid of a tool-free installation system. Also suitable for vertical and horizontal installation in walls. End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately. Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Optical system ···RAX··· Asymmetrical wall-washer reflector with highly reflective semi-specular surface for uniform illumination of vertical surfaces and areas. Installation in cut-out recess openings using rapid-mounting springs. school blackboards and shelves in sales areas. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.

Accessories ······························274 Lamp characteristics ···············525 192 Solvan C2-L RAX···03 Reference* TOC Control gear options Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 Recess opening LxW (mm) 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 1184 x 89 1484 x 89 ≈kg ···E ···ED ···EDD white Solvan C2-L RAX 128/54···01 52 903··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C2-L RAX 135/49/80···01 52 904··· ···04 ···05 ···07 silver-grey Solvan C2-L RAX 128/54···03 52 905··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Solvan C2-L RAX 135/49/80···03 52 906··· ···04 ···05 ···07 *End caps for individual luminaires or continuous lines to be ordered separately.0 3. 3.5 3.5 Solvan···RAX··· 273 .0 3.

for closing the ends of individual luminaires and continuous-line luminaires. snapped into place without tools. silver-grey TOC 51 874 00 51 875 00 51 876 00 51 877 00 Mounting set for recess openings 1 set. UXP/RAX 1 set. for tool-free installation in cut-out recess openings (ceiling thickness 12. for the installation of 1-lamp Solvan continuous-line luminaires in strip ceilings (100 mm module).5/15/20 mm). Designation Solvan ZLK 1 OTA/OA Solvan ZLK 2 OTA/OA Solvan ZLK UXP For Solvan C1···OTA/OA··· For Solvan C2···OTA/OA··· For Solvan···UXP/RAX··· TOC 51 892 00 51 893 00 51 878 00 274 . Designation Solvan ZBP 28/54 Solvan ZBP 35/49/80 Solvan ZBP T 28/54 Solvan ZBP T 35/49 For Solvan···OTA/OA/UXP··· For Solvan···OTA/OA/UXP··· For Solvan···T For Solvan···T TOC 51 880 00 51 881 00 51 882 00 51 883 00 Continuous-line coupling OTA/OA. silver-grey For Solvan C2···. white For Solvan C1···. for connecting 2 Solvan continuous-line luminaires with diffuser or louvre or wall-washer.Solvan recessed luminaires Accessories End caps 1 pair. white For Solvan C2···.5 mm thick with C profile 60/27. Designation Solvan ZBC TOC 51 879 00 Mounting set for strip ceilings 1 set. Also for installation in ceilings 12. Designation Solvan ZKS 1 01 Solvan ZKS 2 01 Solvan ZKS 1 03 Solvan ZKS 2 03 For Solvan C1···.

3-pole Splitter. Designation Solvan ZDV 315 28/54 Solvan ZDV 315 35/49/80 Solvan ZDV 515 28/54 Solvan ZDV 515 35/49/80 3-core. 2000 mm Connection wire set. heat-resistant individual wires for internal wiring in continuous-line luminaires. 8000 mm Connection socket.Continuous-line coupling T 1 set. for connecting 2 Solvan continuous-line luminaires with diffuser T. Designation ZWI GST 18i3 VN2P1 ZWI GST 18i3 315/2000 ZWI GST 18i3 315/4000 ZWI GST 18i3 315/8000 ZWI GST 18i3 FB2 ZWI GST 18i3 V5P1 Top-ready adapter Connection wire set. silver-grey TOC 51 888 00 51 889 00 51 890 00 51 891 00 Quick mains connection and further wiring Above the top of the luminaire thanks to the innovative WIELAND Top-Ready adapter. for luminaire length 35/49/80 5-core. for luminaire length 28/54 3-core. 3-pin (not for dimmable versions). for luminaire length 28/54 5-core. 4000 mm Connection wire set. white For Solvan C2···T···.5 mm2. Designation Solvan ZLK 1 T 01 Solvan ZLK 2 T 01 Solvan ZLK 1 T 03 Solvan ZLK 2 T 03 For Solvan C1···T···. for luminaire length 35/49/80 TOC 51 884 00 51 885 00 51 886 00 51 887 00 Removal tool Vacuum plug for removing luminaire covers OA and OTA in case of maintenance. 5 outputs TOC 52 270 00 49 114 00 49 116 00 52 271 00 49 117 00 49 119 00 Through-wiring set Colour-coded. 1 input. 1. Designation 03630S TOC 29 265 00 275 . silver-grey For Solvan C2···T···. white For Solvan C1···T···.

all semi-specular.Heliosa Recessed luminaires with HyperGuide® optical system 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. reflectance value 98%. Primary optics UXP-S Ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology®.2 Joule 850 °C Heliosa···UXP-S··· C0 . ···M73··· For 600 mm module. Heliosa M73 UXP-S 324 E UTE: 0. UV-resistant. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. Primary optics DP Double-refraction optics in PerfectPrismTechnology. Luminance limited to L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 276 . highly-specular. showrooms and conference rooms. Designed for installation in cut-out recess openings and ceilings with concealed or exposed grids. consisting of concave specular reflector with triangle profile and even. Scattering part ≤ 3 %. financial institutions. subtle convex shape. sales areas. Primary optics UXP-H Ultra-low cross-section louver in UXP-Technology®. ···E With electronic control gear. Luminance limited to L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. silver-grey.C180 Heliosa M73 DP 324 E UTE: 0. Optical system HyperGuide® secondary optics. Luminance limited to L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.66 C + 0. Reflectance value 98 %.73 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 C0 . Control gear option Versions ···14/24··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation T5 lamps with different wattages. partly segmented reflectors.01 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/ BZ 2/2. semi-specular. reflection-intensifying. ···M84··· For 625 mm module.C180 Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices. made of polycarbonate. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI).

4 6.3 6.) fixing brackets for installation in ceilings with concealed grids and cut-out ceiling openings Heliosa···UXP··· Heliosa···DP··· 597/M73 622/M84 597/M73 622/M84 597/M73 622/M84 277 597/M73 622/M84 .Lamp characteristics ···············525 Heliosa···DP··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···ED ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···EDD ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps Axis dimension mm 600 625 600 625 600 625 Recess opening mm 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 ≈kg Heliosa M73 UXP-S 314/24 Heliosa M84 UXP-S 314/24 Heliosa M73 UXP-H 314/24 Heliosa M84 UXP-H 314/24 Heliosa M73 DP 314/24 Heliosa M84 DP 314/24 Accessories Fixing accessories Heliosa ZBB/1 51 681··· 51 682··· 51 683··· 51 684··· 51 685··· 51 686··· TOC 46 262 00 3 x 14/24 3 x 14/24 3 x 14/24 3 x 14/24 3 x 14/24 3 x 14/24 6.6 Description 1 set (4 pcs.3 6.5 6.5 6.

Liventy 278 .

Besides flexibility in light design. the ceiling scene appears vibrant and relaxed. the Liventy is impressive thanks to an increased degree of transmission. curved surface forms a harmonious counterpoint for linear geometry of modular system ceilings. the Liventy also offers the best prerequisites for establishing itself as a guarantee for visually pleasing lighting comfort in commercial and public areas for the future. Adjustable diffuser positions Two diffuser positions for different applications: In the first position. In the second position. the curved diffuser profile remains recognisable. which with the aid of two notched positions can be adjusted without tools. a light output ratio of over 80 % and the IP40 rating. A creative characteristic of Liventy is the variable depth of the diffuser.At first glance the TRILUX Liventy distinguishes itself from other ceilingmounted luminaires thanks to its extravagant profile. The structured. Thus. even with straight-lined module arrangement. the illuminating sides of the opal diffuser body offer an increased ceiling illumination. This allows the adaptation to the desired spatial ambience. UXP-Technology® The Liventy UXP-S combines the elegant diffuser optics with a state-of-the-art ultralow cross-section louvre created by TRILUX. And thus maximum efficiency 279 .

80 E + 0.5/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/2/BZ 4 280 . along on both sides visible from below. ···UXP-S OT··· Centrally positioned ultra-low cross-section in UXP-Technology®. foyers. white.Liventy Recessed luminaires with decorative PLEXIGLAS diffuser Recessed luminaires with decorative PLEXIGLAS diffuser and semi-specular ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-S 6 5 4 d a IP40 2 Joule 650 °C ···UXP··· IP20 Liventy 600 OT··· C0 .C180 Recommended applications For increased lighting comfort in offices.02 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/1. Liventy 600 OT 314··· UTE: 0. showrooms and conference rooms. Optical system ···OT··· Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser with stylish double convex surface. Diffuser can be installed in two positions of different depths within the luminaire body without using tools. financial institutions.05 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 C0 . reflectance value 98 %. semi-specular.73 D + 0. for decorative illumination of the ceiling with increased lighting comfort. Especially high degree of transmission and efficiency.C180 Liventy 600 UXP-S OT 414··· UTE: 0. with DSI interface. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request. ···ESD··· With dimmable electronic control gear. for decorative illumination of the ceiling giving increased lighting comfort. Opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser with stylish convex surface. Universal system that can be installed in cutout recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids in 600 (625) mm module. Especially high degree of transmission and efficiency. Control gear option ···E··· With electronic control gear. sales areas. Luminaire body Solvent-free powder-coated sheet steel. visible from below.

9 5.3 5.1 6.4 6.1 5.1 4.9 5.2 1 set (4 pcs.1 6.) fixing brackets for installation in ceilings with concealed grids and cut-out ceiling openings Liventy 600 OT··· Liventy 600 UXP-S OT··· Liventy 625 OT··· Liventy 625 UXP-S OT··· 281 .Lamp characteristics ···············525 Liventy 600 UXP-S OT··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Description ···11 ···11 ···ESD ···11 ···11 ···11 ···EDD ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 3 x 14 3 x 24 4 x 14 3 x 14 3 x 24 4 x 14 2 x 14 + 2 x 24 4 x 14 2 x 14 + 2 x 24 4 x 14 Axis dimension mm 600 600 600 625 625 625 600 600 625 625 Liventy 600 OT 314···01 Liventy 600 OT 324···01 Liventy 600 OT 414···01 Liventy 625 OT 314···01 Liventy 625 OT 324···01 Liventy 625 OT 414···01 Liventy 600 UXP-S OT 214+224···01 Liventy 600 UXP-S OT 414···01 Liventy 625 UXP-S OT 214+224···01 Liventy 625 UXP-S OT 414···01 Accessories Fixing accessories Liventy ZBB 56 753··· 56 754··· 56 755··· 56 756··· 56 757··· 56 758··· 56 760··· 56 759··· 56 762··· 56 761··· TOC 56 763 00 Recess opening mm 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 ≈kg 4.5 6.

Universal application as surface-mounted and recessed luminaires in ceilings with cut-out recess openings as well as in ceilings with concealed or exposed grids. 625 and 600 mm modules. silver-grey. inclined by 30° and perfectly adapted to the luminaire profile. ultra-low cross-section louvre in UXP-Technology®. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.67 C + 0. ···EDD··· With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). white. 23 mm.02 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1/2. translucent PMMA or PC covers. UXP-H··· Highly-specular. combined with semi-specular. with convex. showrooms and conference rooms. sales areas. reflectance value 98 %.64 C + 0. scattering part ≤ 3 % UXP-S··· Semi-specular.5/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/4/BZ 3 C0 . Control gear option Versions ···/28/54··· and ···35/49··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.2 Joule 650 °C ···PC··· 850 °C 3622 T UXP-H··· 3623 T UXP-H··· C0 . recess depth max. ···PC For increased preventive fire protection with end caps and covers made of polycarbonate. Optical system T UXP-H··· Secondary diffuser optics for increased lighting comfort. 3622 T UXP-H/49 E UTE: 0.Series 362···T··· Universal recessed and surface-mounted luminaires with translucent side sections and highly-specular ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-H or semi-specular ultra-low cross-section louvre UXP-S 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.75/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 282 . Luminaire body Sheet steel. ···E··· With electronic control gear.C180 3623 T UXP-H/24 E UTE: 0. Underside: with front-plane plastic end caps. Other electrical versions available on request. financial institutions.C180 Recommended applications For more lighting comfort in offices.01 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1/.

5 74.7 7.5 300/312.5 30 30 30 30 30 30 32 32 6.5 50 50 – – – – – – 231.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 74.5 600/625 600/625 1098 1398 1398 1098 1398 1398 523 523 74.4 7.5 74.5 300/312.5 74.5 300/312.5 231.5 50 50 – – – – – – 231.7 7.3 5.7 5.5 74.5 300/312.3 5.4 7.5 231.5 74.5 300/312.5 74.7 5.5 74.5 300/312.3 49 758··· 48 614·· 47 212··· 51 739··· 51 740··· 47 205··· 47 213··· 47 207··· ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 3 x 24 3 x 24 300/312.5 74.4 7.7 6.5 600/625 600/625 D D1 E1 E2 ≈kg 1098 1398 1398 1098 1398 1398 523 523 74.5 30 30 30 30 30 30 32 32 6.7 7.5 300/312.7 6.4 7.7 7.Accessories ······························288 Lamp characteristics ···············525 3622 T UXP-S··· 3623 T UXP-S··· Reference ···UXP-H··· 3622 T UXP-H/28/54··· 3622 T UXP-H/35/49·· 3622 T UXP-H/80··· 3622 T UXP-H/28/54 PC··· 3622 T UXP-H/35/49 PC··· 3622 T UXP-H/80 PC··· 3623 T UXP-H/24··· 3623 T UXP-H/24 PC··· ···UXP-S··· 3622 T UXP-S/28/54··· 3622 T UXP-S/35/49·· 3622 T UXP-S/80··· 3622 T UXP-S/28/54 PC··· 3622 T UXP-S/35/49 PC··· 3622 T UXP-S/80 PC··· 3623 T UXP-S/24··· 3623 T UXP-S/24 PC··· TOC 51 734··· 51 738··· 45 679··· 51 735··· 51 736··· 47 200··· 45 680··· 47 206··· Control gear option ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 3 x 24 3 x 24 Axis dimension mm 300/312.3 3622 T UXP··· D1 D 3623 T UXP··· D1 D 274 310 E2 E 1175/28W/54W 1475/35W/49W/80W 1247/28W/54W 1547/35W/49W/80W 18 E2 E1 E 575 283 .5 74.

8/BZ 1 C0 . TC-SEL 11W versions particularly recommended for corridors and entrance areas. 625 and 600 mm modules. refined to a particularly elegant convex design. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips.2 Joule 650 °C ···PC··· 850 °C 3621 RSX··· 3622 RSX··· C0 .C180 Recommended areas For efficient and elegant lighting of offices.C180 3623 RSX/14 E UTE: 0. For increased preventive fire protection. ···RSX··· Semi-specular.C180 3622 RSX/TC11 UTE: 0. Necessary recess depth is only 18 mm.99 %. ···PC with end caps made of polycarbonate.83 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/3/BZ 1/ 4/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1/BZ 1 3621··· 3622··· 28/54W 35/49/80W 28/54W 35/49/80W 28/54W 35/49W 28/54W 35/49W 284 . Control gear option Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.Series 362··· Universal recessed and surface-mounted luminaires with highly-specular parabolic louvre semi-specular RSX or highly-specular RPX 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. showrooms and financial institutions. 3621 RSX/35 E UTE: 0. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. oriented towards room. providing earth continuity. glossy finish. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI).55 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1 C0 . With flush end caps. ···RPX··· Highly-specular. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Luminaire body Sheet steel. Optical system Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99. ···E With electronic control gear. Universal application as surface-mounted and recessed luminaires in ceilings with cut-out recess openings as well as in ceilings with concealed or exposed grids. especially suited to VDU workstations. inclined by 30° and perfectly adapted to the rounded profile of the luminaire body.83 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2/1. sales areas.5/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/. white. Other electrical versions available on request.

3 1.5 4.5 300/312.5 300/312.6 1.5 300/312.5 300/312.Accessories ······························288 Lamp characteristics ···············525 3622 RPX/TC11··· 3623 RPX··· Reference ···RSX··· 3621 RSX/28/54··· 3621 RSX/35/49/80··· 3621 RSX/28/54 PC··· 3621 RSX/35/49/80 PC··· 3622 RSX/28/54··· 3622 RSX/35/49··· 3622 RSX/28/54 PC··· 3622 RSX/35/49 PC··· 3623 RSX/14··· 3623 RSX/14 PC··· 3622 RSX/TC11··· 3622 RSX/TC11 PC··· ···RPX··· 3621 RPX/28/54··· 3621 RPX/35/49/80··· 3621 RPX/28/54 PC··· 3621 RPX/35/49/80 PC··· 3622 RPX/28/54··· 3622 RPX/35/49··· 3622 RPX/28/54 PC··· 3622 RPX/35/49 PC··· 3623 RPX/14··· 3623 RPX/14 PC··· 3622 RPX/TC11··· 3622 RPX/TC11 PC··· TOC 43 359··· 32 586··· 57 901··· 57 902··· 57 912··· 57 914··· 57 913··· 57 915··· 11 351··· 14 887··· 11 345··· 14 882··· 32 561··· 32 566··· 57 899··· 57 900··· 57 908··· 57 910··· 57 909··· 57 911··· 11 349··· 14 885··· 11 339··· 14 879··· Control gear option ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 3 x 14 2 x TC-SEL 11 2 x TC-SEL 11 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 3 x 14 2 x TC-SEL 11 2 x TC-SEL 11 Axis dimension mm 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.6 3622···/TC11··· 3623···/14··· 285 .3 4.3 4.5 600/625 600/625 300/312.3 6.2 5.4 5.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.6 1.5 4.5 300/312.5 600/625 600/625 300/312.5 D mm 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 480 480 150 150 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 480 480 150 150 D1 D2 E1 ≈kg 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 72 72 111 111 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 72 72 111 111 220 220 220 220 56 56 56 56 96 96 96 96 137 137 96 96 56 56 56 56 96 96 96 96 137 137 96 96 5.3 6.5 300/312.3 1.5 300/312.4 5.2 5.0 6.0 6.5 4.5 300/312.5 4.6 4.6 5.5 300/312.5 300/312.6 4.4 5.5 300/312.4 5.

Series 362···
Universal surface-mounted and recessed luminaires with white louvre RWV or semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

650 °C

···RWV···PC··· 850 °C

···RMV···

3621 RWV···

3622 RWV···
C0 - C180

Recommended areas For efficient and elegant lighting of offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions. ···RWV··· Especially suited to VDU workstations. TC-SEL 11W versions particularly recommended for corridors and entrance areas. Universal application as surface-mounted and recessed luminaires in ceilings with cut-out recess openings as well as in ceilings with concealed or exposed grids, 625 and 600 mm modules. Optical system ···RWV··· Micro-segmented louvre made of aluminium, white, for a uniform light distribution. ···RMV··· Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.98 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.

Luminaire body Sheet steel, white, glossy finish, refined to a particularly elegant convex design, oriented towards room. With flush end caps, inclined by 30° and perfectly adapted to the rounded profile of the luminaire body. Necessary recess depth is only 18mm. ···RWV···PC with end caps made of polycarbonate. For increased demands on preventive fire protection. Control gear options Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. ···E With electronic control gear. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

3621 RWV/35 E UTE: 0.80 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2
C0 - C180

3621 RMV/35 E UTE: 0.68 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2
C0 - C180

3622 RMV/TC11 UTE: 0.48 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/.8/BZ 1

3621···

3622···

28/54W 35/49/80W 28/54W 35/49/80W

28/54W 35/49W 28/54W 35/49W

286

Accessories ······························288 Lamp characteristics ···············525

3622 RMV/TC11···

3623 RMV···

Reference ···RWV··· 3621 RWV/28/54··· 3621 RWV/35/49/80··· 3621 RWV/28/54 PC··· 3621 RWV/35/49/80 PC··· 3622 RWV/28/54··· 3622 RWV/35/49··· 3622 RWV/28/54 PC··· 3622 RWV/35/49 PC··· 3622 RWV/TC11··· 3622 RWV/TC11 PC··· ···RMV··· 3621 RMV/28/54··· 3621 RMV/35/49/80··· 3622 RMV/28/54··· 3622 RMV/35/49··· 3623 RMV/14··· 3622 RMV/TC11···

TOC

57 903··· 40 649··· 57 904··· 57 905··· 57 916··· 57 918··· 57 917··· 57 919··· 58 117··· 58 116···

Control gear option ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x TC-SEL 11 2 x TC-SEL 11

Axis dimension mm 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5

D

D1

D2

E1

≈kg

900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 900 1200 150 150

174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 111 111

56 56 56 56 96 96 96 96 96 96

4.4 5.5 4.4 5.5 4.4 5.5 4.4 5.5 1.6 1.6

57 897··· 57 898··· 57 906··· 57 907··· 47 660··· 47 659···

···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04

···07 ···07 ···07 ···07

1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 2 x TC-SEL 11

300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 300/312.5 600/625 300/312.5

900 1200 900 1200 480 150

174 174 174 174 72 111 220

56 56 96 96 137 96

4.4 5.5 4.4 5.5 4.3 1.6

3622···/TC11···

3623···/14···

287

Series 362···
Information and accessories for luminaire installation

Semi-recessed or surface-mounted Luminaires of the series 362··· are credible as semi-recessed and surface-mounted luminaires. Their convex profile with the contoured side sections of the luminaire body allows the luminaires to blend harmoniously into the surrounding ceiling areas.

In the case of surface-mounted version, the surrounding shadow gap provides an interesting appearance.

The adjacent illustrations show examples of commonly used grid and ceiling systems and the flange widths permissible for luminaire mounting. The maximum total height for grids plus ceiling tile is a uniform 56 mm for all types of ceilings.

Ceilings with exposed grids Maximum height of the grid is 56 mm. Maximum lower flange width is 24 mm.
max. 56 mm

max. 24 mm

Ceilings with concealed grids Maximum height of the grid plus ceiling tile is 56 mm. Maximum lower flange width is 24 mm.
max. 56 mm

max. 24 mm

Ceilings with cut-out recess openings Maximum height of the grid plus ceiling tile is 56 mm. Maximum grid overhang is 12 mm.
max. 56 mm

max. 12 mm

288

By means of the fixing accessories 03620··· described on the right, 362··· luminaires can easily be mounted in all conventional ceiling types: 1. Ceiling systems with concealed grids. 2. Ceiling systems with exposed grids. 3. Ceilings with cut-out recess openings, e.g., made of wood or gypsum plaster.

Fixing accessories 1 set of mounting rails for the mounting of luminaires in ceiling systems or in ceilings with cut-out recess openings.
03620/1 For luminaires 3621···, 3622···. 03620/3 For luminaires 3623···. 21 484 00 21 485 00

Installation suggestions for module ceilings Luminaires 3621··· 3622···

Installation suggestions for module ceilings Luminaires 3622···

Module 600 mm

Module 600 mm

Module 625 mm

Module 625 mm

Module 600 mm

Module 600 mm

Module 625 mm

Module 625 mm

Cut-out openings ... for 3622···/TC11··· ... for 3621···, 3622··· ... for 3621···, 3622···

334 x 290 mm 1210 x 290 mm 1510 x 290 mm

Cut-out openings ... for 3623 RPX/14··· ... for 3623···/14··· ... for 3623···/24···

600 x 600 mm 600 x 600 mm 600 x 600 mm

289

Series 390···, 391···
Recessed luminaires with reflection-intensifying, semi-specular parabolic louvre RSX or with reflection-intensifying, highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 °C

3901 RSX···

3902 RSX···

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions, especially recommended for VDU workstations. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings. 390··· For 625 mm module. 391··· For 600 mm module (···35···, ···49···, ···80··· for 300 module). Optical system Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 % for especially high light output. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. ···RSX··· Semi-specular. ···RPX··· Highly-specular.

Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white, elegant design with markedly slender shape. With front-plane knock-out openings for heatresistant through-wiring. Control gear option Version ···/28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. ···E With electronic control gear. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

C0 - C180

3911 RSX/49 E UTE: 0.81 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/.8/BZ 1

290

Accessories ······························298 Lamp characteristics ···············525

3901 RPX···

3902 RPX···

Reference RSX 3901 RSX/28/54··· 3911 RSX/28/54··· 3911 RSX/35/49/80··· 3902 RSX/28/54··· 3912 RSX/28/54··· 3912 RSX/35/49··· RPX 3901 RPX/28/54··· 3911 RPX/28/54··· 3911 RPX/35/49/80··· 3902 RPX/28/54··· 3912 RPX/28/54··· 3912 RPX/35/49···

TOC

45 765··· 42 091··· 42 090··· 57 923··· 57 930··· 57 931··· 45 763··· 42 095··· 42 094··· 57 921··· 57 927··· 57 928···

Control gear options ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49

Axis dimension mm 107 107 107 187 187 187 107 107 107 187 187 187

Recess opening mm 91 x 1180 91 x 1180 91 x 1480 171 x 1180 171 x 1180 171 x 1480 91 x 1180 91 x 1180 91 x 1480 171 x 1180 171 x 1180 171 x 1480

L mm 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497

L1

≈kg

1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474

3.6 3.4 4.1 5.6 5.4 6.1 3.6 3.4 4.1 5.6 5.4 6.1

3901···, 3911···

291

Series 390···, 391···
Recessed luminaires with white louvre RWV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 °C

3901 RWV···

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, sales areas and showrooms. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings. 390··· For 625 mm module. 391··· For 600 mm module (···35···, ···49···, ···80··· for 300 module). Optical system Micro-segmented louvre made of aluminium, white, for a uniform light distribution. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.

Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white, elegant design with markedly slender shape. With front-plane knock-out openings for heatresistant through-wiring. Control gear options Versions ···/28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. ···E With electronic control gear. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

C0 - C180

3911 RWV/49E UTE: 0.71 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/1/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3

292

Accessories ······························298 Lamp characteristics ···············525

3902 RWV···

Reference

TOC

3901 RWV/28/54··· 3911 RWV/28/54··· 3911 RWV/35/49/80··· 3902 RWV/28/54··· 3912 RWV/28/54··· 3912 RWV/35/49···

41 890··· 41 893··· 41 895··· 57 924··· 57 932··· 57 933···

Control gear options ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49

Axis dimension mm 107 107 107 187 187 187

Recess opening mm 91 x 1180 91 x 1180 91 x 1480 171 x 1180 171 x 1180 171 x 1480

L mm 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497

L1

≈kg

1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474

3.6 3.4 4.1 5.6 5.4 6.1

3901···, 3911···

293

Series 390···, 391···
Recessed luminaires with cross-blade louvre RSV Recessed luminaires with semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV

6 5 4 d a

IP20

0.2 Joule

960 °C

···RMV

3901 RSV···

3902 RSV···

Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices, sales areas, showrooms and financial institutions, · ···RMV··· Especially suited for VDU workstations. Universal system that can be installed in cutout recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids. 390··· For 625 mm module. 391··· For 600 mm module (···35···, ···49···, ···80··· for 300 module). Optical system ···RSV··· Micro-segmented louvre made of high-purity anodised aluminium, with graduated concave profile cross blades, for narrow/ wide-angle light distribution. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips, providing earth continuity. ···RMV··· Micro-segmented parabolic louvre RMV made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.99 %. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Louvre retention by means of springtensioned clips, providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.

Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel, white, elegant design with markedly slender shape. With front-plane knock-out openings for heatresistant through-wiring. Control gear options Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. ···E With electronic control gear. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Other electrical versions available on request.

C0 - C180

3911 RSV/49 E UTE: 0.67 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/.8/BZ 2

294

Accessories ······························298 Lamp characteristics ···············525

3901 RMV···

3902 RMV···

Reference RSV 3901 RSV/28/54··· 3911 RSV/28/54··· 3911 RSV/35/49/80··· 3902 RSV/28··· 3912 RSV/28··· 3912 RSV/35/49··· RMV 3901 RMV/28/54··· 3911 RMV/28/54··· 3911 RMV/35/49/80··· 3902 RMV/28/54··· 3912 RMV/28/54··· 3912 RMV/35/49···

TOC

47 136··· 42 092··· 42 093··· 57 922··· 57 934··· 57 929··· 49 622··· 47 151··· 47 154··· 57 920··· 57 925··· 57 926···

Control gear options ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···05 ···05 ···05

Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28 2 x 28 2 x 35/49 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49

Axis dimension mm 107 107 107 187 187 187 107 107 107 187 187 187

Recess opening mm 91 x 1180 91 x 1180 91 x 1480 171 x 1180 171 x 1180 171 x 1480 91 x 1180 91 x 1180 91 x 1480 171 x 1180 171 x 1180 171 x 1480

L mm 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497

L1

≈kg

1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474

3.6 3.4 4.1 5.6 5.4 6.1 3.6 3.4 4.1 5.6 5.4 6.1

3901···, 3911···

295

asymmetrically. With frontplane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. ···E With electronic control gear. ···49···. for uniform illumination of vertical surfaces. 3911··· 650 °C 3902···.75/ BZ 6/4/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6/1. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. 3901···. 3912··· Wall-washer reflector RAV. 3912··· Recommended for blackboard lighting in schools. sales areas. 3911 T/49 UTE: 0.75/ BZ 4/ 3/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/2/BZ 5 C0 . 391··· Recessed luminaires with translucent PLEXIGLAS diffuser T or with wall-washer optics RAV 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings. 391··· For 600 mm module (···35···. Optical system 3901···.2 Joule 3901···. showrooms and storage facilities. 3911··· When installing in exposed ceiling systems. 390··· For 625 mm module. 3911··· Diffuser in translucent PLEXIGLAS with internal channel prisms and high transmission degree exceeding 80 %.04 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/. ···80··· for module 300). 3902···. white. 3912··· 950 °C 3901 T··· C0 .C180 3912 RAV/1x49 UTE: 0. 3902···.25/BZ 5 296 . luminaire cannot be simply placed on the flanges of the ceiling grids. 3911··· Elegant design with markedly slender shape. Control gear options Versions ···28/54··· and 35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps in different wattages. lighting of shelves on retail premises. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI).Series 390···.71 E + 0. Other electrical versions available on request. 3901···. 3911··· Offices. it is necessary to use the fixing accessories 370/1N.82 G DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 7/.C180 Recommended areas 3901···. showrooms and financial institutions.

1 3.1 4.7 3901 T···.0 3.4 5.9 5.Accessories ······························298 Lamp characteristics ···············525 3902 RAV··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···EDD ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 Axis dimension mm 107 107 107 187 187 187 Recess opening mm 91 x 1180 91 x 1180 91 x 1480 171 x 1180 171 x 1180 171 x 1480 L mm 1247 1197 1497 1247 1197 1497 L1 ≈kg T 3901 T/28/54··· 3911 T/28/54··· 3911 T/35/49/80··· RAV 3902 RAV/1x28/54··· 3912 RAV/1x28/54··· 3912 RAV/1x35/49/80··· 47 141··· 47 146··· 47 229··· 45 767··· 42 087··· 42 086··· 1174 1174 1474 1174 1174 1474 3. 3912 RAV··· 297 . 3911 T··· 3902 RAV···.

39··· series luminaires also provide the conditions for task-oriented. efficient lighting while satisfying high architectural requirements thanks to its slender appearance. Infinite photometrics Thanks to optically continuous louvres.Series 390···. Practical accessories guarantee easy installation and thus economic lighting solutions. 391··· Indications and accessories for recess mounting Efficient luminaire installation TRILUX recessed luminaires do not only shine out thanks to excellent photometrics. but also offer compatibility. Please contact your local TRILUX support centre for further details. 3912···). For ceilings with concealed grids The luminaires have options for mounting by means of rapidmounting swivel brackets 370/1N or swivel brackets 370/1 (can only be used with 3902···. since they can be installed quickly and easily in almost all standard ceiling systems. Minimum grid height is 18 mm. continuous lines without disturbing interruptions create the impression of endless luminaire rows. Practical accessories TRILUX recessed luminaires are distinguished by universal application in ceilings with concealed and exposed grids as well as in ceilings with cut-out recess openings. Maximum distance between lower side of ceiling tile and upper side of grid is 56 mm. One set of these fixing accessories are necessary per luminaire. 298 .

colour-coded individual wires 1. 1. 3912···). Alternative mounting solution with fixing accessories 370/1N or 370/1 (only to be used with 3902···. 3902···. In case of shallower ceiling voids between 130 mm and 100 mm at minimum. 49 or 80 W 45 759 00 03910/5LV/1750 for luminaires 35. 03910/3LV/1450 for luminaires 28 or 54 W 45 758 00 03910/5LV/1450 for luminaires 28 or 54 W 45 760 00 03910/3LV/1750 for luminaires 35.5 mm2. 3901···. 370/1 11 448 00 299 . as 3-conductor (3LV) or 5-conductor wiring (5LV). the luminaires are screwed directly to the existing grids of the ceiling tiles. Through-wiring sets Heat-resistant. Maximum distance between lower side of ceiling tile and upper side of grid: 56 mm. 25 m long. Minimum distance between grid flange and concrete ceiling: 130 mm. Can be optionally used with 3902···. 3911··· for module 107 mm. 49 or 80 W 45 761 00 07690/5LV/25M 21 890 00 With colour-coded individual conductors. Minimum grid height: 18 mm. The surrounding rim of the luminaire conceals the saw cut. Fixing accessories 1 set (4 pieces) rapid-mounting swivel brackets for fixing of one luminaire. 3912···) is possible. 3912··· for module 187 mm.5 mm2.For ceilings with exposed grids The luminaires are placed on the flanges of the ceiling grids without requiring fixing accessories (except for: 39···T···). mounting by means of accessories 370/1N or 370/1 (only to be used with 3902···. 3912··· instead of 370/1N. For ceilings with cut-out recess openings For mounting in ceilings with cutout openings. 370/1N 11 449 00 Fixing accessories 1 set (4 pieces) swivel brackets for fixing of one luminaire.

showrooms. (3681···28/54). Optical system Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99. for especially high light output. 1524 1474 1547 1497 (3681···35/49/80) (3691···35/49/80) (3681···35/49/80) (3691···35/49/80) 1224 1174 1247 1197 (3682···28/54). semi-specular parabolic louvre RSX Recessed luminaires with reflection-intensifying. With frontplane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. ···RSX··· Semi-specular. 1524 1474 1547 1497 (3682···35/49/80) (3692···35/49/80) (3682···35/49/80) (3692···35/49/80) 300 .5/625 mm module. 369··· For 300/600 mm module. Lateral decor cover in perforated design. 3681 D-RSX/35 E UTE: 0. (3691···28/54). ···RPX··· Highly-specular. (3692···28/54). (3682···28/54). Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.83 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2/1. white. especially suited for VDU workstations.8/BZ 1 1224 1174 1247 1197 (3681···28/54). 368··· For 312.2 Joule 960 °C 3681 D-RSX··· 3691 D-RSX··· 3682 D-RSX··· 3692 D-RSX··· C0 . Control gear options Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. (3691···28/54). sales areas. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. and financial institutions. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips.C180 Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices.Series 368···. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings. highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.99 %. providing earth continuity.5/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). (3692···28/54). ···E With electronic control gear. 369··· Recessed luminaires with reflection-intensifying.

2 4.6 5.1 6.1 4.7 5.7 5.5 300 300 312.8 5.5 312.1 6.2 4.5 300 300 312.0 4.5 312.0 6.8 4.8 5.6 599 (3684···14).1 4.5 300 300 625 600 625 600 312.7 5.5 312.9 4.Accessories ······························306 Lamp characteristics ···············525 3683 D-RPX··· 3693 D-RPX··· 3684 D-RPX··· 3694 D-RPX··· Reference ···RSX··· 3681 D-RSX/28/54··· 3681 D-RSX/35/49/80··· 3691 D-RSX/28/54··· 3691 D-RSX/35/49/80··· 3682 D-RSX/28/54··· 3682 D-RSX/35/49··· 3692 D-RSX/28/54··· 3692 D-RSX/35/49··· 3683 D-RSX/14··· 3693 D-RSX/14··· 3684 D-RSX/14··· 3694 D-RSX/14··· ···RPX··· 3681 D-RPX/28/54··· 3681 D-RPX/35/49/80··· 3691 D-RPX/28/54··· 3691 D-RPX/35/49/80··· 3682 D-RPX/28/54··· 3682 D-RPX/35/49··· 3692 D-RPX/28/54··· 3692 D-RPX/35/49··· 3683 D-RPX/14··· 3693 D-RPX/14··· 3684 D-RPX/14··· 3694 D-RPX/14··· TOC 49 875··· 50 456··· 57 864··· 57 865··· 57 891··· 57 896··· 57 875··· 57 876··· 11 410··· 11 438··· 41 934··· 11 444··· 57 884··· 40 500··· 57 861··· 48 927··· 57 887··· 57 888··· 57 871··· 57 872··· 11 408··· 11 436··· 47 949··· 11 442··· Electric options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps ···EDD ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 3 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 3 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 Axis dimension mm 312.7 5.8 5.0 6.0 4.5 312.9 4. 597 (3694···14) 301 .8 4.8 5. 574 (3694···14) 622 (3684···14).5 300 300 625 600 625 600 Recess opening mm 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 605 x 605 580 x 580 605 x 605 580 x 580 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 605 x 605 580 x 580 605 x 605 580 x 580 ≈kg 5.

Other electrical versions available on request. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. Control gear option Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. 368··· For 312. ···E With electronic control gear. (3692···28/54). (3682···28/54). (3692···28/54). 369··· For 300/600 mm module. 369··· Recessed luminaires with white louvre RWV 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. (3681···28/54). Optical system Micro-segmented louvre made of aluminium. With frontplane knock-out openings for heatresistant through-wiring. (3691···28/54). white. (3691···28/54).5/625 mm module. white. 3681 D-RWV/35 E UTE: 0. for a uniform light distribution. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips.2 Joule 960 °C 3681 D-RWV··· 3691 D-RWV··· 3682 D-RWV··· 3692 D-RWV··· C0 .Series 368···.72 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/1/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 1224 1174 1247 1197 (3681···28/54). 1524 1474 1547 1497 (3682···35/49/80) (3692···35/49/80) (3682···35/49/80) (3692···35/49/80) 302 . lateral decor cover in perforated design.C180 Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices and showrooms. 1524 1474 1547 1497 (3681···35/49/80) (3691···35/49/80) (3681···35/49/80) (3691···35/49/80) 1224 1174 1247 1197 (3682···28/54). providing earth continuity. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings.

5 300 300 625 600 625 600 Recess opening mm 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 605 x 605 580 x 580 605 x 605 580 x 580 ≈kg 5.9 4.Accessories ······························306 Lamp characteristics ···············525 3683 D-RWV··· 3693 D-RWV··· 3684 D-RWV··· 3694 D-RWV··· Reference ···RWV··· 3681 D-RWV/28/54··· 3681 D-RWV/35/49/80··· 3691 D-RWV/28/54··· 3691 D-RWV/35/49/80··· 3682 D-RWV/28/54··· 3682 D-RWV/35/49··· 3692 D-RWV/28/54··· 3692 D-RWV/35/49··· 3683 D-RWV/14··· 3693 D-RWV/14··· 3684 D-RWV/14··· 3694 D-RWV/14··· TOC 32 721··· 32 723··· 57 866··· 45 453··· 57 893··· 57 894··· 57 877··· 57 878··· 11 411··· 11 439··· 47 951··· 11 445··· Control gear options ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 3 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 Axis dimension mm 312.5 312.8 5.7 5. 597 (3694···14) 303 .0 4. 574 (3694···14) 622 (3684···14).7 5.1 6.8 5.2 4.5 300 300 312.0 6.6 599 (3684···14).8 4.5 312.1 4.

1524 1474 1547 1497 (3682···35/49/80) (3692···35/49/80) (3682···35/49/80) (3692···35/49/80) 304 . (3682···28/54). 369··· For 300/600 mm module. (3681···28/54). sales areas. With frontplane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring.8/BZ 2 C0 .Series 368···. with graduated concave profile cross blades. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. (3692···28/54). 369··· Recessed luminaires with cross-blade louvre RSV Recessed luminaires with semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.C180 Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.68 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/1/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 1224 1174 1247 1197 (3681···28/54). Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.98 %. showrooms and financial institutions. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips. ···RMV··· Micro-segmented parabolic louvre made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99. 3681 D-RSV/35 E UTE: 0. (3691···28/54).5/625 mm module. lateral decor cover in perforated design.69 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/.C180 3681 D-RMV/35 E UTE: 0. white. (3692···28/54). Other electrical versions available on request.2 Joule 960 °C ···RMV 3681 D-RSV··· 3691 D-RSV··· 3682 D-RSV··· 3692 D-RSV··· C0 . 368··· For 312. ···RMV··· Especially suited for VDU workstations. providing earth continuity. ···E With electronic control gear. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings. (3691···28/54). for narrow/ wide-angle light distribution. Optical system ···RSV··· Micro-segmented louvre made of high-purity anodised aluminium. Control gear option Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). 1524 1474 1547 1497 (3681···35/49/80) (3691···35/49/80) (3681···35/49/80) (3691···35/49/80) 1224 1174 1247 1197 (3682···28/54).

Accessories ······························306 Lamp characteristics ···············525 3683 D-RMV··· 3693 D-RMV··· 3684 D-RMV··· 3694 D-RMV··· Reference ···RSV··· 3681 D-RSV/28/54··· 3681 D-RSV/35/49/80··· 3691 D-RSV/28/54··· 3691 D-RSV/35/49/80··· 3682 D-RSV/28/54··· 3682 D-RSV/35/49··· 3692 D-RSV/28/54··· 3692 D-RSV/35/49··· 3683 D-RSV/14··· 3693 D-RSV/14··· 3684 D-RSV/14··· 3694 D-RSV/14 ···RMV··· 3681 D-RMV/28/54··· 3681 D-RMV/35/49/80··· 3691 D-RMV/28/54··· 3691 D-RMV/35/49/80··· 3682 D-RMV/28/54··· 3682 D-RMV/35/49··· 3692 D-RMV/28/54··· 3692 D-RMV/35/49··· 3683 D-RMV/14··· 3693 D-RMV/14··· 3684 D-RMV/14··· 3694 D-RMV/14··· TOC 40 206··· 32 715··· 57 862··· 57 863··· 57 889··· 57 890··· 57 873··· 57 874··· 11 409··· 11 437··· 47 950··· 11 443··· 57 882··· 57 883··· 57 859··· 57 860··· 57 885··· 57 886··· 57 869··· 57 870··· 47 665··· 47 670··· 47 953··· 47 671··· Control gear options ···E ···EDD ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···07 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 3 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 3 x 14 3 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 Axis dimension mm 312.1 6.5 312.5 300 300 625 600 625 600 312.6 599 (3684···14).5 312.6 5.9 4.8 5.0 6.2 4.7 5.2 4. 597 (3694···14) 305 .1 4.0 6.5 300 300 312.8 4.0 4.8 5.9 4.5 312.5 300 300 312.7 5.7 5.7 5.8 4.8 5.1 6.5 300 300 625 600 625 600 Recess opening mm 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 605 x 605 580 x 580 605 x 605 580 x 580 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 1230 x 292 1530 x 292 1180 x 280 1480 x 280 605 x 605 580 x 580 605 x 605 580 x 580 ≈kg 5. 574 (3694···14) 622 (3684···14).1 4.8 5.5 312.0 4.

In the case of lower ceiling voids between 300 mm and 100 mm at minimum.Series 368···. Ceilings with exposed grid system The luminaires are placed on the flanges of the ceiling grids without requiring fixing accessories. the luminaires are fixed to the mounting rails at the front planes. Ceilings with cut-out recess openings In the case of individual mounting in ceilings with cut-out openings. One set is necessary per luminaire. Minimum distance between grid flange and concrete ceiling: 300 mm. 03690··· is possible. In the case of non-interrupted continuous lines. 03690···. 03690···. 306 . the luminaires are mounted by means of accessories 03680···. The necessary mounting accessories to be ordered separately. fixed to the grids of the ceiling tiles. One set is necessary per luminaire. mounting by means of accessories 03680···. The upper flange width of the grids must not exceed 19 mm. 369··· Indications and accessories for recess mounting Ceilings with concealed grids The luminaires are fixed by means of accessories 03680···.

Fixing accessories 1 set of mounting rails for the installation of luminaires in ceiling systems with concealed grids or for continuous-line mounting in ceilings with cutout recess openings. Reference 03680/1 03680/3 03690/3 for luminaires 3681···. 3691···. 3682···. 3694··· Through-wiring sets Reference 3700/3LV/36 3700/3LV/58 3700/5LV/36 3700/5LV/58 07690/5LV/25m for luminaires ···/28 ···/35 ···/28 ···/35 ···/28. 3692··· 3683···. 3684··· 3693···. ···/35 11 450 00 11 451 00 11 452 00 11 453 00 21 890 00 21 488 00 21 489 00 21 490 00 307 .

Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips.1 4. The EnterioTwist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology. sales areas. Optical system Highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV made of anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99. ···TWW··· 3-pole connector type.67 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/. Low overall height allows for placement of square luminaires on exposed grids even with low ceiling voids of 200 mm and more.1 5.9 4.8 4.Enterio / EnterioTwist Recessed luminaires with highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84) Accessories ······························326 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 2 Joule 960 °C ···M73 RPV 318··· ···M84 RPV 418··· Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices.6 4.9 C0 .C180 Enterio M73 RPV 318 UTE: 0. WIELAND GST 18/3. white.4 5. Reference Enterio M73··· ···RPV 314··· ···RPV 318··· ···RPV 3TCL36··· ···RPV 414··· ···RPV 418··· EnterioTwist: ···RPV 318···TWW 840 ···RPV 418···TWI 830 ···RPV 418···TWI 840 ···RPV 418···TWW 830 ···RPV 418···TWW 840 Enterio M84··· ···RPV 314··· ···RPV 318··· ···RPV 3TCL36··· ···RPV 414··· ···RPV 418··· EnterioTwist: ···RPV 314···TWW 840 ···RPV 314···TWI 840 ···RPV 318···TWW 840 ···RPV 318···TWI 840 ···RPV 414···TWW 840 ···RPV 414···TWI 840 ···RPV 418···TWW 840 ···RPV 418···TWI 840 TOC 44 046··· 44 047··· 48 061··· 44 050··· 44 051··· 44 082··· 48 062··· 44 085··· 44 086··· 44 087··· Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TCL36 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 Recess opening mm 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 ≈kg 4.7 44 110··· 44 111··· 45 191··· 44 113··· 44 114··· 45 217··· 45 216··· 45 221··· 44 128··· 45 225··· 45 223··· 45 228··· 44 131··· ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TC-L36 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 18 4 x 18 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 4. complete with integral fluorescent lamps 3000 K (830) or 4000 K (840).9 5.1 4. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear Other electrical versions available on request.98 %.7 5. showrooms.1 5. Twist version Rapid-mounting luminaire EnterioTwist for exposed grids. Suitable for VDU applications (except for: ···3TCL36···) in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.9 5.1 4.7 5. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.8 4.3 5.1 4. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. and financial institutions. ···TWI··· 3-pole ISODOM connector in luminaire top.6 5.9 5.3 5. especially suited for VDU workstations. providing earth continuity.9 5.8/BZ 2 ···M73 RPV··· 88 ···M84 RPV··· 88 572 622 44 45 574 622 6 6 572 597 45 45 574 597 308 . Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (support profiles 15 mm / 24 mm) in 600 mm module (···M73···) or 625 mm module (···M84···).7 5.

8 4. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. The EnterioTwist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology.3 5.0 5.9 4. ···U··· versions recommended for air extraction in low-pressure ceilings.6 5. type WIELAND GST 18/3. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top.6 Enterio M73 RMV 318 UTE: 0.5/BZ 2 ···M73 RMV··· 88 ···M84 RMV··· 88 572 622 44 45 574 622 6 6 572 597 45 45 574 597 309 . ···TWI··· 3-pole ISODOM connector in luminaire top. complete with integral fluorescent lamps 3000 K (830) or 4000 K (840).9 5.3 5.3 5. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.3 5.5 47 943··· 47 944··· 48 060··· 47 945··· 47 946··· 48 710··· 48 711··· 48 049··· 48 712··· 48 713··· 48 714··· 48 715··· 48 050··· 48 051··· 48 052··· 48 053··· ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TC-L36 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 4.8 4. especially suited for VDU workstations.C180 TOC 44 042··· 44 043··· 48 059··· 44 044··· 44 045··· 44 072··· 48 054··· 48 055··· 48 056··· 48 057··· 48 058··· 47 001··· Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TCL36 4 x 14 4 x 18 4 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 Recess opening mm 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 ≈kg 3.0 5. sales areas.6 5.6 5. Reference Enterio M73··· ···RMV 314··· ···RMV 318··· ···RMV 3TCL36··· ···RMV 414··· ···RMV 418··· ···-U RMV 418··· EnterioTwist: ···RMV 318···TWW 840 ···RMV 418···TWI 830 ···RMV 418···TWI 840 ···RMV 418···TWW 830 ···RMV 418···TWW 840 ···-U RMV 418···TWW 830 Enterio M84··· ···RMV 314··· ···RMV 318··· ···RMV 3TCL36··· ···RMV 414··· ···RMV 418··· EnterioTwist: ···RMV 314···TWI 840 ···RMV 314···TWW 840 ···RMV 318···TWW 840 ···RMV 414···TWI 830 ···RMV 414···TWI 840 ···RMV 414···TWW 830 ···RMV 414···TWW 840 ···RMV 418···TWI 830 ···RMV 418···TWI 840 ···RMV 418···TWW 830 ···RMV 418···TWW 840 C0 . Twist versions Rapid-mounting luminaire EnterioTwist for exposed grids. showrooms.8 5.3 5. Low overall height allows for placement of square luminaires on exposed grids even with low ceiling voids of 200 mm and more.Enterio / EnterioTwist Recessed luminaires with semi-specular louvre RMV 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84) Accessories ······························326 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 2 Joule 960 °C ···M73 RMV 318··· ···M84 RMV 418··· Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices. Other electrical versions available on request. Suitable Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Optical system Semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV made of anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99.3 5.6 5.6 5.2 4.9 4.1 5.6 5. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (support profiles 15 mm / 24 mm) in 600 mm module (···M73···) or 625 mm module (···M84···).63 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/1. ···-U··· with ventilation slots for low-noise air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. ···TWW··· 3-pole connector.4 5.0 5. white.98 %.6 5. and financial institutions.3 5.

complete with integral fluorescent lamps 3000 K (830) or 4000 K (840). for narrow/wide-angle light distribution. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips.9 4. with graduated concaveprofiled cross blades. showrooms.3 44 116··· 44 117··· 48 035··· 44 118··· 44 119··· 48 716··· 48 718··· 48 717··· 48 719··· 48 725··· 48 720··· 48 044··· 48 721··· 48 722··· 48 045··· 48 047··· 48 046··· 48 048··· ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TC-L36 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 14 3 x 14 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 3.7 5. sales areas. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (support profiles 15 mm / 24 mm) in 600 mm module (···M73···) or 625 mm module (···M84···).4 5.6 4.0 4.66 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/ BZ 2/2. providing earth continuity.Enterio / EnterioTwist Recessed luminaires with cross-blade louvre RSV 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84) Accessories ······························326 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 1 Joule 960 °C ···M73 RSV 318··· ···M84 RSV 418··· Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.5 3. Other electrical versions available on request. Low overall height allows for placement of square luminaires on exposed grids even with low ceiling voids of 200 mm and more.3 5.9 5. and financial institutions.6 5.4 Enterio M73 RSV 318 UTE: 0.7 5.4 5.4 5.6 4.9 4.0 5. Reference Enterio M73··· ···RSV 314··· ···RSV 318··· ···RSV 3TCL36··· ···RSV 414··· ···RSV 418··· EnterioTwist: ···RSV 318···TWW 840 ···RSV 418···TWI 830 ···RSV 418···TWI 840 ···RSV 418···TWW 830 ···RSV 418···TWW 840 Enterio M84··· ···RSV 314··· ···RSV 318··· ···RSV 3TCL36··· ···RSV 414··· ···RSV 418··· EnterioTwist: ···RSV 314···TWI 830 ···RSV 314···TWW 830 ···RSV 314···TWI 840 ···RSV 314···TWW 840 ···RSV 318···TWI 830 ···RSV 318···TWI 840 ···RSV 318···TWW 840 ···RSV 414···TWI 830 ···RSV 414···TWW 830 ···RSV 418···TWI 830 ···RSV 418···TWW 830 ···RSV 418···TWI 840 ···RSV 418···TWW 840 C0 .3 5.6 4.6 4. The EnterioTwist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top.6 4. white. type WIELAND GST 18/3.1 5.1 5. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. ···TWW··· 3-pole connector.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 ···M73 RSV··· 88 ···M84 RSV··· 88 572 597 45 45 574 597 6 6 572 597 45 45 574 597 310 . Optical system Specular louvre RSV made of high-purity anodised aluminium. Twist versions Rapid-mounting luminaire EnterioTwist for exposed grids. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear.7 4. ···TWI··· 3-pole ISODOM connector in luminaire top.6 5.3 5.C180 TOC 44 055··· 44 056··· 48 038··· 44 058··· 44 059··· 44 090··· 44 093··· 44 094··· 44 095··· 44 096··· Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TC-L36 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 Recess opening mm 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 ≈kg 3.1 4.9 4.

76 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/.75/ BZ 4/1/BZ 3/3/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 ···M73 RWV··· 88 ···M84 RWV··· 88 572 597 45 45 574 597 6 6 572 597 45 45 574 597 311 .2 C0 . Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. Other electrical versions available on request.1 6. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips.2 6. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (support profiles 15 mm / 24 mm) in 600 mm module (···M73···) or 625 mm module (···M84···). Optical system White louvre RWV. white.C180 Enterio M73 RWV 318 UTE: 0.3 4. ···TWI··· 3-pole ISODOM connector in luminaire top.4 5.3 6.8 5. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.1 6. for a uniform light distribution.3 5. type WIELAND GST 18/3. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.1 44 120··· 44 121··· 48 037··· 44 122··· 44 123··· 48 723··· 48 039··· 48 040··· 48 041··· 48 042··· 48 043··· ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TCL36 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 4. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear.5 5. Low overall height allows for placement of square luminaires on exposed grids even with low ceiling voids of 200 mm and more.2 6.2 6.1 6. administrative premises and sales areas. The EnterioTwist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology. Twist versions Rapid-mounting luminaire EnterioTwist for exposed grids.8 6.7 5.9 6.6 5.Enterio / EnterioTwist Recessed luminaires with white louvre RWV 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84) Accessories ······························326 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 2 Joule 960 °C ···M73 RWV 318··· ···M84 RWV 418··· Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices. complete with integrated fluorescent lamps 3000 K (830) or 4000 K (840).2 6. ···TWW··· 3-pole connector. providing earth continuity.2 4. Reference Enterio M73··· ···RWV 314··· ···RWV 318··· ···RWV 3TCL36··· ···RWV 414··· ···RWV 418··· EnterioTwist: ···RWV 318···TWW 840 ···RWV 418···TWI 830 ···RWV 418···TWI 840 ···RWV 418···TWW 830 ···RWV 418···TWW 840 Enterio M84··· ···RWV 314··· ···RWV 318··· ···RWV 3TCL36··· ···RWV 414··· ···RWV 418··· EnterioTwist: ···RWV 318···TWI 840 ···RWV 318···TWW 840 ···RWV 418···TWI 830 ···RWV 418···TWI 840 ···RWV 418···TWW 830 ···RWV 418···TWW 840 TOC 44 064··· 44 065··· 48 036··· 44 067··· 44 068··· 44 099··· 44 102··· 44 103··· 44 104··· 44 105··· Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 3 x 14 3 x 18 3 x TCL36 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 Recess opening mm 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 ≈kg 4.4 6.

9 4.2 4. ···OA··· Cover made of PLEXIGLAS.2 4.9 3.46 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1. white.2 3. Low overall height allows for placement of square luminaires on exposed grids even with low ceiling voids of 200 mm and more. showrooms. with opal cover for lending a particularly uniform luminance.2 4. corridors and production facilities. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunking 15 mm / 24 mm).9 4. ···OA-PC··· Cover made of polycarbonate.2 4.2 3.2 Joule 650 °C ···PC··· 0.5 3.2 45 183··· 45 184··· 45 186··· 45 185··· 51 444··· 51 447··· 51 450··· 51 453··· TOC 52 503 00 47 167 00 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 4.2 4.5 4. offices.2 Description 1 set of safety springs for installation 1 set (4 pcs) of fixing brackets Enterio M73 OA-PC-IP 318 UTE: 0. Reference Enterio M73··· Enterio M73 OA 314··· Enterio M73 OA 318··· Enterio M73 OA 414··· Enterio M73 OA 418··· Enterio M73 OA-PC 314··· Enterio M73 OA-PC 318··· Enterio M73 OA-PC 414··· Enterio M73 OA-PC 418··· Enterio M73 OA-IP 314··· Enterio M73 OA-IP 318··· Enterio M73 OA-IP 414··· Enterio M73 OA-IP 418··· Enterio M73 OA-PC-IP 314··· Enterio M73 OA-PC-IP 318··· Enterio M73 OA-PC-IP 414··· Enterio M73 OA-PC-IP 418··· Enterio M84··· Enterio M84 OA 314··· Enterio M84 OA 318··· Enterio M84 OA 414··· Enterio M84 OA 418··· Enterio M84 OA-IP 314··· Enterio M84 OA-IP 318··· Enterio M84 OA-IP 414··· Enterio M84 OA-IP 418··· Accessories Enterio ZSF Enterio ZBB/1 C0 . Optical system Direct.2 4.Enterio Recessed luminaires with opal diffuser 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84) Accessories ······························326 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 oriented towards room IP40 0.2 4. ···IP··· Increased degree of protection IP54 (underside). Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.9 4.9 3.2 3.9 3.9 4.5/BZ 4 ···M73 OA··· 88 ···M84 OA··· 88 572 622 44 45 574 622 6 6 572 597 45 45 574 597 312 . lounges. mounted in a white aluminium frame.9 4.35 Joule 850 °C ···IP··· oriented towards room IP54 ···M73 OA··· Recommended areas Sales areas.9 3.9 3.C180 TOC 51 415··· 45 162··· 51 416··· 45 163··· 51 421··· 51 422··· 51 423··· 51 424··· 51 417··· 51 418··· 51 419··· 51 420··· 51 425··· 51 426··· 51 427··· 51 428··· Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 Recess opening mm 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 ≈kg 3. Other electrical versions available on request.

Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. white.Enterio Recessed luminaires with prismatic diffuser 600 mm module (M73) or 625 mm module (M84) Accessories ······························326 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP20 oriented towards room IP40 0. Other electrical versions available on request. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunking 15 mm / 24 mm).9 3. lounges.2 4.2 3. With photometrically effective prisms to direct the light primarily onto the working plane. ···PA-PC··· Cover made of polycarbonate.9 4. mounted in a white aluminium frame.9 4. corridors and production facilities. Low overall height allows for placement of square luminaires on exposed grids even with low ceiling voids of 200 mm and more. Optical system Direct cover. Reference Enterio M73··· Enterio M73 PA 314··· Enterio M73 PA 318··· Enterio M73 PA 414··· Enterio M73 PA 418··· Enterio M73 PA-PC 314··· Enterio M73 PA-PC 318··· Enterio M73 PA-PC 414··· Enterio M73 PA-PC 418··· Enterio M73 PA-IP 314··· Enterio M73 PA-IP 318··· Enterio M73 PA-IP 414··· Enterio M73 PA-IP 418··· Enterio M73 PA-PC-IP 314··· Enterio M73 PA-PC-IP 318··· Enterio M73 PA-PC-IP 414··· Enterio M73 PA-PC-IP 418··· Enterio M84··· Enterio M84 PA 314··· Enterio M84 PA 318··· Enterio M84 PA 414··· Enterio M84 PA 418··· Enterio M84 PA-IP 314··· Enterio M84 PA-IP 318··· Enterio M84 PA-IP 414··· Enterio M84 PA-IP 418··· Accessories Enterio ZSF Enterio ZBB/1 C0 .2 4. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top.2 45 187··· 45 188··· 45 189··· 45 190··· 51 456··· 51 459··· 51 462··· 51 465··· TOC 52 503 00 47 167 00 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 625 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 586 x 586 4.2 Description 1 set of safety springs for installation 1 set (4 pcs) of fixing brackets Enterio M73 PA-PC-IP 318 UTE: 0.9 3.2 4. ···PA··· Cover made of PLEXIGLAS.2 4.2 4.5 4. ···IP··· Increased degree of protection IP54 (underside).9 3. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.9 3.2 3.2 4.9 3.C180 TOC 51 429··· 45 164··· 51 430··· 45 165··· 51 435··· 51 436··· 51 437··· 51 438··· 51 431··· 51 432··· 51 433··· 51 434··· 51 439··· 51 440··· 51 442··· 51 443··· Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 3 x 14 3 x 18 4 x 14 4 x 18 Axis dimension mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600 Recess opening mm 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 580 x 580 ≈kg 3.2 4. showrooms.35 Joule 850 °C ···IP··· oriented towards room IP54 ···M73 PA··· Recommended areas Especially recommended for sales areas.5 3.9 4.9 4.58 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 ···M73 PA··· 88 ···M84 PA··· 88 572 622 44 45 574 622 6 6 572 597 45 45 574 597 313 .2 Joule 650 °C ···PC··· 0.2 3.9 4. offices.

Twist version Rapid-mounting luminaire Enterio Twist for exposed grids. providing earth continuity. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. sales areas. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips. complete with integral fluorescent lamps 4000 K (840). Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. white. Optical system Highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV made of anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99. especially VDU workstations.75/BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 314 .67 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3/. showrooms and financial institutions.C180 Recommended areas Recommended for offices. type WIELAND GST 18/3. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. ···TWW··· 3-pole connector.2 Joule 960 °C ···M37 RPV 136··· ···M46 RPV 236··· C0 . Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunkings 15 mm / 24 mm).98 %. The Enterio Twist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear Other electrical versions available on request.Enterio / EnterioTwist Recessed luminaires with highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Enterio M39 RPV 158 UTE: 0.

7 8.8 3. 1547/M59 315 .7 3.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1550 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 312.Accessories ······························326 Lamp characteristics ···············525 ···M76 RPV 436··· Reference TOC Enterio M36 RPV 128··· Enterio M36 RPV 136··· Enterio M37 RPV 128··· Enterio M37 RPV 136··· Enterio M38 RPV 135··· Enterio M38 RPV 158··· Enterio M39 RPV 135··· Enterio M39 RPV 158··· Enterio M46 RPV 228··· Enterio M46 RPV 236··· Enterio M48 RPV 235··· Enterio M48 RPV 258··· Enterio M57 RPV 228··· Enterio M57 RPV 236··· Enterio M59 RPV 235··· Enterio M59 RPV 258··· Enterio M76 RPV 336··· Enterio M76 RPV 436··· Enterio Twist: Enterio M57 RPV 236···TWW 840 47 169··· 45 097··· 47 176··· 45 103··· 47 177··· 45 111··· 47 185··· 45 117··· 47 188··· 45 129··· 45 141··· 45 142··· 47 190··· 45 151··· 45 158··· 45 159··· 45 177··· 45 179··· 47 192··· Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 3 x 36 4 x 36 2 x 36 Axis dimension mm 185 x 1200 185 x 1200 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1500 185 x 1500 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 300 x 1200 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 300 x 1500 312. 1474/M48 1197/M46.3 9. 1524/M59 1247/M57.8 5.5 4.4 3.8 6.5 3.5 4. 1497/M48 45 1174 1197 1474 1497 ···M37 RPV··· ···M39 RPV··· ···M57/59 RPV··· ···M76 RPV··· 92 92 88 88 572 597 6 800 212 161 184 6 800 362 285 310 6 161 184 55 1174 1197 45 1224 1247 1524 1547 1224/M57.1 4.6 6.5 x 1550 312.5 x 1250 312.0 5.6 4.0 4.5 x 1250 Recess opening mm 167 x 1180 167 x 1180 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1480 167 x 1480 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 276 x 1180 276 x 1180 276 x 1480 276 x 1480 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526 576 x 1180 576 x 1180 ≈kg 3.5 4.9 4.3 5.7 ···M36 RPV··· ···M38 RPV··· ···M46/48 RPV··· 92 92 88 800 337 272 297 43 45 6 161 184 800 187 161 184 43 45 43 1174/M46.

C180 Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices. ···M28 RMV··· ···M26 RMV··· 92 ENTERIO M28 RMV 158 UTE: 0. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. Louvre retention by means of springtensioned clips. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.56 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 ···M36 RMV··· 92 161 184 800 187 43 45 1174 1197 ···M37 RMV··· 92 161 184 800 212 6 1224 1247 ···M38 RMV··· 92 161 184 800 187 43 45 800 337 43 45 1474 1497 1174 1197 126 149 ···M39 RMV··· 92 92 161 184 800 337 43 45 6 126 149 800 362 1474 1497 1524 1547 316 . and financial institutions. The Enterio Twist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology. C0 . complete with integral fluorescent lamps 3000 K (830) or 4000 K (840). Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. type WIELAND GST 18/3. ···-U··· With ventilation slots for low-noise air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. sales areas. Optical system Semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV made of anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99. Other electrical versions available on request. white.2 Joule 960 °C ···M36 RMV 136··· ···M43 RMV 2TCL36···. ···TWW··· 3-pole connector.Enterio / EnterioTwist Recessed luminaires with semi-specular louvre RMV 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.98 %. Twist version Rapid-mounting luminaire Enterio Twist for exposed grids. ···-U··· versions recommended for air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. providing earth continuity. showrooms. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunking 15 mm / 24 mm). especially recommended for VDU workstations.

1 5.5 5.5 x 1550 600 x 1200 150 x 1200 150 x 1500 185 x 1200 185 x 1500 300 x 1200 312.4 3.6 3.1 3.4 3.5 x 1250 312.9 4.8 4.3 5.7 8.2 3.4 3.5 4.6 6.1 4.0 4.7 3.1 3. 1524/M59 1247/M57.2 4.5 4.5 3.5 3. 1547/M59 1174 1197 45 574 597 1174/M46.0 5. 1497/M48 45 317 .6 4.7 3.5 x 1550 312.0 4.5 x 1250 Recess opening mm 132 x 1180 132 x 1180 132 x 1180 132 x 1480 132 x 1480 132 x 1480 167 x 1180 167 x 1180 167 x 1180 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1480 167 x 1480 167 x 1480 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 276 x 576 276 x 1180 276 x 1180 276 x 1180 276 x 1480 276 x 1480 276 x 1480 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526 576 x 1180 ≈kg 3. 1474/M48 1197/M46.8 4.3 3.9 4.8 3.7 ···M43 RMV··· ···M46/48 RMV··· ···M57/59 RMV··· ···M76 RMV··· 88 88 88 6 272 297 6 285 310 43 88 572 597 6 272 297 55 1224/M57.2 3.8 6.Accessories ······························326 Lamp characteristics ···············525 ···M46 RMV 236··· ···M76 RMV 336··· Reference TOC Enterio M26 RMV 128··· Enterio M26 RMV 136··· Enterio M26-U RMV 136··· Enterio M28 RMV 135··· Enterio M28 RMV 158··· Enterio M28-U RMV 158··· Enterio M36 RMV 128··· Enterio M36 RMV 136··· Enterio M36-U RMV 136··· Enterio M37 RMV 128··· Enterio M37 RMV 136··· Enterio M38 RMV 135··· Enterio M38 RMV 158··· Enterio M38-U RMV 158··· Enterio M39 RMV 135··· Enterio M39 RMV 158··· Enterio M43 RMV 2TCL36··· Enterio M46 RMV 228··· Enterio M46 RMV 236··· Enterio M46-U RMV 236··· Enterio M48 RMV 235··· Enterio M48 RMV 258··· Enterio M48-U RMV 258··· Enterio M57 RMV 228··· Enterio M57 RMV 236··· Enterio M59 RMV 235··· Enterio M59 RMV 258··· Enterio M76 RMV 336··· Enterio Twist: Enterio M26-U RMV 136···TWW 830 Enterio M28-U RMV 158···TWW 830 Enterio M36-U RMV 136···TWW 830 Enterio M38-U RMV 158···TWW 830 Enterio M46-U RMV 236···TWW 830 Enterio M57 RMV 236···TWW 840 45 081··· 45 082··· 45 085··· 45 088··· 45 089··· 45 092··· 45 095··· 45 096··· 45 099··· 47 926··· 47 925··· 45 109··· 45 110··· 45 113··· 47 929··· 47 930··· 45 124··· 45 127··· 45 128··· 45 135··· 45 139··· 45 140··· 45 146··· 47 933··· 47 934··· 47 939··· 47 940··· 45 176··· 47 006··· 47 005··· 47 004··· 47 003··· 47 002··· 47 935··· Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 36 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x 58 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x TCL36 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 2 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 3 x 36 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 36 2 x 36 Axis dimension mm 150 x 1200 150 x 1200 150 x 1200 150 x 1500 150 x 1500 150 x 1500 185 x 1200 185 x 1200 185 x 1200 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1500 185 x 1500 185 x 1500 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 300 x 600 300 x 1200 300 x 1200 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 300 x 1500 300 x 1500 312.6 4.5 x 1250 312.

···-U··· with ventilation slots for low-noise air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. sales areas.2 Joule 960 °C ···M36 RSV 136··· ···M46 RSV 236··· C0 . Other electrical versionsavailable on request. The Enterio Twist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology. for narrow/wide-angle light distribution. providing earth continuity. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools. type WIELAND GST 18/3. ···TWW··· 3-pole connector. Enterio M38 RSV 158 UTE: 0. ···-U··· versions recommended for air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. complete with integral fluorescent lamps 3000 K (830) or 4000 K (840). white. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. Twist version Rapid-mounting luminaire Enterio Twist for exposed grids. with graduated concaveprofiled cross blades.Enterio / EnterioTwist Recessed luminaires with cross-blade louvre RSV 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunking 15 mm / 24 mm). showrooms and financial institutions.65 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 318 . Optical system Specular louvre RSV made of high-purity anodised aluminium.C180 Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips.

5 4.2 3.5 x 1250 Recess opening mm 132 x 1180 132 x 1480 167 x 1180 167 x 1180 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1480 167 x 1480 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 276 x 1180 276 x 1480 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526 ≈kg 3.6 4. 1497/M48 43 45 1474 1497 6 126 149 800 187 43 45 161 184 800 187 43 45 161 184 1174 1197 1174 1197 ···M28 RSV··· 92 ···M37 RSV··· 92 ···M39 RSV··· 92 ···M57/59 RSV··· 88 285 310 800 362 1224/M57.5 3.9 5. 1524/M59 1247/M57.5 x 1550 185 x 1200 185 x 1500 312.5 4.5 x 1250 312.7 3.5 3.7 4.5 4.0 4.6 ···M26 RSV··· 92 ···M36 RSV··· 92 ···M38 RSV··· 92 ···M46/48 RSV··· 88 272 297 800 337 43 45 1174/M46.7 3. 1547/M59 6 161 184 800 212 6 126 149 800 337 43 45 161 184 1474 1497 1224 1247 1524 1547 319 .Accessories ······························326 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Reference TOC Enterio M26 RSV 136··· Enterio M28 RSV 158··· Enterio M36 RSV 136··· Enterio M36-U RSV 136··· Enterio M37 RSV 128··· Enterio M37 RSV 136··· Enterio M38 RSV 158··· Enterio M38-U RSV 158··· Enterio M39 RSV 135··· Enterio M39 RSV 158··· Enterio M46 RSV 236··· Enterio M48 RSV 258··· Enterio M57 RSV 228··· Enterio M57 RSV 236··· Enterio M59 RSV 235··· Enterio M59 RSV 258··· Enterio Twist: Enterio M36-U RSV 136···TWW 830 Enterio M38-U RSV 158···TWW 830 Enterio M57 RSV 236···TWW 840 45 084··· 45 091··· 47 170··· 47 172··· 47 927··· 45 104··· 47 178··· 47 181··· 47 931··· 45 118··· 45 132··· 45 144··· 47 937··· 45 153··· 47 941··· 45 160··· 47 173··· 47 182··· 47 193··· Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 36 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 58 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x 36 2 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 36 Axis dimension mm 150 x 1200 150 x 1500 185 x 1200 185 x 1200 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1500 185 x 1500 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 312. 1474/M48 1197/M46.5 4.5 x 1550 312.2 4.6 6.3 4.8 4.7 6.5 x 1250 312.

Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top. complete with integral fluorescent lamps 3000 K (830) or 4000 K (840). Louvre retention by means of springtensioned clips. Other electrical versions available on request.5/BZ 4 320 . Optical system White louvre RWV. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunking 15 mm / 24 mm). for a uniform light distribution. type WIELAND GST 18/3.Enterio / EnterioTwist Recessed luminaires with white louvre RWV 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. ···TWW··· 3-pole connector. administrative premises and sales areas. Twist version Rapid-mounting luminaire Enterio Twist for exposed grids. ···-U··· versions recommended for air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.2 Joule 960 °C ···M76 RWV 136··· ···M36 RWV 236··· C0 . The Enterio Twist luminaires for exposed grids allow for quick installation due to the integral lamps and external connection technology.75 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 2/2. Enterio M38 RWV··· UTE: 0. ···-U··· With ventilation slots for low-noise air extraction in low-pressure ceilings. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. white.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/2/BZ 3/2.C180 Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices. providing earth continuity.

8 4. 1474/M48 1197/M46.1 ···M36 RWV··· ···M38 RWV··· ···M46/48 RWV··· ···M76 RWV··· 92 92 88 88 572 597 43 45 6 6 161 184 800 187 43 45 161 184 800 337 43 45 272 297 55 1174 1197 45 1174 1197 1474 1497 1174/M46.5 x 1250 Recess opening mm 167 x 1180 167 x 1180 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1480 167 x 1480 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 276 x 1180 276 x 1480 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526 576 x 1180 576 x 1180 ≈kg 4.8 3.5 x 1250 312.8 4.2 10.4 4.7 4. 1497/M48 ···M37 RWV··· 92 ···M39 RWV··· 92 ···M57/59 RWV··· 88 285 310 800 362 1224/M57.3 4.5 x 1250 312.0 3. 1547/M59 6 161 184 800 212 6 161 184 1224 1247 1524 1547 321 .7 3. 1524/M59 1247/M57.5 x 1550 600 x 1200 600 x 1200 185 x 1200 185 x 1500 312.7 5.Accessories ······························326 Lamp characteristics ···············525 ···M46 RWV 436··· Reference TOC Enterio M36 RWV 136··· Enterio M36-U RWV 136··· Enterio M37 RWV 128··· Enterio M37 RWV 136··· Enterio M38 RWV 158··· Enterio M38-U RWV 158··· Enterio M39 RWV 135··· Enterio M39 RWV 158··· Enterio M46 RWV 236··· Enterio M48 RWV 258··· Enterio M57 RWV 228··· Enterio M57 RWV 236··· Enterio M59 RWV 235··· Enterio M59 RWV 258··· Enterio M76 RWV 336··· Enterio M76 RWV 436··· Enterio Twist: Enterio M36-U RWV 136···TWW 830 Enterio M38-U RWV 158···TWW 830 Enterio M57 RWV 236···TWW 840 45 098··· 47 174··· 47 928··· 45 105··· 45 112··· 47 183··· 47 932··· 45 119··· 45 134··· 45 145··· 47 938··· 45 154··· 47 942··· 45 161··· 45 180··· 45 181··· 47 175··· 47 184··· 47 194··· Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x 36 1 x 36 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 58 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x 36 2 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 3 x 36 4 x 36 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 36 Axis dimension mm 185 x 1200 185 x 1200 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1500 185 x 1500 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 312.5 4.2 6.8 3.4 6.6 5.0 10.4 5.5 x 1550 312.1 7.

entrances and sales areas. lighting of shelves on retail premises. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. C0 .Enterio Recessed luminaires with wall-washer optics RAV 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.2 Joule 960 °C ···M37 RAV 136··· ···M43 RAV 1TCL··· Recommended areas Schools. Especially recommended for blackboard lighting in schools.C180 Enterio M37 RAV··· UTE: 0. with asymmetrical light distribution for uniform illumination of vertical surfaces.98 %. white. Universal system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunking 15 mm/ 24 mm).74 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 322 . Optical system Wall-washer optics RAV made of anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99. offices. Other electrical versions available on request. showrooms and storage facilities.

Accessories ······························326 Lamp characteristics ···············525 ···M46 RAV 136··· Reference TOC Enterio M37 RAV 128··· Enterio M37 RAV 136··· Enterio M39 RAV 135··· Enterio M39 RAV 158··· Enterio M43 RAV 1TCL36··· Enterio M43 RAV 1TCL40··· Enterio M43 RAV 1TCL55··· Enterio M46 RAV 136··· Enterio M48 RAV 158··· 45 101··· 45 102··· 45 115··· 45 116··· 45 121··· 45 122··· 45 123··· 45 094··· 45 108··· Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x TC-L36 1 x TC-L40 1 x TC-L55 1 x 36 1 x 58 Axis dimension mm 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 300 x 600 300 x 600 300 x 600 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 Recess opening mm 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 276 x 576 276 x 576 276 x 576 276 x 1180 276 x 1480 ≈kg 3. 1474/M48 1197/M46.8 5.1 6.7 ···M37 RAV··· ···M39 RAV··· ···M43 RAV··· ···M46/48 RAV··· 92 92 6 161 184 800 212 6 272 297 800 362 88 88 272 297 161 184 6 6 43 1174/M46.6 4.5 3.5 4.8 3.6 3. 1497/M48 45 1224 1247 1524 1547 574 597 323 .8 3.

C180 Recommended area Sales areas. mounted in a white aluminium frame.Enterio Recessed luminaires with opal or prismatic PLEXIGLAS diffuser 6 5 4 d a IP20 oriented towards room IP40 0.55 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 324 . showrooms. to direct the light primarily onto the working plane. ···PA··· With photometrically effective prisms.34 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2.2 Joule 650 °C ···IP··· oriented towards room IP54 ···M57 OA··· ···M57 PA··· C0 .C180 Enterio M39 PA 158 UTE: 0. corridors and production facilities. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. white. Enterio M39 OA 158 UTE: 0. ···OA··· Opal.5/BZ 4 C0 . offices. ···IP··· Increased degree of protection IP54 (underside). lounges. Low overall height allows for placement of square luminaires on exposed grids even with low ceiling voids of 200 mm and more. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. Other electrical versions available on request. Universal luminaire system that can be installed in cut-out recess openings and in ceiling systems comprising of concealed or exposed grids (trunkings 15 mm / 24 mm). lending a particular uniform brightness. Optical system Direct. with PLEXIGLAS cover. Increased stability through extra beading in the luminaire top.

2 3.8 4.8 4.8 5.2 5.2 3.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1550 312.2 3.4 5.2 3.5 x 1550 Recess opening mm 132 x 1180 132 x 1180 132 x 1480 132 x 1480 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526 132 x 1180 132 x 1180 132 x 1480 132 x 1480 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526 132 x 1180 132 x 1180 132 x 1480 132 x 1480 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526 132 x 1180 132 x 1180 132 x 1480 132 x 1480 167 x 1226 167 x 1226 167 x 1526 167 x 1526 289 x 1226 289 x 1226 289 x 1526 289 x 1526 ≈kg 3.4 5.5 x 1250 312.6 3.6 4.2 4.6 4.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1550 312.5 x 1550 150 x 1200 150 x 1200 150 x 1500 150 x 1500 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 312.2 4.4 Description 1 set of safety springs for installation 1 set (4 pcs) of fixing brackets ···M26 OA···/PA··· ···M28 OA···/PA··· ···M37 OA···/PA··· ···M39 OA···/PA··· ···M57 OA···/PA··· ···M59 OA···/PA··· 88 285 310 362 1224/M57.8 4.6 4.5 x 1250 312.6 4. 1524/M59 1247/M57.2 3.6 3.6 4.6 4.8 4.5 x 1250 312.8 3.2 4.5 x 1550 312.4 3.6 4.6 4.5 x 1550 150 x 1200 150 x 1200 150 x 1500 150 x 1500 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 312.6 4.6 4.6 4.Accessories ······························326 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Reference TOC Enterio M26 OA 128··· Enterio M26 OA 136··· Enterio M28 OA 135··· Enterio M28 OA 158··· Enterio M37 OA 128··· Enterio M37 OA 136··· Enterio M39 OA 135··· Enterio M39 OA 158··· Enterio M57 OA 228··· Enterio M57 OA 236··· Enterio M59 OA 235··· Enterio M59 OA 258··· Enterio M26 OA-IP 128··· Enterio M26 OA-IP 136··· Enterio M28 OA-IP 135··· Enterio M28 OA-IP 158··· Enterio M37 OA-IP 128··· Enterio M37 OA-IP 136··· Enterio M39 OA-IP 135··· Enterio M39 OA-IP 158··· Enterio M57 OA-IP 228··· Enterio M57 OA-IP 236··· Enterio M59 OA-IP 235··· Enterio M59 OA-IP 258··· Enterio M26 PA 128··· Enterio M26 PA 136··· Enterio M28 PA 135··· Enterio M28 PA 158··· Enterio M37 PA 128··· Enterio M37 PA 136··· Enterio M39 PA 135··· Enterio M39 PA 158··· Enterio M57 PA 228··· Enterio M57 PA 236··· Enterio M59 PA 235··· Enterio M59 PA 258··· Enterio M26 PA-IP 128··· Enterio M26 PA-IP 136··· Enterio M28 PA-IP 135··· Enterio M28 PA-IP 158··· Enterio M37 PA-IP 128··· Enterio M37 PA-IP 136··· Enterio M39 PA-IP 135··· Enterio M39 PA-IP 158··· Enterio M57 PA-IP 228··· Enterio M57 PA-IP 236··· Enterio M59 PA-IP 235··· Enterio M59 PA-IP 258··· Accessories Enterio ZSF Enterio ZBB/1 51 354··· 51 355··· 51 362··· 51 363··· 48 666··· 48 667··· 48 670··· 48 671··· 48 673··· 45 149··· 49 425··· 45 156··· 51 356··· 51 357··· 51 364··· 51 365··· 51 370··· 51 371··· 51 374··· 51 375··· 51 407··· 51 408··· 51 411··· 51 412··· 51 358··· 51 359··· 51 366··· 51 367··· 48 668··· 48 669··· 49 424··· 48 672··· 48 674··· 45 150··· 49 426··· 45 157··· 51 360··· 51 361··· 51 368··· 51 369··· 51 372··· 51 373··· 51 376··· 51 377··· 51 409··· 51 410··· 51 413··· 51 414··· TOC 52 503 00 47 167 00 Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 1 x 28 1 x 36 1 x 35 1 x 58 2 x 28 2 x 36 2 x 35 2 x 58 Axis dimension mm 150 x 1200 150 x 1200 150 x 1500 150 x 1500 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 312.8 4.2 3.6 4.8 4.0 5.8 5.8 3.5 x 1250 312.0 4.5 x 1550 150 x 1200 150 x 1200 150 x 1500 150 x 1500 185 x 1250 185 x 1250 185 x 1550 185 x 1550 312.0 5. 1547/M59 92 92 92 6 161 184 800 212 92 6 126 149 800 187 43 45 126 149 800 337 43 45 161 184 800 1174 1197 1474 1497 1224 1247 1524 1547 325 .6 4.5 x 1250 312.2 4.5 x 1250 312.6 4.8 4.5 x 1550 312.2 5.8 4.0 4.

E14-Emergency light fixture For permanent and stand-by operation. Practical accessories guarantee easy installation and thus economic lighting solutions. max.Enterio / EnterioTwist Mounting instructions and accessories Enterio Ceilings with exposed grids The sides of the luminaires are placed on the flanges of the grid system without any fixing accessories. lamp diameter 30 mm. 47 195 00 Individual battery system (not illustr. max. Lamp rating max. 25 W. consisting of a E14 socket. marked with a green dot.) In case of power failure. 25 Module Practical accessories TRILUX recessed luminaires are distinguished by universal appliction in ceilings with concealed and exposed grids. Please contact your local TRILUX support centre for further details. 200 min. for tubular incandescent lamps. an individual battery system with reduced luminous flux is provided to ensure the continued operation of the light. Enterio ZNO/E 14 For multi-lamp luminaires (Module width ≥ 300 mm). 25 Module Enterio / EnterioTwist EnterioTwist luminaires are brought into position and placed on the exposed grid without requiring any extra fixing accessories. 200 . and in ceilings with cut-out recess openings. 326 min.

Fixing accessories 1 set (4 pieces) fixing brackets for Enterio (except for EnterioTwist). The surrounding rim of the luminaire conceals the saw cut. Enterio ZBB/1 47 167 00 Module width up to and including 185 mm. 47 168 00 max. please contact your local TRILUX support centre. 25 max.Ceilings with concealed grids The luminaires are mounted with the aid of fixing brackets that are available as optional accessories. 25 Fixing accessories 1 set (4 pieces) fixing brackets for Enterio (except for EnterioTwist). Ceilings with cut-out recess openings Enterio luminaires are mounted with the aid of fixing brackets that are available separately as accessories. 50 max. Enterio ZBB/2 Module width ≥ 300 mm. max. The inclined body of the luminaire simplifies the installation in system ceilings. 50 max. 50 327 . In case of asymmetrical ceiling systems.

8 Accessories TOC Description Fixing accessories. particularly stable and rigid. and corridors. C0 . Reference TOC 7344/18··· 7354/18··· 7344 P/18··· 7354 P/18··· 12 578··· 12 586··· 12 579··· 12 587··· Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 Module (mm) with exposed Trunking 625 x 625 – 625 x 625 – Module (mm) with concealed Trunking 600 x 600 625 x 625 600 x 600 625 x 625 ≈kg 7.2 Joule 650 °C 7344···.C180 7344 P/18 UTE: 0. 7354/18 with opal diffuser.4 7. 7354 P··· Recommended areas Especially recommended for offices.59 D + 0.4 7. white. in 600 mm module. Grid height 15 mm to 50 mm. showrooms. sales areas. ···P··· With photometrically designed prisms to direct the light primarily onto the working plane.03 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4/. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of internal spring clips.5/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 7344··· 7354··· 7344 P··· 7354 P··· 328 .03 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/1. Grid height 38 mm. with 4 mounting brackets for fixing the luminaire 734··· in 703/50N 12 406 00 ceilings with exposed grids.734···.45 E + 0. Other electrical versions available on request. 735··· For ceilings with concealed grids. and for ceilings with exposed grids. 7354··· 7344 P···. 735 series··· Recessed luminaires with opal or prismatic PLEXIGLAS diffuser Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP40 0. 734··· For ceilings with concealed grids. in 625 mm module. in 625 mm module. maximum flange width 45 mm. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear.C180 7344/18 UTE: 0. 1 set (4 pieces) rapid-mounting swivel brackets for fastening of luminaires 734··· or 735··· in ceilings with 700/50N 12 405 00 concealed grids. flange width 24 mm.75/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 C0 . Optical system PLEXIGLAS diffuser made in one piece. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. 7344/18. lounges.8 7.

329 .

.

Luminaires with high protection ratings .

Aragon 711···/712··· 713··· 338 Aragon weather-proof surfacemounted luminaire made of polycarbonate (IP66) 342 711···/712··· weather-proof surfacemounted luminaire PLEXIGLAS diffuser (IP54) 344 713··· weather-proof surface-mounted luminaire PLEXIGLAS diffuser (IP54) Luminaires with high protection ratings i Centa-S 2911··· 346 Centa-S (748···) (IP65) 348 2911··· weather-proof downlight (IP54) 332 .

Fidesca 350 Fidesca Premium PM Clean-room luminaire (IP65) 350 Fidesca Standard SD Clean-room luminaire (IP65) 350 Fidesca Basic BS Clean-room luminaire (IP54) 739··· 4401··· 362 739··· weather-proof recessed luminaire (IP54) 363 4401··· recessed luminaire for strip ceilings (IP54) 333 .

Prepared for all eventualities: TRILUX luminaires with high protection ratings. 334 .

but also have to satisfy most stringent hygiene standards. hospitals or factories must fulfil very specific requirements. The luminaires installed in such locations must not only be resistant to increased mechanical and chemical loads. 335 . For a positive surprise in every aspect: TRILUX luminaires with high protection ratings.Light in laboratories. A task that is easy for our engineers to cope with when they assume the worst.

By the way. 336 .The TRILUX series. The TRILUX Fidesca Premium (PM) clean-room luminaire is especially suited for areas where hygiene and sterility are top priority. the TRILUX Aragon series. It is easy to clean and can be sealed to a bacteria-proof standard. to prevent mechanical destruction. For areas where there is a risk of contamination due to chemical substances or possible ingress of moisture or dusts. luminaire bodies must be shielded accordingly: for instance. which fulfil these requirements. specially protected optical systems increase the longevity and reliability of all TRILUX luminaires with increased protection rating and guarantee especially long maintenance intervals. are just as special as the demands of the specific environments. And in turn the TRILUX Centa-S is equipped with an extremely high-impact diffuser in order.

Light that not only provide security with light. 337 .

Luminaire body Polycarbonate.C180 Aragon 149 E UTE: 0.and wall-mounted luminaires for damp or corrosive environments and covered exterior areas. recyclable. With stainless steel wire bracket for steel strip suspension or for chain suspension to be provided by the contractor. for T5 fluorescent lamps ···T··· with transparent body 6 5 4 d o$ a IP66 6 Joule 850 °C Aragon 1···T··· Aragon 2···T··· C0 .64 H + 0. Colour effects can be achieved with the transparent version of Aragon luminaires when combined with coloured lamps. Mounting by means of enclosed stainless steel fixing clamps. Diffuser made in one piece. Aragon 149 T E UTE: 0. mechanically stable. With top and end cut outs for mains supply and further wiring as well as for through-wiring by means of heat-resistant internal wiring. ···T··· Transparent.17 T DIN 5040: B20 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 7/2/BZ 6 338 . ···T··· The transparent luminaire body provides an indirect light component with an interesting design. with internal linear prisms. closed without tools.05 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 C0 . ···S··· With highly-specular reflection-intensifying reflector.19 T DIN 5040: B20 CIBSE: BZ 7/1. for additional indirect light component.C180 Aragon 149 S E UTE: 0. Recommended for increased mechanical stability requirements.79 H + 0.C180 Recommended areas Ceiling. Optical system Diffuser made of clear impact-resistant and UV-stabilised polycarbonate with fine-grained etched diffuser ends. Grommets are enclosed loose. Other control gear versions available on request. very low inflammability. Internal wiring to be ordered separately. Control gear option Versions ···14/24···.5/BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 7/4/BZ 6 C0 . Smooth exterior finish. ···E With electronic control gear. ···28/54··· and ···35/49··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of interlocking tabs moulded into the body and diffuser. Production sites subject to fire hazards Due to low surface temperatures and high IP rating suitable for production sites subject to fire hazards. light-grey. for symmetrical light distribution.Aragon Weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires with polycarbonate diffuser.85 E + 0.

5 mm² for luminaires 35 W.6 4.5 mm² for luminaires 28 W.8 3.5 Description Internal wiring. 5 x 1. 1 pair.4 1.5 3. 80 W Steel strip suspension.6 2.0 3.8 3.3 3. 54 W Internal wiring.9 2.6 2.2 3.4 3.6 3.Lamp characteristics ···············525 Aragon 1··· Aragon 2··· Aragon 1···S Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x 14/24 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 14/24 2 x 28 2 x 35 2 x 49 2 x 54 1 x 14 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 14/24 2 x 28 2 x 35 2 x 49 2 x 54 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 D mm 390 800 1100 390 800 1100 1100 800 390 800 1100 390 800 1100 1100 800 800 1100 D1 D2 ≈kg Aragon 114/24 T··· Aragon 128/54 T··· Aragon 135/49/80 T··· Aragon 214/24 T··· Aragon 228 T··· Aragon 235 T··· Aragon 249 T··· Aragon 254 T··· Aragon 114/24··· Aragon 128/54··· Aragon 135/49/80··· Aragon 214/24··· Aragon 228··· Aragon 235··· Aragon 249··· Aragon 254··· Aragon 128/54 S··· Aragon 135/49/80 S··· Accessories Aragon LV 5x1200 Aragon LV 5x1500 Aragon SB 42 950··· 42 951··· 42 952··· 51 517··· 38 748··· 38 749··· 38 750··· 38 751··· 15 507··· 15 512··· 15 516··· 51 515··· 15 529··· 15 530··· 16 493··· 15 533··· 15 513··· 15 517··· TOC 38 716 00 16 495 00 15 537 00 – 235 235 – 235 235 235 235 – 235 235 – 235 235 235 235 235 235 – 475 475 – 475 475 475 475 – 475 475 – 475 475 475 475 475 475 1. 1 m long. 49 W.7 2. 5 x 1. Aragon 1··· 40 Aragon 1···S···.0 4. Aragon 2··· 40 50 110 50 110 339 . made of stainless steel.7 2.4 2.

closed without tools.C180 Aragon 158 S··· UTE: 0. recyclable. Smooth exterior finish.04 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 340 . mechanically stable.04 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 C0 .C180 Aragon 158 SA UTE: 0. very low flammability. light-grey. Luminaire body Polycarbonate.60 H + 0.16 T DIN 5040: B20 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 7/2.Aragon Weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires with polycarbonate diffuser. Grommets are enclosed loose.and wall-mounted luminaires for damp or corrosive environments and covered exterior areas. Other control gear versions available on request. Optical system Diffuser made of clear impact-resistant and UV-stabilised polycarbonate with fine-grained etched diffuser ends. ···SA··· With highly-specular reflection-intensifying reflector. Production sites subject to fire hazards Due to low surface temperatures and high IP rating suitable for production sites subject to fire hazards. Diffuser made in one piece. ···S··· With highly-specular reflection-intensifying reflector.66 G + 0. Mounting by means of enclosed stainless steel fixing clamps.5/BZ 6 C0 . for T8 fluorescent lamps 6 5 4 d o$ a IP66 6 Joule 850 °C Aragon 1··· Aragon 2··· C0 . With stainless steel wire bracket for steel strip suspension or for chain suspension (provided by the installer). With top and end cut outs for mains supply and further wiring as well as for through-wiring by means of heat-resistant internal wiring. for asymmetrical light distribution.C180 Application Ceiling. Aragon 158··· UTE: 0. Recommended for areas where increased mechanical strength is required. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. with internal linear prisms. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of interlocking tabs moulded into the body-diffuser. Internal wiring to be ordered separately.68 E + 0.

5 2.0 5.3 4.2 4.2 3.6 Description Internal wiring.4 4.3 4.5 mm² for luminaires 36 W Internal wiring. 5 x 1. Aragon 1··· 40 Aragon 1···S···.2 3.8 5. 5 x 1. Aragon 2··· 40 50 110 50 110 341 . 1 m long.5 mm² for luminaires 58 W Steel strip suspension.6 5.Lamp characteristics ···············525 Aragon 1···S··· Aragon 2···S··· Aragon 1···SA··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x 18 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 18 2 x 36 2 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 36 2 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58 D mm 390 800 1100 390 800 1100 800 1100 800 1100 800 1100 D1 D2 ≈kg Aragon 118··· Aragon 136··· Aragon 158··· Aragon 218··· Aragon 236··· Aragon 258··· Aragon 136 S··· Aragon 158 S··· Aragon 236 S··· Aragon 258 S··· Aragon 136 SA··· Aragon 158 SA··· Accessories Aragon LV 5x1200 Aragon LV 5x1500 Aragon SB 15 508··· 15 518··· 15 523··· 15 527··· 15 531··· 15 534··· 15 519··· 15 524··· 15 532··· 15 535··· 15 520··· 15 525··· TOC 38 716 00 16 495 00 15 537 00 – 235 235 – 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 235 – 475 475 – 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 2. made of stainless steel.9 4. 1 pair.

7112 S/1x58 UTE: 0. 7121··· C0 . 7122 S··· 7111···. light-grey.09 T DIN 5040: B30 CIBSE: BZ 5/4/BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6 342 .35 Joule 650 °C 711··· a 712··· M 7112 S···. made in one piece. 712··· Safety class II. Gear tray can be removed without using tools and hung from the luminaire body for maintenance purposes. anodised reflector. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of integral rocker fasteners made of glass-fibre reinforced polyacetal. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. particularly stable and rigid. 712··· Weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires with PLEXIGLAS diffuser 6 5 4 d o$ IP65 0. 711··· Safety class I.03 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4/.C180 7111/58 UTE: 0. Luminaire body Glass-fibre reinforced polyester resin.C180 Application Damp or corrosive environments. ···S··· With highly-specular.Series 711···. Optical system Clear PLEXIGLAS diffuser with fine grained surface.71 E + 0. and covered exterior areas.75/ BZ 3/1/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 C0 . very low flammability. Other electric versions available on request.C180 7112/58 UTE: 0. Production sites exposed to fire hazards Suitable for production sites subject to fire hazards thanks to low surface temperatures and high IP rating. ···/36 and ···/58 with double fitting end grommets for mains supply and further wiring and for heat-resistant through-wiring with connection pipe.13 T DIN 5040: B20 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6 C0 .65 H + 0.68 H + 0.

1 4.1 3. 1430 mm 7111···.5 mm². 1130 mm 7115/4LV/58 12 441 00 4 x 1.0 4.0 4. for 712···/58.5 mm².5 mm².7 6. for 711···/36. 1650 mm 7110/5LV/58 12 423 00 5 x 1. 7121··· 7112···. 1130 mm 7115/5LV/36 12 442 00 5 x 1. for 711···/36.5 7112/36··· 12 430··· ···04 2 x 36 900 7112/58··· 12 431··· ···04 2 x 58 1200 7122/36··· 12 450··· ···04 2 x 36 900 7122/58··· 12 451··· ···04 2 x 58 1200 D2* = Minimum measure due to thermal expansion of luminaire diffuser.5 mm². 1 m long.Lamp characteristics ···············525 7112···. 1350 mm 7110/4LV/58 12 421 00 4 x 1. tailored to 7110··· accessories.6 2.7 6.6 5. for 711···/58. 1430 mm 7115/5LV/58 12 443 00 5 x 1. stainless steel V2A Through-wiring sets for non-interrupted continuous lines 7110/4LV/36 12 420 00 4 x 1.5 4. for 712···/36. Accessories TOC Description Steel strip suspension 75N 12 676 00 1 pair. 1650 mm Internal wiring for non-interrupted continuous lines 7115/4LV/36 12 440 00 4 x 1.5 mm².5 mm². for 712···/58. for 712···/36.5 mm².5 mm².0 3. 1350 mm 7110/5LV/36 12 422 00 5 x 1. 7122··· 343 . 7122··· Reference TOC 7112 S/1 x 58··· 7122 S/1 x 58··· 7111/18··· 7111/36··· 7111/58··· 7121/36··· 7121/58··· 12 439··· 12 459··· 12 424··· 12 425··· 12 426··· 12 445··· 12 446··· Control gear option ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x 58 1 x 58 1 x 18 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58 D mm 1200 1200 530 900 1200 900 1200 D1 D2* ≈kg 185 185 65 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 375 375 – 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 5. for 711···/58.

Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. Luminaire body Glass-fibre reinforced polyester resin. Other control gear versions available on request. anodised reflector. light-grey. ···S··· With highly-specular. Optical system PLEXIGLAS diffuser. 7131/58 UTE: 0. ···/36 and ···/58 with front-plane self-sealing openings for through-wiring inside the luminaire. made in one piece. Projections and indentations in the front planes ensure precise alignment of the luminaires in the continuous line. Production sites subject to fire hazards Due to low surface temperatures and high IP rating suitable for production sites subject to fire hazards. covered exterior areas and swimming pools. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of internal spring clips ···P··· With PLEXIGLAS diffuser with photometrically effective prisms to direct the light primarily onto the working plane.713···series Weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires with PLEXIGLAS diffuser 6 5 4 d o$ a IP54 0. particularly stable. very low inflammability.C180 7132··· Recommended areas Damp or corrosive environments.48 H + 0.2 Joule 650 °C 7131··· C0 . opal.21 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6 344 .

for luminaires ···/36.0 3.5 mm².2 8. for luminaires ···/36.4 3 x 1.3 6.5 mm². for luminaires 713··· 7132··· 7131··· 345 . 1790 mm 5 x 1.3 7. 1450 mm 3 x 1.5 mm².9 5. 1 m long.6 8. /58.0 9. 25 m 1 pair. 1450 mm 5 x 1.7 3. for luminaires ···/58. for luminaires ···/58. 1790 mm 5 x 1.Lamp characteristics ···············525 7131 P··· 7132 P··· Reference TOC 7131/36··· 7131/58··· 7132/18··· 7132/36··· 7132/58··· 7131 P/36··· 7131 P/58··· 7132 PS/1x58··· 7132 P/36··· 7132 P/58··· Accessories Through-wiring sets 7130/3LV/36 7130/5LV/36 7130/3LV/58 7130/5LV/58 07690/5LV/25m Steel strip suspension V2A 75N 12 466··· 12 468··· 12 475··· 12 476··· 12 478··· 12 472··· 12 473··· 12 489··· 12 481··· 12 484··· TOC 12 462 00 12 464 00 12 463 00 12 465 00 21 890 00 12 676 00 Control gear option ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Description Lamps W 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 18 2 x 36 2 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 58 2 x 36 2 x 58 D mm 900 1200 530 900 1200 900 1200 1200 900 1200 D1 D2 E1 ≈kg 195 195 65 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 390 390 – 390 390 390 390 390 390 390 400 550 215 400 550 400 550 550 400 550 3.5 mm².5 mm².7 5. for luminaires ···/36.

Production sites exposed to fire hazards Due to low surface temperatures and high IP rating. For combined mounting with mounting body. Luminaire body Polycarbonate. wide. white. made of aluminium. Optical system Opal diffuser made of PLEXIGLAS or highimpact polycarbonate (···PC···) with finegrained surface. Decor bezel ring 0748··· Conical ceiling ring with surrounding narrow rim. ···PC··· Recommended for areas where increased mechanical strength is required and preventive fire protection. 346 . Suitable for mounting on ceilings and walls. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of internal spring clips. titanium-coloured. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. Circular diffuser in spherical form.5 Joule 650 °C ···PC··· 2 Joule 850 °C Application Ceiling. Other control gear versions available on request. Decor bezel ring 0749··· Conical ceiling ring.and wall-mounted luminaires for damp or corrosive environments and covered exterior areas. With two gromets for mains supply and further wiring. the versions ···E are suitable for production sites subject to fire hazards. With integrated ventilation valve for safe pressure compensation in case of temperature fluctuations. made of aluminium. Versions for compact fluorescent lamps TC-L equipped with stainless steel lamp holders. coated in transparent lacquer.Centa-S Circular weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires with opal diffuser 6 5 4 d o$ a IP65 0. titanium-coloured. For combined mounting with luminaire body. particularly stable. coated in transparent lacquer.

. Ø 410 mm. for 7481··· 07482 DD 21 845 00 1 pc. Ø 384 mm. aluminium..7 0.04 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 7481··· 7482··· 7483··· 347 . titanium-coloured. titanium-coloured.0 1. for 7482··· 07483 DD 21 846 00 1 pc. for 7482··· 07493 DD 21 849 00 1 pc.. coated in transparent lacquer 07491 DD 21 847 00 1 pc. for 7483··· Decor bezel rings wide.7 1.. Ø 572 mm.40 G + 0.1 0. Ø 498 mm.Lamp characteristics ···············525 7481··· 7482··· 7483··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x TC-DEL13 1 x TC-DEL18 1 x TC-DEL13 1 x TC-DEL18 1 x TR22 2 x TC-L18 1 x TR22 2 x TC-L18 1 x TR40 2 x TC-L24 1 x TR40 2 x TC-L24 D mm 110 110 110 110 134 134 134 134 169 169 169 169 D1 D2 E1 E2 ≈kg 7481/TCD13··· 7481/TCD18··· 7481 PC/TCD13··· 7481 PC/TCD18··· 7482/1 x TR22··· 7482/TCL18··· 7482 PC/1 x TR22··· 7482 PC/TCL18··· 7483/1 x TR40··· 7483/2 x TCL24··· 7483 PC/1 x TR40··· 7483 PC/2 x TCL24··· 12 660··· 12 661··· 12 662··· 12 663··· 12 664··· 12 665··· 12 666··· 12 667··· 12 668··· 12 669··· 12 670··· 12 672··· – – – – 51 51 51 51 85 85 85 85 – – – – – – – – 100 100 100 100 80 80 80 80 32 32 32 32 83 130 83 130 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 1. for 7483··· C0 .9 3..9 1.0 1. Ø 310 mm.9 3. aluminium.0 1. Ø 470 mm..0 Accessories TOC Description Decor bezel rings slender.9 1.1 1.C180 7481/TCD18 UTE: 0. for 7481··· 07492 DD 21 848 00 1 pc. coated in transparent lacquer 07481 DD 21 844 00 1 pc.

Safe retention by means of spring catches. C0 . for narrow/wideangle light distribution.0 2911 B/TCD18 E* 10 960 04 2911 B/TCT26 E* 10 961 04 * Covers to be ordered separately.0 3.49 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 2911···/TCD18 E 2911···/TCT26··· 348 .0 2.C180 2911/TCD18 +02901···A UTE: 0. fixed without tools in basic downlights 2911··· to achieve IP54 all-round. Optical accessory 1 piece. Production sites subject to fire hazards Thanks to low surface temperatures and IP54 in combination with glass covers. Shadow gap between bezel ring and reflector rim.Series 291··· Weather-proof downlights Accessories ······························349 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a o$ 0. integrated within spherical decor bezel ring. With smooth reflector. Optical system Highly-specular reflector. Reference TOC Lamps W 1 x TC-DEL18 1 x TC-TELI26 1 x TC-DEL18 1 x TC-TELI26 2911/TCD18 E* 2911/TCT26 E* 10 958 04 10 959 04 Recess opening mm 224 224 224 224 Recess depth mm 144 144 144 144 ≈kg 2. transparent moulded glass. the versions ···E are suitable for production sites particularly subject to fire hazards. with integral bezel ring. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. Ceiling recess mounting by means of integral swivel brackets. Luminaire body Die-cast aluminium.0 3. 02901 CA With chrome decor bezel ring. 02901 WA With white decor bezel ring. made of high-purity post-anodised aluminium. Other control gear versions available on request. ···B··· With facetted specular reflector.2 Joule 960 °C with cover IP54 2911/TCD··· + 02901 WA 2911 B/TCD··· + 02901 CA Application 2911··· downlights in combination with glass covers 02901··· Suitable for use in damp or corrosive environments and covered exterior areas.

toolfree installation.5 Reference 02901 C-FT chrome 02901 W-FT white TOC 21 415 00 21 418 00 ≈kg 1. 1 mm. Transparent Fresnel lenses To achieve IP54 all-round with 291··· weatherproof downlights. Fresnel lens in transparent moulded glass. to mount downlights in suspended ceilings or in closed ceilings (wood. white. steel sheet. Cover in transparent moulded glass. in 100 mm module with 16 mm shadow gap. safe retention by means of spring catches. tool-free installation. 1 piece. gypsum plaster. safe retention by means of spring catches. sheet steel.2 1. integrated into spherical decorative bezel ring. integrated into spherical decorative bezel ring. Mounting case 1 piece. Frosted Fresnel lenses To achieve IP54 all-round with 291··· weatherproof downlights. Reference 02901 CA chrome 02901 WA white TOC 21 413 00 21 416 00 ≈kg 0. 1 piece.9 ¶ 33 M32 188 ¶ 135 324 324 349 100 .0 Reference 02901 C-FS chrome 02901 W-FS white TOC 21 414 00 21 417 00 ≈kg 1. integrated into spherical decorative bezel ring. with two connection openings 40 mm and four fixing brackets to be fastened on the panel. safe retention by means of spring catches. consisting of cover and bezel ring.Series 291··· Covers Mounting accessories Glass covers To achieve IP54 all-round with 291··· weatherproof downlights. 1 piece. with pressfolded sides and integral angle brackets. 1 mm. consisting of Fresnel lens and bezel ring. or similar) with low load-bearing capacity or little impression resistance. 1 mm.0 1. Fresnel lens in frosted moulded glass. For strip ceilings.3 Reference 02900/284 TOC 21 401 00 ≈kg 1.5 0. fully galvanised. Reference 02900/600 02900/625 TOC 21 402 00 21 403 00 ≈kg 1. tool-free installation. outdoor areas. Not suitable for wet areas like showers.0 1. 1 piece.5 Reference 02900/150 TOC 21 400 00 ≈kg 2. consisting of Fresnel lens and bezel ring.0 Mounting plate 1 piece. steel sheet. etc. fully galvanised. Sealed housing For mounting of downlights in concrete ceilings.

Fidesca 350 .

they must be resistant to mechanical destruction – for instance. not least of all. No less important is an easy-to-clean surface that is impervious to cleaning agents. customers really benefit from TRILUX‘s many years of experience in the area of clean room lighting. Perfect. only someone who knows the complex requirements of clean room luminaires is able to satisfy these. Be it operating theatres or food processing industry. Why the TRILUX Fidesca is not a standard solution? Because it exceeds the standards. all three are equipped with easy-to-clean surface materials. With the three different versions of TRILUX Fidesca Basic. Standard and Premium. TRILUX offers the ideal solution for all clean room areas.Today. even for every type of clean room. From relatively modest standards in hygiene through to the most stringent requirements for cleanliness – the TRILUX Fidesca series always has the perfect model to offer. What does it show: The TRILUX Fidesca is as diverse as the requirements it must fulfil. After all. What does a luminaire need to be perfectly suited to clean rooms? First. be it for the production of microchips or in the pharmaceutical industry. For instance. In addition to that. TRILUX delivers luminaires that offer everything. the TRILUX Fidesca Standard and Premium offer high-quality laminated safety glass (LSG). which cannot splinter. 351 . because we set the same standards for clean room luminaires as for all other areas: delivering new light in best quality and workmanship. glass splinters do not belong in a clean room.

for patients in wake-up zones. ···PS With additional specular reflector. Good glare limitation when looking directly at the luminaire. suitable for installation in system and gypsum plaster ceilings. Clean-room luminaire for surface and recess mounting. resistant for the most part against cleaning agents and disinfectants. for an individually adjustable light distribution (+/– 30° from vertical). with high light output ratio. IP54 . BASIC Fidesca-BS Recessed clean-room luminaire. Optical versions for different areas of use. RPX Highly-specular parabolic louvre Reflection-intensifying coating. suitable for VDU applications due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65°. practically bacteria-proof. 1 Select luminaires of the product series have been tested and certified by the Fraunhofer Institute for Manufacturing Engineering and Automation IPA. individually positionable. e. Sturdy PLEXIGLAS cover. With LSG cover ···SB··· Clear. PLEXIGLAS® covers Made of non-yellowing and ageing-resistant polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA). Resistant for the most part against cleaning agents and disinfectants. with cover made of clear laminated safety glass. VSG STANDARD Fidesca-SD RPX Highly-specular parabolic louvre Reflection-intensifying coating. VSG Laminated safety glass (LSG) Covers made of highly-resistant laminated safety glass are resistant to mechanical destruction. narrow/wide-angle distribution of light. Optical versions for different areas of use. classified and certified by Fraunhofer Institute1. prismatic version.g. suitable for VDU applications due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65°. classified and certified by Fraunhofer Institute1. ···P In clear. shatter-proof thanks to laminated safety glass. for a uniform distribution of luminance. for high light output and balanced distribution of luminance. lamps can be switched separately (if dimmable) with individual ECG per lamp. IP65. Use of laser Laser technology Luminaire covers made of stylish fine-grained glass eliminate uncontrolled reflections when using laser technology. suitable for installation in system and gypsum plaster ceilings. with cover made of frosted laminated safety glass. with cover made of clear laminated safety glass. Resistant for the most part against cleaning agents and disinfectants. 352 . With LSG cover ···M··· Laser Recessed clean-room luminaire.Fidesca Diversity VSG PREMIUM Fidesca-PM Laser Pivotable RV Highly-specular reflectors Reflection-intensifying coating. shatter-proof thanks to laminated safety glass (LSG). practically bacteria-proof. Optical versions for different areas of use. 25° 65° 65° 1 Select luminaires of the product series have been tested and certified by the Fraunhofer Institute for Manufacturing Engineering and Automation IPA. Different air purity classes The Fraunhofer Institute for Manufacturing Engineering and Automation confirms: Luminaires may be used in clean rooms with different air purity classes according to ISO 14644-1. 25° 65° 65° Matt-finish. ···T In translucent version. IP65. with integral reflector made of reflectionintensifying aluminium.

Installation in metal case ceilings is effected using mounting rails. Surface mounting. Both straight or rectangular arrangements are possible. 353 . The necessary frame parts may be calculated as installation accessories for the luminaire series by using the „TX-Win Cleanroom“ software that is available. The necessary frame parts may be calculated as installation accessories for the luminaire series by using the „TX-Win Cleanroom“ software that is available. The programme calculates every dimension of ceiling cut-out openings in the arrangement and also prepares a parts list of all frame components that are required. They are suitable for both ceiling systems and gypsum plaster ceilings. 600 and 625 mm modules as well as in gypsum plaster ceilings.Fidesca Installation options Fidesca-PM Installation Luminaires of Fidesca-PM series are designed as individual and continuous-line luminaires for ceiling mounting. 312. Recessed installation of individual luminaires Installation of continuous lines with modular mounting frames Fidesca-BS Installation Luminaires of Fidesca-BS series are designed as individual luminaires for mounting to ceiling surfaces. With the aid of mounting rails. A modular frame system also facilitates the installation in gypsum plaster ceilings as individual luminaires or continuous lines in any straight or rectangular arrangement. individually or as continuous lines with modular mounting frame Fidesca-SD Installation Luminaires of Fidesca-SD series are designed as individual luminaires for ceiling mounting. individually or as continuous lines Recessed mounting. Installation in metal case ceilings TX-Win Cleanroom The TX-Win Cleanroom software facilitates a convenient planning of complex configurations of mounting frames for the Fidesca-PM and Fidesca-SD series. They are suitable for installation in ceiling systems in 300. they may also be installed in metal case ceilings. A modular frame system also facilitates the installation in gypsum plaster ceilings as continuous lines in any straight or rectangular arrangement.

individually adjustable for each lamp by up to +/– 30° from vertical. e. Luminaire cover. operating theatres. prepared for separate electric circuits per lamp. highly-specular parabolic louvre made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99. ···E With electronic control gear. white. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection.C180 Fidesca-PM RV 235/49 UTE: 0. made of reflection-intensifying aluminium. Control gear options Suitable also for areas with infra-red controls. Other electrical versions available on request. Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.73 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1 354 . clear. Other cable glands available as accessories. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.25/BZ 3 C0 . Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. C0 .57 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/3/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1. labs.g. Suitable for installation as recessed luminaires in combination with a mounting frame in cutout recess openings. Luminaire cover with stylish fine-grained surface for eliminating uncontrolled reflections when using laser technology. Internal spring-tensioned contact clips automatically provide earth continuity. Each luminaire has 2 cable glands for mains supply and further wiring. An optical system positioned under the T5 fluorescent lamp serves to eliminate glare and optimises the luminaire‘s light output ratio. highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX 6 5 4 d o$ a IP65 6 Joule 960 °C ···RPX··· Fidesca-PM RV 2··· Fidesca-PM RV 3··· Recommended areas Damp or corrosive environments and clean rooms with increased hygienic requirements. with gear tray that can be mechanically and electrically released. ···RV··· Specular reflectors with symmetrical light distribution. Optical system Luminaire cover made of highly-resistant laminated safety glass with white-coated steel frame.C180 Fidesca-PM RPX 235/49 UTE: 0. ···RPX··· Micro-segmented.Fidesca-PM Surface-mounted clean-room luminaires with adjustable louvre RV or with reflection-intensifying.99 % for especially high light output. Resistant to disinfectants and intensive UV radiation. zones adjacent to operating theatres and intensive care units.

. emergency light insert.1 23. for TC-S 9/66 1 pc.3 18. cable glands M25 1 pc.6 14..6 19.9 19. for Fidesca-PM RV 1 pc.4 20.3 17. emergency light insert.3 17.3 21. for TC-SEL 7.4 13.9 14. for Fidesca-PM RPX Fidesca-PM···2··· Fidesca-PM···3··· 355 . vacuum plug for removing the glass cover 1 set (2 pcs.6 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 Description 1 pc.6 20.1 23.3 21. green light insert..).Lamp characteristics ···············525 Fidesca-PM RPX 2··· Fidesca-PM RPX 3··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···ED ···05 ···05 Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 54 2 x 80 3 x 28/54 3 x 35/49 3 x 54 3 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 54 2 x 80 3 x 28/54 3 x 35/49 3 x 54 3 x 80 Fidesca-PM RV 228/54··· Fidesca-PM RV 235/49··· Fidesca-PM RV 254··· Fidesca-PM RV 280··· Fidesca-PM RV 328/54··· Fidesca-PM RV 335/49··· Fidesca-PM RV 354··· Fidesca-PM RV 380··· Fidesca-PM RPX 228/54··· Fidesca-PM RPX 235/49··· Fidesca-PM RPX 254··· Fidesca-PM RPX 280··· Fidesca-PM RPX 328/54··· Fidesca-PM RPX 335/49··· Fidesca-PM RPX 354··· Fidesca-PM RPX 380··· Accessories Fidesca-PM ZGL TC9 L Fidesca-PM ZSG Fidesca-PM ZM25 Fidesca-PM ZNL RV TC7 E Fidesca-PM ZNL RPX TC7 E 52 598··· 52 599··· 52 600··· 52 601··· 52 602··· 52 603··· 52 606··· 52 607··· 56 293··· 56 294··· 56 295··· 56 296··· 56 297··· 56 298··· 56 299··· 56 300··· TOC 43 621 00 43 797 00 47 007 00 52 597 00 57 149 00 ···05 ···05 Dimensions LxWxH mm 1248 x 298 x 100 1548 x 298 x 100 1248 x 298 x 100 1548 x 298 x 100 1248 x 412 x 100 1548 x 412 x 100 1248 x 412 x 100 1548 x 412 x 100 1248 x 298 x 100 1548 x 298 x 100 1248 x 298 x 100 1548 x 298 x 100 1248 x 412 x 100 1548 x 412 x 100 1248 x 412 x 100 1548 x 412 x 100 ≈kg 13..3 18. for TC-SEL 7.

Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings.C180 Fidesca-SD 625 SB 414 UTE: 0.73 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1 C0 .90 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/. e. 1524/35W/49W/80W 1247/28W/54W. Durable sealing of ceiling void against dust and moisture due to surrounding foamed polyurethane seal. Fidesca-SD 625 RPX 424··· UTE: 0. 1474/35W/49W/80W 1197/28W/54W. with 4 swivel brackets for luminaire fixing.C180 Fidesca-SD 312 RPX 249··· UTE: 0. Luminaire body Fully galvanised sheet steel.Fidesca-SD Recessed clean-room luminaires with reflection-intensifying.73 B DIN 5040: A60 CIBSE: BZ 2/2.99 % for especially high light output. Other electrical versions available on request. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. ···E With electronic control gear.5/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 1 C0 . Control gear options Versions ···14/24···.C180 Recommended areas Damp or corrosive environments and clean rooms with increased hygienic requirements. ···SB··· With highly-specular. production sites for food processing industry and microelectronics. highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX or specular reflector SB 6 5 4 d a IP65 10 Joule 960 °C ···RPX··· Fidesca-SD 300/312 RPX··· Fidesca-SD 600/625 RPX··· C0 . 1547/35W/49W/80W 356 . with whitecoated aluminium frame. Resistant to disinfectants and intensive UV radiation.g. zones adjacent to operating theatres and intensive care units. ···28/54··· and ···35/49··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.75/ BZ 4/1/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 Fidesca-SD 300··· Fidesca-SD 312··· 1174/28W/54W. anodised reflectors for wide-angle light distribution. 1497/35W/49W/80W 1224/28W/54W. Optical system Luminaire cover made of highly-resistant laminated safety glass. operating theatres. Optionally available with mounting frame for recess openings. powder-coated in white. Internal spring-tensioned contact clips automatically provide earth continuity. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. ···RPX··· Micro-segmented. clear. highly-specular parabolic louvre made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99.

0 17.0 23.0 10.0 25.5 x 1550 600 x 600 600 x 1200 625 x 625 625 x 625 625 x 1250 625 x 1550 625 x 1550 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 300 x 1500 312.0 12.0 10.0 12.0 13.0 13.0 12.0 23.0 12.0 19.5 x 1550 600 x 600 600 x 1200 625 x 625 625 x 1250 625 x 1550 625 x 1550 ≈kg Fidesca-SD 300 RPX 228/54··· Fidesca-SD 300 RPX 235/49··· Fidesca-SD 300 RPX 280··· Fidesca-SD 312 RPX 228/54··· Fidesca-SD 312 RPX 235/49··· Fidesca-SD 312 RPX 280··· Fidesca-SD 600 RPX 414/24··· Fidesca-SD 600 RPX 428/54··· Fidesca-SD 625 RPX 414/24··· Fidesca-SD 625 RPX 3TCL36··· Fidesca-SD 625 RPX 428/54··· Fidesca-SD 625 RPX 435/49··· Fidesca-SD 625 RPX 480··· Fidesca-SD 300 SB 228/54··· Fidesca-SD 300 SB 235/49··· Fidesca-SD 300 SB 280··· Fidesca-SD 312 SB 228/54··· Fidesca-SD 312 SB 235/49··· Fidesca-SD 312 SB 280··· Fidesca-SD 600 SB 414/24··· Fidesca-SD 600 SB 428/54··· Fidesca-SD 625 SB 414/24··· Fidesca-SD 625 SB 428/54··· Fidesca-SD 625 SB 435/49··· Fidesca-SD 625 SB 480··· 56 436··· 56 437··· 56 438··· 56 445··· 56 446··· 56 447··· 56 452··· 56 453··· 56 459··· 56 458··· 56 460··· 56 461··· 56 462··· 56 439··· 56 440··· 56 441··· 56 818··· 56 449··· 56 450··· 56 863··· 56 454··· 56 865··· 56 463··· 56 464··· 56 465··· 10.0 Fidesca-SD 600··· Fidesca-SD 625··· 1224/28W/54W.0 18.0 11.0 25.5 x 1550 312.0 12.5 x 1550 312.0 10.0 11. 1524/35W/49W/80W 1247/28W/54W.0 13.5 x 1250 312.5 x 1250 312.0 10.0 19.Accessories ······························359 Lamp characteristics ···············525 Fidesca-SD 300/312 SB··· Fidesca-SD 600/625 SB··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···ED ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 X 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 X 35/49 2 x 80 4 x 14/24 4 x 28/54 4 x 14/24 3 x TC-L36 4 x 28/54 4 X 35/49 4 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 X 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 X 35/49 2 x 80 4 x 14/24 4 x 28/54 4 x 14/24 4 x 28/54 4 x 35/49 4 x 80 Axis dimension mm 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 300 x 1500 312.0 12. 1547/35W/49W/80W 357 .0 13.

Luminaire body Fully galvanised sheet steel. ···28/54··· and ···35/49··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. with 4 swivel brackets for luminaire fixing.0 13.0 17. white-coated. Resistant to disinfectants and intensive UV radiation. Internal spring-tensioned contact clips automatically provide earth continuity. fine-grained laminated safety glass pane suitable for use with lasers.73 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5/2/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 Fidesca-SD 312 M 249··· UTE: 0. e. 1497/35W/49W/80W Fidesca-SD 312··· 1224/28W/54W.0 19.Fidesca-SD Recessed clean-room luminaires with. Durable sealing of ceiling void against dust and moisture due to surrounding foamed polyurethane seal.0 10.73 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 Fidesca-SD 300··· 1174/28W/54W. production sites for food processing industry and microelectronics.0 12.0 Fidesca-SD 625 M 424··· UTE: 0. Optical system Luminaire cover made of highly-resistant laminated safety glass. 1474/35W/49W/80W 1197/28W/54W.5 x 1250 312. Other electrical versions available on request.0 11. operating theatres. 1547/35W/49W/80W 358 . Accessories ······························259 Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP65 10 Joule 960 °C Fidesca-SD 300/312 M··· Fidesca-SD 600/625 M··· Recommended areas Damp or corrosive environments and clean rooms with increased hygienic requirements. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.0 23. Optionally available with mounting frame for recess openings.5 x 1550 600 x 600 600 x 1200 625 x 625 625 x 1250 625 x 1550 625 x 1550 C0 . ···E With electronic control gear.0 12.0 13. Control gear options Versions ···14/24···.g. stylish fine-grained surface for eliminating uncontrolled reflections when using laser technology. Reference TOC Fidesca-SD 300 M 228/54··· Fidesca-SD 300 M 235/49··· Fidesca-SD 300 M 280··· Fidesca-SD 312 M 228/54··· Fidesca-SD 312 M 235/49··· Fidesca-SD 312 M 280··· Fidesca-SD 600 M 414/24··· Fidesca-SD 600 M 428/54··· Fidesca-SD 625 M 414/24··· Fidesca-SD 625 M 428/54··· Fidesca-SD 625 M 435/49··· Fidesca-SD 625 M 480··· 56 433··· 56 434··· 56 435··· 56 442··· 56 443··· 56 444··· 56 859··· 56 451··· 56 861··· 56 455··· 56 456··· 56 457··· Control gear options ···E ···ED ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 Lamps W 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 4 x 14/24 4 x 28/54 4 x 14/24 4 x 28/54 4 x 35/49 4 x 80 C0 .5 x 1550 312.0 23. 1524/35W/49W/80W 1247/28W/54W.C180 Axis dimension mm 300 x 1200 300 x 1500 300 x 1500 312. 1547/35W/49W/80W Fidesca-SD 600··· Fidesca-SD 625··· 1224/28W/54W. zones adjacent to operating theatres and intensive care units. 1524/35W/49W/80W 1247/28W/54W. Aluminium frame. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings.0 11. powder-coated in white.C180 ≈kg 10.

Download at www. vacuum plug for removing the glass cover. Fidesca-ZWS 1200 for ···28/54··· 29 294 00 Fidesca-ZWS 1500 for ···35/49/80··· 29 293 00 ZSG 40 29 305 00 Geometrical arrangements Longitudinal Fidesca-SD clean-room luminaires can be installed by means of stable recess frames as non-interrupted continuous lines or rectangular and/or square configurations in gypsum plaster ceilings. 1 set (2 pieces) angle brackets.trilux. 359 .eu. Fidesca-SD ZNL TC7 E 57 881 00 Fixing accessories For mounting in metal case ceilings with clamping profiles that are parallel to the luminaire front planes. Simple configuration including parts list with the software tool „TXWIN Cleanroom“. Plug-in socket For safety lighting with Fidesca luminaires in continuous and stand-by operation. with compact fluorescent lamps and integral electronic control gear.Fidesca SD Accessories ZSG 40 1 pair.

particularly stable.71 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of internal spring clips. A tool for easy removal of the diffuser is supplied with each luminaire. ···T··· Translucent PLEXIGLAS diffuser. Optical system ···P··· PLEXIGLAS diffuser with photometrically effective prisms to direct the light primarily onto the working plane. Luminaire body Fully galvanised sheet steel. Durable sealing of ceiling void against dust and moisture thanks to surrounding foamed polyurethane seal. A tool for easy removal of the diffuser is supplied with each luminaire. diffuser fits flush in the luminaire body.74 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 2/. Diffuser fits flush in the luminaire body.5/BZ 4 C0 . Fidesca-BS 300 P UTE: 0. with 4 swivel brackets for luminaire fixing. transmission 80 %. powder-coated in white.75/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/1.Fidesca BS Recessed clean-room luminaires with PLEXIGLAS prismatic diffuser or translucent PLEXIGLAS diffuser 6 5 4 d a IP54 0.75/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 360 . anodised reflector. Control gear option Versions ···14/24··· and ···28/54··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.5 Joule 650 °C Fidesca-BS 300/312 P··· Fidesca-BS 600/625 P··· C0 . Easy-to-clean smooth exterior surface. ···E With electronic control gear. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of internal spring clips.C180 Recommended areas Damp or corrosive environments. Universal luminaire system for ceilings with concealed or exposed grids and for ceilings with cut-out recess openings.C180 Fidesca-BS 625 T UTE: 0. covered exterior areas and clean rooms with hygienic requirements. particularly stable. Other electrical versions available on request. ···PS··· With additional highly-specular.

6 7. 1 set (2 pieces). for Fidesca-BS 300 and 312.1 6.6 6.0 Reference TOC Description Fixing accessories for mounting in metal case ceilings Fidesca ZWS 1200 29 294 00 Angle brackets.6 7.1 6.1 7. Fidesca-BS 300··· Fidesca-BS 312··· Fidesca-BS 600··· Fidesca-BS 625··· 361 .5 x 1250 600 x 600 625 x 625 300 x 1200 312.4 6.4 7.5 x 1250 600 x 600 625 x 625 625 x 625 Recess opening mm 278 x 1176 291 x 1226 278 x 1176 291 x 1226 578 x 578 603 x 603 278 x 1176 291 x 1226 578 x 578 603 x 603 603 x 603 ≈kg Fidesca-BS 300 PS 128/54··· Fidesca-BS 312 PS 128/54··· Fidesca-BS 300 P 228/54··· Fidesca-BS 312 P 228/54··· Fidesca-BS 600 P 414/24··· Fidesca-BS 625 P 414/24··· Fidesca-BS 300 T 228/54··· Fidesca-BS 312 T 228/54··· Fidesca-BS 600 T 414/24··· Fidesca-BS 625 T 414/24··· Fidesca-BS 625 T 3TCL36··· 53 216··· 53 219··· 53 215··· 53 218··· 53 221··· 53 223··· 53 217··· 53 220··· 53 222··· 53 224··· 52 934··· 7.Lamp characteristics ·············· 525 Fidesca-BS 300/312 T··· Fidesca-BS 600/625 T··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 4 x 14/24 4 x 14/24 2 x 28/54 2 x 28/54 4 x 14/24 4 x 14/24 3 x TC-L 36 Axis dimension mm 300 x 1200 312.5 x 1250 300 x 1200 312.9 7. fully galvanised.9 7.

Series 739··· Weather-proof recessed luminaires with prismatic PLEXIGLAS diffuser for cut-out recess openings Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d o$ a IP54 0. ···S··· With highly-specular.5 10. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear.9 3. A tool for easy removal of the diffuser is supplied with each luminaire.3 9. diffuser fits flush in the luminaire body and is safely retained by means of internal spring clips.9 7392 P/58 UTE: 0. and covered exterior areas. The surrounding rim of the luminaire conceals the ceiling cut edge.0 5. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. Optical system PLEXIGLAS diffuser with photometrically effective prisms to direct the light primarily onto the working plane. Reference TOC 7392 P/36··· 7392 P/58··· 7392 PS/1x36··· 7392 PS/1x58··· 7392 P/TC11··· 7392 P/TC18··· 7393 P/TC24··· 12 601··· 12 603··· 12 610··· 12 611··· 12 605··· 12 607··· 53 296··· Control gear options ···E ···ED ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 2 x 36 2 x 58 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x TC-S(EL)11 2 x TC-L18 3 x TC-L24 Recess opening mm 1252 x 206 1555 x 206 1252 x 206 1555 x 206 304 x 304 304 x 304 404 x 404 C0 . Effective sealing of ceiling void against dust and moisture by surrounding seal in luminaire rim. Other control gear versions available on request.2 2. Production sites exposed to fire hazards Due to low surface temperatures and high IP rating. anodised reflector. 362 . ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.5/ BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 7392 P··· 7392 P/TC··· 7393 P··· * Knock-out openings for on-site installation.35 Joule 650 °C 7392 P··· 7392 P/TC··· 7393 P/TC··· Application Damp or corrosive environments.C180 ≈kg 7. white.56 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/. For ceilings with cut-out recess openings. in antiageing foam rubber. stable. the versions ···E are suitable for production sites subject to fire hazards.75/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/4/BZ 4 C0 .66 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/2.C180 7392 PS/1x58 UTE: 0.7 7.

5 mm². showrooms.5 mm². 4401PF/··· With prismatic PLEXIGLAS diffuser with photometrically effective prisms to direct the light primarily onto the working plane. for luminaires ···/58 W 6890/5LV/58 12 398 00 5 x 1.0 5.2 Joule 650 °C 4401 F··· 4401 PF··· Application Offices. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. made in one piece.42 D + 0. For strip ceilings in module 100. Other control gear versions available on request. Safe retention of the diffuser by means of internal spring clips..75/ BZ 3/1. Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···ED ···05 ···05 Lamps W 1 x 18 1 x 36 1 x 58 1 x 18 1 x 36 1 x 58 Strip ceilings Module 1 x 100 1 x 100 1 x 100 1 x 100 1 x 100 1 x 100 Length mm 640 1250 1550 640 1250 1550 ≈kg 4401 F/18··· 4401 F/36··· 4401 F/58··· 4401 PF/18··· 4401 PF/36··· 4401 PF/58··· 11 506··· 11 507··· 11 508··· 11 512··· 11 513··· 11 514··· 2. strip width 84 mm. with lateral black plastic profiles for visual continuation of the shadow gap. Optical system PLEXIGLAS diffuser. for luminaires ···/36 6890/5LV/36 12 397 00 5 x 1. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. gap width 16 mm.0 5.5 mm² for luminaires ···/58 W C0 . ···/58 with end cap knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring.Series 4401··· Recessed luminaires for strip ceilings with opal or prismatic PLEXIGLAS diffuser Lamp characteristics ···············525 6 5 4 d a IP54 0. white.5 mm² for luminaires ···/36 W 6890/3LV/58 12 396 00 3 x 1.1 ···05 ···05 Accessories TOC Description Fixing accessories for installation in strip ceilings 832 13 009 00 1 set.02 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 2/. lockerrooms. ···/36. e. ···/36··· 833 13 010 00 1 set. angle brackets for 4401···/18···. in sports halls and covered exterior areas.9 4.9 4. 4401F/··· With opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser.C180 4401 PF/58 UTE: 0. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.1 2. angle brackets for 4401···/58··· Through-wiring sets 6890/3LV/36 12 395 00 3 x 1.g. sales areas. stable.5/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/1/BZ 4 4401··· 363 .

.

Ball-impac t-resistant luminaires .

506··· 370 506··· surface-mounted luminaire. prismatic cover Ball-impact-resistant luminaires 366 . louvre systems 370 5062··· surface-mounted luminaire.

louvre systems 367 .376··· 366···/376··· 372 376··· recessed luminaire. prismatic cover 372 366··· recessed luminaire.

What permits sportsmen and TRILUX luminaires to set the world on fire? Sophisticated technology. 368 .

369 . e. the pursuit of improvement in technology and efficiency to achieve better results in the end. For instance the 506 series louvres. And the Lightgate Plus Controller LGC-HX··· – as part of a TRILUX light management system – that is developed specifically for sports halls ensures that only as much energy is consumed as is required. It goes to show that sophisticated technology means increased efficiency not only in sports. The surface-mounted luminaire designed specifically for sports halls is impressive not only due to its exacting sturdiness.g. But after all. there are many parallels between the two. No wonder that our designers have developed tremendous sportsmanship when it comes to „ballimpact-resistant luminaires“ – and in turn have raised standards here. but also its technology: It illuminates the events unfolding on the playing field precisely and without glare..The link between sports and lighting may not be so obvious at first glance.

···RWS··· Louvre made of solvent-free powdercoated sheet steel. 5062 RWS/58 UTE: 0. made of anodised aluminium. anodised reflectors for narrow/ wide-angle light distribution. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel.61 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 C0 . ···PSN··· Also suited for squash courts.70 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/1.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 C0 . resistant to ball impact.C180 5062 RST/58 UTE: 0. Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips. ···PSN··· PLEXIGLAS prismatic cover with photometrically effective prisms. providing earth continuity. tennis halls and multi-purpose halls.61 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/2. retained in aluminium frame which can be hung for maintenance purposes. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). Optical system Direct light distribution. Other electrical versions available on request. for a uniform light distribution. ···RST··· Specular louvre with graduated concave profile cross blades.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 370 . ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. white. with white louvre RWS or with specular cross-blade louvre RST Surface-mounted luminaires. white.5/ BZ 3/2/BZ 2/2. With highlyspecular.C180 Recommended areas Ball-impact resistant luminaires for sports halls.506··· Surface-mounted luminaires. with prismatic cover PSN 6 5 4 d e a IP20 20 Joule 960 °C ···PSN··· IP40 650 °C 5062 RWS··· 5062 RST··· 5062 PSN··· C0 .C180 5062 PSN/58 UTE: 0. With frontplane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. resistant to ball impact. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.

371 .9 11.4 5062··· 5063··· 2-point fixing is possible for total mounting to solid ceilings.7 11.5 13.8 18.Accessories ······························374 Trunkings ·································374 Planning references·················376 Light management system ······480 Lamp characteristics ···············525 5063 RWS··· 5063 RST··· 5063 PSN··· Reference ···RWS··· 5062 RWS/58··· 5062 RWS/80··· 5063 RWS/58··· 5063 RWS/80··· ···RST··· 5062 RST/58··· 5062 RST/80··· 5063 RST/58··· 5063 RST/80··· ···PSN··· 5062 PSN/58··· 5062 PSN/80··· 5063 PSN/58··· 5063 PSN/80··· TOC 11 664··· 11 665··· 11 672··· 11 673··· 11 662··· 11 663··· 11 670··· 11 671··· 11 659··· 11 660··· 11 666··· 11 667··· Control gear version ···E ···ED ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 Lamps ···EDD ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 W 2 x 58 2 x 80 3 x 58 3 x 80 2 x 58 2 x 80 3 x 58 3 x 80 2 x 58 2 x 80 3 x 58 3 x 80 D mm 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 D1 D2 D3 D4 E1 ≈kg 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 150 150 280 280 150 150 280 280 150 150 280 280 349 349 349 349 349 349 349 349 349 349 349 349 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 75 75 210 210 75 75 210 210 75 75 210 210 13.4 17.2 15.9 10.1 12.3 10.0 13. 4-point fixing is possible for total mounting to solid ceilings.1 16.

white.70 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/1. Other electrical versions available on request. ···RWS··· Louvre made of solvent-free powdercoated sheet steel. with prismatic cover PSN.Series 376···. multi-purpose halls.5/ BZ 3/2/BZ 2/2. 3762 PSN/58 UTE: 0. providing earth continuity. anodised reflectors for narrow/wide-angle light distribution.62 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 C0 . 366··· Recessed luminaires. white louvre RWS or specular louvre RST 6 5 4 d e a IP20 20 Joule 960 °C ···PSN··· IP40 650 °C 3762 PSN··· 3763 PSN··· C0 . Louvre retention by means of spring-tensioned clips. With highly-specular. Luminaire body Solvent-free powder-coated sheet steel.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 C0 . With front-plane knock-out openings for heat-resistant through-wiring. retained in aluminium frame which can be hung for maintenance purposes. for a uniform light distribution. white. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI). ···PSN··· Also for squash courts. Louvre can be lowered and hung from either side without tools.C180 3662 RWS/58 UTE: 0.C180 3662 RST/58 UTE: 0. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. For ceilings with cut-out recess openings. resistant to ball impact. made of anodised aluminium. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···RST··· Specular louvre with graduated concave-profiled cross blades.61 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 372 . Optical system ···PSN··· PLEXIGLAS prismatic cover with photometrically effective prisms.C180 Recommended areas Especially recommended for sports halls.

4 16. 3762···PSN··· 3763···PSN··· 3662···RWS···/···RST··· 3663···RWS···/···RST··· 3663··· 373 .4 16.4 3662 RST/58··· 11 375··· ···04 ···05 ···07 3663 RST/58··· 11 377··· ···04 ···05 ···07 Recessed luminaires for sports halls for T5 lamps 80 W available on request.5 11.3 11.Accessories ······························374 Planning references·················376 Light management system ······480 Lamp characteristics ···············525 3662 RWS··· 3662 RST··· 3663 RST··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···ED ···05 ···05 ···05 ···EDD ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 2 x 58 3 x 58 2 x 58 2 x 58 3 x 58 Recess opening mm 1540 x 291 1540 x 428 1540 x 291 1540 x 291 1540 x 428 ≈kg 3762 PSN/58··· 3763 PSN/58··· 3662 RWS/58··· 11 465··· 11 466··· 11 376··· 11.

consisting of mounting plate with attachable chain link. ···3LV··· 3-conductor through-wiring ···5LV··· 5-conductor through-wiring 3700/3LV/58 11 451 00 For luminaires ···58. especially in tennis halls. 1550 Angle sections 1 pair. galvanised chain and fixing hardware. admissible overhang max.5 x 18. 111 22 284 00 Number and arrangement of the chain links for inclined suspension Turfor luminaires ning 5062 RWS/··· 5063 RWS/··· angles 5062 RST/··· 5063 RST/··· 5062 PSN/··· 5063 PSN/··· ¬ 0° 15° 30° A 13 12 10 B 13 14 16 A 13 11 9 B 13 15 17 Number of chain links total 27 27 27 Through-wiring sets Heat-resistant. fully galvanised. they are tested for ball impact resistance. Suspension spacings in accordance with the adjacent diagram are to be observed. supplied by the metre. 112 111 110N/155 113N 110N/310 max. Link chain G 3. 05081 AE 21 548 00 For luminaires 5063···/58 with ECG. 112 22 285 00 374 . the mounting of the luminaires as a non-interrupted or interrupted continuous line on to trunking is recommended. 113N 22 287 00 3700/··· Counter-balance weight (not illustrated) 1 piece. admissible overhang max. 07690/5LV/25m 21 890 00 Length 25 m. Fixing accessories provided on site (dowels. 3075 mm long. necessary for the following luminaires when mounted to trunking 110N/···. admissible spacing between fixings max. 80 W. 1525 mm long. ···80. screws) must be capable of supporting five times the weight of the luminaires to be mounted on them. This is the case when a continuous mounting surface for continuous lines is not available because of ceiling joists or sky lights or when a luminaire arrangement directed towards the court offers photometric advantages. For luminaire length 58 W. fast-locking chain link. Use of two-length trunkings for continuous-line mounting is recommended. In these cases. length 1750 mm. one-length trunkings serve as completion. TRILUX sports hall luminaires of the 506··· series are therefore connected to the angle sections 110N. colour-coded individual wires. 4 kg. welded and galvanised. length 1750 mm. at least 125 kg. 1. perforated. Angle section coupling 1 pair. Necessary total length to be ordered by the metre. including fixing components. attachable chain link. 8 kg. 07690··· Angle section suspensions 1 set. bottle-screw with locking wire for 40 mm height adjustment. ···80. 1 set is required for one luminaire length. Even with this mounting type. 3700/5LV/58 11 453 00 For luminaires ···58. 110N/310 29 290 00 Double-length. admissible spacing between fixings max.Trunking 110N for sports and tennis halls Trunking mounted In sports and tennis halls it is often not possible or not advisable to install surface-mounted luminaires directly on to the ceiling of the hall. 110N/155 29 289 00 Single-length.5 mm2.

2) 3) 375 . referees and spectators. This class can also include high-performance training.8 – 0. for class III ≤ 0.5 – 0. This class also includes general training.7 0.5 is also possible. uniformity and colour rending indices Eav1) lx Emin/Eav1) Ra Horizontal illuminance. The specific requirements for the different sports disciplines depend upon the lighting class.5 0. Lighting class III: Simple competitions such as local or small associations matches are generally played without spectators.7 60 500 0. which considers the competitive level and the observance distance for spectators: Competition International/National Regional Local Training School /leisure sports Minimum lighting requirements for sports halls • • • • • • • • • Horizontal illuminance. Kendo.5 60 60 500 200 0.5 60 60 300 200 0. uniformity and colour rending indices Eav1) lx Emin/Eav1) Ra Lighting class I: High-performance competitions such as international and national matches are generally characterised by a lot of visitors and high visual distances. uniformity and colour rendering.7 60 300 0. The standard also describes special requirements for film and television recordings. refer to sports disciplines in indoor sports facilities without film or television recording. For light point height under 8 m Emin/Emax ≥ 0.5 20 60 300 500 2000 300 300 200 0. Lighting class II: Competitions on a medium level such as regional or local matches are generally characterised by a medium amount of visitors and medium visual distances.7 0. The requirements for horizontal illuminance. No luminaires over the pitch and up to 3 m behind the baseline. general school and leisure sports. uniformity and colour rending indices Eav 1) lx Emin/Eav 1) Ra Horizontal illuminance.7 0.7 60 60 80 80 60 60 200 500 1000 300 300 200 0.7 0.Lighting of sports halls Selection of lighting classes Lighting class I Lighting class II Lighting class III EN 12193 This European lighting standard deals with interior and exterior sports facilities It aims to ensure good visual conditions for sportsmen.5 0. This class can also include highperformance training.7 20 20 60 60 60 60 1) In EN 12193 the medium horizontal illuminance is indicated with Eav.8 0.7 0.6 60 200 0.5 20 750 200 0.5 0.7 60 60 80 80 60 60 200 300 500 300 300 200 0. Badminton Ice hockey/figure skating2) Fencing Hockey Squash Table tennis Basketball Indoor football (small court) Weightlifting Go-cart Handball Judo.7 0.8 0.7 0.5 20 500 0.7 60 200 0.7 60 300 0.7 20 750 0. Karate Cycling (track) Wrestling School sports Volleyball /Fistball Aerobics/Dancing Speed ice-skating Rock climbing Climbing (on a climbing wall) Track and field Horseback riding Gymnastics Roller skating Gymnastics Tennis3) Archery Bowling/ninepins Shooting Boccia Boules Pétanque Bowls (short lane) Boxing ring Boxing training area Curling house (target) Curling rink 750 0.5.8 – 0.7 60 500 0. described in the adjacent table.

5 3 x 9 = 27 311 lx b1 = 2..2 3 x 6 = 18 302 lx b1 = 2.8 Luminous flux (58 W): 5000 lm Luminous flux (80 W): 6150 lm Evaluation zone for the calculations in the tables below is in individual sports halls the standard volleyball court (24 x 15 m) and in triple sports halls the standard handball court (40 x 20 m). In case of an uneven number of continuous lines.1 3 x 12 = 36 753 lx b1 = 2.1 3 x 8 = 24 503 lx b1 = 2. If halls can be split up.Planning examples for the lighting of sports halls L b2 1 2B / B b1 Planning examples The dimensions of sports halls are widely standardised.8 3 x 13 = 39 501 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 12 = 36 501 lx b1 = 2.0 x 5.2 3 x 10 = 30 507 lx b1 = 2. ···PSN··· Prismatic cover. In the planning tables below.8 3 x 11 = 33 751 lx b1 = 1. e.1 3 x 9 = 27 505 lx b1 = 2. for narrow/wide-angle light distribution.1 3 x 15 = 45 501 lx b1 = 2.5 m Louvre version/ Luminaire cover Lamp type Designation H 500 lx 300 lx T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 376 5062 RWS/58 3662 RWS/58 5062 RWS/80 Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 3 x 14 = 42 770 lx b1 = 1.2 3 x 5 = 15 307 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 11 = 33 508 lx b1 = 2.g.2 3 x 8 = 24 300 lx b1 = 2. parallel to the longer sides hall.3 Maintenance factor: 0.0 x 15. if necessary. by placing additional luminaires between the continuous-line luminaires.2 3 x 7 = 21 315 lx b1 = 2. but the total hall on the other hand as lighting class I or II.2 3 x 12 = 36 739 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 8 = 24 502 lx b1 = 2.2 3 x 12 = 36 504 lx b1 = 2. Final intensification The lighting uniformity at the ends of the hall can be further increased.2 3 x 15 = 45 771 lx b1 = 2. Planning parameters The calculations are based on the following marginal conditions: Working plane: 0 m Reflect. with highly-reflective powder-coating.2 3 x 6 = 18 310 lx b1 = 2.2 5063 RWS/58 5063 RWS/80 5062 RST/58 3662 RST/58 5062 RST/80 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 5063 RST/58 3663 RST/58 5063 RST/80 5062 PSN/58 3762 PSN/58 5062 PSN/80 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 5063 PSN/58 3763 PSN/58 5063 PSN/80 . ···RST··· Post-anodised aluminium louvre. The tables below show installation examples for the illuminance levels 750 lx. Individual sports halls L x W x H: 27.1 3 x 8 = 24 532 lx b1 = 1. Planning results 750 lx Optical systems ···RWS··· Solid louvre made of sheet steel.2 3 x 15 = 45 751 lx b1 = 2.1 3 x 5 = 15 333 lx b1 = 1. w1 stands for the distance of the first continuous line to the nearest wall. w2 for the distance dimension of the second continuous line.5/0.1 3 x 6 = 18 335 lx b1 = 2. 500 lx and 300 lx for common individual sports halls (table to the left) and triple sports halls (table to the right).1 3 x 10 = 30 326 lx b1 = 2. squash balls. values: 0.5 3 x 15 = 45 517 lx b1 = 2.5/0. resistant to soiling. it can be mostly assumed that single parts of the hall are classified as lighting class III.1 3 x 5 = 15 313 lx b1 = 2. one continuous line is installed in the middle of the hall.1 3 x 10 = 30 515 lx b1 = 2. see adjacent diagram. Arrangement Sports hall luminaires should preferably be installed in continuous lines.2 3 x 8 = 24 325 lx b1 = 2. also to small balls with higher kinetic energy.2 3 x 8 = 24 329 lx b1 = 2. resistant to ball impact.

see page 374.2 5 x 18 = 90 777 lx b1 = 2.5 4 x 18 = 72 314 lx b1 = 1. After 36 shots with impact speeds of 60 km/h or around 39 mph.5 4 x 12 = 48 301 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.8 b2 = 9.5 5 x 24 = 120 766 lx b1 = 2.8 b2 = 7.3 b2 = 9.5 4 x 15 = 60 509 lx b1 = 2. Twin-lamp luminaires can be connected in series.5 4 x 15 = 60 326 lx b1 = 1.3 b2 = 9. Triple sports halls L x W x H: 45.9 4 x 27 = 108 785 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9. Luminaires for sports halls must be resistant to ball impact.5 5 x 24 = 120 503 lx b1 = 2. save energy by considering the detected daylight component.5 4 x 15 = 60 301 lx b1 = 2. This function is also integrated in LIGHTGATEplus.3 b2 = 9.5 4 x 15 = 60 362 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 9.8 b2 = 7.3 b2 = 9. A further requirement are dimmable luminaires with DALI interface.5 4 x 21 = 84 549 lx b1 = 1.5 4 x 18 = 72 347 lx b1 = 2. This is not possible for standard twin-lamp luminaires with electronic control gear because twin-lamp electronic control gear is used. see page 499. The sensors are also installed outside the luminaires or in the sports hall ceiling in combination with ball impact protection covers.0 m Louvre version/ Luminaire cover Lamp type Designation Planning results 750 lx 500 lx 300 lx T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 5062 RWS/58 3662 RWS/58 5062 RWS/80 Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 5 x 27 = 135 753 lx b1 = 1.9 5 x 21 = 105 806 lx b1 = 2. The lighting level.5 5 x 24 = 120 757 lx b1 = 2. This demand is met by all TRILUX sports hall luminaires mounted in or on to solid ceilings or substructures as well as for suspended mounting using the appropriate trunkings 110N.3 b2 = 7.6 b2 = 9.3 b2 = 9. e.3 b2 = 9.9 4 x 21 = 84 508 lx b1 = 2.8 b2 = 9. reference suffix ···EDD. the luminaires must not show signs of severe damage or have lost luminaire components.5 5063 RWS/58 5063 RWS/80 5062 RST/58 3662 RST/58 5062 RST/80 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 5063 RST/58 3663 RST/58 5063 RST/80 5062 PSN/58 3762 PSN/58 5062 PSN/80 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 Eav b1/b2 5063 PSN/58 3763 PSN/58 5063 PSN/80 377 .9 5 x 24 = 120 542 lx b1 = 1. LIGHTGATEplus controllers are usually installed in sub-distribution boxes outside the luminaires.5 4 x 21 = 84 504 lx b1 = 2. in 750 lx installations can thus be reduced to 500 lx.5 4 x 12 = 48 347 lx b1 = 2.3 b2 = 7. All TRILUX sports hall luminaires are available with dimmable electronic control gear.3 b2 = 9.g. 500 lx and 300 lx typical for sports halls.3 b2 = 9.Multiple contact switching Triple-lamp TRILUX sports hall luminaires with electronic control gear can be connected in series.3 b2 = 7. Ball impact resistance Sports halls do not only require photometric but also mechanical quality. which are adjustable by pressing the button to three set values 750 lx. Lighting management Further options for lighting control and regulation arise in combination with the energy-saving lighting management system LIGHTGATEplus.3 b2 = 9.8 b2 = 9.0 x 7.5 5 x 24 = 120 510lx b1 = 2.5 4 x 12 = 48 352 lx b1 = 2.9 4 x 27 = 108 524 lx b1 = 2.5 4 x 18 = 72 528 lx b1 = 2.8 b2 = 9.0 x 27.2 5 x 24 = 120 814 lx b1 = 1.3 b2 = 9.3 b2 = 9.3 b2 = 7.3 b2 = 9. Further savings potential results from presence detection.3 b2 = 9.3 b2 = 7. Ball impact resistance test Sports hall luminaires must be resistant to ball impact and are therefore tested using our facilities simulating ball impact.5 4 x 21 = 84 330 lx b1 = 2. System versions.5 4 x 21 = 84 338 lx b1 = 2.5 4 x 12 = 48 314 lx b1 = 1..5 4 x 27 = 108 523 lx b1 = 2.8 b2 = 9.3 b2 = 9.2 4 x 24 = 96 524 lx b1 = 1.5 4 x 18 = 72 521 lx b1 = 2.5 4 x 9 = 36 306 lx b1 = 2.8 b2 = 7.

tilted at angle ¬ = 30° to the court.7 m 8x8+4x2=72 318 lx H1 =4.8 m S=5. Luminaires for tennis courts Due to the diameter of tennis balls at 63.4 3.40 m to the base-line.5 to 67 mm.9 m S=10. 5.5/0.8 S H1 3.6 x 36.6 m S=3.5 (class III) are required there.9 m S=1.2 12.55 m S=1.7 m 8x12+4x3=108 500 lx H1 =4.6 m S=3. For the lighting classes I /II /III.6 Dimensions in m Ceiling inclination fl = 15° Continuous-line angle of tilt ¬ = 30° Tennis halls with 2 courts L x W: 36. the spacing between cross blades of louvre luminaires for tennis courts had to be reduced accordingly.7 m 5063 RWS/58 5063 RWS/80 5062 RST/58 3662 RST/58 5062 RST/80 Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S 8x12+4x3=108 762 lx H1 =4. The indicated photometric values can be used as approximate values for tennis courts with other dimensions.3 Maintenance factor: 0. for adequate lighting of balls that are served high. both parallel to the side lines (outside of the court) as well as parallel to the ceiling.7 m 8x12+4x4=112 508 lx H1 =4.7 m 8x10+4x2=88 517 lx H1 =4. tilted at angle ¬ to the court.7 m 8x9+4x2=80 326 lx H1 =4. This means that all TRILUX louvre luminaires for sports halls with a maximum 60 mm spacing between cross blades can be used for tennis courts.2 36.9 m S=7.7 m 8x11+4x2=96 502 lx H1 =4.9 m S=7.5/0. Arrangement Luminaires in tennis halls must be arranged as continuous lines. The luminaires must be mounted along their main axis.4 4.97 m.0 m with a distance of approx.7 m 5063 PSN/58 3763 PSN/58 5063 PSN/80 Dimensions of individual playing field L x W: 23. illuminance levels of 750 lx/500 lx/300 lx with a uniformity of 0.7 m 8x9+4x2=80 528 lx H1 =4.7 m 8x10+4x2=88 502 lx H1 =4.2 3.77 36.9 m S=7. The luminaires are arranged parallel to the ceiling. 3. values: 0. 378 .6 m1) Louvre version/ Luminaire cover Lamp type Designation 750 lx 500 lx 300lx T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 T8 T5 1) 5062 RWS/58 3662 RWS/58 5062 RWS/80 Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Number of luminaires Illuminance Luminaire arrangement Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S 8x11+4x2=96 755 lx H1 =4.2 8.6 m S=1.6 12.7 m 5063 RST/58 3663 RST/58 5063 RST/80 5062 PSN/58 3762 PSN/58 5062 PSN/80 Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S Eav H1 /S 8x12+4x4=112 759 lx H1 =4. Planning parameters The calculations are based on the following marginal conditions: Working plane: 0m Reflect.7 (class I.7 m 8x9+4x2=80 307 lx H1 =4.0 A uniform light distribution across the playing area is achieved by arranging two or three luminaires at a light point height of 5.8 m S=5.Planning examples for the lighting of tennis courts Standard requirements EN 12193 defines the reference area for indoor tennis as an area with the dimensions 36 m x 18 m for each court. II) or 0.77 x 10.55 m S=1.6 23. Planning examples The planning examples below were developed for halls with two courts.

TRILUX floodlights Estadia and Optilux. totally different visual tasks and conditions have to be observed. luminaires from different product groups are recommended for some kinds of sports disciplines as well. Increased number of lamps/ luminaires might be necessary in the diving area. Depending on the sports discipline. Remarks Luminaires for specific indoor sports disciplines Sports disciplines Product group/series Badminton 170 Bowling Ninepins Shooting 228 Boxing (ring) 506 Batten luminaires for cove lighting. various other recommendations might have to be observed. 170 506 TRILUX floodlights Maxilux and Estadia.g. Additional covers might be required for diffuser and louvre luminaires. Also the special ambient conditions determine the luminaire selection. 228 Indoor cycling TRILUX floodlights Estadia and Optilux. 170 Weather-proof luminaires for fluorescent lamps are recommended for halls with ceiling heights of up to approx. many sports activities are not possible without artificial lighting.g. page 364. These TRILUX luminaire series are listed in the adjacent table with direct reference to the specific sports discipline. TRILUX floodlights Estadia and Optilux. Ice hockey Ice figure skating Speed ice-skating Roller-skating 338 Gymnastics Sports hall luminaires resistant to ball impact. as defined by the recent standard EN 12193. please contact your local TRILUX support centre. please contact your local TRILUX support centre. They are documented on the indicated pages in this catalogue or in the exterior lighting catalogue. e. Moreover. 344 379 . those of other sports organisations. 342 Swimming 342 Numbers in the illustrations refer to the corresponding pages in this catalogue. thus resulting in specific lighting requirements for different types of sports – e.Indoor sports disciplines with special lighting requirements Due to their extensive diversity. In case of corrosive atmospheres. 7 m. Horseback riding In case of ammonia atmospheres. In addition to the luminaire systems resistant to ball impact described in the section for sports halls.

.

high bay luminaires and batten luminaires n r .Continuous-line luminaires.

Light management 488 RGB/white-white control 490 Task-area light management for saving energy 491 Master luminaires Light management 482 .

494 Light management for light ceilings 498 Light management system components 483 .

It is essential in our case and also in an economic context. Good lighting increases our well-being and is thus an important factor for a pleasant work atmosphere. 384 . it also contributes to ensuring the good mood of employees in a company.Artificial light has become such a matter of course that there are only a few people who focus on this topic around the clock besides our designers. Although lighting makes it possible to enjoy a twenty-four-hour day – prerequisite for tremendous growth.

385 .Light as economic driver.

Or TRILUX‘s modular continuous-line systems E-Line T5. which can be tailored to both individual requirements and project-specific demands thanks to its practical accessories and architecture-compatible optical systems.The special feature of continuous-line and high bay luminaires from TRILUX? They are designed to be so flexible that they can be adapted to every task and the relevant requirements. For instance. is mounted easily and without complications. the TRILUX Delta series is a rapid-mounting continuous-line system. 386 . which can be combined with trunking and reflectors. due to fewer fixing points.

From standard luminaire to custom-tailored lighting: an easy process. 387 .

if different illuminances are required in various zones. 388 . lamella louvre RW Same profile for different equipment configurations Every gear tray of the Delta range can be installed in a uniform base profile. The slender design of the lighting installation is thus always assured.g. Base profiles for IP50 The base units in IP50 offer effective protection thanks to chemical-resistant silicate glass covers. retained in the surrounding frame. Maintenance intervals – especially in rooms with an increased degree of pollution – are extended and thus reduce the costs of lighting installations. independent of the photometric demands. For example. IP20 IP50 Suspension Base unit End cap for base unit Gear tray for T5 lamps Optical accessories.Delta Rapid-mounting continuous-line system with integral trunking Delta – the Delta system embodies a futuristic construction principle within the sector of rapid-mounting continuousline luminaires: The purist base unit is conceived for T5 fluorescent lamps with a diameter of only 16 mm. As an extremely stable base unit. e. they assume the function of both conventional trunking and reflectors. Even oil gases or drilling emulsions do not leave irreversible pollution on the covers. the installation can include singlelamp and twin-lamp gear trays..

389 . Rapid mounting The purist base profiles – as a unit comprising trunking and reflector – offer significant rigidity.Continuous-line design The construction is not the only feature which distinguishes the Delta range from conventional rapid-mounting continuous-line systems. The benefit is in real value: as opposed to conventional rapidmounting luminaires. the number of mounting points required is considerably reduced thanks to the increased suspension distances of up to 4500 mm. There is also the elegant design and silver-grey surface which provides an important distinction especially for areas where special demands are placed on the architectural aspects of a lighting installation.

Direct/indirect – IP20: Base units with perforated reflectors provide an indirect component of around 6 %. thus creating optimal conditions for varying lighting solutions.Delta Combinations and base units and optical components Optical accessories Base units can be equipped with optical accessories suitable for the relevant application. This enhances the style of the luminaires and creates an appealing room atmosphere. 390 . Three versions are available: Direct – IP20: Base units with integral direct reflectors offer versatility because they can be combined with all optical accessories. Direct – IP50: Special base units in IP50 offer effective protection of the optical systems against soiling. Base units Direct IP20 07600 M /··· Page 392 Direct/indirect IP20 07600 M-G/··· Page 392 Direct IP50 07610 M /··· Page 393 As a construction unit. thanks to integral silicate glass covers. DELTA base units provide the function of both trunking and reflector of conventional rapid-mounting continuous-line systems.

the considerable increase of the lamp life when compared with using inductive ballasts is clear. reference suffix „ED“. 391 . In addition to typical comfort advantages. with lamella louvre SA+ (M-)RW Specular reflectors. asymmetrical Specular reflectors. Dimmable versions are available as well. asymmetrical.Lamella louvre Lamella louvre. extremely narrowangle Highlyspecular parabolic louvre (M-)RW (M-)RW-G S S + (M-)RW SA HRL RPV Page 396 Page 396 Page 398 Page 398 Page 399 Page 399 Page 400 Page 401 Page 397 Page 397 Option Option Option Option Page 403 Page 403 Gear tray 1x 35 W/T5/¶ 16 mm 2x 35 W/T5/¶ 16 mm 1x 49 W/T5/¶ 16 mm 2x 49 W/T5/¶ 16 mm 1x 80 W/T5/¶ 16 mm 2x 80 W/T5/¶ 16 mm Luminous flux 3300 lm 6600 lm 4300 Im 8600 Im 6150 lm 12300 lm Electronic control gear as standard Electronic control gear embodies cost-effective operational efficiency and ecological benefits. Delta gear trays are equipped as standard with electronic control gear. perforated Specular reflectors Specular reflectors with lamella louvre Specular reflectors.

5 46 701 00 46 702 00 40 865 00 40 704 00 46 706 00 46 752 00 46 703 00 46 705 00 46 707 00 2.5 mm2. 07600 M/II/5LV/1500/2. for individual luminaires. for a well-balanced ceiling illumination. in single-lamp and twin-lamp version.or 7-pole female connectors and integral mechanical coupling.1 07600 M-G-E/1500 46 708 00 1531 2.5 mm2 or 2. With 5-pole female connector. 6 %. direct.5 46 716 00 4593 8. perforated.5 8.6 Cable cross-section 1. 07600 M-G/II/5LV/1500 46 709 00 3062 5. 07600 M-G/II/5LV/1500/2.5 mm2. with 5.3 07600 M-G/III/5LV/1500/2.5 07600 M/II/7LV/1500/2.4 8. With 5-pole female connector.5 mm2. IP20. Reference TOC Length mm 1531 3062 4593 3062 4593 3062 4593 3062 4593 ≈kg 07600 M-E/1500 Cable cross-section 1. 6 %. 07600 M-E··· Base unit for individual luminaires.0 5.9 5. indirect component approx. 07600 M-G-E··· Base unit. direct. IP20. 07600 M/··· Base unit for continuous-line luminaires.5 07600 M/III/5LV/1500/2.3 7.or 7-pole female connectors and integral mechanical coupling.5 07600 M-G/III/7LV/1500/2.5 07600 M/III/7LV/1500/2.1 Base units can be equipped with single-lamp or twin-lamp gear trays.2 07600 M-G/III/5LV/1500 46 711 00 4593 7.5 mm2. perforated. To be equipped with gear trays without tools. indirect component approx. Completely prewired with heat-resistant individual conductors. for T5 lamps. galvanised sheet steel. 07600 M-G/··· Base unit.5 mm2. 1. IP20. with 5.5 46 710 00 3062 5.5 mm2 or 2.6 5. Completely prewired with heatresistant individual conductors.9 07600 M-G/II/7LV/1500/2.8 07600 M-G/II/7LV/1500 46 713 00 3062 5.0 Cable cross-section 2.4 07600 M-G/III/7LV/1500 46 715 00 4593 8. 1.5 mm2. for a well-balanced ceiling illumination.Delta Base units IP20 07600 M··· 07600 M-G··· Base unit Integral trunking and reflector profile. IP20. 07600 M/II/5LV/1500 07600 M/III/5LV/1500 07600 M/II/7LV/1500 07600 M/III/7LV/1500 Cable cross-section 2.5 46 712 00 4593 7. for continuous-line luminaires. With defined perforations in the reflector. 07600 M··· E E 07600 M-G··· E E 170 170 392 .5 46 714 00 3062 5. with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating.8 5. Gear trays to be ordered separately. With defined perforations in the reflector.2 7.

5 mm2. IP50.9 Cable cross-section 1. with 5. in single-lamp and twin-lamp version.5 46 719 00 4593 17. With transparent silicate glass cover*. 07610 M/II/5LV/1500/2. to be hung and lowered from the reflector for maintenance purposes.g. direct.5 mm2. safely retained in the surrounding frame. direct. 07610 M-E··· Base unit for individual luminaires.9 Cable cross-section 2. 07610 M··· E E 170 393 .0 07610 M/III/7LV/1500 46 722 00 4593 17. in food processing facilities).5 mm2 or 2. 07610 M/··· Base unit for continuous-line luminaires.5 mm2. to be hung and lowered from the reflector for maintenance purposes. Reference TOC Length ≈kg mm 07610 M-E/1500 46 717 00 1538 5.8 07610 M/III/5LV/1500 46 718 00 4593 17. With transparent silicate glass cover*. 07610 M/II/5LV/1500 46 751 00 3062 11. Gear trays to be ordered separately.Base units IP50 Accessories for base units·······394 Gear trays ································395 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················404 Node installation······················406 Suspensions ·····························407 Installation and planning ·········408 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07610 M··· Base unit Integral trunking and reflector profile.0 Base units can be equipped with single-lamp or twin-lamp gear trays.8 07610 M/II/7LV/1500/2.1 07610 M/III/7LV/1500/2.5 46 753 00 3062 11. With 5-pole female connector.or 7-pole female connectors and integral mechanical coupling. for T5 lamps. 1. Completely prewired with heat-resistant individual conductors.7 07610 M/II/7LV/1500 46 720 00 3062 12. galvanised sheet steel.5 46 721 00 3062 12.5 46 723 00 4593 18. * For alternative luminaire covers for increased requirements such as shatter protection (e. with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. IP50.9 07610 M/III/5LV/1500/2. safely retained in the surrounding frame. please contact your local TRILUX support centre. To be equipped with gear trays without tools.

07600 M-ESB TOC 46 726 00 394 . For continuous lines and individual luminaires (not with RPV) 07600 M-RK TOC 46 727 00 07600 M-RK PC TOC 46 728 00 For continuous lines and individual luminaires in combination with highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV 07600 M-RK-RPV TOC 40 868 00 07600 M-RK-RPV PC TOC 46 729 00 End caps – IP50 1 piece. One pair of end caps is required per continuous line or individual luminaire. silver-grey plastic material. with 2 knock-out openings. for base units 07610···. 07600 B/1500 TOC 21 855 00 Wiring connection unit IP20 / IP50 1 piece. For continuous lines and individual luminaires in IP50 rating 07610 M-RK TOC 41 014 00 07610 M-RK PC TOC 46 730 00 Blanking cover IP20 / IP50 1 piece. snapped into place without tools. One pair of end caps is required per continuous line or individual luminaire. with 2 knock-out openings. ···PC made of polycarbonate for increased preventive fire protection. ···PC made of polycarbonate for increased preventive fire protection. silver-grey plastic material. necessary for cable entry through top of base units 07600··· and 07610···. for base units 07600···. white. for base units 07600··· and 07610···.Delta Accessories for base units End caps – IP20 1 piece. sheet steel. Fixed to the base unit without tools by means of plastic-coated metal turn-lock fasteners.

8 7601N··· 7602N··· 7601N A··· 395 . Lamp circuit connections can be set to the intended electrical circuit without tools.8 1.Gear trays Base units ································392 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················404 Node installation······················406 Suspensions ·····························407 Installation and planning ·········408 Lamp characteristics ···············525 7601N/··· 7601N A/··· 7602N/··· Gear trays for T5 fluorescent lamps Sheet-steel.7 Single-lamp version. 1. Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···EDD ···07 Lamps W 1 x 35/49/80 Length mm 1530 ≈kg Single-lamp version 7601N/35/49/80··· 12 686··· ···04 1. Control gear option Versions ···/35/49··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattage. ···EDD With digitally dimmable electronic control gear (DALI).7 Twin-lamp version 7602N/35/49··· 47 133··· ···04 2 x 35/49 1530 7602N/49··· 38 965··· ···07 2 x 35 1530 7602N/80··· 12 704··· ···04 2 x 80 1530 * Combine with asymmetrical specular reflector 07601 SA/1500 for asymmetrical light distribution. Fixed to the base unit without tools by means of plastic-coated metal turn-lock fasteners. Electrical connection Electrical connection is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the base unit.8 1. white. ···E With electronic control gear. asymmetrical* 7601N A/35/49/80··· 38 863··· ···04 ···07 1 x 35/49/80 1530 1.

white or silver-grey. perforated. Safe retention and easy manipulation by means of snap fasteners. silver-grey Reflector end caps 07600 M-RK 46 727 00 + Reflector end cap.2 Joule 650 °C with PC end caps 850 °C + M-RK + RW··· + M-RK + M-RW··· + M-RK Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities.83 F DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1. Safe retention and easy manipulation by means of snap fasteners. Sheet steel. IP20. ···RW··· White ···M-RW··· Silver-grey Perforated lamella louvre. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories. 1-lamp 7602N··· see Page 395 Gear tray. 2-lamp Accessories white 07600 RW/1500 21 875 00 + Lamella louvre. silver-grey.Delta Base units. universally suitable for single-lamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps. with perforated cross blades. workshops. silver-grey 07600 M-RW-G/1500 46 725 00 + Lamella louvre. To be used in base units 07600···. made of polycarbonate * Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately. white 07600 RW-G/1500 21 877 00 + Lamella louvre. 3 lengths 4593 Gear tray* 7601N··· see Page 395 Gear tray. sales areas and training rooms. To be used in base units 07600···. white or silver-grey. 1 length 1531 07600 M/II/··· see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines. galvanised sheet steel. Lamella louvre Sheet steel. direct / lamella louvre 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. ···RW-G··· White ···M-RW-G··· Silver-grey Reference TOC Component specifications L Base units T5. white Accessories silver-grey 07600 M-RW/1500 46 724 00 + Lamella louvre.C180 Delta R 1x49 W UTE: 0. assembly halls. perforated. perforated* mm 07600 M-E/··· see Page 392 Base units for individual luminaires. silver-grey 07600 M-RK PC 46 728 00 + Reflector end cap. 2 lengths 3062 07600 M/III/··· see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines. with external silvergrey and internal white polyester coating. Base units Unit comprised of trunking and reflector. C0 .25/BZ 4 07600 M··· 07600 M··· + 07600 RW/RW-G··· 396 .

sales areas and training rooms. Sheet steel. perforated.75 E + 0. 6 %. ···RW-G··· White ···M-RW-G··· Silver-grey Reference TOC Component specifications L Base units T5* mm 07600 M-G-E/··· see Page 392 Base units for individual luminaires. 2-lamp Accessories white 07600 RW/1500 21 875 00 + Lamella louvre. Safe retention and easy manipulation by means of snap fasteners. with perforated cross blades. 3 lengths 4593 Gear tray* 7601N··· see Page 395 Gear tray. perforated Unit comprised of trunking and reflector with defined perforation. Base units. ···RW··· White ···M-RW··· Silver-grey Perforated lamella louvre. 1 length 1531 07600 M-G/II/··· see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines. galvanised sheet steel. made of polycarbonate * Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately. 1-lamp 7602N··· see Page 395 Gear tray. assembly halls. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories. workshops. To be used in base units 07600···. with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. perforated. universally suitable for single-lamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps. white 07600 RW-G/1500 21 877 00 + Lamella louvre. 2 lengths 3062 07600 M-G/III/··· see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines.Base units G. white Accessories silver-grey 07600 M-RW/1500 46 724 00 + Lamella louvre. white or silver-grey. silver-grey. silver-grey 07600 M-RW-G/1500 46 725 00 + Lamella louvre. To be used in base units 07600···. perforated. Lamella louvre Sheet steel. Indirect component approx.C180 Delta G 1x49 W UTE: 0. Safe retention and easy manipulation by means of snap fasteners. white or silver-grey. IP20. direct/indirect / lamella louvre Base units ································392 Accessories base units ············394 Gear trays·································395 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················404 Node installation······················406 Suspensions ·····························407 Installation and planning ·········408 Lamp characteristics ···············525 + M-RK + RW··· + M-RK + M-RW··· + M-RK Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities. silver-grey 07600 M-RK PC 46 728 00 + Reflector end cap. silver-grey Reflector end caps 07600 M-RK 46 727 00 + Reflector end cap. C0 .05 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 07600 M-G··· 07600 M-G··· + 07600 RW/RW-G··· 397 .

silver-grey 07600 M-RW-G/1500 46 725 00 + Lamella louvre. workshops. C0 . ···RW··· White ···M-RW··· Silver-grey Reference TOC Component specifications L Base units T5* mm 07600 M-E/··· see Page 392 Base units for individual luminaires. Specular reflector S Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99. machine workstations and precision assembly. silver-grey Reflector end caps 07600 M-RK 46 727 00 + Reflector end cap. white 07600 M-RW/1500 46 724 00 + Lamella louvre. 3 lengths 4593 Gear tray* 760···N··· see Page 395 Gear tray. 1 length 1531 07600 M/II/··· see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines. exhibition halls. 2 lengths 3062 07600 M/III/··· see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines. single-lamp/twin-lamp Specular reflectors 07600 S/1500 21 878 00 + Specular reflector S. for base units 07600···. Safe retention and easy manipulation by means of snap fasteners. To be used in base units 07600···. universally suitable for single-lamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps. galvanised. white or silver-grey. Lamella louvre Sheet steel. Base units Unit comprised of trunking and reflector. IP20. silver-grey 07600 M-RK PC 46 728 00 + Reflector end cap. silver-grey.90 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5/1/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 07600 M··· + 07600 S··· 07600 M··· + 07600 S··· + 07600 RW/RW-G··· 398 . assembly halls. sheet steel. perforated. perforated.Delta Base units and specular reflector S – narrow/wide-angle direct / lamella louvre 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. with external silvergrey and internal white polyester coating. For emergency light version with gear trays 760··· + E14 special specular reflectors 07600 S/1500/E14 (TOC 21 879 00) are to be ordered separately. supermarkets. narrow/wide-angle Accessories 07600 RW/1500 21 875 00 + Lamella louvre.2 Joule 650 °C with PC end caps 850 °C + S··· + M-RK + S··· + M-RW··· + M-RK Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities. for narrow/ wideangle light distribution.99 %. 07610···. white 07600 RW-G/1500 21 877 00 + Lamella louvre. made of polycarbonate * Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories.C180 Delta S 1x49 W UTE: 0.

white 07600 M-RW/1500 46 724 00 + Lamella louvre. sheet steel. white 07600 RW-G/1500 21 877 00 + Lamella louvre. Sheet steel. asymmetrical Accessories 07600 RW/1500 21 875 00 + Lamella louvre. galvanised. supermarkets.75/ BZ 2/1/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 07600 M··· + 07601 SA··· 07600 M··· + 07601 SA··· + 07600 RW··· 399 . with perforated cross blades. silver-grey 07600 M-RW-G/1500 46 725 00 + Lamella louvre. To be used in base units 07600···. silver-grey Reflector end caps 07600 M-RK 46 727 00 + Reflector end cap. universally suitable for singlelamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps. white or silver-grey. silver-grey 07600 M-RK PC 46 728 00 + Reflector end cap. asymmetrical Specular reflectors 07601 SA/1500 21 882 00 + Specular reflector SA. ···RW-G··· White ···M-RW-G··· Silver-grey Reference TOC Component specifications L Base units T5* mm 07600 M-E/··· see Page 392 Base units for individual luminaires. ···RW··· White ···M-RW··· Silver-grey Perforated lamella louvre. exhibition halls. made of polycarbonate * Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately. perforated. Can only be used in combination with asymmetrical gear tray 7601N A···. 07610···. To be used in base units 07600···. 1 length 1531 07600 M/II/··· see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines. IP20. workshops. for base units 07600···. single-lamp. Safe retention and easy manipulation by means of snap fasteners. machine workstations and precision assembly. Safe retention and easy manipulation by means of snap fasteners.99 %. Lamella louvre Sheet steel.88 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/. 2 lengths 3062 07600 M/III/··· see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines. assembly halls.C180 Delta SA 1x49 W UTE: 0. for asymmetrical light distribution. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories. with external silvergrey and internal white polyester coating. Specular reflector SA Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99. perforated. C0 .Base units and specular reflector SA – asymmetrical / lamella louvre Base units ································392 Accessories base units ············394 Gear trays·································395 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················404 Node installation······················406 Suspensions ·····························407 Installation and planning ·········408 Lamp characteristics ···············525 + SA··· + M-RK + SA··· + M-RW-G··· + M-RK Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities. silver-grey. white or silver-grey. 3 lengths 4593 Gear tray* 7601N A··· see Page 395 Gear tray. Base units Unit comprised of trunking and reflector.

Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately.86 L B/2 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 0 h=22m 1m h= 6 m h= 1 4 m B=3 m 200 B=6 m 100 50 20 0 h y x B/2 B e 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 h= 3 0 m 2m 3m Light point height h in m Lat. universally suitable for single-lamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps. 2 lengths 3062 07600 M/III/··· see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines. made of polycarbonate * Base units in combination with specular reflectors HRL can only be equipped with single-lamp T5 gear trays. allowing efficient conformity to illuminance standards even at high mounting levels. silver-grey 07600 M-RK 46 727 00 + Reflector end caps 07600 M-RK PC 46 728 00 + Reflector end cap.. Delta in HRL versions excels with extremely narrow-angle light distribution with high light output ratios. Due to the resulting extended operating times. extremely narrow-angle Reflector end cap.8 Multiplication factors for luminaire inserts 7601/49 E: M = 1. Specular reflector HRL Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99. IP20. high gangways and high halls.C180 7601 HRL/35 UTE: 0. Base units Unit comprised of trunking and reflector. 1-lamp Spiegelreflektoren 07601 HRL/1500 21 881 00 + Specular reflector HRL. Lighting of high-bay warehouses Due to a lack of. 1 length 1531 07600 M/II/··· see Page 392 Base units for continuous lines. the use of highly efficient lamps and economical luminaires is recommended. highbay warehouses are mainly artificially lit.94 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 4/.99 %. Not suited for base units 07600 M-G··· with indirect component. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories..: on the whole gangway surface 500 500 450 400 400 350 300 Average illuminance  in lx Point illuminance EP in lx Luminaires: Non-interrupted continuous line with 16 units 07600··· + 7601N/35/49/80 + 07601 HRL/1500 Lamps: T5 lamps 35 W Luminous flux: ¢LP = 3300 lm Light loss factor: WF = 0. for base units 07600··· in IP20 in combination with singlelamp gear trays. 3 lengths 4593 Gear tray* 7601N··· see Page 395 Gear tray. for extremely narrow-angle light distribution. sheet steel.2 Joule 650 °C with PC end caps 850 °C ···RPV + HRL··· + M-RK Recommended areas Especially recommended for high-bay warehouses. distance x to gangway centre 07600 M··· + 07601 HRL··· 400 .75/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/1.30 7601/80 E: M = 1.Delta Base units and specular reflector HRL – extremely narrow-angle light distribution 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.25/BZ 2 Diagrams to determine horizontal illuminance Installation data Gangway length: L=25 m Gangway width: B Light point height: h Transverse coordinate: x Longitudinal coordinate: y Evaluation level: floor Illustration 1 Installation sketch Gangway in high-bay warehouse Illustration 3 Illustration 2 Illuminance distribution Average illuminance  E◊ across the gangway. Reference TOC Component specifications L Base units T5* mm 07600 M-E/··· see Page 392 Base units for individual luminaires. or reduced daylight. with external silvergrey and internal white polyester coating.5 m B/2 on the centre line B = . galvanised. y = 12. C0 .

made of polycarbonate * Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately. 3 lengths Gear tray* 7601N··· see Page 395 Gear tray. For base units 07600··· in IP20.83 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 07600 M··· + 07600 RPV··· 401 .99 %. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories. 1-lamp 7602N··· see Page 395 Gear tray. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Bezeichnung TOC Component specifications L mm 1531 3062 4593 Base units T5* 07600 M-E/··· s. Highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV Made of highly-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99. 1 length 07600 M/II/··· s. workshops with CNC machines. Seite 392 Base units for continuous lines. Not suitable for base units 07600 M-G··· with indirect component. Seite 392 Base units for individual luminaires.Base units and highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV Base units ································392 Accessories base units ············394 Gear trays·································395 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················404 Node installation······················406 Suspensions ·····························407 Installation and planning ·········408 Lamp characteristics ···············525 + RPV··· + M-RK Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities. switchgear control rooms. 2-lamp Accessories 07600 RPV/1500 21 874 00 + Highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV Reflector end cap.C180 Delta RPV 1x49 W UTE: 0. offices and rooms with VDU workstations. Seite 392 Base units for continuous lines. C0 . galvanised sheet steel. IP20. silver-grey 07600 M-RK-RPV 40 868 00 + Reflector end cap 07600 M-RK-RPV PC 46 729 00 + Reflector end cap. with external silvergrey and internal white polyester coating. 2 lengths 07600 M/III/··· s. Base units Unit comprised of trunking and reflector. universally suitable for singlelamp and twin-lamp gear trays.

63 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 2/2. For alternative luminaire covers for increased requirements such as shatter protection (e. Efficient protection against pollution in accordance with IP50 by means of a silicate glass cover retained by the continuous frame. Reference TOC Component specifications L mm 1538 3062 4593 Base units T5* 07610 M-E/··· see Page 393 Base units for individual luminaires IP50.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/2/BZ 3 07610 M··· 402 . 3 lengths Gear tray* 7601N··· see Page 395 Gear tray.Delta Base units IP50 – direct 6 5 4 d o $ a IP50 0. To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories. Base units – IP50 Unit comprised of trunking and reflector.2 Joule 650 °C with PC end caps 850 °C + M-RK Recommended areas Especially recommended for workplaces with an increased degree of pollution. galvanised sheet steel. 2 lengths 07610 M/III/··· see Page 393 Base units for continuous lines IP50. with external silvergrey and internal white polyester coating. please contact your local TRILUX support centre. silver-grey 07610 M-RK 41 014 00 + Reflector end cap IP50 07610 M-RK PC 46 730 00 + Reflector end cap IP50. * Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately. 1 length 07610 M/II/··· see Page 393 Base units for continuous lines IP50.g. Production sites exposed to fire hazards Suitable for production sites particularly subject to fire hazards thanks to low surface temperatures and high IPrating. made of polycarbonate. C0 . 1-lamp 7602N··· see Page 395 Gear tray. in food processing facilities).C180 Delta R 1x49 W IP50-D UTE: 0. 2-lamp Reflector end cap. universally suitable for singlelamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps.

Base units IP50 and specular reflector S – narrow/wide-angle Base units IP50 and specular reflector SA – asymmetrical Base units ································392 Accessories base units ············394 Gear trays·································395 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················404 Node installation······················406 Suspensions ·····························407 Installation and planning ·········408 Lamp characteristics ···············525 + S··· + M-RK Recommended areas Especially recommended for workplaces with an increased degree of pollution. Reference TOC Component specifications L mm 1538 3062 4593 Base units T5* 07610 M-E/··· see Page 393 Base units for individual luminaires IP50. Efficient protection against pollution in accordance with IP50 by means of a silicate glass cover retained by the continuous frame. for narrow/ wide-angle light distribution. made of polycarbonate. For emergency light versions with gear trays 760··· + E14. with external silvergrey and internal white polyester coating.g. asymmetrical. Specular reflector SA Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99. For alternative luminaire covers for increased requirements such as shatter protection (e. for base units 07600···. * Base units and gear trays to be ordered separately.68 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/. 07610··· (not suitable for base units 07600 M-G··· with indirect component).C180 Delta S 1x49 W IP50-D UTE: 0. 3 lengths Gear tray/Specular reflector S 7601N··· see Page 395 Gear tray. 1 length 07610 M/II/··· see Page 393 Base units for continuous lines IP50. narrow/wide-angle Gear tray/Specular reflector SA 7601N A··· see Page 395 Gear tray. Can only be used in combination with asymmetrical gear tray 7601N A···. special specular reflectors 07600 S/1500/E14 are to be ordered separately. universally suitable for singlelamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps. single-lamp. 07610··· (not suitable for base units 07600 M-G··· with indirect component).99 %. in food processing facilities). C0 . 1-lamp 7602N··· see Page 395 Gear tray. 2-lamp 07600 S/1500 21 878 00 + Specular reflector S. galvanised sheet steel. Production sites exposed to fire hazards Suitable for production sites particularly subject to fire hazards thanks to low surface temperatures and high IPrating. asymmetrical 07601 SA/1500 21 882 00 + Specular reflector SA. for base units 07600···. 2 lengths 07610 M/III/··· see Page 393 Base units for continuous lines IP50. Reflector end cap. for narrow/ wide-angle light distribution. please contact your local TRILUX support centre. silver-grey 07610 M-RK 41 014 00 + Reflector end cap IP50 07610 M-RK PC 46 730 00 + Reflector end cap IP50.C180 C0 . To be equipped with gear trays and optical accessories.65 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 Delta SA 1x49 W IP50-D UTE: 0. Base units – IP50 Unit comprised of trunking and reflector.75/BZ 2/1/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 07610 M··· + 07600 S··· 07610 M··· + 07601 SA··· 403 .99 %. Specular reflector S Made of reflection-intensifying aluminium with a surface purity of 99.

Electrical connection The electrical connection with general and safety lighting circuits is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the base unit. diameter 42 mm. Safety lighting is further divided into „Safety lighting for escape routes“. Isolux curves ··· + EB Equipment: T5 fluorescent lamp. white. Gear trays with emergency light socket E14 for stand-by operation Reference TOC Lamps W 1 x 54 2 x 54 Length mm 1530 1530 ≈kg 7601N/54 E+E14 7602N/54 E+E14 12 688 04 12 702 04 1. max. Max. white D 7601N/54 E+E14 +07600 M-G/··· Base unit. Emergency systems EB – Individual battery UR – Switching relay E 14 – socket Number of conductors 3 3 5LV 3 3 3 5 2 1 2 2 3 4 5 5 5 5 6 7 2 1 2 2 7 2 2 3 3 3 7LV 0. In case of different equipment the illuminance values must be multiplied by the given factors.8. Not suitable in combination with extremely narrow-angle specular reflectors 07601 HRL/1500. lamp length 103 mm.5 lx 4 1 2 0 10 8 0 2 1 lx 4 6 8 10 0. With additional emergency light socket E14 for tubular incandescent lamps of up to 40 W. It has to ensure that activities can be ended without risk and working facilities can be left safely. as well as for compact fluorescent lamps with integrated electronic control gear. Fixed to the base unit without tools by means of plastic-coated metal turn-lock fasteners.1 Isolux curves Illuminances achieved with DELTA gear trays for safety lighting are documented in the adjacent Isolux curves. lamp length 125 mm. max. white Multiplication factors for different equipment 7601N/···E+E14 M = 1. 35 W.00 7602N/···E+E14 M = 1. They refer to a level on the floor and a maintenance factor of 0. For wiring diagram see page 523.5 lx Eh=0.25 lx B Eh=0. Isolux curves ··· + E14 Equipment: Tubular incandescent lamp. Indirect components are not taken into consideration. luminous flux 380 lm. „Anti-panic lighting” and „Safety lighting for workplaces with special risks“. 35 W.5 lx 8 10 A Eh=0. diameter 30 mm. Option to be equipped with 5-conductor through-wiring and 7-conductor through-wiring 8 10 Type of wiring Mains cable 3 LV Mains cable 5 LV Dimming 1-10 V . Sheet steel. With electronic control gear (E). Lamp circuit connections can be set to the electrical conductor without tools. Emergency lighting is divided into stand-by lighting and safety lighting. luminous flux 3300 lm.25 lx 0. max.00 Suspension length 3m Suspension length 5m 6 4 2 6 6 4 4 1 lx 2 0 2 0 1 lx 0 5 5 5 5 2 0 2 4 6 10 8 10 8 2 Eh=0. Special version for narrow/wide-angle specular reflectors: 07600 S/1500/E14 (TOC 21 879 00).5 lx A 7601N/54 E+E14 +07600 M/··· Base unit B 7601N/54 E+E14 +07600 M-G/··· Base unit. 40 W. perforated +07600 RW/1500 Louvre.25 lx D C m 404 m 10 8 0 2 1 lx 0 2 4 6 4 6 8 10 .25 lx 6 2 6 7 7 7 0.Delta Gear trays for safety lighting ···E + E14 Emergency lighting takes over in the event of mains failure of the general artificial lighting. Deviating luminous fluxes have to be considered accordingly. luminous flux 3300 lm (based on nominal operation). The adjacent diagrams are based on battery operation with correspondingly adjusted luminous flux. Isolux curves ··· + UR Equipment: T5 fluorescent lamp. Gear trays ··· + E14 Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires with electronic control gear and green emergency light socket E14. perforated C 7601N/54 E+E14 +07600 M/··· Base unit +07600 RW/1500 Louvre.9 2.

white.5 lx B Eh=0. 3 Std. LED indicates the charging status of the battery. With electronic control gear (E). ··· + EB3 Nominal operation time 3 hours. Sheet steel. Gear tray ··· + UR Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires.25 lx 0.5 lx 0. white C 7602N/35 E+EB3 +07600 M/··· Base unit D 7602N/35 E+EB3 +07600 M/··· Base unit +07600 RW/1500 Louvre.7 2. white.9 2. white A B Eh=0. Fixed to the base unit without tools by means of plastic-coated metal turn-lock fasteners.25 lx D 10 8 10 8 m Suspension length 3m Suspension length 5m Eh=0.5 3.86 Suspension length 3m Suspension length 5m 6 6 8 4 0 16 12 16 12 8 8 4 4 1 lx 1 lx 0 0 4 4 2 2 m 0 0 0 2 2 4 4 4 6 6 0. Electrical connection The electrical connection with general and safety lighting circuits is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the base unit.1 2.25 lx C m m 10 8 6 4 1 lx 2 0 1 lx 0 2 0 0 4 6 8 10 0 4 1 lx 0 4 8 8 12 16 405 . white C 7602N/35 E+UR +07600 M/··· Base unit D 7602N/35 E+UR +07600 M/··· Base unit +07600 RW/1500 Louvre. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the phase conductor without tools. With electronic control gear (E). Versions ···35/49··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Lamps W 1 x 35 1 x 80 2 x 35 Length mm 1530 1530 1530 ≈kg Gear trays with switching relay for constant operation Reference TOC Lamps W 1 x 35/49/80 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 Length mm 1530 1530 1530 ≈kg 7601N/35 E+EB3 7601N/80 E+EB1 7602N/35 E+EB3 15 100 04 15 105 04 15 109 04 2. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the phase conductor without tools.25 lx C 0.5 lx Eh=0. With electronic control gear and relay to switch over to emergency power supply.25 lx 0. Sheet steel.Base units ································392 Accessories base units ············394 Gear trays·································395 Node installation······················406 Suspensions ·····························407 Installation and planning ·········408 Lamp characteristics ···············525 ···E +EB3 ···E +UR Gear trays with individual battery stand-by supply for constant operation Reference TOC Operating time 3 Std.5 lx Eh=0. white Multiplication factors for different equipment 7601N/80 E+UR M = 1.5 lx Eh=0.5 lx 12 16 A Eh=0. Fixed to the base unit without tools by means of plastic-coated metal turnlock fasteners.1 Gear tray ··· + EB Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires equipped with electronic control gear and individual battery. ··· + EB1 Nominal operation time 1 hour. in case of power failure one lamp is operated by means of the emergency power source on site.5 lx A 7601N/35 E+EB3 +07600 M/··· Base unit B 7601N/35 E+EB3 +07600 M/··· Base unit +07600RW/1500 Louvre. Fluorescent lamps in constant operation. Fluorescent lamps in constant operation. 8 10 8 10 12 16 Eh=0. For wiring diagram see page 523. For wiring diagram see page 523.25 lx 0.25 lx 0.5 lx A 7601N/35 E+UR +07600 M/··· Base unit B 7601N/35 E+UR +07600 M/··· Base unit +07600 RW/1500 Louvre.1 7601N/35/49/80 E+UR 7602N/35/49 E+UR 7602N/80 E+UR 15 102 04 47 134 04 15 113 04 1. 1 Std. Electrical connection The electrical connection with general and safety lighting circuits is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the base unit. in case of power failure one lamp is operated by means of individual battery with maintenance-free accumulators.25 lx D 8 8 4 0 10 8 6 4 2 0 1 lx 0 2 1 lx 4 6 8 10 0 4 1 lx 8 12 16 16 12 16 12 0.

continuously adjustable between 90° and 270°. Complete with through-wiring.Delta Node installation 110 75 3062 3212 110 75 110 110 75 4593 4743 75 A 03 M-D 07600 M-KA/7LV 07600 M-KA-RPV/7LV Ceiling node 1 piece. with integrated node attachment in die-cast aluminium and flange-mounted inner coupling in aluminium for stable connection with the base unit. silver-grey plastic material. Die-cast aluminium. consisting of end cap. ···PC made of polycarbonate for increased preventive fire protection. Bezeichnung A 03 M-D TOC 45 377 00 Bezeichnung For IP20 base units for continuous lines (not in connection with louvres RPV) 07600 M-KA/7LV 07600 M-KA/7LV PC For IP20 base units for continuous lines (in connection with parabolic louvres RPV) 07600 M-KA-RPV/7LV 07600 M-KA-RPV/7LV PC TOC 46 731 00 46 732 00 46 733 00 46 734 00 406 .5 mm2 with connection element. 7 x1. for the connection of nodes A 03D with base units 07600···. silver-grey. for up to four junctions. 1 piece.

¶ 1. Wire length fully adjustable without tools. for height compensation in chain link length as well as a quick action chain lock. 1500 mm long.75 mm. sheet steel. with safety spring hook to attach chains and wires without tools. stainless steel. consisting of steel wire. galvanised. All suspension accessories in the Delta range are therefore designed for at least 150 kg weight load. E 04 23 434 00 07600MH 21 869 00 407 . suspension aid for continuous lines. to be shortened on site. Steel wire 20 m. and suspension clamp. fixing accessories must be able to support five times the weight of the luminaires to be mounted on them. galvanised. 1500 mm long. Stainless steel. galvanised. with turnbuckle and suspension clamp. Recommended for mounting of suspensions at the joints of base units. consisting of link chain. ¶ 1. A 01 SD 22 306 00 A 01 KD 22 300 00 E 05 N 23 436 00 E 03 SD E 03 KD E 01 E 07 07600 MH E 06 E 04 Suspension clamp 1 piece. this results in loads of maximum 30 kg for each suspension point. consisting of steel wire. together with 12 pressure clamps to make suspension eyelets using pliers. 1500 mm long. Chain suspension 1 piece.75 mm. to be attached to the base unit without tools. for wire suspensions in combination with accessories E 06 and E 07. E 03 KD 23 427 00 Ceiling fixing plate 1 piece. Decorative wire suspension 1 piece.Wire and chain suspensions Base units ································392 Accessories base units ············394 Gear trays·································395 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················404 Installation and planning ·········408 Lamp characteristics ···············525 A 01 DSD A 01 SD A 01 KD E 05 N For safety reasons. galvanised. Fixing accessories provided on site such as dowels. must meet these requirements. ¶ 1. When the maximum suspension distances are retained. E 07 23 438 00 Link chain 20 m. for chain suspensions. Only to be used in combination with accessory E 07. etc. with quick-acting glue to seal the wire ends from splitting when shortened.75 mm. with steel wire E 06 and suspension clamps E 03 SD···. Wire accessory consisting of 12 grommets as wire protection. ceiling hooks. and suspension clamp. E 06 23 437 00 Wire accessory for wire suspensions on site. Wire length fully adjustable without tools. galvanised. Wire length fully adjustable without tools Suspension clamp 1 piece. to be attached to the base units without tools. E 01 23 420 00 E 03 SD 23 431 00 Mounting aid 1 pair. Turnbuckle 1 piece. A 01 DSD 22 295 00 Wire suspension 1 piece. galvanised.

Maximum suspension distances can be achieved by mounting the suspension accessories always directly above the joints of the base units. The benefit is in real value: as opposed to conventional rapid-mounting luminaires.38 m – consisting of four 3-length base units – only needs 5 fixing points. Time is money In practical terms. The stainless steel clips of these fixing accessories are attached without using tools.. 408 . achieved with Delta luminaires with integrated base profile. the mounting costs of continuous lines are essentially determined by the number of fixing points required. the number of necessary fixing points is considerably reduced thanks to increased suspension distances of up to 4500 mm.Delta Mounting instructions 1st suspension point Continuous line length/m 0 1. Dimensional stability for maximum suspension distances For example: a 12-length Delta continuous line with a length of 18. The suspension clamps of the suspension accessories are positioned above the joints of the base units. The advantageous Delta construction principle opens new horizons. Tool-free attachment Delta base units are suspended from the ceiling by means of wires or chains.54 A minimum of fixing points .. The optomised cross-section base profiles – as a unit of trunking and reflector – provides a rigid unit.

Integral reflectors Reflectors form an integral element of the Delta base units. easy selection of the respective gear tray to the desired switched circuit.07 4.or 7-conductor throughwiring sets guarantee a time-saving electrical connection of Delta base units. transport them to the site and to connect them to the conventional trunkings. facilitate optimised photometric planning. A 7-conductor mains cable can also be connected to the socket of the connector. 4. No more need to unpack the reflectors. 409 . Plug connections between through-wiring Modern connector technology guarantees tool-free rapid electrical connection of gear trays with the through-wiring in the base units. They can be interchanged in the base units. Plug connections for through-wiring Standard connectors and sockets at the ends of pre-mounted 5. to be mounted into identical base units.60 Various equipment options with Delta Numerous gear trays for a wide variety of equipment configurations. max. Slide contacts of the male connector on the gear tray allow tool-free selection of the desired electrical conductor and thus. Due to the fact that single-lamp and twin-lamp gear trays for T5 lamps have the same dimensions and an identical position of the male connector.Easy-to-handle auxiliary suspensions ease the luminaire weight during the mounting work at the joints.50 m 2nd suspension point 3.

7. While the first profile is held by the suspension at the beginning and. 3. Following the mechanical connection of the base units by means of solid interior couplings. 2. 1. 410 . temporarily. 4. The auxiliary suspension of the first base unit can be removed without using tools. by one auxiliary suspension at the joint. Reflector connectors prevent light leakage between the base profiles. The suspension clamp of the wire or chain suspension is positioned directly above the joint without using tools. Wires or chains are removed from the auxiliary suspension and fixed to the suspension clamp above the joint. End caps form a stylish conclusion of the Delta base units at the ends of the continuous line.Delta Mounting instructions Suspension of base units directly above the joints by using the two auxiliary suspensions of accessory 07600 MH. 6. the second auxiliary suspension is temporarily used at the end of the second base profile. 5. space brackets are positioned at each joint.

14 7. 1-lamp. Base unit: 2. 1000 mm.73 12.04 27.79 m long (equals 9 lamp lengths).67 9.61 6. as well as the minimum number of fixing points for different continuous-line lengths is given. equipped with single-lamp. Order example: Non-interrupted continuous line 35 W (T5 lamp) with top feeding 13.92 21. The required number of base units. IP20. 3 lengths Wiring connection unit End cap Decorative wire suspension 3 x 07600 M/III/7LV/1500 1 x 07600 M-ESB 2 x 07600 M-RK-RPV 4 x A 01 DSD 9 x 7601N/35/49/80 E 9 x 07600 RPV/1500 3. 35 W Highly-specular parabolic louvre 411 .51 26. assuming that the fixing clamps of the suspensions are placed directly above the joints of the base profiles. 1.26 13.38 19. 1000 mm 235-1000 170 65-100 E E Next fixing point on the joint of the next base unit E Quick overview of Delta continuous lines Planning information for material list Over.07 4. dimmable gear trays and parabolic louvres. Overhang dimensions The overhang dimensions at the ends of continuous lines must be min.20 10. 65 mm / max.98 24. Gear trays: 4. Optical equipment: Gear trays.Lamp length all length m 3. 65 mm or max.32 16.63 Number 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Base profile Fixing 076···/II/··· 076···/III/··· points piece 1 – 2 1 – 2 1 – 2 1 – 2 1 – 2 1 – 2 1 piece – 1 – 1 2 1 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 5 4 5 6 5 6 Number 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 Fixing next to the joints 1000-40 mm 40-1000 mm Fixing above the joints The adjacent table contains information on the composition of Delta continuous lines. independent of the kind of optical equipment and the type of fixing.57 29.85 18. Base unit and fixing accessories: Base unit.10 30. If Delta continuous lines cannot be fixed directely above the joints of the base units to the concrete ceiling by means of wire or chain suspension.79 15. All the information is valid for single lamp and twin-lamp gear trays. Decorative wire suspensions.Planning information and order examples Overhang min. they have to be suspended at the left and right of the joint according to the illustration above.45 22.

E-Line T5 Continuous-line system for T5 fluorescent lamps Individual solutions with a universal system. increased efficiency and compatibility with various architectural environments. In short: E-Line. Suspension Trunking Trunking end cap Gear tray for T5 lamps Reflector end caps Same profile for different equipment configurations Same luminaire cross-section for single-lamp and twin-lamp gear trays E-Line T5. This is especially true for the T5 versions which stand out thanks to low cross-sections and a wide range of available components. The rapidmounting continuous-line system provides a combination of practical single components which can be adapted precisely to meet individual requirements. 412 . Flexibility that convinces. Not only because of its constants: visual-task oriented photometrics.

Versions with MultiLamp electronic control gear allows the operation of different wattage lamps.Electronic control gear as standard E-Line-T5 variants – equipped as standard with electronic control gear – ensure maximum lighting efficiency. 413 . Geometrical arrangements Nodes and other accessories expand the planning scope of geometrical arrangements significantly and offer many possible architectural solutions.

Self-suspended E-Line reflectors contain a light-controlling optical system. narrow-angle 07690 HRF/35 Page 427 Rectangular reflector 07691 M-STB/35 Page 428 Rectangular reflector 07691 M-UXP-H/35 Page 428 414 . This allows perfect adaptation of E-Line continuous lines to projectspecific photometric and architectural demands. their dimensions and their photometrics as well as product and application illustrations. The pages indicated relate to the subsequent product pages featuring the characteristics of the respective components. Opalescent foil diffusers open up completely new applications.E-Line T5 Combinations of reflectors and optical accessories Lamella louvre (M-)RW Combination versatility Radial and rectangular reflectors can be combined in several ways with optical accessories. high 07690 (M-)RH/35 Option Self-suspended reflector 07690 SBF/35 Page 426 Self-suspended reflector 07690 STF/35 Page 426 Self-suspended reflector 07690 SAF/35 Page 426 Hall reflector. thus additional optical accessories are not required. Radial reflectors 07690 (M-)R/28 07690 (M-)R/35 Page 418 Page 419 Perforated radial reflectors 07690 (M-)G/28 07690 (M-)G/35 Page 422 Page 423 Reflectors. The adjacent matrix shows the compatibility of reflectors with different optical accessories.

415 . please contact your local TRILUX support centre. Rough photometrical planning for these versions can be obtained using the photometric data tables of comparable combinations. but is not described in detail on the following application pages. see page 421. * Specular reflectors SA. SWW also in combination with lamella louvre ···RW.Parabolic louvre Matt RMV Semi-specular RSX Highly specular RPX Specular reflector asymmetrical SA* narrow/wideangle SWW* Foil covers Wedge F1 Lenticular F2 Circular F3 Page 420 Page 420 Page 430 Page 430 Page 430 Page 424 Page 424 Page 425 The word „Option“ means that a combination is technically possible. A variety of different TRILUX software systems are available for more detailed planning.

Other electrical versions available on request.2 Joule 850 °C 7691··· 7691 M··· C0 .69 H + 0. As a batten for non-specific. e. storage rooms.23 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6 416 . E-Line 1x49 W UTE: 0. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the electrical conductor without tools.E-Line T5 Gear trays – IP 20 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. ···EDD··· With digital dimmable electronic control gear with DALI interface. technical rooms or ancillary rooms without continuously occupied workplaces. Sheet steel.g. Gear trays Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Electrical connection Electrical connection is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking.C180 Recommended areas As a basis for all further optical accessories. Control gear options Versions ···28/54··· and ···35/49··· in MultiLamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.. ···M··· Silver-grey. white. ···E With electronic control gear. passive or tertiary building areas with general illumination requirements.

4 ···07 ···07 7691··· 7692··· 87 63 63 417 87 .Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················432 Trunking and wiring ·················454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 7692··· 7692 M··· Reference White 7691/28/54··· 7691/35/49/80··· Silver-grey 7691 M/28/54··· 7691 M/35/49/80··· TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···EDD ···07 ···07 ···07 ···07 Lamps W 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 Length mm 1230 1530 1230 1530 ≈kg 46 227··· 34 982··· 46 236··· 46 238··· 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 White 7692/28/54··· 46 675··· 7692/35/49··· 47 008··· 7692/35/49/80··· 46 249··· 7692/80··· 47 128··· Silver-grey 7692 M/28/54··· 46 676··· 7692 M/35/49··· 47 009··· 7692 M/35/49/80··· 46 257··· 7692 M/80··· 46 261··· Trunkings to be ordered separately. ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···07 ···07 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 80 1230 1530 1530 1530 1230 1530 1530 1530 1.

54 W 35.E-Line T5 Radial reflector R 6 4 d a IP20 0. made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. galvanised.5/BZ 4 07690 R··· 117 103 117 418 103 . Reflector M-R Radial sheet steel reflector. Reference TOC Components Reference White 07690 R/28 46 654 00 Reflector R 07690 R/35 46 653 00 Reflector R Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector R Radial sheet steel reflector. 49. made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector.85 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2. 80 W C0 . with white polyester coating. assembly halls. galvanised. exhibition halls and sales areas. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. workshops.2 Joule 650 °C with PC accessories 850 °C 07690 R··· 07690 M-R··· Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities. with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating.C180 E-Line R 1x49 W UTE: 0. 54 W 35. made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector. for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 28. Reflector accessories ···PC For increased preventive fire protection. supermarkets.. 49. made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07690 M-R/28 46 656 00 Reflector M-R 07690 M-R/35 46 655 00 Reflector M-R Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap. 80 W 28.

with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. 80 W C0 . Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel. 54 W 35. silver-grey. 54 W 28. galvanised. with white polyester coating. 54 W 28.Radial reflector R and lamella louvre RW Gear trays·································416 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················432 Trunking and wiring ·················454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07690 R··· + 07690 RW··· 07690 M-R··· + 07690 M-RW··· Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities. 54 W 35. 49. for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 28. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. 49. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. workshops. galvanised. exhibition halls. Reflector M-R Radial reflector.C180 E-Line RW 1x49 W UTE: 0. sheet steel. sales areas and training rooms. Reflector accessories ···PC For increased preventive fire protection. made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector. sheet steel. Reflector R Radial reflector. made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector. Reference TOC Components Reference White 07690 R/28 46 654 00 Reflector R 07690 RW/28 43 744 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07690 R/35 46 653 00 Reflector R 07690 RW/35 43 745 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap. 80 W 28. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. assembly halls. 49. white. 80 W 35.77 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/4/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 07690 R··· + 07690 RW··· 113 117 117 419 113 . 49. made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07690 M-R/28 46 656 00 Reflector M-R 07690 M-RW/28 43 746 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW 07690 M-R/35 46 655 00 Reflector M-R 07690 M-RW/35 43 747 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap. Lamella louvre M-RW Sheet steel. supermarkets. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. 80 W 35.

54 W 35. made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector. made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. asymmetrical 07690 R/28 46 654 00 Reflector R 07690 SA/28 56 838 00 + Specular reflector SA 07690 R/35 46 653 00 Reflector R 07690 SA/35 47 969 00 + Specular reflector SA White. Specular reflector SWW Made of highly-specular. with specular reflector SA. supermarkets. Reflector R Radial sheet steel reflector. 49. galvanised. 80 W 35. 54 W 35. white 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap. made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector.97 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 4/2/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 07690 R··· + 07690 SA··· 07690 R··· + 07690 SWW··· 420 . 49. anodised aluminium for asymmetrical light distribution. with specular reflector SA.g.2 Joule 650 °C with PC end caps 850 °C 07690 R··· + 07690 S··· 07690 M-R··· + 07690 S··· Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities. 80 W C0 . assembly halls. 49. C0 . 54 W 35. with specular reflector SWW.E-Line T5 Radial reflector R with specular reflector SA or SWW 6 4 d a IP20 0. 49. 54 W 35. 80 W 28. galvanised. 80 W 35. Specular reflector SA Made of highly-specular. with specular reflector SWW. 49. workshops. 80 W 35.8/BZ 4 7691R+SWW/49 UTE: 0. wide-angle 07690 R/28 46 654 00 Reflector R 07690 SWW/28 56 840 00 + Specular reflector SWW 07690 R/35 46 653 00 Reflector R 07690 SWW/35 56 839 00 + Specular reflector SWW Reflector accessories. with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. 80 W 28. 54 W 28. 54 W 28. 54 W 28. 80 W 35. 54 W 28. anodised aluminium. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. To be inserted in reflector 07690··· R without tools. Reflector accessories ···PC For increased preventive fire protection. 49. 80 W White. 49.87 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/. wide-angle 07690 M-R/28 46 656 00 Reflector M-R 07690 SWW/28 56 840 00 + Specular reflector SWW 07690 M-R/35 46 655 00 Reflector M-R 07690 SWW/35 56 839 00 + Specular reflector SWW Reflector accessories. e. 49. exhibition halls and sales areas.C180 28. To be inserted in reflector 07690···R without tools. silver-grey 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap.C180 7691R+SA/49 UTE: 0. with white polyester coating. goods shelves. made of polycarbonate Silver-grey. Reflector M-R Radial sheet steel reflector. Reference TOC Components Reference for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 28. especially for illuminating vertical surfaces that are opposed to each other. asymmetrical 07690 M-R/28 46 656 00 Reflector M-R 07690 SA/28 56 838 00 + Specular reflector SA 07690 M-R/35 46 655 00 Reflector M-R 07690 SA/35 47 969 00 + Specular reflector SA Silver-grey. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. with double wall washer characteristic.

sheet steel. asymmetrical 07690 R/35 46 653 00 Reflector R 07690 RW/35 43 745 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07690 SA/35 47 969 00 + Specular reflector SA. 80 W 28. Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. 54 W 35. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector. asymmetrical 07690 M-R/35 46 655 00 Reflector M-R 07690 M-RW/35 43 747 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW 07690 SA/35 47 969 00 + Specular reflector SA. 80 W 35. with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. 54 W 28. 54 W 35. for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 28. 80 W 35. assembly halls. sales areas and training rooms.C180 7691R+SA+RW/49 UTE: 0. 49. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance.80 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 07690 R··· + 07690 SA··· + 07690 RW··· 421 . Reflector accessories ···PC For increased preventive fire protection. 54 W 28. made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. 49. 49. 80 W C0 . silver-grey. Lamella louvre M-RW Sheet steel. exhibition halls. 80 W 35. with white polyester coating. 54 W 28. 49. asymmetrical Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap. To be inserted in reflector 07690··· R without tools. Reference TOC Components Reference White 07690 R/28 46 654 00 Reflector R 07690 RW/28 43 744 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07690 SA/28 56 838 00 + Specular reflector SA. sheet steel. workshops. galvanised. galvanised. asymmetrical Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap.Radial reflector R with specular reflector SA and lamella louvre RW Gear trays·································416 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················432 Trunking and wiring ·················454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07690 R··· + 07690 RW··· + 07690 SA··· 07690 M-R··· + 07690 M-RW··· + 07690 SA··· Recommended areas Especially recommended for production facilities. Specular reflector SA Made of highly-specular. 80 W 35. white. 49. supermarkets. 54 W 28. Reflector R Radial reflector. anodised aluminium for asymmetrical light distribution. made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector. made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07690 M-R/28 46 656 00 Reflector M-R 07690 M-RW/28 43 746 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW 07690 SA/28 56 838 00 + Specular reflector SA. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector M-R Radial reflector. 49.

54 W 35. 80 W 28. made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RV PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector. made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. galvanised. made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07690 M-G/28 46 662 00 Perforated reflector M-G 07690 M-G/35 46 659 00 Perforated reflector M-G Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap.07 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4/0. 9 %.75/ BZ 3/1/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 07690 G··· 117 103 117 422 103 . Indirect component approx. sales areas. precision assembly.2 Joule 650 °C with PC end caps 850 °C 07690 G··· 07690 M-G··· Recommended areas Especially recommended for workshops. Reference TOC Components Reference White 07690 G/28 46 660 00 Perforated reflector G 07690 G/35 46 661 00 Perforated reflector G Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RK PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector G Radial sheet steel reflector.81 E + 0. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector.E-Line T5 Perforated radial reflector G 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 28. Reflector M-G Radial sheet steel reflector. with white polyester coating. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. 54 W 35. supermarkets and training areas. 49. Indirect component approx.C180 E-Line G 1x49 W UTE: 0. 49. 9 %. galvanised. 80 W C0 . with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools.

08 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 07690 G··· + 07690 RW··· 113 117 117 423 113 . 80 W C0 . galvanised. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. 13 %. 49. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RV 46 650 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RV PC 46 652 00 Reflector connector. white. galvanised. with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. Reflector G Radial sheet steel reflector. made of polycarbonate 07690 RV 46 640 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RV-PC 46 642 00 Reflector connector. Lamella louvre M-RW Sheet steel. Reflector M-G Radial sheet steel reflector. 54 W 35. 54 W 35. sales areas.Perforated radial reflector G and lamella louvre RW Gear trays·································416 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················432 Trunking and wiring ·················454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07690 G··· + 07690 RW··· 07690 G··· + 07690 RW··· Recommended areas Especially recommended for workshops. precision assembly.C180 E-Line G-RW 1x49 W UTE: 0. made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07690 M-G/28 46 662 00 Perforated reflector M-G 07690 M-RW/28 43 746 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW 07690 M-G/35 46 659 00 Perforated reflector M-G 07690 M-RW/35 43 747 00 + Lamella louvre M-RW Reflector accessories 07690 M-RK 46 646 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RK PC 46 648 00 Reflector end cap. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. 49. silver-grey. with white polyester coating. Indirect component approx. 80 W 28. Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 28. made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools.73 E + 0. supermarkets and training areas. 13 %. Indirect component approx. Reference TOC Components Reference White 07690 G/28 46 660 00 Perforated reflector G 07690 RW/28 43 744 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07690 G/35 46 661 00 Perforated reflector G 07690 RW/35 43 745 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07690 RK 46 636 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RK-PC 46 638 00 Reflector end cap.

2 Joule 650 °C with PC accessories 850 °C 07690 RH/35 + 07690 RSX/35 07690 M-RH/35 + 07690 RSX/35 Application Production facilities. semi-specular 07690 RMV/35 46 670 00 + Semi-specular louvre RMV Reflector accessories 07690 M-RKH 46 645 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RKH PC 46 647 00 Reflector end cap.80 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1. Reflector M-RH High-Radial sheet steel reflector. precision mechanics. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance. with external silver-grey and internal white polyester coating. 49. or semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. high form 07690 RSX/35 46 664 00 + Specular louvre RSX. Parabolic louvre RMV Made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99. 80 W C0 . training rooms. showrooms and sales areas. Reflector RH High-Radial sheet steel reflector. Deep cross section.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2 E-Line RMV 1x49 W UTE: 0. made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07690 M-RH/35 46 658 00 Reflector RH. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance. high form 07690 RSX/35 46 664 00 + Specular louvre RSX.C180 E-Line RSX 1x49 W UTE: 0.C180 for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 35. switchgear control rooms. made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. Reflection-intensifying parabolic louvre RSX Made of reflection-intensifying. RSX··· suitable for VDU workstations. 80 W 35.98 %. galvanised. with white polyester coating. 80 W 35. Reference TOC Components Reference White 07690 RH/35 46 657 00 Reflector RH. labs. 49.60 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN: BZ 2/1.25/BZ 1 07690 RH··· + 07690 RMV/RSX··· 117 122 117 424 122 .E-Line T5 High reflector RH and reflection-intensifying. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. semi-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99. 49. galvanised. offices. C0 . made of polycarbonate 07690 RVH 46 639 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RVH PC 46 641 00 Reflector connector. precision assembly. Suitable for VDU application usage in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.99 % for especially high light output. semi-specular 07690 RMV/35 46 670 00 + Semi-specular louvre RMV Reflector accessories 07690 RKH 46 635 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RKH PC 46 637 00 Reflector end cap. 80 W 35. semi-specular parabolic louvre RSX. made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RVH 46 649 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RVH PC 46 651 00 Reflector connector. 49. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Deep cross section.

49.C180 E-Line RPX 1x49 W UTE: 0. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. galvanised. with silver-grey polyester coating. Reflector RH High-Radial sheet steel reflector. galvanised. with white polyester coating. highly-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99. made of polycarbonate 07690 RVH 46 639 00 Reflector connectors 07690 RVH PC 46 641 00 Reflector connector. Deep cross section. made of polycarbonate Silver-grey 07690 M-RH/35 46 658 00 Reflector RH. training rooms. high form 07690 RPX/35 46 663 00 + Highly specular louvre RPX Reflector accessories 07690 RKH 46 635 00 Reflector end caps 07690 RKH PC 46 637 00 Reflector end cap. 49. high form 07690 RPX/35 46 663 00 + Highly specular louvre RPX Reflector accessories 07690 M-RKH 46 645 00 Reflector end caps 07690 M-RKH PC 46 647 00 Reflector end cap. Highly-specular parabolic louvre RPX Made of reflection-intensifying. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2 07690 RH··· + 07690 RPX··· 117 122 117 425 122 . showrooms and sales areas. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance. labs.80 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1. Suitable for VDU workstations. 80 W 35. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. precision mechanics. offices. switchgear control rooms. precision assembly.99 % for especially high light output. Reference TOC Components Reference White 07690 RH/35 46 657 00 Reflector RH. made of polycarbonate Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 35.Gear trays·································416 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················432 Trunking and wiring ·················454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07690 RH/35 + 07690 RPX/35 07690 M-RH/35 + 07690 RPX/35 Application Production facilities. Deep cross section. made of polycarbonate 07690 M-RVH 46 649 00 Reflector connectors 07690 M-RVH PC 46 651 00 Reflector connector. 80 W C0 . Reflector M-RH High-Radial sheet steel reflector.

49. To be fixed directly to gear trays. anodised aluminium for asymmetrical light distribution. 80 W 35. SAF··· recommended for wall and shelf lighting. anodised aluminium for wide-angle light distribution.2 Joule 650 °C with PC end caps 850 °C 07690 SBF/35 07690 STF/35 07690 SAF/35 Application Production facilities. asymmetrical 07690 SBF/35 07690 STF/35 07690 SAF/35 46 643 00 47 604 00 46 644 00 for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 35.E-Line T5 Self-suspended specular reflectors SBF. Self-suspended specular reflector SAF Made of highly-specular.C180 E-Line SAF 1x49 W UTE: 0.C180 E-Line STF 1x49 W UTE: 0. 49. Self-suspended specular reflector SBF Made of highly-specular.97 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 07690 SBF··· 07690 STF··· 07690 SAF··· 142 142 151 151 147 147 426 110 . SAF 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. 80 W C0 . To be fixed directly to gear trays. wide-angle Specular reflector STF.97 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4/1. Reference TOC Components Reference Specular reflector SBF. narrow-angle Specular reflector SAF. 49. STF. anodised aluminium for narrow-angle light distribution. To be fixed directly to gear trays. workshops and assembly halls. 80 W 35.25/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/4/BZ 3 C0 .97 D DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 C0 .C180 E-Line SBF 1x49 W UTE: 0. Self-suspended specular reflector STF Made of highly-specular.

C0 .8 L B=3 m 600 B=6 m 400 600 500 400 300 200 h = 2 2 m 100 0 0 1m h= 3 0 m 2m 3m h=14m h y x B/2 B 200 100 50 0 e 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 Light point height h in m Lat. Gear trays with electronic control gear for reduced energy consumption and increased lamp life are perfect for these applications.. End caps and connectors are not necessary. the use of highly efficient lamps and economical luminaires is recommended. To be fixed directly to gear trays. anodised aluminium for extremely narrow-angle light distribution.: on the whole gangway surface 1000 1000 B/2 800 900 800 h=6m 700 Average illuminance  in lx Point illuminance EP in lx Luminaires: Non-interrupted continuous line with 16 units 7691/35/49/80 E + 07690 HRF/35 Lamps: T5 lamps 80 W Luminous flux: ¢LP = 6150 lm Light loss factor: v = 0.C180 E-Line HRF 1x49 W UTE: 1. E-Line in HRF-versions excels with extremely narrow-angle luminous intensity distribution with high light output ratios. y = 12. distance x to gangway centre 07690 HRF··· 122 185 185 427 122 . Due to extended operating times. Reference TOC Components Reference Specular reflector HRF.5 m B/2 on the centre line B = .Especially for high halls and high-bay warehouses Self-suspended reflector HRF Gear trays·································416 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················432 Trunking and wiring ·················454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07690 HRF/35 Self-suspended reflector HRF Made of highly-specular. 80 W Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. Lighting of high-bay warehouses Because of a lack of. high-bay warehouses are mainly artificially lit.00 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 Diagrams to determine horizontal illuminances Installation data Gangway length: L = 25 m Gangway width: B Light point height: h Transverse coordinate: x Longitudinal coordinate: y Evaluation level: floor Illustration 1 Installation sketch Gangway in high-bay warehouse Illustration 3 Illustration 2 Illuminance distribution Average illuminance  E◊ across the gangway. or reduced daylight. 49. allowing efficient conformity to illuminance standards even at high mounting heights.. narrow-angle 07690 HRF/35 46 677 00 for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 35.

88 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/. 80 W 1 x 35. highlyspecular. 49.2 Joule 650 °C with PC accessories 850 °C ···UXP 07691 M-STB/35 07691 M-UXP-H/35 Application Production facilities. Ultra-low cross-section louvre ···UXP-H suitable for VDU-workstations. made of silver-grey sheet steel. 80 W 07691 M-STB/35 46 665 00 Reflector with specular louvre STB 07691 M-UXP-H/35 46 666 00 Reflector with ultra-low-profile louvre UXP Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. Reference TOC Components Reference for gear trays single-lamp 1 x 35. Rectangular reflector with ultra-low cross-section louvre M-UXP-H Rectangular reflector. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools.8/BZ 3/1/BZ 4 C0 . stray illumination ≤ 3 %. C0 .C180 E-Line M-STB 1x49 W UTE: 0. precision assembly.99 %. With integrated reflector for narrow/wide-angle light distribution. galvanised. made of silver-grey sheet steel.80 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1. 49. With integrated ultra-low crosssection louvre in UXP-Technology®. Rectangular reflector with specular louvre M-STB Rectangular reflector. galvanised. reflectance value 98 %. made of reflection-intensifying.25/BZ 1 07691 M-STB··· 07691 M-UXP-H··· 63 103 63 428 103 . offices. labs. switchgear control rooms.E-Line T5 Rectangular reflectors with specular louvre M-STB or ultra-low-profile louvre M-UXP-H 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. training rooms. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. showrooms and sales areas. highly-specular aluminium with a surface purity of 99. precision mechanics.C180 E-Line M-UXP-H 1x49 W UTE: 0. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.

Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. showrooms.3-circuit track module Gear trays·································416 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················432 Trunking and wiring ·················454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 7691 M-AD··· Application For illumination and accent lighting. Electrical connection Electrical connection is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking. with integrated 3-circuit track for Euroadapter. Reference White 7691 AD-36 7691 AD-58 Silver-grey 7691 M-AD-36 7691 M-AD-58 TOC Components Reference 3-circuit rail module AD 3-circuit rail module AD 3-circuit rail module M-AD 3-circuit rail module M-AD Length mm 1230 1530 1230 1530 35 073 00 35 074 00 46 735 00 46 736 00 The illustrated spotlights are not supplied. museums. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. conference rooms and exhibition halls. Maximum total weight of the spotlights attached to a conductor rail module: 10 kg. Lamp circuit connections can be set to each electrical conductor without tools. To accommodate spotlights in sales areas. 3-circuit track module AD White sheet steel. foyers. available track length 500 mm (7691 AD/36) or 800 mm (7691 AD/58). ···M··· Silver-grey. 07691 AD/M-AD··· 52 63 500/36 W 800/58 W 429 .

eliptical or circular. Highly-flexible translucent cover with lightselective coating or as replaceable surface for logos and slogans or decorative prints. wedgeshaped. slogans or decorative prints.5/BZ 6 C0 . supermarkets and exhibition halls. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools.C180 E-Line F2 1x49 W UTE: 0.52 J + 0.E-Line T5 Opal foil diffusers 6 5 4 d a IP20 0.2 Joule 650 °C 07690 F1··· C0 .55 J + 0. 2 shaped end caps and corresponding blank foil. Opal foil diffuser Foil diffuser. Foil blanks and shaped end caps made of polycarbonate.75/ BZ 6/1/BZ 7 NBN L 14-002: BZ 7 430 .C180 Application Sales areas.26 T DIN 5040: B32 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1.8/BZ 8 C0 .59 G + 0.C180 E-Line F3 1x49 W UTE: 0. Ideal as replaceable medium for logos. Foil diffusers in continuous-line arrangements do not require any special end cap adapters. E-Line F1 1x49 W UTE: 0.33 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 7/0.31 T DIN 5040: B11 CIBSE: BZ 7/3/BZ 8 NBN L 14-002: BZ 9/. consisting of foil carrier. Foil carrier made of sheet steel.

opal. opal. 49. 07690 F1/M-F1··· 07690 F2/M-F2··· 07690 F3/M-F3··· 118 118 165 165 165 63 63 170 170 122 122 431 165 . 80 W 2 x 28 W 2 x 35. 80 W 2 x 28 W 2 x 35. 49. 49 W 2 x 28 W 2 x 35. white 07690 F1/28 07690 F1/35 Silver-grey 07690 M-F1/28 07690 M-F1/35 Lens. 49. opal. 49. opal. opal. 49 W 2 x 28 W 2 x 35. 49. opal. 54 W 1 x 35.Gear trays·································416 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················432 Trunking and wiring ·················454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07690 F2··· 07690 F3··· Reference Wedge. opal. 54 W 1 x 35. foil carrier and end caps Foil. foil carrier and end caps 1 x 28. white 07690 F3/28 07690 F3/35 Silver-grey 07690 M-F3/28 07690 M-F3/35 TOC Components Reference Foil. 49. 54 W 1 x 35. 49 W 46 741 00 46 742 00 46 747 00 46 748 00 Foil. foil carrier and end caps Foil. foil carrier and end caps Foil. silver-grey Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. 80 W 1 x 28. foil carrier and end caps Foil. 80 W 1 x 28. Note lamp. 49 W Accessories TOC Description 07690 E-F 46 749 00 End cap. opal. foil carrier and end caps Foil. foil carrier and end caps 46 737 00 46 738 00 46 743 00 46 744 00 for lamp single-lamp or twin-lamp 1 x 28. foil carrier and end caps 1 x 28. foil carrier and end caps Foil. white 07690 M-E-F 46 750 00 End cap. opal. foil carrier and end caps Foil. 54 W 1 x 35. foil carrier and end caps Foil. 54 W 1 x 35. opal. 80 W 1 x 28. 54 W 1 x 35. opal. opal. white 07690 F2/28 07690 F2/35 Silver-grey 07690 M-F2/28 07690 M-F2/35 Round. foil carrier and end caps Foil. 49 W 2 x 28 W 2 x 35. 80 W 2 x 28 W 2 x 35. 49 W 46 739 00 46 740 00 46 745 00 46 746 00 Foil.

2 Joule 850 °C Gear trays·································416 Trunking and wiring ·················454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 7691···EB / 7692···EB 7691···UR / 7692···UR Gear trays with individual battery supply for continuous operation Reference White 7691/35/49/80 E+EB (1h) 7692/35 E+EB (1h) 7692/49 E+EB (1h) 7691/35/49/80 E+EB (3h) 7692/35 E+EB (3h) Silver-grey 7691 M/35/49/80 E+EB (1h) 7692 M/35 E+EB (1h) 7692 M/49 E+EB (1h) 7691 M/35/49/80 E+EB (3h) 7692 M/35 E+EB (3h) TOC Opera.0 2. 49.7 1.5 lx B Eh = 0. For wiring diagram see page 523.7 Gear tray ··· + EB Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires equipped with individual battery.4 46 231 04 46 250 04 46 241 04 46 258 04 1. ··· + EB (3h) Nominal operation time 3 hours (not in combination with continuous line wiring in module 510 mm). ··· + EB (1h) Nominal operation time 1 hour. With electronic control gear for general lighting. 9 12 6 6 Eh=0.5 lx Eh=0. ···M··· Silver-grey. Fluorescent lamps in constant operation. 49. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the electrical conductor without tools.4 2.5 lx Eh = 0. 80 3 hour 2 x 35 1 hour 1 hour 1 hour 3 hour 3 hour 1 x 35. IP20. 49. ···M··· Silver-grey.9 2. With electronic control gear and relay to switch over to emergency power supply. 80 2 x 35 2 x 49 1 x 35.0 2. With electronic control gear for general lighting. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the phase conductor without tools. 80 1 x 35. 49. 49.5 lx 1 lx 1 lx 5 lx 0 3 6 9 12 Illustration A: 7691/35 E+UR batten Illustration B: 7691/35 E+UR in combination with reflector R Illustration C: 7692/35 E+UR batten Illustration D: 7692/35 E+UR in combination with reflector R Suspension height 3 m Suspension height 5 m 6 1 lx 6 3 3 3 3 6 6 1 lx 3 6 6 0 C m D C 0 Eh=0.5 1. Electronic control gear in Multi-Lamp technology allows operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. white. LED indicates the charging status of the battery. Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools.E-Line T5 Gear trays for emergency lighting 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. 49.5 lx 3 Eh = 0. 80 Length mm 1530 1530 1530 1530 ≈kg 46 229 04 46 247 04 46 673 04 46 230 04 46 248 04 46 239 04 46 255 04 46 674 04 46 240 04 46 256 04 1.5 lx Eh=0.2 2. Electrical connection The electrical connection with general and safety lighting circuits is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking. in case of power failure one lamp is operated by means of individual battery with maintenance-free accumulators. Fluorescent lamps in constant operation.2 2.5 lx m D 432 . 80 2 x 35 L mm 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 ≈kg Gear trays with switching relay for continuous operation Reference White 7691/35/49/80 E+UR 7692/35/49/80 E+UR Silver-grey 7691 M/35/49/80 E+UR 7692 M/35/49/80 E+UR TOC Lamps W 1 x 35. 49.5 lx 3 m 0 0 9 12 5 lx 1 lx 9 12 6 3 1 lx 5 lx 0 0 3 6 12 9 6 3 0 5 lx 0 5 lx 3 6 9 12 Suspension height 3 m Suspension height 5 m m 6 1 lx 3 0 5 lx 0 3 6 12 9 6 3 5 lx 0 0 0 0 0 3 5 lx 1 lx Illustration A: 7691/35E+EB(3h) batten Illustration B: 7691/35E+EB(3h) in combination with reflector R Illustration C: 7692/35E+EB(3h) batten Illustration D: 7692/35E+EB(3h) in combination with reflector R 9 12 A B A Eh = 0. For wiring diagram see page 523. 49. 80 1 hour 2 x 35 1 hour 2 x 49 3 hour 1 x 35. Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. 80 2 x 35.9 2.Lamps tion time W 1 hour 1 x 35. Electrical connection The electrical connection with general lighting circuit and charging circuit is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking. Sheet steel. in case of power failure one lamp is operated by means of the emergency power source on site. 80 2 x 35. Sheet steel. white.5 1. Gear tray ··· +UR Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires.4 2.4 1.

consisting of practical single components which can be adapted precisely to individual requirements. The different E-Line versions for T8 lamps provide task-oriented. efficient lighting with maximum planning flexibility Reflectors for differentiated lighting To satisfy each and every situation with the optimum lighting solution.E-Line T8 Continuous-line system for T8 fluorescent lamps E-Line T8 – the system E-Line is the universal rapidmounting continuous-line system for individual solutions. 433 . E-Line assures an extensive planning scope with four different reflector systems to choose from and a wide variety of optical accessories.

The adjacent matrix shows the compatibility of reflectors with different optical accessories.E-Line T8 Combinations of reflectors and optical components Lamella louvre T-RW Combination versatility Radial reflectors can be combined in several ways with optical accessories. asymmetrical 07690 SAF/58 Page 450 Self-suspended reflector. extremely narrow-angle 07691 HRFN/58 Page 451 Trapezium-shaped reflectors 07690 T/36 07690 T/58 Page 452 Page 452 434 . Rough photometrical plans for these versions can be obtained using the photometric data tables of comparable combinations. The word „Option“ means that a combination is technically possible. please contact your local TRILUX support centre. their dimensions and photometrics as well as product and application illustrations. The pages indicated relate to the subsequent product pages featuring the characteristics of the respective components. A variety of different TRILUX software systems is available for more detailed planning. Radial reflectors 07691 R/··· 07692 R/··· Page 438 Perforated radial reflectors 07691 G/58 07692 G/58 Page 440 High reflectors 07691 RH/58 07692 RH/58 Option Perforated high reflectors 07691 GH/58 07692 GH/58 Option Self-suspended reflector. Self-suspended E-Line reflectors contain a light-controlling optical system. narrow/wide-angle 07690 STF/58 Page 450 Self-suspended reflector. thus additional optical accessories are not required. This allows perfect adaptation of E-Line continuous lines to project-specific photometrical and architectural demands. but is not described in detail on the following application pages.

see page 443. SA. and ST also in combination with lamella louvre RW.Lamella louvre RW Specular reflectors Wide-angle SB* Asymmetrical SA* Narrow-angle ST* Prismatic diffuser P Specular louvre RSV Parabolic louvre Semi-spec. RPV Page 439 Page 442 Page 442 Page 442 Page 444 Page 441 Option Option Option Page 446 Page 447 Page 448 Option Option Page 446 Page 447 Page 448 * Specular reflectors SB. RMV Highly-spec. 435 .

g. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the electrical conductor without tools. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. technical rooms or ancillary rooms without continuously occupied workplaces. white.2 Joule 850 °C 7691··· 7692··· Application As basis for all further optical accessories.3 E-Line 1x58 W UTE: 0. Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···ED ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 Lamps W 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 36 2 x 58 Length mm 1230 1530 1230 1530 C0 .E-Line T8 Gear trays – IP20 6 4 d a IP20 0. Electrical connection Electrical connection is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking.0 2.4 2. e. storage rooms. Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. building areas with general illumination requirements. Batten for non-specific.27 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6 7691N··· 7692··· 63 94 101 436 . Gear trays Sheet steel..0 2.68 H + 0. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface.C180 ≈kg Single-lamp version 7691N/36··· 45 365··· 7691N/58··· 45 369··· Twin-lamp version 7692/36··· 12 722··· 7692/58··· 12 724··· 1.

68 H + 0. 768···D/··· For rooms with particular fire hazard. Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools.2 Joule 850 °C ···D··· o $ 1 Joule Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················453 Trunkings and wiring ···············454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 7681··· 7682··· Application As basis for all further optical accessories. Suitable for production sites particularly subject to fire hazards thanks to low surface temperatures and high IP rating. 768···D/··· With additional impact-resistant lamp protection tube. Electrical connection Electrical connection is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the electrical conductor without tools.0 2. Gear trays Sheet steel. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear. As batten for non-specific.E-Line T8 Gear trays – IP50 and IP50o 6 4 d a IP50 0.27 T DIN 5040: B21 CIBSE: BZ 6 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6 7681··· 7682··· 63 116 437 . building areas with increased levels of dust.0 2. With dust-protection joints to observe IP50. ···ED With dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. white.8 E-Line 1x58 W IP50 UTE: 0.C180 ≈kg Single-lamp version 7681/58··· 12 710··· 7681 D/58··· 12 711··· Twin-lamp version 7682/58··· 12 713··· 7682 D/58··· 12 714··· 2.5 3. Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···ED ···05 ···05 ···05 ···05 Lamps W 1 x 58 1 x 58 2 x 58 2 x 58 Length mm 1530 1530 1530 1530 C0 .

C180 E-Line R 1x58 W UTE: 0. exhibition halls and sales areas. workshops. made of polycarbonate. assembly halls. Reflector R Radial sheet steel reflector. Twin-lamp version 07692 R/36 22 027 00 Radial reflector R 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R Reflector accessories 07692 RK 22 035 00 Reflector end cap RK 07692 RK PC 22 038 00 Reflector end cap RK. made of polycarbonate. with white polyester coating. Reference TOC Components Reference for gear trays 1 x 36 W 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 2 x 36 W 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp Single-lamp version 07691 R/36 21 985 00 Radial reflector R 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R Reflector accessories 07691 RK 21 993 00 Reflector end cap RK 07691 RK PC 21 996 00 Reflector end cap RK.2 Joule 650 °C with PC accessories 850 °C 768··· IP50 768·D··· Optics without dust protection o $ IP50 1 Joule 07691 R··· 07692 R··· Application Production facilities.E-Line T8 Radial reflector R 6 4 d a IP20 0. supermarkets.82 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 07691 R··· 07692 R··· 115 175 258 438 129 . made of polycarbonate. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector accessories ···PC For increased preventive fire protection. 07691 RV 22 003 00 Reflector connector RV 07691 RV PC 22 006 00 Reflector connector RV. C0 . galvanised. 07692 RV 22 045 00 Reflector connector RV 07692 RV PC 22 048 00 Reflector connector RV. made of polycarbonate. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel. Reference TOC Components Reference for gear trays Single-lamp version 07691 R/36 21 985 00 Radial reflector R 07691 RW/36 22 007 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 RW/58 22 009 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07691 RK 21 993 00 Reflector end cap RK 07691 RK PC 21 996 00 Reflector end cap RK. made of polycarbonate. ReflectorR Radial sheet steel reflector. supermarkets. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. workshops. made of polycarbonate.C180 E-Line RW 1x58 W UTE: 0. exhibition halls. 0769··· RH.74 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/2/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 07691 R··· + 07691 RW··· 07692 R··· + 07692 RW··· 133 175 258 439 147 .Radial reflector R and lamella louvre RW Gear trays·································436 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················453 Trunkings and wiring ···············454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07691 R··· + 07691 RW··· 07692 R··· + 07692 RW··· Application Production facilities. with white polyester coating. made of polycarbonate. For use in reflectors 0769··· R. 1 x 36 W 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 2 x 36 W 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp C0 . Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. assembly halls. galvanised. sales areas and training rooms. white. 07692 RV 22 045 00 Reflector connector RV 07692 RV PC 22 048 00 Reflector connector RV. 07691 RV 22 003 00 Reflector connector RV 07691 RV PC 22 006 00 Reflector connector RV. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. made of polycarbonate. 0769··· GH. 0769··· G. Twin-lamp version 07692 R/36 22 027 00 Radial reflector R 07692 RW/36 22 049 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 RW/58 22 051 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07692 RK 22 035 00 Reflector end cap RK 07692 RK PC 22 038 00 Reflector end cap RK. Reflector accessories ···PC For increased demands on preventive fire protection.

Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. Reference TOC Components Reference for gear trays 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp Single-lamp version 07691 G/58 21 976 00 Perforated radial reflector R Reflector accessories 07691 RK 21 993 00 Reflector end cap RK 07691 RK PC 21 996 00 Reflector end cap RK.07 T DIN 5040: A30 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 07691 G··· 07692 G··· 115 175 258 440 129 . 07692 RV 22 045 00 Reflector connector RV 07692 RV PC 22 048 00 Reflector connector RV. made of polycarbonate. with white polyester coating. made of polycarbonate. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Indirect component approx. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting.C180 E-Line G 1x58 W UTE: 0. sales areas. 07691 RV 22 003 00 Reflector connector RV 07691 RV PC 22 006 00 Reflector connector RV. Reflector G Radial sheet steel reflector.70 E + 0. made of polycarbonate.2 Joule 650 °C with PC accessories 850 °C 768··· IP50 768·D··· Optics without dust protection o $ IP50 1 Joule 07691 G/58 07692 G/58 Application Workshops. galvanised. precision assembly. Twin-lamp version 07692 G/58 22 021 00 Perforated radial reflector R Reflector accessories 07692 RK 22 035 00 Reflector end cap RK 07692 RK PC 22 038 00 Reflector end cap RK. C0 . Reflector accessories ···PC For increased demands on preventive fire protection. supermarkets and training rooms.E-Line T8 Perforated radial reflector G 6 4 d a IP20 0. made of polycarbonate. 9 %.

Perforated radial reflector G and lamella louvre RW Gear trays·································436 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················453 Trunkings and wiring ···············454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07691 G/58 + 07691 RW/58 07692 G/58 + 07692 RW/58 Application Workshops. Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel. 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp C0 .10 T DIN 5040: B41 CIBSE: BZ 4/3/BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5 07691 G··· + 07691 RW··· 07692 G··· + 07692 RW··· 133 175 258 441 147 . galvanised.61 E + 0. supermarkets and training rooms.C180 E-Line G-RW 1x58 W UTE: 0. Twin-lamp version 07692 G/58 22 021 00 Perforated radial reflector R 07692 RW/58 22 051 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07692 RK 22 035 00 Reflector end cap RK 07692 RK PC 22 038 00 Reflector end cap RK. made of polycarbonate. 14 %. 0769··· G. Reflector accessories ···PC For increased preventive fire protection. precision assembly. made of polycarbonate. Indirect component approx. For use in reflectors 0769··· R. 0769··· GH. 0769··· RH. made of polycarbonate. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. white. 07691 RV 22 003 00 Reflector connector RV 07691 RV PC 22 006 00 Reflector connector RV. sales areas. with white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector G Radial sheet steel reflector. Reference TOC Components Reference for gear trays Single-lamp version 07691 G/58 21 976 00 Perforated radial reflector R 07691 RW/58 22 009 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07691 RK 21 993 00 Reflector end cap RK 07691 RK PC 21 996 00 Reflector end cap RK. 07692 RV 22 045 00 Reflector connector RV 07692 RV PC 22 048 00 Reflector connector RV. made of polycarbonate. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.

anodised aluminium for wide-angle light distribution. Twin-lamp version 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 SB/58 22 054 00 + Specular reflector SB. 07692 RV 22 045 00 Reflector connector RV 07692 RV PC 22 048 00 Reflector connector RV. assembly halls. To be inserted in reflector 0769··· R without tools. C0 . To be inserted in reflector 0769··· R without tools. made of polycarbonate. machine workstations and precision assembly.C180 E-Line SB 1x58 W UTE: 0. anodised aluminium for narrow-angle light distribution.C180 C0 . galvanised.5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2/BZ 4 E-Line ST 1x58 W UTE: 0. narrow-angle 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 SA/58 22 012 00 + Specular reflector SA. anodised aluminium for narrow-angle light distribution.E-Line T8 Radial reflector R with specular reflectors SB.83 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4/. exhibition halls. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. wide-angle 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 ST/58 22 056 00 + Specular reflector ST. Specular reflector ST Made of highly-specular.2 Joule 650 °C with PC accessories 850 °C 768··· IP50 768·D··· Optics without dust protection o $ IP50 1 Joule 07691 R/58 + 07691 S···/58 07692 R/58 + 07692 S···/58 Application Production facilities. supermarkets. narrow-angle 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 SA/58 22 053 00 + Specular reflector SA. 07691 RV 22 003 00 Reflector connector RV 07691 RV PC 22 006 00 Reflector connector RV. ST or SA 6 4 d a IP20 0. To be inserted in reflector 0769··· R without tools. asymmetrical Reflector accessories 07692 RK 22 035 00 Reflector end cap RK 07692 RK PC 22 038 00 Reflector end cap RK. wide-angle 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 ST/58 22 017 00 + Specular reflector ST. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. with white polyester coating.75/BZ 3/1/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/2.5/BZ 4 0769···SB··· 0769···ST··· 0769···SA··· 115 129 115 129 115 175 258 175 258 175 258 442 129 .83 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4/. workshops. made of polycarbonate. Specular reflector SB Made of highly-specular. made of polycarbonate. Reflector accessories ···PC For increased preventive fire protection.C180 1 x 58 W 1 x 58 W 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp C0 . asymmetrical Reflector accessories 07691 RK 21 993 00 Reflector end cap RK 07691 RK PC 21 996 00 Reflector end cap RK. made of polycarbonate. Specular reflector SA Made of highly-specular.75/ BZ 3/1/BZ 4/1. Reflector R Radial sheet steel reflector.83 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 E-Line SA 1x58 W UTE: 0. Reference TOC Components Reference for gear trays Single-lamp version 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 SB/58 22 015 00 + Specular reflector SB.

5/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 0769···SB··· 0769···ST··· 0769···SA··· E-Line ST-RW 1x58 W UTE: 0. anodised aluminium for narrow-angle light distribution. 07692 RV 22 045 00 Reflector connector RV 07692 RV PC 22 048 00 Reflector connector RV. To be inserted in reflector 0769··· R without tools. ST or SA and lamella louvre RW Gear trays·································436 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················453 Trunkings and wiring ···············454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07691 R/58 + 07691 S···/58 + 07691 RW/58 07692 R/58 + 07692 S···/58 + 07692 RW/58 Application Production facilities.75 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/. To be inserted in reflector 0769··· R without tools.Radial reflector R with specular reflectors SB. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. Specular reflector ST Made of highly-specular. anodised aluminium for asymmetrical light distribution. Reflector R Radial sheet steel reflector. Twin-lamp version 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 SB/58 22 054 00 + Specular reflector SB. supermarkets. with white polyester coating. assembly halls.75 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/4/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/. C0 . made of polycarbonate. wide-angle 07692 RW/58 22 051 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 ST/58 22 056 00 + Specular reflector ST. made of polycarbonate. To be inserted in reflector 0769··· R without tools. anodised aluminium for wide-angle light distribution.C180 1 x 58 W 1 x 58 W 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp C0 .C180 E-Line SB-RW 1x58 W UTE: 0. wide-angle 07691 RW/58 22 009 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 ST/58 22 017 00 + Specular reflector ST. Lamella louvre RW Sheet steel.C180 C0 . galvanised. exhibition halls. workshops.75 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/. Specular reflector SB Made of highly-specular. made of polycarbonate. 07691 RV 22 003 00 Reflector connector RV 07691 RV PC 22 006 00 Reflector connector RV.8/BZ 3/1/BZ 4 133 133 133 147 147 175 258 175 258 175 258 443 147 . white. Reflector accessories ···PC For increased demands on preventive fire protection. narrow-angle 07691 RW/58 22 009 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 SA/58 22 012 00 + Specular reflector SA.8/BZ 4 E-Line SA-RW 1x58 W UTE: 0. To be used in reflectors 0769··· R. machine workstations and precision assembly. asymmetrical 07692 RW/58 22 051 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07692 RK 22 035 00 Reflector end cap RK 07692 RK PC 22 038 00 Reflector end cap RK. made of polycarbonate.75/ BZ 2/1/BZ 3/2/ BZ 2/2. Specular reflector SA Made of highly-specular. narrow-angle 07692 RW/58 22 051 00 + Lamella louvre RW 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 SA/58 22 053 00 + Specular reflector SA. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance. Reference TOC Components Reference for gear trays Single-lamp version 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 SB/58 22 015 00 + Specular reflector SB. asymmetrical 07691 RW/58 22 009 00 + Lamella louvre RW Reflector accessories 07691 RK 21 993 00 Reflector end cap RK 07691 RK PC 21 996 00 Reflector end cap RK. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools.

69 E + 0. 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp C0 . made of polycarbonate. To be used in reflectors 0769··· R. 0769··· GH. with white polyester coating. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. made of polycarbonate. 07691 RV 22 003 00 Reflector connector RV 07691 RV PC 22 006 00 Reflector connector RV. with computer-calculated longitudinal prisms. galvanised. 0769··· RH. workshops and training rooms. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. precision assembly. made of polycarbonate. made of polycarbonate. Twin-lamp version 07692 R/58 22 029 00 Radial reflector R 07692 P/58 22 025 00 + PLEXIGLAS prismatic diffuser P Reflector accessories 07692 RK 22 035 00 Reflector end cap RK 07692 RK PC 22 038 00 Reflector end cap RK.01 T DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/1. production facilities. Reference TOC Components Reference for gear trays Single-lamp version 07691 R/58 21 987 00 Radial reflector R 07691 P/58 21 983 00 + PLEXIGLAS prismatic diffuser P Reflector accessories 07691 RK 21 993 00 Reflector end cap RK 07691 RK PC 21 996 00 Reflector end cap RK.C180 E-Line P 1x58 W UTE: 0. offices. 07692 RV 22 045 00 Reflector connector RV 07692 RV PC 22 048 00 Reflector connector RV. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance. Prismatic diffuser P Convex-shaped diffuser made of PLEXIGLAS. Safe retention by means of stainless steel clips.E-Line T8 Radial reflector R and PLEXIGLAS prismatic diffuser P 6 4 d a IP20 0.2 Joule 650 °C with PC accessories 850 °C 768··· IP50 768·D··· Optics without dust protection o $ 07691 R/58 + 07691 P/58 07692 R/58 + 07692 P/58 Application Sales areas.5/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 0769··· 444 . 0769··· G. Reflector R Radial sheet steel reflector. showrooms.

Gear trays·································436 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················453 Trunkings and wiring ···············454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 445 .

galvanised. Deep cross section. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance. with white polyester coating. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. showrooms and sales areas. made of polycarbonate. RMV.2 Joule 650 °C with PC accessories 850 °C RMV··· 07691···H··· + 07691 RSV··· 07692···H··· + 07692 RSV··· Application Precision assembly. perforated 07692 RSV/58 22 044 00 + Specular louvre RSV Reflector accessories 07692 RKH 22 036 00 Reflector end cap RKH 07692 RKH PC 22 037 00 Reflector end cap RKH. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. 07692 RVH 22 046 00 Reflector connector RVH 07692 RVH PC 22 047 00 Reflector connector RVH. Reflector accessories ···PC For increased preventive fire protection. made of anodised aluminium. offices. precision mechanics. Deep cross section. 0769··· GH. 10 %. Indirect component approx. RPV. Reflector GH For gear trays in IP20. C0 . Reflector RH For gear trays in IP20. schools. especially recommended for combination with louvres RSV. especially recommended for combination with louvres RSV. To be used in high reflectors 0769··· RH. 07691 RVH 22 004 00 Reflector connector RVH 07691 RVH PC 22 005 00 Reflector connector RVH.E-Line T8 High reflector RH or high perforated reflector GH and semi-specular louvre RSV 6 4 d a IP20 0. made of polycarbonate.C180 E-Line RSV 1x58 W UTE: 0. made of polycarbonate.62 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 E-Line G-RSV 1x58 W UTE: 0. Twin-lamp version 07692 RH/36 22 031 00 High reflector RH 07692 RSV/36 22 043 00 + Specular louvre RSV 07692 RH/58 22 033 00 High reflector RH 07692 RSV/58 22 044 00 + Specular louvre RSV 07692 GH/58 22 023 00 High reflector GH. Specular louvre RSV For narrow/wide-angle light distribution with graduated concave-profiled cross blades.58 C + 0. training rooms. High radial sheet steel reflector.C180 1 x 36 W 1 x 58 W 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 2 x 36 W 2 x 36 W 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp C0 . Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. with white polyester coating. galvanised.03 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 0769···RH + RSV··· 0769···GH + RSV··· 143 142 143 176 258 176 258 446 142 . Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. RPV. made of polycarbonate. laboratories. RMV. High radial sheet steel reflector. perforated 07691 RSV/58 22 002 00 + Specular louvre RSV Reflector accessories 07691 RKH 21 994 00 Reflector end cap RKH 07691 RKH PC 21 995 00 Reflector end cap RKH. Reference TOC Components Reference for gear trays Single-lamp version 07691 RH/36 21 989 00 High reflector RH 07691 RSV/36 22 001 00 + Specular louvre RSV 07691 RH/58 21 991 00 High reflector RH 07691 RSV/58 22 002 00 + Specular louvre RSV 07691 GH/58 21 978 00 High reflector GH.

offices. Parabolic louvre RMV Made of semi-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99. Deep cross section. C0 . RPV. with white polyester coating. 0769··· GH. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. especially recommended for combination with louvres RSV. Indirect component approx. schools. showrooms and sales areas. made of polycarbonate.High reflector RH or high perforated reflector GH and semi-specular parabolic louvre RMV Gear trays·································436 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················453 Trunkings and wiring ···············454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07691···H··· + 07691 RMV··· 07692···H··· + 07692 RMV··· Application Precision assembly. training rooms. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/ m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes.57 B + 0. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. 07692 RVH 22 046 00 Reflector connector RVH 07692 RVH PC 22 047 00 Reflector connector RVH. Reflector RH For gear trays in IP20. High radial sheet steel reflector. made of polycarbonate. 07691 RVH 22 004 00 Reflector connector RVH 07691 RVH PC 22 005 00 Reflector connector RVH. RMV. with white polyester coating.03 T DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1.98 %. RPV.C180 1 x 36 W 1 x 58 W 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 2 x 36 W 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp C0 . 10 %. made of polycarbonate. perforated 07692 RMV/58 22 040 00 + Parabolic louvre RMV Reflector accessories 07692 RKH 22 036 00 Reflector end cap RKH 07692 RKH PC 22 037 00 Reflector end cap RKH. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.62 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2 E-Line G-RMV 1x58 W UTE: 0. Reference TOC Components Reference for gear trays Single-lamp version 07691 RH/36 21 989 00 High reflector RH 07691 RMV/36 21 997 00 + Parabolic louvre RMV 07691 RH/58 21 991 00 High reflector RH 07691 RMV/58 21 998 00 + Parabolic louvre RMV 07691 GH/58 21 978 00 High reflector GH. Deep cross section. Reflector accessories ···PC For increased preventive fire protection.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2 0769···RH + RMV··· 0769···GH + RMV··· 143 143 176 142 258 176 258 447 142 . Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. galvanised. High radial sheet steel reflector. especially recommended for combination with louvres RSV. laboratories. RMV. precision mechanics. Can be hung on the reflector for easy maintenance. To be used in high reflectors 0769··· RH. Twin-lamp version 07692 RH/36 22 031 00 High reflector RH 07692 RMV/36 22 039 00 + Parabolic louvre RMV 07692 RH/58 22 033 00 High reflector RH 07692 RMV/58 22 040 00 + Parabolic louvre RMV 07692 GH/58 22 023 00 High reflector GH. galvanised. Reflector GH For gear trays in IP20.C180 E-Line RMV 1x58 W UTE: 0. perforated 07691 RMV/58 21 998 00 + Parabolic louvre RMV Reflector accessories 07691 RKH 21 994 00 Reflector end cap RKH 07691 RKH PC 21 995 00 Reflector end cap RKH. made of polycarbonate.

RPV. 07691 RVH 22 004 00 Reflector connector RVH 07691 RVH PC 22 005 00 Reflector connectors RVH. 10 %.E-Line T8 High reflector RH or high perforated reflector GH and highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV 6 4 d a IP20 0. C0 . with white polyester coating. training rooms.99 %. RMV. with white polyester coating. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance. showrooms and sales areas. galvanised.65 B DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 2/1/BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 2/1. precision mechanics. RMV. laboratories. Deep cross section. especially recommended for combination with louvres RSV. especially recommended for combination with louvres RSV. Reflector accessories ···PC For increased preventive fire protection. 07692 RVH 22 046 00 Reflector connector RVH 07692 RVH PC 22 047 00 Reflector connectors RVH. Highly-specular parabolic louvre RPV Made of highly-specular anodised aluminium with a surface purity of 99. To be used in high reflectors 0769··· RH. With defined perforation for balanced uplighting. Reference TOC Components Reference for gear trays Single-lamp version 07691 RH/36 21 989 00 High reflector RH 07691 RPV/36 21 999 00 + Parabolic louvre RPV 07691 RH/58 21 991 00 High reflector RH 07691 RPV/58 22 000 00 + Parabolic louvre RPV 07691 GH/58 21 978 00 High reflector GH. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. made of polycarbonate. perforated 07692 RPV/58 22 042 00 + Parabolic louvre RPV Reflector accessories 07692 RKH 22 036 00 Reflector end cap RKH 07692 RKH PC 22 037 00 Reflector end cap RKH. perforated 07691 RPV/58 22 000 00 + Parabolic louvre RPV Reflector accessories 07691 RKH 21 994 00 Reflector end cap RKH 07691 RKH PC 21 995 00 Reflector end cap RKH.5/BZ 1/4/BZ 2 07691···RH + RPV··· ···GH + RPV··· 143 142 176 258 176 143 258 448 142 . Twin-lamp version 07692 RH/36 22 031 00 High reflector RH 07692 RPV/36 22 041 00 + Parabolic louvre RPV 07692 RH/58 22 033 00 High reflector RH 07692 RPV/58 22 042 00 + Parabolic louvre RPV 07692 GH/58 22 023 00 High reflector GH. RPV. made of polycarbonate. Deep cross section. offices. made of polycarbonate. made of polycarbonate. 0769··· GH. Indirect component approx. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. Reflector RH For gear trays in IP20. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. High radial sheet steel reflector. High radial sheet steel reflector. Reflector GH For gear trays in IP20. Suitable for VDU applications in accordance with EN 12464-1 due to low luminance L ≤ 1000 cd/ m2 at critical angles above 65° in all planes. galvanised. schools.2 Joule 650 °C with PC accessories 850 °C 07691···H··· + 07691 RPV··· 07692···H··· + 07692 RPV··· Application Precision assembly.C180 1 x 36 W 1 x 58 W 1 x 58 W 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 1-lamp 2 x 36 W 2 x 58 W 2 x 58 W 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp 2-lamp E-Line RPV 1x58 W UTE: 0.

Gear trays·································436 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················453 Trunkings and wiring ···············454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 449 .

for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 58 W 58 W C0 .75/BZ 4/2/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3 C0 . anodised aluminium for narrow/wide-angle light distribution.2 Joule 650 °C with PC end caps 850 °C 07690 STF/58 07690 SAF/58 Application Production facilities. asymmetrical distribution Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately. anodised aluminium for asymmetrical light distribution.E-Line T8 Self-suspended specular reflectors STF. workshops and assembly halls.79 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 5/.85 F DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 5/1/BZ 4 0769···STF··· 0769···SAF··· 138 184 138 138 184 215 215 450 138 . SAF 6 4 d a IP20 0. Reference TOC Components Reference 07690 STF/58 21 960 00 Specular reflector STF. narrow/wide-angle. To be mounted directly to gear trays in IP20.C180 E-Line STF 1x58 W UTE: 0. 07690 SAF/58 21 957 00 Specular reflector SAF. Self-suspended specular reflector STF Made of highly-specular. To be mounted directly to gear trays in IP20.C180 E-Line SAF 1x58 W UTE: 0. Self-suspended specular reflector SAF Made of highly-specular. SAF reflector: recommended for wall and shelf lighting.

5 m B/2 on the centre line B= .5/ BZ 3/3/BZ 2/4/BZ 3 Diagrams to determine horizontal illuminances Installation data Gangway length: L=25 m Gangway width: B Light point height: h Transverse coordinate: x Longitudinal coordinate: y Evaluation level: floor Luminaires: Non-interrupted continuous line with 16 units 0691N/58 + 07691 HRFN/58 Lamps: Triphosphor lamps 58 W Luminous flux: ¢LP = 5200 lm Light loss factor: v = 0. y=12.8 y x B/2 B e h Illustration 1 Installation sketch Gangway in high-bay warehouse Illustration 3 Illustration 2 Illuminance distribution Average illuminance  E◊ across the gangway. Reference TOC Components Reference 07691 HRFN/58 45 373 00 Specular reflector HRFN. Gear trays with electronic control gear for reduced energy consumption and increased lamp life are perfect for these applications... Due to the resulting extended operating times.85 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 4/. Lighting of high-bay warehouses Because of a lack of. the use of highly efficient lamps and economical luminaires is recommended. high-bay warehouses are mainly artificially lit.Especially for high halls and high-bay warehouses Self-suspended specular reflector HRFN Gear trays·································436 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················453 Trunkings and wiring ···············454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07691 HRFN/58 Self-suspended reflector HRFN Made of highly-specular. very narrow angle Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.C180 E-Line HRF 1x58 W UTE: 0.75/BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/2/BZ 2/2. E-Line in HRFN-versions excels with extremely narrow-angle luminous intensity distribution with high light output ratios. allowing efficient achievement of standard conforming illuminance even in case of high mounting heights. for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp 1 x 58 W C0 .: on the whole gangway surface 500 B/2 400 400 500 450 Average illuminance  in lx L B=3m 300 B=6m 200 Point illuminance EP in lx 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 0 1m 2m h=6m h = 14 m h=22m h=30 m 3m 100 50 20 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 Light point height h in m Lat. anodised aluminium for extremely narrow-angle light distribution. To be fixed directly to gear trays in IP20. or reduced daylight. distance x to gangway centre 0769···HRFN··· 223 451 138 .

polycarbonate. Reflector T Universally suitable for single-lamp and twinlamp gear trays in IP20. galvanised. Reference TOC 07690 T/36 21 962 00 07690 T-RW/36 21 968 00 + 36 W 07690 T/58 21 964 00 07690 T-RW/58 21 970 00 + 58 W Reflector accessories 07690 RKT 21 954 00 Reflector end cap RKT 07690 RKT PC 21 955 00 Reflector end cap RKT. trapezium-shaped Lamella louvre T-RW Reflector T. Can be hung on the reflector for ease of maintenance. Fixed to the gear tray by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. C0 .C180 Components Reference Reflector T. sales areas. Reflector accessories ···PC For increased preventive fire protection. Trapeziumshaped reflector made of sheet steel.74 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3/4/BZ 4 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 07690 T··· 07690 T··· + 07690 T-RW··· 146 146 146 209 209 209 209 452 146 . supermarkets and training rooms. Trunkings and gear trays to be ordered separately.E-Line T8 Trapezium-shaped reflector T and lamella louvre T-RW 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. Lamella louvre T-RW Sheet steel. 07690 RVT PC 21 956 00 Reflector connector RVT. white. polycarbonate. workshops. trapezium-shaped Lamella louvre T-RW for gear trays single-lamp or twin-lamp E-Line T 1x58 W UTE: 0.2 Joule 650 °C with PC accessories 850 °C 07690 T/··· 07690 T/··· 07690 T-RW/··· Application Production facilities. To be used in reflectors 07690 T···. assembly halls. with white polyester coating.

Sheet steel. IP20.5 lx Eh = 0. 1 x 58 1530 7691N/58 E+EB (3h) 45 368 04 3 Std. max. white.g. e.4 1. 7691··· for 1 fluorescent lamp 36 W with additional emergency light socket E14 for tubular incandescent lamps of up to 40 W as well as for compact fluorescent lamps with integrated ballast. in case of power failure one lamp is operated by means of the emergency power source on site.4 1. With electronic control gear for general lighting. Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools.5 lx 12 16 8 10 8 10 A B A B A B Eh = 0. Version with electronic control gear and relay to switch over to emergency power supply.8 7692/58+E14 12 725 02 2 x 58 1530 3. Sheet steel.E-Line T8 Gear trays for emergency lighting 6 4 d a IP20 0. diameter 42 mm. in case of power failure one lamp is operated by means of individual battery with maintenance. white.5 lx 6 6 4 Eh = 0.5 lx m D A 7691N/58+E14 batten B 7691N/58+E14 in combination with reflector R C 7692/58+E14 batten D 7692/58+E14 in combination with reflector R A 7691/58 E+EB··· batten B 7691/58 E+EB··· in combination with reflector R C 7692/58 E+EB batten D 7692/58 E+EB in combination with reflector R A 7691/58 E+UR batten B 7691/58 E+UR in combination with reflector R C 7692/58 E+UR batten D 7692/58 E+UR in combination with reflector R m 10 8 1 lx 6 4 2 2 0 5 lx 0 2 4 6 8 10 6 1 lx 3 0 5 lx 0 3 6 16 12 8 4 5 lx 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 5 lx 1 lx 5 lx 1 lx 1 lx 1 lx 5 lx 0 4 3 4 4 3 8 12 16 453 . lamp length 73 mm. For wiring diagram see page 523. 2 x 58 1530 7692/58 E+EB (3h) 15 129 04 3 Std. ··· + EB (3h) Nominal operation time 3 hours (not in combination with continuous-line wiring in module 510 mm). to operate the general lighting. diameter 42 mm. Max.8 3.5 lx Eh=0.free accumulators. 2 x 58 1530 Gear trays with switching relay for constant operation 7691N/58 E+UR 45 372 04 – 1 x 58 1530 7692/58 E+UR 15 130 04 – 2 x 58 1530 TOC ≈kg 2. 1 x 58 1530 7692/58 E+EB (1h) 15 128 04 1 Std. Lamp circuit connections can be set to the electrical conductor without tools.6 3. Max.2 Joule 850 °C Gear trays·································436 Trunkings and wiring ···············454 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 769···E14 769···UR 769···EB Reference Lamps Length ≈kg W mm Gear trays with emergency light socket E14 for stand-by operation or constant operation 7691N/58+E14 45 371 02 1 x 36 1530 1. IP20. 7692··· for 2 fluorescent lamps 58 W with additional emergency light socket E14 for tubular incandescent lamps of up to 40 W. Fixed to the trunking by means of stainless steel snap fasteners without tools. parallel-compensated.2 2. With low-loss inductive ballasts.5 lx Eh = 0. Operating Lamps Length time W mm Gear trays with individual battery stand-by supply for constant operation 7691N/58 E+EB (1h) 45 367 04 1 Std. lamp length 126 mm. max. ··· + EB (1h) Nominal operation time 1 hour. For wiring diagram see page 523. 12 16 6 6 6 6 Eh=0. Electrical connection The electrical connection with general and safety lighting circuits is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking.5 lx Eh=0.5 lx 8 8 4 2 m m 12 16 12 16 0 0 0 0 10 8 6 4 2 0 5 lx 0 2 5 lx 1 lx 4 6 8 10 6 3 1 lx 5 lx 0 0 5 lx 3 1 lx 6 16 12 8 4 0 5 lx 0 5 lx 4 8 12 16 2 3 4 4 3 1 lx 2 1 lx 8 8 1 lx 4 6 6 10 8 0 C m D C m D C 0 Eh=0.5 lx Eh=0. Electrical connection The electrical connection with general and safety lighting circuits is made automatically when the gear tray is attached to the trunking.7 TOC Reference Gear trays ··· + E14 Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires with a green emergency light socket E14.5 lx Eh=0. Gear trays ··· +UR Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires. LED indicates the charging status of the battery..6 Gear trays ··· +EB Gear trays for continuous lines and individual luminaires equipped with individual battery.5 lx Eh=0. Fluorescent lamps in constant operation. Fluorescent lamps in constant operation.5 lx 10 8 Eh=0. OSRAM T30/73 (40 W). Lamp circuit connections can be set to the phase conductor without tools.

unwired trunking Trunkings wired on site allow continuous-line installation with modular luminaire spacing. Trunking – prewired – for modular system.E-Line T8 Trunkings and wiring options Single-length trunking – prewired – for individual luminaires. Trunking – unwired – for modular system for throughwiring sets with integrated connector sockets in modular spacing or for variable system for flatband cables or individual cables and connector sockets to be located as required. Modular system. Variable system. Trunking Individual luminaires. prewired trunking Gear trays. saving both time and money. Accessories for unwired trunkings Modular system. reflectors and optical accessories can be combined to versatile individual luminaires. prewired trunking Continuous lines with modular luminaire spacing are rapidly installed. 454 . unwired trunking Trunkings wired on site allow continuous-line installation with variable luminaire spacing.

Trunking wired on site. Continuous lines with gear trays 1230 mm or 1530 mm with spacings to be chosen at will. These are particularly recommended for three-phase voltage connection and simultaneous operation of gear trays equipped with dimming or emergency light inserts. Continuous lines with gear trays 1230 mm or 1530 mm in modular spacing. 455 . Trunking wired on site. Trunking wired on site. Continuous lines with gear trays 1230 mm or 1530 mm in modular spacing. Trunking prewired. Continuous lines with gear trays 1530 mm in 510 mm spacing.Gear trays·································436 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················453 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 The E-Line trunking are available for both 5-conductor and 7-conductor wiring sets. Examples for individual luminaires and continuous-line arrangements Individual luminaires with gear trays 1530 mm and single-length trunking 07690/I/58 /7 LV/E.

and triple-length trunking – equipped as standard with couplings – forms the basis of E-Line continuous lines. The twin. In the case of wiring in 510 mm module. For throughwiring sets and wiring accessories. Continuous lines with gear trays 1530 mm in 510 mm spacing. with white polyester coating. The single-length version is primarily designed for combination as individual luminaires. galvanised. 1230 mm or 1530 m. but can also be used for a subsequent extension of E-Line continuous lines. Continuous lines can also be wired on site by means of 5-conductor or 7-conductor throughwiring sets which are equipped with connector sockets in a modular spacing of 510 mm. ···M··· Silver-grey. unwired.6 3. additional trunking sections may be necessary.E-Line T5/T8 Universal trunking 07690···U Trunking. For through-wiring sets and accessories. Reference TOC White unwired 07690/II/36-U 21 908 00 07690/III/36-U 21 928 00 07690/II/58-U 21 918 00 07690/III/58-U 21 938 00 Supplementary modules 07690/510/U 21 889 00 07690/1020/U 21 888 00 Reference Silver-grey unwired 07690 M/II/36-U 07690 M/III/36-U 07690 M/II/58-U 07690 M/III/58-U Supplementary modules 07690 M/510/U 07690 M/1020/U TOC Length mm 2460 3690 3060 4590 510 1020 ≈kg 43 689 00 43 695 00 43 701 00 43 707 00 43 687 00 43 686 00 2. 456 . Connector sockets can also be wired on site with auto-connect flatband cables or with individual wires with suitable plug connection. Trunking can easily be wired on site. IP50 can be achieved by special trunking end caps 07680 E-R and gasket accessories 07680 KD for the joints.4 3.0 Trunking 07690/···-U Sheet steel.5 1.0 4. unwired Trunking 07690/···-U is the basis for the variable system for continuous lines with longitudinal luminaire spacings to be chosen at will. see page 459.5 0. Luminaire arrangement on trunking with on-site wiring Continuous lines with gear trays 1230 mm or 1530 mm for un-interrupted or interrupted continuous lines. allowing rapid installation of corresponding modular or multiple blanking spacing. Modular wiring system in lamp length. Continuous lines with gear trays 1230 mm or 1530 mm with spacings to be chosen at will. Modular wiring system in 1⁄3 lamp length. Wired on site with flatband cable or individual conductors. see page 459. Trunking versions The E-Line rapid-mounting system is based on a dimenionsally stable trunking which house gear trays in both IP20 or IP50 (only in combination with E-Line T8).

5 21 910 00 07690/III/58-5LV 2. completely wired with heat-resistant individual conductors.5 5.5 mm2 or 2.5 21 900 00 07690/III/36-5LV 2. galvanised.5 mm2 07690 M/II/36-7LV/2.3 2.5 46 619 00 07690 M/II/58-7LV/2. 3 3 3 3 3 5 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 2 5 5 5 6 7 2 7 6 7 2 7 7 7LV 5LV Luminaire arrangement on prewired trunking Uninterrupted or interrupted continuous lines in modular spacings with gear trays of 1230 mm or 1530 mm. Reference TOC White unwired Cable cross-section 5 x 1. 1.0 3.5 46 618 00 07690 M/II/58-5LV/2.5 21 921 00 07690/II/58-5LV 2. ···7LV Sheet steel.5 5. Emergency lighting EB – Individual battery UR – Switching relay E 14 – socket Number of conductors Type of wiring Trunking 07690/···5LV.5 mm2 07690/II/36-7LV 21 906 00 07690/III/36-7LV 21 926 00 07690/II/58-7LV 21 916 00 07690/III/58-7LV 21 936 00 Cable cross-section 5 x 2.7 4.5 46 622 00 Cable cross-section 7 x 2.5 21 930 00 Cable cross-section 7 x 2. with white polyester coating.7 4. Continuous-line equipment with 5-conductor or 7-conductor wiring Possible electrical continuous-line equipment are assigned to relevant trunking wiring in the adjacent table.5 mm2 07690/II/36-5LV 21 902 00 07690/III/36-5LV 21 922 00 07690/II/58-5LV 21 912 00 07690/III/58-5LV 21 932 00 Cable cross-section 7 x 1.5 mm2 07690 M/II/36-7LV 43 693 00 07690 M/III/36-7LV 43 699 00 07690 M/II/58-7LV 43 705 00 07690 M/III/58-7LV 43 711 00 Cable cross-section 5 x 2.5 46 620 00 07690 M/III/58-5LV/2.5 46 617 00 07690 M/III/36-7LV/2.2 3.5 mm2 07690 M/II/36-5LV 43 691 00 07690 M/III/36-5LV 43 697 00 07690 M/II/58-5LV 43 703 00 07690 M/III/58-5LV 43 709 00 Cable cross-section 7 x 1. 07690/···/7LV for uninterrupted continuous lines or continuous lines with blanking covers in lamp length are prewired and equipped with a female connector per lamp length for tool-free electrical connection with the gear tray. ···M··· Silver-grey. Trunking completely prewired.8 4.5 21 924 00 07690/II/58-7LV 2.5 21 934 00 Reference TOC Silver-grey unwired Cable cross-section 5 x 1.5 mm2 07690/II/36-5LV 2.2 2.2 3.8 4.5 46 623 00 Length Female ≈kg connector mm spacings 2460 3690 3060 4590 2460 3690 3060 4590 2460 3690 3060 4590 2460 3690 3060 4590 1230 1230 1530 1530 1230 1230 1530 1530 1230 1230 1530 1530 1230 1230 1530 1530 2.5 mm2 07690/II/36-7LV 2. each with a 5-pole or 7-pole female connector per lamp length. 457 .5 21 904 00 07690/III/36-7LV 2. 5-conductor through-wiring sets or 7-conductor throughwiring sets are optionally available for extended electrical continuous-line equipment.0 2.5 46 616 00 07690 M/III/36-5LV/2.3 5.Gear trays·································436 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················453 Accessories ······························459 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07690···LV··· Trunking.5 mm2 07690 M/II/36-5LV/2.5 46 621 00 07690 M/III/58-7LV/2. prewired Trunking 07690/···/5LV.5 21 914 00 07690/III/58-7LV 2.9 4.5 Mains cable 3 LV Mains cable 5 LV Dimming 1-10 V .4 3.5 mm2.

5 mm2 07690/I/36-7LV/E 30 016 00 07690/I/58-7LV/E 21 898 00 Cable cross-section 7 x 2.5 46 632 00 07690 M/I/58-7LV/E/2.5 46 633 00 07690/I/58-7LV/E 2.5 30 026 00 Reference TOC Silver-grey unwired Cable cross-section 7 x 1. 54 W 1538/58 W 1538/35 W. Individual luminaire with singlelength trunking 07690/I/58-7LV/ 2. 1238/36 W 1238/28 W. Reference TOC White unwired Cable cross-section 7 x 1.E-Line T5/T8 Universal trunking for individual luminaires Gear trays·································436 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················453 Trunkings and wiring ···············454 Suspensions ·····························462 Node installation······················463 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07690···/I/··· Trunking for individual luminaires.5) Sheet steel. 80 W Examples for individual luminaires Individual luminaire with singlelength trunking 07690/I/36-7LV/ 1.5 mm2 07690 M/I/36-7LV/E 45 374 00 07690 M/I/58-7LV/E 43 688 00 Cable cross-section 7 x 2. Sockets and connectors protect the cable ends and allow for electrical connection as well as rapid connection with through-wiring sets of existing E-Line continuous lines in case these are extended. with white polyester coating. completely prewired with heatresistant individual conductors. white.5 mm2 07690/I/36-7LV/E 2.4 1.5 1. 7-conductor. and a 7-pole female connector. They are equipped as standard with a 7-pole female connector and a 7-conductor through-wiring set. Trunking 07690/I/···/E (···2.8 1230 1530 1. All E-Line gear trays and reflectors as well as corresponding optical accessories can be used for individual luminaires.5 46 615 00 Length mm 1230 1530 ≈kg 1.5 mm2 07690 M/I/36-7LV/E/2.5) is the basis for individual luminaires. galvanised.9 Trunking 07690/I/···/E (···2. for applications such as individual lighting of workstations or for lighting of small. separated room zones.5/E and gear tray 1530mm.5/E and gear tray 1230 mm. ···M··· Silver-grey. 458 . prewired ready for connection E-Line individual luminaires are especially recommended. 49 W.

For IP20. white. with 2 knockout openings and 2 cable glands M 16. For IP 20 and IP 50 07690 LHA TOC 21 952 00 Trunking connection gasket 1 set. Necessary for a durable and safe sealing of trunking joints. white. Interior. One set is required per joint. ···M··· Silver-grey.5 mm2. white. see page 430 Cable holder 1 piece. not visible from the outside. White TOC 07690 E-R 21 947 00 07690 E-R PC 21 948 00 For trapezium-shaped reflectors 07690 E-T 21 949 00 07690 E-T PC 21 950 00 End caps IP50 1 piece. End caps to be snapped into place without tools. White 510 mm 07690 B/510 1020 mm 07690 B/1020 1230 mm 07690 B/36 07690 B/36 PC 1530 mm 07690 B/58 07690 B/58 PC TOC 21 944 00 21 941 00 21 942 00 21 943 00 21 945 00 21 946 00 Silver-grey 510 mm 07690 M-B/510 1020 mm 07690 M-B/1020 1230 mm 07690 M-B/36 07690 M-B/36 PC 1530 mm 07690 M-B/58 07690 M-B/58 PC TOC 43 740 00 43 741 00 43 736 00 43 737 00 43 738 00 43 739 00 White Length 1530 mm 07680 B/58 TOC 29 269 00 End caps IP20 1 piece. For IP20. for max. easy to shorten on site. Blanking covers IP50 1 piece. for trunking 07690··· in combination with radial reflectors.Accessories for trunking E-Line T5 / T8 E-Line T8 IP20 IP50. Stainless steel. 1530 mm long. for continuous lines in IP50. 4 sheathed cables. 5 x 2. Plastic. ···PC Made of polycarbonate. plastic extrusion (PVC). For IP50. plastic extrusion. One pair of end caps is required per continuous line. ···PC Made of polycarbonate. For IP 20 and IP 50 07680 KD TOC 21 887 00 459 . to be snapped onto trunking without tools. if necessary. for trunking 07690···. for continuous lines in IP 50 with trunking 07690···. Silver-grey 07690 M-E-R 07690 M-E-R PC TOC 43 742 00 43 743 00 White 07680 E-R TOC 21 886 00 For special end caps for foil covers. IP50 o$ Blanking covers IP20 1 piece. for trunking 07690···. One pair of end caps is required per continuous line. white. with 2 knockout openings. plastic material. for trunking 07690···. To be snapped into place without tools. ···M··· Silver-grey.

80 W 35. for 30 lamp lengths 35. 37 m long. 80 W. Modular spacings.5 2.5 07690/7LV-510/46m 07690/7LV-510/46m 2. 1530 mm.5 07690/5LV-510/46m 07690/5LV-510/46m 2. 49. 1/3 Lampenlänge 510. 07690/5LV-58/46m: 5 conductors. 1. the female connectors of the throughwiring accessories are positioned by means of defined stops in the trunking units and fixed without using tools.5 TOC for gear trays ···T5 28. Easy insertion of the gear trays is thus guaranteed. 36. For the modular system there are two options available: • Modular system with female connector spacings 1230 or 1530 mm (lamp length) • Modular system with female connector spacings 510 mm (1⁄3 lamp length 1530 mm module). 54 W 28. 49. In both versions.5 37 1. 80 W 35. 46 m long. 80 W. 07690/7LV-510mm/46m: 7 conductors. 1/3 Lampenlänge 1530. 1/1 Lampenlänge 510. 80 W. 80 W 35. For gear trays 1530 mm. 1/3 Lampenlänge Cross.5 mm2.5 46 2. Colour-coded individual conductors. 1/1 Lampenlänge 1530. for gear trays 35. 49. 49. The modular system with female connectors mounted at 1230 mm or 1530 mm spacings allows for easy installation of blanking distances equaling one whole lamp length or multiples thereof. 80 W 35. For gear trays 1230 or 1530 mm. Suitable for mains connection. 1230 mm. 49. 07690/5LV-510mm/46m: 5 conductors.5 mm2.5 2. 49. 1. Consisting of colourcoded individual conductors. 46 m long.Length section m mm2 1.5 46 1. 510 mm. 510 mm. 58. 1530 mm. cable holders and premounted female connectors. 49. 80 W 35. 54 W. 07690/7LV-58/46m: 7 conductors. Emergency lighting EB – Individual battery UR – Switching relay E 14 – socket Number of conductors Through-wiring sets to wire unwired trunking on site when gear trays are mounted at modular spacings in lamp length. Through-wiring sets with pre-mounted female connectors. 58. 1/1 Lampenlänge 1530. 07690/5LV-36/37m: 5-conductor. Modular spacings.5 Wiring 7 LV 07690/7LV-58/46m 07690/7LV-58/46m 2.5 mm2 or 2. 49. Modular spacings. 07690 VV 21 973 00 460 .E-Line T5/T8 Through-wiring sets and accessories for unwired trunking units Modular system Modular system Unwired E-Line trunking units can be wired on site easily with through-wiring sets for modular arrangement of gear trays. 1/1 Lampenlänge 1530.5 46 1. 49. 80 W 35. for 30 lamp lengths 35. 54 W 35.5 07690/5LV-58/46m 07690/5LV-58/46m 2. for 30 lamp lengths 28. 49. Also necessary for interconnection of through-wiring sets or for mains connection within the throughwiring. 1/1 Lampenlänge 1230. cable holders and premounted female connectors.5 46 2. 80 W ···T8 36 W 36 W 58 W 58 W 58 W 58 W 58 W 58 W 58 W 58 W Leiter spacings mm 1230.5 mm2 or 2. 46 m long.5 37 2. for gear trays 35. 80 W. Modular spacings. Modular spacings. 58. 3 3 3 3 3 5 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 2 5 5 5 6 7 2 7 6 7 2 7 7 7LV 5LV Obligatory accessories: Wiring connector 7-pole connector for secure electrical completion of throughwiring sets. 1/3 Lampenlänge 510. 46 m long. 49. 58. 1/1 Lampenlänge 510.5 1. 80 W 35. With 1 female connector per lamp length. 49. Type of wiring Through-wiring sets to wire unwired trunking on site when gear trays are mounted at modular spacings of 510 mm. 3 female connectors per lamp length. Reference Wiring 5 LV 07690/5LV-36/37m 07690/5LV-36/37m 2. The modular system with female connectors mounted at 510 mm spacings allows for easy installation of blanking distances equaling one-third of or multiples of a lamp length.5 46 46 46 46 21 892 00 46 667 00 21 894 00 46 668 00 21 893 00 45 661 00 21 897 00 46 669 00 21 896 00 30 006 00 Equipment options for 5-conductor (5LV) and 7-conductor (7LV) wiring Mains cable 3 LV Mains cable 5 LV Dimming 1-10 V .

Flatband wiring for female connectors 07690 SK. female connector spacings to be chosen at will. 25 m long. 25 individual conductors. 46 m long. For gear trays 58 W. female connector spacings to be chosen at will. for max. Suitable for mains connection. intertwined heatresistant individual conductors. to be snapped onto trunking. Cable holders. luminaire spacings to be chosen at will Reference TOC crosssection mm2 Length Wiring 5LV 07690/5LV/46m Wiring 7LV 07690/7LV/46m 21 891 00 21 895 00 m Wiring 5LV 07690/5LV/25m 21 890 00 1. For the variable system there are two options available: • Variable system with flatband cable • Variable system with individual conductors The variable wiring systems offer maximum freedom when positioning the gear trays within the continuous line. with colour-coded earthed wire. 46 m long.5 1. including cable holders for fixing to the trunking. 1. 07690 LHI 21 953 00 Wiring connector Connector for mains supply and tool-free earthing of the trunking. 2. Consisting of flatband cable. 4. Female connector 7-pole. Through-wiring sets to wire unwired trunking on site when gear trays are mounted at variable spacings. Here. Mains connection is also effected with this component. female connector spacings to be chosen at will. 07690/5LV/46m: 5 conductors. Earthed feeding All through-wiring sets must be electrically secured at their conclusion by means of the wiring connector 07690 VV. plastic material.5 mm2. 07690 VV 21 973 00 07690 VV 21 973 00 461 . Reference TOC crosssection mm2 1. without using tools. 07690/7LV/46m: 7 conductors. the upper parts of the female connector contact with the wiring at any position in the unwired trunking: in case of flatband cable by means of contact cutting edges (female connectors are secured by flat nose pliers) and in case of individual conductor through-wiring by means of plug-connection. for electrical connection of flatband cables 07690/5LV/46 m and 07690/7LV/46 m. 1. Consisting of 5 colourcoded individual conductors. luminaire spacings to be chosen at will. It is fixed to a metal contact stud at the beginning of the trunking and thus ensures the complete trunking is earthed. Also necessary for interconnection of throughwiring sets or for mains connection within the through-wiring. for electrical connection of individual conductors. internal (not illustrated) 10 pieces.5 mm2. Through-wiring sets to wire unwired trunking on site when gear trays are mounted at variable spacings. 07690 SK 21 959 00 Female connector 5-pole.5 mm2. 07690 TO 21 967 00 Wiring connector 7-pole connector for secure electrical completion of throughwiring sets.5 Length m 46 46 Individual wiring for female connector 07690 TO.Variable system Variable system Unwired E-Line trunking units can be wired on site easily with through-wiring sets for variable arrangement of gear trays. For gear trays 58 W.5 25 Cable holders for securing individual conductors in the trunking to be ordered separately. for approx.5 m trunking length. 07690/5LV/25m: 5 colour-coded.

recess size 10 mm.75 mm. with safety spring hook to attach chains. Klauke K 39 or Cimco BH). Stainless steel. Wire suspension Consisting of steel wire. with vernier clip. stainless steel. to be attached to the trunking without tools. see page 463. galvanised. Maximum distance between the shown fixing accessories is 2500 mm. can be shortened on site. suspension clamp. Pendant suspension PX. galvanised. stainless steel. to be attached to the trunking without tools. For safety reasons. Turnbuckle For height compensation in chain link length as well as a quick-action chain lock. Decorative wire suspension Consisting of steel wire. Can be combined with E 06 and E 03 SX. All suspension accessories in the E-Line range are therefore designed for at least 100 kg weight load. must meet these requirements. when using trunking for TRILUX surface-mounted luminaires.. to attach to trunking. ¶ 1. Chain suspension Consisting of link chain. this results in loads of maximum 20 kg for each suspension point. wires or pendant rods without tools. galvanised. 1500 mm long and suspension clamp. Distance between trunking and fixing surface 9 mm. A 01 PX 29 283 00 A 01 M-PX 45 379 00 A 01 DSX 22 296 00 A 01 SX 22 307 00 A 01 KX 22 301 00 E 07 E 03 SX E 03 KX D 01 X E 04 E 06 E 05 N E 01 Wire accessory Consisting of 12 grommets and pressure clamps to make suspension eyelets with pliers (e. Wire length fully adjustable without tools. ceiling hooks. Fixing accessories provided on site such as dowels. for tool free height adjustment of up to 20 mm. in addition. stainless steel. consisting of pendant rod. ¶ 1.75 mm. For reduced spacings in case of node arrangements. steel. white. E 05 N 23 436 00 Ceiling fixing plate Sheet steel. 13 mm. and. with turnbuckle and suspension clamp E 03 KX. Wire length fully adjustable without tools. 1500 mm long. E 04 23 434 00 Steel wire ¶ 1. D 01 X 23 212 00 Link chain Galvanised. E 03 SX 23 432 00 Suspension clamp For chain suspensions. 20 m long. 1500 mm long and suspension clamp E 03 SX. Wire length fully adjustable without tools. etc. galvanised. with quick-acting glue to seal the wire ends.75 mm.g.E-Line T5/T8 Suspensions for trunking A 01 DSX A 01 SX A 01 KX A 01 PX A01 M-PX The fixing accessories shown are universally suitable for trunking 07690··· in combination with all E-Line gear trays and corresponding optical components. to snap the trunking into place without tools. When the maximum suspension distances are retained. 1500 mm long. E 01 23 420 00 E 06 23 437 00 462 . galvanised. E 07 23 438 00 Suspension clamp For wire suspensions in combination with accessories E 06 and E 07. fixing accessories must be able to support five times the weight of the luminaires to be mounted on them. 20 m long. with slotted plate for direct ceiling mounting. E 03 KX 23 428 00 Fixing clamp Stainless steel.

1 steel pendant rod. length completely adjustable without tools. 1 0 ∅110 180 1530 180 ∅110 1538/58W 2000 05900 AN 05000 ZR Ceiling rose 1 piece. white. white.5 mm2. 1 connection element for electrical connection with through-wiring set in the continuous line. 1 stable inner coupling. prewired in factory or wired on site. consisting of: 1 node for up to 4 connections. Node 1 piece for up to 4 connections. die-cast aluminium. white sheet steel. 1 blanking cover. galvanised.5 46 672 00 07690 M-KA/7LV 45 378 00 07690 M-KA/7LV 2. A03D A03M-D 22 315 00 45 377 00 Feeding tube In combination with A 03 S. Node with wire suspension 1 piece. 1500 mm long. ···2. ¶ 10 mm. 1 plastic ceiling trim cap.5 cross-sectional area 2. A03S A03M-S 29 284 00 45 375 00 Node with pendant suspension 1 piece. for the connection of the mains cable in case of nodes with wire suspension. white. 1 steel wire. plastic extrusion. Die-cast aluminium. galvanised. 05900AN* 21 726 00 * Incoming cables are not supplied. 1 ceiling fixing unit. adjustable between 60° and 300°. To guide and cover the mains cable. with vernier clip for height compensation of up to 20 mm. white. ···M··· Silver-grey. nickeled. can be shortened on site.5 46 671 00 463 . 2 0 ma 50 x. 1 piece. 1500 mm long. to be adapted to reduced suspension lengths on site – thanks to the tool-free adjustable vernier clip. for continuous lines in IP 20. 4 adapters 07690 KA/7LV. sheet steel. white. ···M··· Silver-grey. angles continuously adjustable between 60° and 300°. angles completely adjustable between 60° and 300°. 05000 ZR 05000 ZR/2m 1 m long 2 m lang 21 525 00 21 526 00 A03P A03M-P 29 285 00 45 376 00 Node adapter 1 piece. for the connection of nodes A 03··· with trunking 07690···. They must be provided by the contractor. die-cast aluminium. consisting of: 1 node for up to 4 connections. ···M··· Silver-grey. ¶ 13 mm. plastic. 07690 KA/7LV 21 951 00 07690 KA/7LV 2.0 mm. white. Order example: X-shaped node with 4 connections: 1 node A 03 D.Node suspensions Gear trays·································436 Gear trays for emergency lighting ··················453 Trunkings and wiring ···············454 Accessories ······························459 Installation and planning ·········464 Lamp characteristics ···············525 07690 KA/7LV··· 07690 M-KA/7LV··· A 03 S A 03 M-S A 03 P A 03 M-P A 03 D A 03 M-D ma 50 x. ¶ 2. white. threading is not necessary. 1 through-wiring set 7x ··· mm2. consisting of: 1 adapter profile. ···M··· Silver-grey. with integrated adapter element in die-cast aluminium.

23 14 1 4 8 18. 2.500 mm Planning suggestions for continuous lines with gear trays 1230 mm All the information is valid for single-lamp and twin-lamp gear trays.19 6 – 2 5 10.00 13 2 3 7 17. high reflectors and parabolic louvres RMV. IP20.39 6 – 2 4 8.70 3 – 1 3 4.31 10 2 2 6 13. Chain suspensions.60 3 – 1 3 6.31 m long (equals 10 lamp lengths). Over. Gear trays 4.08 19 2 5 13 30.13 4 2 – 4 7. independent of ballast type. 1.47 2 1 – 2 3.90 13 2 3 9 21.25 m long (equals 8 lamp lengths). At continuous-line ends aminimum overhang dimension of 50 mm or a maximum overhang dimension of 500 mm has to be observed. 1.02 17 1 5 12 27.31 10 2 2 7 16. In the case of different continuous-line lengths • the required number of trunking units as well as • the minimum number of fixing points (based on a maximum distance of 2500 mm between fixings) is given.07 2 1 – 2 4. Direct ceiling mounting.69 16 2 4 9 20.E-Line T5/T8 Planning and order example Suspension spacings E-Line allows for suspension distances of up to 2500 mm. Trunking accessories Trunking end caps and fixing accessories Ceiling fixing clamps 3. 2-lamp Reflector. silver-grey. Trunkings Trunking.72 7 2 1 5 12. Trunking accessories Trunking end caps Blanking cover and fixing Flatband cable accessories Wiring connector Female connector Chain suspension 3.Lamp length all Trunkings 07690··· Fixing ···/II/36-U ···/III/36-U points ···/II/36-5 LV ···/III/36-5 LV ···/II/36-7 LV ···/III/36-7 LV m Number Piece Piece No.84 11 1 3 8 18. optical equipment and the type of fixing. dimmable gear trays. IP20. 3. 1-lamp Reflector. trapezium-shaped Reflector connectors Reflector end cap Lamella louvre Order example: Variable continuous line.43 14 1 4 10 22. please check the tables on page 465 with information on additional trunking sections which might be necessary.66 5 1 1 4 9.93 4 2 – 3 6.37 12 – 4 8 19.38 19 2 5 10 24. 3 lengths 2 x 07690/II/36-7LV 2 x 07690/ III/36-7LV 2 x 07690 E-R 6 x D 01 X 10 x 7691/28 ED 10 x 07690 R/28 9 x 07690 RV 2 x 07690 RK 10 x 07690 RW/28 2.49 16 2 4 11 26. Trunkings Trunking. The adjacent tables provide a quick overview regarding the composition of E-Line continuous lines. reflectors and lamella louvres.61 20 1 6 11 Planning suggestions for continuous lines with gear trays 1530 mm Over. Spacings might have to be reduced in case of node suspensions. As to trunking units in module 510 mm to be wired on site. 2 lengths Trunking.16 5 1 1 4 7. Reflectors and accessories Optical equipment Gear tray.62 7 2 1 5 9. 3 lengths 1 x 07690 M/II/58-U 2 x 07690 M/III/58-U 2 x 07690 M-E-R 3 x 07690 M-B/58 1 x 07690/5LV/46m 1 x 07690 VV 6 x 07690 SK 6 x A 01 KX 6 x 7692 M/35 6 x 07690 M-RH/35 12 x 07690 M-RKH 6 x 07690 RMV/35 2. Overhang 50 mm .46 15 – 5 8 19. 35W with trunking to be wired on site (5-conductor wiring) and uniform spacings of 612 mm between the gear trays 12.77 12 – 4 7 16.92 17 1 5 9 22. equipped with single-lamp. radial Reflector end cap Parabolic louvre RMV 464 .85 8 1 2 5 11. Gear trays 4. Reflectors and accessories Optical equipment Gear tray.54 11 1 3 7 14.15 18 – 6 10 23.96 15 – 5 10 24.78 9 – 3 7 15.Lamp length all Trunkings 07690··· Fixing ···/II/58-U ···/III/58-U points ···/II/58-5 LV ···/III/58-5 LV ···/II/58-7 LV ···/III/58-7 LV m Number Piece Piece No. equipped with twin-lamp gear trays.25 8 1 2 6 13.61 20 1 6 13 Order example: Un-interrupted continuous line 28 W with prewired trunking (7-conductor wiring) 12. 2 lengths Trunking.08 9 – 3 6 12. see page 463.55 18 – 6 12 29.

Wire suspension.99 20 1 Piece – – 2 1 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 7 6 8 8 9 9 9 10 Piece – 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – Piece 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – 1 No.Lamp length all Trunkings 07690··· Profile 0760··· ···/II/58-U ···/III/58-U ···/510/U ···/1020/U Fixing points m Number Piece 3.58 2 1 5.82 8 2 17. 3 lengths Additional trunking 3 x 07690/III/58-U 1 x 07690/510/U Trunking end caps 2 x 07690 E-T 2. radial Reflector end cap Highly-specular parabolic louvre 5 x 7692/58 E 5 x 07692 RH/58 10 x 07692 RKH 5 x 07692 RPV/58 Special gear trays for 58 W fluorescent lamps are available for continuous lines and individual luminaires in IP50 – reference 7681/58 or 7682/58.29 m long (equals 6 lamp lengths and 5 blanking covers 1020 mm).74 6 – 13.89 18 1 47. 1. Trunking accessories 4 x 07690 B/510 Blanking cover and fixing 1 x 07690/5LV-510/46m Through-wiring set accessories 1 x 07690 VV Wiring connector 5 x A 01 DSX Decorative wire suspension 3.49 10 2 27. This allows of un-interrupted achievement continuous lines or continuous lines with IP50 blanking covers for module 1530 mm.04 11 1 29.34 17 – 44.64 3 2 9.09 2 1 6. Trunkings Trunking.94 11 1 23.29 6 – 16.66 4 1 9. Reflectors Gear tray. Only radial reflectors and corresponding optical accessories are used – trapezium-shaped or selfsuspended reflectors are not available for IP50. Trunking accessories Blanking cover 5 x 07690 B/1020 and fixing Through-wiring set 1 x 07690/5LV-510/46m accessories 1 x 07690 VV Wiring connector 7 x A 01 SX Decorative wire suspension 3.02 13 1 28.79 16 1 42.70 5 1 11. equipped with singlelamp gear trays and self-suspended reflectors.10 15 2 32.94 9 1 24. Trunkings Trunking.Spacing between fixings max. Reflectors and accessories Optical equipment Gear tray. Order example: Modular continuous line 58 W with trunkings to be wired on site and uniform blanking cover spacings of 1020 mm between the gear trays 14.24 15 – 39.69 14 2 37.39 8 – 21.14 13 – 34. 2500 mm Further spacings between fixings max. 2500 mm Planning suggestions for modular system with 510 mm spacing between the gear trays 1530 mm Over.62 3 – 7. Gear trays 4. radial reflectors and parabolic louvres.19 4 – 11. 2-lamp Reflector.44 19 2 49. 1-lamp Self-suspended reflectors.26 19 2 40.70 m long (equals 5 lamp lengths and 4 blanking covers 510 mm).30 20 1 Piece – 1 1 2 1 3 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 5 7 6 7 7 8 Piece 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – 1 Piece – 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – 1 – – No. asymmetrical 6 x 7691/58 6 x 07690 SAF/58 465 .Lamp length all Trunkings 07690··· Profile 0760··· ···/II/58-U ···/III/58-U ···/510/U ···/1020/U Fixing points Planning suggestions for modular system with 1020 mm spacing between the gear trays 1530 mm Over. 1. IP20.84 7 1 19. 3 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 17 m Number Piece 4.06 14 – 30. equipped with twinlamp gear trays with electronic control gear.78 7 – 15. IP20.98 12 – 26. 3 lengths Additional trunking 2 x 07690/III/58-U 1 x 07690/510/U 2 x 07690 E-R Trunking end caps 2. Decorative wire suspension. special trunking end caps 07680 E-R and gasket accessories 07680 KD for the joints are necessary in order to observe IP50. In addition. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Order example: Modular continuous line 58 W with trunkings to be wired on site and uniform blanking cover spacings of 510 mm between the gear trays 9.14 16 – 34.86 9 1 19.90 10 2 21.74 5 2 14. Gear trays 4.59 12 2 32.22 18 1 38. asymmetrical light distribution.18 17 2 36.

68 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 2 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3 466 . quick-release button to rearrange the lamp circuit connection to L1. clear. please contact your local TRILUX support centre.C180 7963 S/58 W UTE: 0.5 mm2.C180 Application Workplaces with an increased degree of pollution. stove-enamelled.8/BZ 3 C0 . L2 or L3. anodised reflectors for narrow/wide-angle light distribution. For alternative luminaire covers for increased protection such as shatter protection (e. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection.g.C180 7962 S/58 W UTE: 0. Versions ···35/49··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. Electrical connection with gear tray by means of 4-pole female connector. Control gear option ···E With electronic control gear.Series 796··· Rapid-mounting continuous-line luminaires with silicate glass cover 6 4 d o$ a IP50 2 Joule 960 °C 7961 S··· C0 . Gear tray can be removed and hung in the luminaire body without using tools. With two grommets on each end cap for mains supply and further wiring.61 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/0. safely retained in a continuous frame. Also recommended in areas where drilling is performed. Protection against dust ingress by means of silicate glass cover. can be lowered and removed to ease maintenance. each lamp length with 4-pole connection terminal and additional earth connection terminal for cables of up to 2. in food processing facilities). sheet steel.73 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/1/BZ 3 C0 . Luminaire body With integral trunking. white. Optical system Highly-specular. connected with individual cables 5 x 1. 7961 S/58 W UTE: 0.5 mm2.

2 21.4 12.2 12.8 37.2 37.Accessories ······························468 Lamp characteristics ···············525 7962 S··· 7963 S··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···E ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 58 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 58 3 x 35/49/80 3 x 58 2 x 35/49/80 2 x 58 4 x 35/49/80 4 x 58 6 x 35/49/80 6 x 58 3 x 35/49/80 3 x 58 6 x 35/49/80 6 x 58 9 x 35/49/80 9 x 58 Length mm 1555 1555 3103 3103 4651 4651 1555 1555 3103 3103 4651 4651 1555 1555 3103 3103 4651 4651 ≈kg 7961 S/I/35/49/80··· 7961 S/I/58··· 7961 S/II/35/49/80··· 7961 S/II/58··· 7961 S/III/35/49/80··· 7961 S/III/58··· 7962 S/I/35/49/80··· 7962 S/I/58··· 7962 S/II/35/49/80··· 7962 S/II/58··· 7962 S/III/35/49/80··· 7962 S/III/58··· 7963 S/I/35/49/80··· 7963 S/I/58··· 7963 S/II/35/49/80··· 7963 S/II/58··· 7963 S/III/35/49/80··· 7963 S/III/58··· 47 832··· 46 826··· 47 833··· 46 827··· 47 834··· 46 828··· 47 838··· 46 829··· 47 839··· 46 830··· 47 840··· 46 831··· 47 835··· 46 832··· 47 836··· 12 950··· 47 837··· 12 951··· 12.6 7961···/7962··· 7963··· 467 .2 42.2 21.4 24.2 37.8 24.4 42.4 24.8 37.4 63.6 63.4 12.8 24.

Not suitable for fixing to walls. white. galvanised. 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Pieces – – – 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 No. galvanised. etc.86 12.26 24. At continuous-line ends a maximum overhang dimension of 780 mm (approx.96 15. A 02 S/2. sheet steel. to be shortened on site. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Pieces 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Pieces – 1 – 2 1 – 2 1 – 2 1 – 2 1 – 2 1 – 796··· continuous lines Direct ceiling mounting Throughwiring sets 07771/5LV Pieces – – – 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 Fixing points 796··· continuous lines Suspended Couplings Suspension Over07770/5LV points hang approx.31 10.21 7. E 04 23 434 00 A 02 K-SP 22 311 00 D 01N 23 211 00 Suspension clamp Sheet steel.72 23.06 18. Planning suggestions Component combination Continous.82 26. 2330 mm Fixing spacing max. 2330 mm Suspended Fixing spacings of up to 2330 mm (approx. 2 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 9 9 10 11 11 12 13 D 01N E 04 A 02 K-SP A 02 S/2. Spacing between trunking and fixing surface 86 mm.Lamp Continuous-line line length luminaires 796··· length 58 W ···/I/58 ···/II/58 m 1.41 13. Wire length fully adjustable without tools – also after continuous-line mounting. 1⁄2 lamp length) or a minimum overhang dimension of 50 mm has to be observed. Fixing accessories provided on site such as dowels. mm 50 290 50 780 390 50 780 390 50 780 390 50 780 390 50 780 390 50 ···/III/58 Pieces – – 1 – 1 2 1 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 5 4 5 6 No.37 27. with safety spring hook to attach chains and wires without tools. 2330 mm (796···/II/58) Fixing spacings: Direct ceiling installation Overhang 50 -780 mm Fixing spacing max. Each continuousline luminaire is fixed separately to the ceiling.76 9. ceiling hooks. suspension clamp B 03 and safety spring hook. galvanised.11 4. E 01 22 535 00 Ceiling fixing plate Sheet steel. In case the maximum suspension distances are retained. Continuous-line couplings are not required for direct ceiling mounting. galvanised. 1500 mm long.66 6. The electrical connection in conformance with the degree of protection is made by means of a through-wiring set with a connection tube 07771/5LV. 20 m long. this results in loads of maximum 30 kg for each suspension point.92 No.5 mm. E 01 23 420 00 468 . safety spring hook and turnbuckle with 40 mm height compensation. ¶ 2. fixing accessories must be able to support five times the weight of the luminaires to be mounted on them. All suspension accessories are therefore designed for at least 150 kg weight load.56 3. should meet these requirements. 11⁄2 lamp lengths) can be realised when suspending continuousline luminaires with integral trunking.17 21. 1440 mm (796···/I/58). Safety For safety reasons. 1500 mm long.52 17. Wire suspension Consisting of steel wire.5 B 03 E 01 Chain suspension Consisting of link chain. suspension clamp B 03.Series 796··· Accessories and fixing spacings Overhang 50 -780 mm Fixing spacing max.61 20.5 22 314 00 Ceiling fixing clamp With mounting plate. max. Link chain Galvanised.

white. B 05* 22 537 00 Inclined fixing Steel. 2330 mm suspension spacing result in 4 suspension points according to the adjacent table. With safety spring hook to attach chains and wires without tools. 8 individual conductors. 80 mm or 100 mm. The possible maximum fixing spacing is based on the information in the table. 1. galvanised. galvanised. 1. Mounting accessories Continuous-line coupling with through-wiring set 3. 07770/5LV 22 061 00 Through-wiring set IP50 (Only for direct ceiling mounting.) 5-conductor throughwiring set. 5 lamp lengths and max. for direct ceiling or wall mounting. sheet steel. Fixing accessories Ceiling fixing clamp 5 x D 01N 4 x E 01 4 x A 02 K-SP 5 lamp lengths and fixing spacings of max. 1 x 7961 S/II/58 1 x 7961 S/III/58 1 x 07771/5LV 1 x 07770/5LV 3.5 mm2.Fixing spacing max. with wiring accessory 07771/5LV. 2330 mm (2-length trunking) or 2280 mm (3-length trunking) result in 5 fixing points according to the adjacent table. 07770/5LV 22 062 00 469 . Luminaires Continuous-line luminaire (2 lengths) Continuous-line luminaire (3 lengths) 2. 700 mm long. Steel. 2280 mm (796···/III/58) Fixing spacing max. maximum overhang dimension 775 mm (approx. Luminaires Continuous-line luminaire (2 lengths) 1 x 7961 S/II/58 Continuous-line luminaire (3 lengths) 1 x 7961 S/III/58 2.76 m) 1.76 m) 1. 7963··· not suitable for inclined mounting. sheet steel. Fixing accessories Ceiling fixing plate Chain suspension The adjacent table provides a quick overview regarding the component combination of 796··· continuous lines. and plastic connection tube for max. 7962··· maximum fixing spacing 1550 mm. D02/2* 23 215 00 * Inclined mounting with fixing accessories D 02 or B 05 results in deviating fixing dimensions: 7961···. 07770/5LV E 02··· B 05··· D 02··· 07771/5LV Supporting clips for T-beam With flange widths 70 mm.) Stable exterior coupling. 1⁄2 lamp length).5 mm2. With safety spring hook to attach chains and wires without tools. The necessary accessories for the different kinds of mounting are described. E 02/70 E 02/80 E 02/100 23 422 00 23 423 00 23 421 00 Inclined suspension For inclined luminaire mounting of up to 30° around the longitudinal axis. white. Continuous-line coupling with through-wiring set (Only for suspended mounting. Mounting accessories Through-wiring set Order example for suspended mounting Continuous line (5 lengths) with continuous-line luminaires 7961 S/···/58 (total length 7. 2330 mm Order example for direct ceiling mounting Continuous line (5 lengths) with continuous-line luminaires 7961 S/···/58 (total length 7.

damp or corrosive environments and covered exterior areas. Luminaire body Powder-coated sheet steel. production sites. ···HST-HIT··· with integrated thermal protection. specular. Suitable for use in high sports halls. ···AD··· Textured. ···HST-HIT··· Hybrid version can be optionally equipped with tubular high-pressure sodium vapour lamps or tubular metal halide lamps.84 C DIN 5040: A50 CIBSE: BZ 1 NBN L 14-002: BZ 3/1/BZ 2 C0 . Plug-type luminaire fixing on enclosed galvanised mounting plate. ···SH··· Smooth. highly-specular. 7983 SD/1xHIT400 UTE: 0.84 D DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4/4/BZ 3 470 .C180 7983 AD/1xHIT400 UTE: 0. Control gear option ···K··· With inductive ballast. Electrical connection Luminaires supplied ready for connection. ···SD··· Textured. halls. Cable entry by means of two grommets M25 for mains supply and further wiring.Winlight Q High bay luminaires – symmetrical or asymmetrical light distribution 6 5 4 d e a O IP54 6 Joule 960 °C 7981 SD··· C0 . with 5-pole connection terminal for wires of up to 4 mm2. white. with glass cover. including earth connection terminal. trade fair and exhibition halls. separate ballast housing and lamp housing. storage facilities. Reflector made of anodised aluminium. specular. Gear tray with all operating components can be swung out. With asymmetrical light distribution. Optical system Narrow/wide-angle optical system with symmetrical light distribution.C180 Application High rooms.

semi-specular.0 11.Lamp characteristics ···············525 7983 SH··· 7981 AD··· Reference Symmetrical versions 7981 SD/HST150··· 7981 SD/HST-HIT250··· 7983 SD/1xHST-HIT400··· 7983 SH/1xHME250··· 7983 SH/1xHME400··· Asymmetrical versions 7981 AD/HST150 7981 AD/HST-HIT250 7983 AD/1xHST-HIT400 Accessories Aluminium louvre 07981 RS 07983 RS Chain suspension A 01 WQ Emergency light 684/1 TOC 12 954··· 12 955··· 12 959··· 12 960··· 12 961··· 12 952··· 12 953··· 12 956··· TOC 22 138 00 22 140 00 22 309 00 12 391 10 Control gear option ···K ···02 ···02 ···02 ···02 ···02 ···02 ···02 ···02 Description Lamps W 1 x HST150 1 x HST/HIT250 1 x HST/HIT400 1 x HME250 1 x HME400 1 x HST150 1 x HST/HIT250 1 x HST/HIT400 D mm 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 D1 D2 ≈kg 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 10. 1 set.1 14.9 made of aluminium. for increased glare limitation.7 10.1 14. 1000 mm length with E27 screw-in socket.9 13.4 14. for QT 32 halogen incandescent lamps 7981··· 471 . for 7983··· 4-point suspension. for increased glare limitation. semi-specular. for 7981··· made of aluminium.0 11.

···E With electronic control gear.Series 614··· Batten luminaires 6 5 4 d a IP20 0. 6142/49 UTE: 0. workshops.C180 6142··· Recommended areas Production facilities. end caps made of plastic ABS. Easy mounting by means of separate mounting profile. Luminaires are fixed to the mounting profile by means of plastic-coated metal turn-lock fasteners without using tools.C180 6142/58 + 06140 R/58 UTE: 0. assembly halls and storage facilities. storage rooms.20 T DIN 5040: B31 CIBSE: BZ 5 NBN L 14-002: BZ 6 C0 . .g. Control gear options Versions ···/14/24···.71 H + 0.68 E DIN 5040: A40 CIBSE: BZ 3 NBN L 14-002: BZ 4 472 .2 Joule 650 °C 6141··· C0 . Top integral wiring channel for external mains supply and further wiring. e. white. Versions without reflector for non-specific. Electrical connection Plug-type female connector on the mounting profile. Luminaire body Galvanised sheet steel. technical rooms or ancillary rooms without continuously occupied workplaces. Other electrical versions available on request. passive or tertiary building areas with general illumination requirements. ···ED With digitally dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface. Luminaire connection is made automatically when placing the luminaire on the mounting profile. white. ···/28/54··· and ···35/49/80··· in Multi-Lamp technology allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages.

0 1. knotted-link chain. 1 pc.5 1. 1 pc. Reflector T5 06140 R/28 56 841 00 1181 Trapezium-shaped reflector for 614···/28/54 T5. Aluminium louvre 07690 T-RW/36 21 968 00 White lamella louvre for trapezium-shaped reflector 06140 R/36 T8. 1 pc.8 2. 0.3 2.5 1.8 1. 1 pc.Lamp characteristics ···············525 614··· + 06140 R··· Reference TOC 6141/14/24··· 6141/18··· 6141/28/54··· 6141/35/49/80··· 6141/36··· 6141/58··· 6142/28/54··· 6142/35/49··· 6142/80··· 6142/36··· 6142/58··· 40 548··· 12 320··· 34 364··· 34 365··· 12 321··· 12 322··· 47 601··· 47 602··· 47 603··· 12 323··· 12 324··· Control gear options ···E ···ED ···04 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···05 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 ···04 Lamps W 1 x 14/24 1 x 18 1 x 28/54 1 x 35/49/80 1 x 36 1 x 58 2 x 28/54 2 x 35/49 2 x 80 2 x 36 2 x 58 L mm 578 622 1178 1478 1232 1532 1178 1478 1478 1232 1532 D D1 E1 ≈kg 440 470 920 1100 920 1100 920 1100 1100 920 1100 69 76 129 189 156 216 129 189 189 156 216 422 470 – – – – – – – – – 1. 6141··· 6142··· 614··· + 06140··· E1 86 *94 79 *91 68 *101 6141/14/24. 06140 R/35 56 842 00 1481 Trapezium-shaped reflector for 614···/35/49/80 T5. with ring screw.8 2.8 4. 1 pc. 6141/18 473 . Chain suspension 73N 12 616 00 1 pair.1 ···05 ···05 Accessories* TOC L Description Reflector T8 mm 06140 R/36 21 794 00 1235 Trapezium-shaped reflector for 614···/36 T8. * Accessories to be ordered separately for the corresponding individual luminaire.9 m long.0 2.3 2. bright galvanised. 1 pc. 07690 T-RW/58 21 970 00 White lamella louvre for trapezium-shaped reflector 06140 R/58 T8. 06140 R/58 21 795 00 1535 Trapezium-shaped reflector for 614···/58 T8.

.

Emergency lighting .

And when nothing is working. e. we focus on one ideal – an ideal that sets standards when it comes to reliability: the sun. Emergency lighting from TRILUX can do all that. poses a genuine emergency situation. That‘s why there is a demand nowadays more than ever before for lighting systems that work exceptionally well in emergencies.. 476 . And is taken for granted at all times and everywhere. And this is further proof that you can rely on New Light from TRILUX. the emergency luminaire from TRILUX is on.g. After all. to help prevent panic and finally ensure that facilities can be exited safely. Emergency and safety lighting do not only outline escape routes but also maintain a sufficient level of lighting. to prevent a lost production or eliminate a risk to employees. Light is needed at all times and everywhere. as with every other lighting solution. Stand-by lighting units ensure that vital activities can be continued. The consequence: its sudden absence. say due to a power failure. Another noteworthy fact: Every TRILUX emergency light unit is adapted to its area of application in accordance with EN 1838.

Stand-by lighting to continue vital activities Stand-by lighting takes over the tasks of the general artificial lighting as a substitute for the unaltered continuation of vital activities.5 lx on the free floor surface 50% of the required illuminance in 5 s. Anti-panic lighting Anti-panic lighting is required to avoid panic in case of failure of artificial lighting.5 lx. Emergency light units for recess mounting in louvre or diffuser luminaires are explained on the following pages.5 s Stand-by lighting to continue vital activities 3) 0. the minimum horizontal illuminance of 0.5 s Uniformity Colour rendering 1) Emin : Emax ≥ 1 : 10 Ra ≥ 40 3) 3) 2) 3) Deviations in Italy: Emin = 2 lx or 5 lx at stairs and exits in cinemas. . are possible – also see footnotes.5 lx on the free floor surface is required.5 m wide marginal zones. Emergency light gear trays for Delta and E-Line continuous-line systems are described on pages 404 (for Delta). 432 (for E-Line T5) and 452 (E-Line T8).g. e. TRILUX emergency light inserts in luminaires for working facilities definitely comply with the required limits of the physiological glare.g. Ireland: 5 s. In all other aspects the same requirements as horizontal escape routes apply.5 m ≤ h < 3. thus observing the safety of the persons present and the service personel. Apart from 0. 3200 cd for 2. by national regulations. The information is based on the European standard for emergency lighting: EN 1838. e.g. UK: Emin = 0. (not less than half the route width) has to be illuminated with at least 50 % of this value. the requirements described in EN 1838 must be met.0 m. if applicable. Deviations in Germany: 100 % in 15 s.2 lx. thus assuring that people safely reach escape routes. UK: 5 s. Ireland: Emin = 0. If stand-by lighting is arranged for organisational reasons instead of safety reasons (e. It has to ensure that activities can be ended without risk and working facilities can be left safely. 100 % in 60 s2) Emin : Emax ≥ 1 : 40 Ra ≥ 40 Maximum 0. If stand-by lighting would take over the tasks of the emergency lighting. Emergency escape route lighting for a width of up to 2 m Maintenance value of minimum illuminance Power-on delay 1 lx along the centre line of the escape route1) 50 % of the required illuminance in 5 s. Emergency light units Each TRILUX emergency light unit is adjusted to its field of application in accordance with EN1838. theatres. Safety lighting for workplaces with special risk Safety lighting for workplaces with special risk must be provided to enable necessary tasks to be completed without hazard. maximum luminous intensities depending on the light point height h are required.Emergency lighting Emergency lighting takes over in the event of mains failure of the general artificial lighting. The relation of the highest to the lowest illuminance on the centre line of the escape route may not exceed 40 :1.1 Em. Safety lighting is further divided into „Safety lighting for escape routes“. Quality characteristics as with mains operation. „Anti-panic lighting” and „Safety lighting for workplaces with special risks“. to prevent lost production) the minimum general illuminance must be observed. Emergency light inserts for Winlight-Q are on page 470.. 100 % in 60 s2) Emin : Emax ≥ 1 : 40 Ra ≥ 40 Anti-panic lighting High risk task area lighting 0. Safety lighting in accordance with EN 1838 Escape routes EN 1838 requires that the illuminance of emergency lighting for escape routes may not fall below 1 lx along the centre axis of the floor. up to 15 s. at least 15 lx Maximum 0. Country-specific deviations. 477 .. 740··· series luminaires with integral individual battery system are described on page 138. The centre line of the escape route General requirements for the emergency lighting system Some fundamental photometric requirements for emergency and stand-by lighting are described in the table below. Other luminaires with premounted individual battery systems and switching units are available on request. In order to limit the physiological glare. Emergency lighting is divided into stand-by lighting and safety lighting.

30 mm. lamp diameter max. TOC 47 195 00 Individual battery system (not illustrated) In case of power failure. E14-Emergency light fixture For permanent and stand-by operation. consisting of a E14 socket. Enterio ZNO/E 14 For multi-lamp luminaires (Module width ≥ 300 mm). 478 . 545/E14 TOC 12 031 00 With housing to be installed outside. Not for Enterio ···OA···. Lamp rating max. Please contact your local TRILUX support centre for further details. Nominal operation time 3 hours. With 2-pole connection terminal for wires of up to 2.Emergency light components for louvre luminaires 545/E14 545/2G7 EB1 545/2G7 EB2 Plug-in socket For permanent and stand-by operation. 25 W. Including stainless steel clamps for attachment to lateral louvre reflectors. 2-pole connection terminal for wires of up to 2. marked with a green dot. Individual battery systems For stand-by operation. an individual battery system with reduced luminous flux is provided to ensure the continued operation of the light.5 s. single supply unit with sealed high-temperature nickel-cadmium accumulators and connection wiring with plug-in coupling. for recessed louvre luminaires according to selection table. for tubular incandescent lamps or compact fluorescent lamps with max. Transfer time < 0. 545/2G7 EB1 TOC 12 030 00 With gear tray for installation in surfacemounted or suspended louvre luminaires according to selection table. Including stainless steel clamps for attachment to lateral louvre reflectors. consisting of one socket 2G7 for compact fluorescent lamps TC-EL 11 W. lamp diameter 30 mm. consisting of a green socket E14 for tubular incandescent lamps or compact fluorescent lamps with integral electronic control gear. 545/2G7 EB2 TOC 14 980 00 With housing to be installed outside. Integrated LED in socket as indication for charging. for recessed louvre luminaires according to selection table Selection table Emergency light inserts for louvre luminaires Reference E14 insert Recessed louvre luminaires Enterio ZNO/E14 Enterio1) 3662 R··· 545/E14 3663 RST··· 545/E14 Fidesca SD 312···SD··· 545/E14 Fidesca SD 265··· 545/E14 Fidesca SD 300···SB··· 545/E14 Fidesca SD 600 545/E14 Surface-mounted and suspended louvre luminaires 5062 R··· 545/E14 5063 R··· 545/E14 1) EB insert available on request 545/2G7 EB2 545/2G7 EB2 545/2G7 EB2 545/2G7 EB2 545/2G7 EB2 545/2G7 EB2 545/2G7 EB1 545/2G7 EB1 Except for 1-lamp. ···PA···. 25 W.5 mm2 for the connection of the charging circuit.5 mm2 on self-adhesive clamp support and connection wiring with plug-in coupling.

Emergency light inserts for permanent and stand-by operation. Athenik Inperla BLUEmotion Deca 740··· Page 25 Page 36 Page 66 Page 133 Page 138 479 . 676/1 677/1 679/1 680/1 682/1 683/1 688/1 545/E14 TOC 12 381 00 12 383 00 12 386 00 12 387 00 12 389 00 12 390 00 12 393 00 12 031 00 Arrangement of emergency light inserts The arrangement of the emergency light inserts to the diffuser luminaires is documented in the adjacent selection table. Both incandescent lamps and compact fluorescent lamps with integral electronic control gear can serve as the light source.5 mm2. but not suited for TC 11 W or TC 18 W. Reference E14 emergency light sockets for 25 W tubular lamps. 25 W. Easy installation is possible by means of screw connection. 30 mm. lamp diameter max. Not for TR lamps. Emergency light components Series-specific emergency luminaires Series-specific emergency luminaires with individual battery systems for operating on demand or for continuous duty with changeover switch can be found on the product pages indicated for the series in the adjacent table.Emergency components (E14) for diffuser luminaires Emergency light inserts 67···. Installation only by manufacturer. consisting of an E14 socket marked with a green dot for tubular incandescent lamps. lamp rating max. version in safety class II. including fixing material and accessories for cable feeding to comply with the degree of protection (not required for 677/1 and 682/1). 68··· Many TRILUX diffuser luminaires for dry and wet environments can be equipped on site with special E14 emergency light sockets. Reference Recessed diffuser luminaires 4401 F··· 4401 PF··· Fidesca BS 312 P··· Fidesca BS 312 S··· Fidesca BS 625 Fidesca BS 300 P··· Fidesca BS 300 PS··· Fidesca 600 7344··· 7344 P··· 7354··· 7354 P··· 7392 P/···1) 7392 PS/1x··· E14 insert 676/1 676/1 676/1 545/E14 676/1 676/1 545/E14 676/1 676/1 676/1 676/1 676/1 680/1 679/1 Reference E14 insert Surface-mounted diffuser luminaires 3441··· 688/1 3451N··· 676/1 3451 PN··· 676/1 3452 676/1 676/1 3452 P···1) 3452 PN··· 676/1 676/1 3452 PSN···2) 7112··· 677/1 7122··· 677/1 682/1 7402N···E3) 7403N/2x···E 682/1 7403N/TC11 E 676/1 7483··· 683/1 1) 2) 3) 2-lamp. With 2-pole connection terminal for wires of up to 2.

.

Light management .

Light management 488 RGB/white-white control 490 Task-area light management for saving energy 491 Master luminaires Light management 482 .

494 Light management for light ceilings 498 Light management system components 483 .

And when not.TRILUX Light knows when it is needed. 484 .

Intelligent light management systems from TRILUX are an exemplary answer to this question. 485 . since they are already able to save more than 50% of the energy consumed compared to conventional lighting.The most important question of our era is how we can use natural resources responsibly and with great care so that our environment and future are preserved with sustainability in mind – and without having to accept considerable compromises in daily life.

they themselves are efficient when it comes to operation and set-up: The luminaire-integrated systems can be installed based on the plug-and-play principle and manually operated with the aid of simple push-button control or remote control. Time-controlled mixing of coloured lamps can simulate either the natural course of daylight or provide lighting with a mood of your choice. 486 .Light management systems from TRILUX make lighting systems not only conceivably efficient thanks to presence detection and daylight control. TRILUX light management systems make light as natural and individual as ever before. After all. In addition. one thing is especially difficult in the long run: choosing a luminaire. almost every TRILUX series is compatible with light management systems. No matter how you decide.

Every person is different. and that is true for light from TRILUX too. 487 .

Decorative accents can also be produced full of atmosphere by means of mixing coloured lighting. Every light colour of the spectrum can be attained by continuous dimming. green and blue.g. RGB control The term „RGB control“ stands for the mix of light from several lamps in the colours red. In this case. it is necessary to differentiate between two principles. e. this effect can be simulated by a time-controlled mix of different-coloured lamps. This mix process is especially well suited for decorative effects by means of colourful lighting. a room‘s ceiling. In workplaces and public areas where there is no natural daylight. changing colour impressions and changing light intensities during the daytime have an impact of the human biorhythm. The light of the three base colours is mixed in the optical system of the luminaire or on a common reflective surface. Examples of available luminaires: Flatbed Color Line Color Stripe Color Shelf Chloe NV-RGB Plenar RGB Plenar RGBW Polaron RGB Quadrial Page 10 Page 10 Page 10 Page 11 Page 11 Page 96 Page 96 Page 180 Page 258 488 .Light management Dynamic lighting Darkness at night.

The most important tools for energy-efficient lighting are: • High-performance optical systems for targeted light control • Intelligent lighting electronics for light control and management • User-friendly system solutions for a high acceptance among users. In the case of colourdynamic lighting control there are also solution systems that are optimised for such applications like EASY master luminaires of the BLUEmotion series or control systems for „LMS Plenar“ light ceilings (page 494). When using only two light colours. EVG EVG DALIcontrol unit 489 . This in no way affects the insensitivity to reverse polarity and all other advantages offered by the DALI interface..White-white control „White-white control“ stands for the mixing of white light with lamps of different colour temperatures („light colours“).g. additional ECG group . light colour 865) and warm-white fluorescent lamps (e. Light Management Systems For many possible lighting tasks with constant regulation of the daylight illuminance. The specific control units of the LED 28 COLOR system (page 13) complete the portfolio for sophisticated decorative applications. but rather a unit. similar to the 1-10 V interface. All of the above light management system solutions are based on the DALI interface and can be used exclusively or optionally in broadcast operation.. it is possible to attain every intermediate value between the two selected colour temperatures by means of continuous. Should several groups be controlled. 2 Dali Gr. where there is a particular demand for colour recognition: The colour rendering characteristics (colour rendering index) of the installed lamps are maintained for the most part. It is not only necessary to observe strict statutory requirements on energy consumption but also users‘ needs in an ever-changing work environment.. this results in separate control lines and connections at the control unit. Consistent use of innovative technologies has made it possible to satisfy these requirements. and master luminaires of almost all TRILUX luminaire series with integrated LIGHTGATEplus systems (see page 493). 1 Luminaire group 1 EVG EVG Luminaire group 2 individually. In practise it is recommended in many cases to use daylight-white fluorescent lamps (e. etc. In this case. Simple dimmers for installation in flush mounting boxes are also offered by switch manufacturers for the DALI broadcast operation (see page 500). White-white controllers are especially suited for lighting workplaces and public areas (shopping areas. light colour 827. it is not necessary for the electronic control gear to be addressed .. varying dimming... additional ECG group PE N L PE N L PE N L PE N L PE N L Dali Dali Dali Dali Dali Gr. Energy-efficiency and quality of light are not contradictions. Examples of available luminaires: BLUEmotion IPX··· BLUEmotion CM··· Plenar··· WW Polaron WD2 2··· 3623 T··· Page 68 Page 68 Page 96 Page 180 Page 282 Energy-efficient lighting (see page 516) Task-area lighting is currently in flux. A plug-and-play installation is possible.). „interna“). there are already standardised solutions like EDS free-standing and suspended luminaires.g.

It ensures the setting of a desired lighting level at all times by means of intuitive key control. whilst simultaneously deactivating the automatic functions completes the system. Task-area suspended luminaires with light management are to be operated with the aid of the system switches. Examples of available luminaires with task-area lighting management: Free-standing luminaires Offset S1···EDS Offset S2···EDS Luceo S···EDS Dual···LG Suspended task-area luminaires Offset H1 UXP-AD···EDS Offset H1 CDP···EDS Page 120 Page 120 Page 126 Page 128 Page 190 Page 190 490 . Options for additional luminaires are not included. Task-area luminaires with integral light management ···EDS are conceived as individual luminaires. They are also predestined for being equipped with integral light management systems. contrast-enhancing optical systems. The push-buttons that are necessary for operating all TRILUX free-standing luminaires are integrated into the stand.Task-area light management for saving energy Individual luminaire ···EDS Characteristics Presence detection by means of infrared detector Constant regulation of light to an illuminance to be determined individually Manual dimming of the individual luminaire Task lighting systems allow for a high degree of individuality. Daylight-dependent control and presence detection at the workplace ensure maximum energy savings. They are available as freestanding luminaires or as suspended luminaires with special. Manual intervention.

···ActiM and ···LGM both have two terminals (DALI 1 and DALI 2) for this purpose. The luminaires can be combined into one or more groups. maximum 50 ECG units (including master luminaire) EVG DALI 1 L N a DALI 2 – + – + T1 T2 T3 T4 Luminaire group 1 to 4 All TRILUX master luminaires offer an intuitive one-button control.Master luminaires for saving energy or mixing colours General lighting systems comprising of multiple luminaires are usually controlled by a common light management system. Some examples of master luminaires are listed in the table on page 493. Luminaires of the ···LGM model also allow for the actuation of up to four luminaire groups in addressing operation. ···LGM Broadcast operation (DALI connection). maximum 25 ECG units per channel (including master luminaire) EVG DALI 1 DALI 2 L N a – + – + T1 T2 T3 T4 Luminaire group 1 Luminaire group 2 ···LGM Addressing operation (DALI connection). The ON/OFF functions which are operated with a short press of the button and dimming with a long press while changing dim direction offers maximum functionality with minimum installation expenditure. Master luminaires are available as energysaving systems for applications with daylightdependent control in the versions ···ActiM and ···LGM and for mixing colours in the version ···EasyM for dynamic light. For this purpose. 491 . TRILUX master luminaires are luminaires that come with an integral controller and are ready for plug-and-play installation. TRILUX recom- mends using master luminaires in many cases. The controller uses the innovative DALI interface for this purpose. They are designed for the direct connection of one or more luminaire groups in broadcast operation. Suspended luminaires also have an integral sensor unit.

The connection of push-buttons is not planned for master luminaires ···EasyM. 492 . connection of up to four push-buttons EVG DALI 1 DALI 2 L N a – + – + T1 T2 T3 T4 Push-button 1 Push-button 2 Push-button 3 Push-button 4 Master luminaires ···EasyM are connected with associated slave luminaires ···EasyS by means of ready-to-connect through-wiring sets. Operating functions can be called by a system remote control. ···LGM Multiple-button control. jumper between terminals T2 and T4 EVG DALI 1 DALI 2 L N a – + – + T1 T2 T3 T4 Push-button Master luminaires ···LGM also allow the connection of up to four mechanical push-buttons with other functions (see page 491). They can be connected to a building management system with the aid of their push-button inputs and make-contact elements. connection of a push-button. Addressing is not necessary. Additional operating functions can be used by implementing a system remote control.Master luminaires Connection and wiring instructions ···LGM One-button control.

The installation in a sub-division board is especially advantageous for sports halls and industrial production sites. combinable with master luminaire BLUEmotion H-L IPX 328/54 EDD + Easy Slave BLUEmotion H-L IPX 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Slave Master luminaires with integrated DALI Easy light management BLUEmotion H-L CM 328/54 EDD + Easy Master BLUEmotion H-L CM 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Master Continuous-line slave luminaires. To this end.Master luminaires for saving energy Sample table of master luminaires Reference With integrated ActiLume system (sensor and controller) Luceo H UXP-H 135/49/80 EDD+ActiM 03 Luceo H UXP-H 235/49/80 EDD+ActiM 03 Luceo H UXP-AD 235/49/80 EDD+ActiM 03 TOC 56 432 07 51 113 07 51 080 07 Page 206 206 206 With integrated LIGHTGATEplus system (controller LGC.ES 01/L/D) 3911 RPX/35/49/80 EDD+LGM 3331W-TS/35/49/80 EDD+LGM 5041 RSX-L/35/49/80 EDD+LGM 3623 RPX/14 EDD+LGM With integrated LIGHTGATEplus system (sensor and controller LGC. it is recommended installing the controllers in housings for DIN rail mounting. combinable with master luminaire BLUEmotion H-L CM 328/54 EDD + Easy Slave BLUEmotion H-L CM 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Slave 51 606 07 51 608 07 68 68 51 604 07 51 609 07 68 68 52 169 07 52 171 07 68 68 52 170 07 52 172 07 68 68 Energy saving systems not integrated in the luminaire The LIGHTGATEplus system in many TRILUX master luminaires is available for installation outside of luminaires.ES 01/L/D) 3622 T UXP-H/28/54 EDD+LGM2 SOF 56 779 07 56 780 07 56 781 07 56 781 07 - SOF - SOF - Sample table of master luminaires for mixing colours Master luminaires with integrated DALI Easy light management BLUEmotion H-L IPX 328/54 EDD + Easy Master BLUEmotion H-L IPX 335/49/80 EDD + Easy Master Continuous-line slave luminaires. Characteristics • Daylight control • Presence detection • Manual dimmability • Calling of several light levels • Control of several luminaire groups • Easy to install 493 .ES 01/L/D) Luceo H UXP-H 228/54 EDD+LGM 03 With integrated LIGHTGATEplus system (sensor and controller LGC.

Light management for light ceilings Plenar light ceilings by TRILUX are equipped as standard with dimmable electronic control gear including DALI control input with an additional dimming function. Uncomplicated solutions for light management tasks. The terminals of the luminaires are designed in such a way that separate control lines can be connected for each light colour. All components of the light management systems are not installed in the luminaires. 494 . particularly for dynamic and colour light control of Plenar light ceilings. are possible using the DALI Easy and LMS Plenar systems described below. This allows the use of simple mechanical push-buttons as dimming control and different digital light control systems with DALI interface.

overall length 100m EASY PC Kit (optional) Note Operating functions can be called by using a remote control system. Switching between the light scenes is implemented with cross- fading. All light scenes can be called automatically in succession in a chronological sequence. 16 scenes) again.DALI Easy DALI Easy (OSRAM) is a colour light mixing system. A group of lamps having the same colour can be operated by every control channel. any interim value of the colour temperature can be set. To ensure the effective operation of the remote control. The electronic control gear devices operated in the light ceiling do not need to be addressed (plug and play). Connection diagram Operation of fluorescent lamps N L Mains switch and/or timer (optional) PE External push-button (optional) L N DALI EASY II Easy Signal CND (-) CH4 = (W) CH3 = (B) CH2 = (G) CH1 = (R) ~ ~ DA DA DALI EVG Lamp (red) Y-Connector Infrared receiver (optional) ~ ~ DA DA DALI EVG Lamp (green) 4 Y-Connector Push-button coupler (optional) ~ ~ DA DA DALI EVG Lamp (blue) ~ ~ DA DA Y-Connector DALI EVG Lamp (white) Max. Every setting of the light colours can be saved and called up as a light scene (max. The system is operated using a convenient infrared remote control or mechanical push-button. the IR receiver should not be subjected to direct incidental light. That‘s why the IR receiver should preferably be installed in an area that is easy to shade. which can be operated with up to four control channels. The connection is realised for DALI broadcast operation. with the aid of an infrared remote control system or mechanical push-buttons. Individual adjustable dynamic lighting can be realised in this manner with TRILUX Plenar light ceilings. It is even possible to mix the light from lamps in the base colours red. 495 . green and blue (RGB control). Up to four IR receivers may be connected. The system can be optionally set using special user software via a computer. When using two groups of white lamps with different colour temperature (white-white control). or the base colours with additional white lamp (RGBW control). Line-of-sight between IR receiver and remote control is essential.

All systems can be extended by adding other gateways for controlling several light ceilings and other keypads as auxiliary controls. pre-addressed and pre-programmed (plug and play). consisting of a power supply. The systems are delivered ready for operation. controller (gateway) and a 8-button keypad. consisting of a power supply. RGB and RGBW control. Systems LMS-Plenar Dynamic can be extended by adding a radio remote control. • LMS-Plenar Dynamic. An EIB(KNX) building management system may be connected. gateway and control panel • LMS-Plenar Static.Light Management for light ceilings LMS-Plenar Light management systems of LMS Plenar series are available for controlling static light scenes and dynamic sequences for whitewhite. LMS-Plenar Dynamic RGBW Power supply Light control panel Plenar light ceilings Touch panel DALI Gateway Keypad Remote control 496 .

Number of light ceilings per controller (gateway) DALI Easy Plenar HD1-Q 1300 EDD WW Plenar HD1-Q 1300 EDD RGB Plenar HD1-Q 1300 EDD RGBW Plenar HD2-Q 1600 EDD WW Plenar HD2-Q 1600 EDD RGB Plenar HD2-Q 1600 EDD RGBW Plenar HD3-Q 650 EDD WW Plenar HD3-Q 650 EDD RGB Plenar C1-M 1200 EDD WW Plenar C1-M 1200 EDD RGB Plenar C1-M 1200 EDD RGBW Plenar C2-M 1250 EDD WW Plenar C2-M 1250 EDD RGB Plenar C2-M 1250 EDD RGBW Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD WW Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD RGB Plenar C3-Q 1600 EDD RGBW Plenar C4-M 625 EDD WW Plenar C4-M 625 EDD RGB Plenar C1-R 1300 EDD WW Plenar C1-R 1300 EDD RGB Plenar C1-R 1300 EDD RGBW Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD WW Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD RGB Plenar C2-R 1600 EDD RGBW 4 3 2 3 3 2 8 5 5 3 2 5 3 2 4 2 2 8 10 2 2 1 2 2 1 LMS-Plenar Static WW 16 LMS-Plenar Static RGBW 10 10 12 10 8 32 20 10 8 20 8 8 16 8 8 32 32 8 6 6 8 6 6 8 6 6 8 6 6 32 32 16 8 8 20 8 8 12 10 8 32 20 10 8 LMS-Plenar Dynamic WW 16 LMS-Plenar Dynamic RGBW 10 10 Page 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 32 20 32 20 497 .LMS-Plenar Static WW Plenar light ceilings Keypad DALI Gateway Power supply Light ceilings are connected for DALI broadcast operation. Addressing the electronic control gear in the light ceiling is not necessary (plug and play).

number of control groups .Lighting management System components Max. number of push-buttons Max. number of ECG Max. number of sensors 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 9 Controller Individual luminaires ···EDS 1 One button control ON/OFF/Dim/ setpoint programming – Multiple button control 1 1 –2) Master luminaires ActiLume 1 ON/OFF/Dim – 2 11) 10 LIGHTGATEplus: LGC-ES01/L/D Office control system (Standard) 4 ON/OFF/ Dim/100% T1 group 1 ON/OFF/Dim T2 group 2 ON/OFF/Dim T3 OFF T4 light scene T1 setpoint 1 / light scene 1 T2 setpoint 2 / light scene 2 T3 setpoint 3 / light scene 3 T4 OFF 4 2 50 LGC-ES02/L/D Setpoint control (Variation) 4 – 4 2 50 LGC-ES03/L/D Individual group control (Variation) 4 – T1 group 1 ON/OFF/Dim T2 group 2 ON/OFF/Dim T3 group 3 ON/OFF/Dim T4 group 4 ON/OFF/Dim T1 group 1 ON/OFF T2 group 2 ON/OFF T3 group 1 ON/OFF/Dim T4 group 2 ON/OFF/Dim T1 group 1-4 ON/OFF/ setpoint 1/light scene 1 T2 group 1-4 ON/OFF/ setpoint 2/light scene 2 T3 group 1-4 ON (50 %)/Dim up T4 group 1-4 ON (50 %)/Dim down 4 2 50 LGC-ES04/L/D Classroom control (Variation) 4 – 4 2 50 LGC-ES05/L/D OT room control (Variation) 4 – 4 2 50 External system (sub-distribution board) LGC-HX01/S/D 6 – T1 group 1-3 setpoint 1 T2 group 1-3 setpoint 2 T3 group 1-3 setpoint 3 T4 group 1-3 Dim up T5 group 1-3 Dim down T6 OFF 3 3 192 1) 2) second group with offset not intended for connecting other luminaires 498 Max. number of DALI groups Max.

ActiLume LMS ACTI IRT 8010/00 Reference LMS ACTI IRT 8010/00 LMS ACTI LRH 8010/00 LMS ACTI IRT 8098/00 LMS ACTI IRT 8099/00 LMS ACTI LRM 8118/00 LMS ACTI IRT 8098/00 LMS ACTI IRT 8099/00 LMS ACTI LRM 8118/00 TOC 50 439 00 50 442 00 50 440 00 50 441 00 50 443 00 Description Remote control ON/OFF/Dim Wall mount for IRT 8010/00 Remote control with programmable basic functions Remote control with advance functions Expansion sensor LIGHTGATEplus LGC-ES0··· LGC-HX01/S/D LGI-DA··· LGR-SC LGS··· LGM··· Reference LGC-ES01/L/D LGC-ES02/L/D LGC-ES03/L/D LGC-ES04/L/D LGC-ES05/L/D LGC-HX01/S/D LGI-DA LGI-DA/S LGR-SC LGS-RPL/S LGS-0P0/S/T LGM-RM LGM-SM 0MD2 0MK1 0L02 0L05 0L10 0L20 0L50 0BS 0M··· Description Controller for luminaire installation Controller for luminaire installation Controller for luminaire installation Controller for luminaire installation Controller for luminaire installation Hall controller for installation in the sub-distribution board Interface converter. DALI 1-10 V Interface converter. radio receiver) Radio presence detector Ceiling recess-mounting set Surface-mounting set Modular two-way splitter for data cables Modular coupling for data cables Data cable 2 m Data cable 5 m Data cable 10 m Data cable 20 m Data cable 50 m Ball impact cage for sensors TOC 50 444 00 50 445 00 50 446 00 50 447 00 56 784 00 56 785 00 50 566 00 56 786 00 50 449 00 50 448 00 56 787 00 50 450 00 50 451 00 50 567 00 22 274 00 22 261 00 22 262 00 22 263 00 22 264 00 22 265 00 22 255 00 499 . for sub-distribution board Remote control Sensor (light. DALI 1-10V. presence detection.

quadruple. triple. quadruple. stainless steel KNX/EIB-DALI Gateway. WW KNX/EIB tactile sensor. REG KNX/EIB-DALI Gateway. octuple. octuple. quadruple. stainless steel.Light management System components DALI Easy LMS DALI Easy II Reference LMS DALI Easy II LMS Easy IR RMC LMS Easy IR CI LMS Easy IR SK LMS Easy CI Box LMS Easy PB Coupler LMS Easy PC Kit LMS Easy IR RMC LMS Easy IR CI LMS Easy IR SK LMS Easy CI Box LMS Easy PB Coupler TOC 53 172 00 48 343 00 52 787 00 52 788 00 53 167 00 53 163 00 53 214 00 Description Controller IR remote control Sensor for ceiling recess mounting Surface-mounting set Mounting box Push-button coupler Easy Color Control Software LMS Plenar LMS Plenar Dynamic Reference LMS-Plenar Static WW LMS Plenar Static KNX EIB Color Touch Remote control KNX EIB Dali Gateway Power supply TOC 53 267 00 Description consisting of: KNX/EIB power supply KNX/EIB tactile sensor. octuple. quadruple. REG KNX/EIB universal dimmer 500 W. octuple. REG consisting of: KNX/EIB power supply Light control panel KNX/EIB-DALI Gateway. stainless steel. octuple. quadruple. REG KNX/EIB control unit. REG KNX/EIB shutters/blinds actuator. REG KNX/EIB tactile sensor. REG consisting of: KNX/EIB power supply KNX/EIB tactile sensor. C load. RGBW KNX/EIB Color Touch LMS Plenar wireless system KNX/EIB switching element. REG LMS-Plenar Static RGBW 53 268 00 LMS-Plenar Dynamic WW 53 271 00 LMS-Plenar Dynamic RGBW 53 272 00 Extensions 53 280 00 53 274 00 53 275 00 58 147 00 53 273 00 53 276 00 53 277 00 53 278 00 53 279 00 500 . stainless steel KNX/EIB-DALI Gateway. REG consisting of: KNX/EIB power supply Light control panel KNX/EIB-DALI Gateway. quadruple.

and S3 and switching the controller to „automatic mode“. The maximum rated current is 10 A per output. It has three separate outputs. dependant on the daylight. Light-measuring sensor The light-measuring sensor comprises a light sensor with terminal block and a box with grommet. It is mounted so that only daylight – insofar as it affects the lighting levels in the room – reaches the sensor and measures daylight illuminances between 100 and 10 000 lx. S2. 501 . The number of fluorescent lamps can be increased correspondingly by adding suitable contactors. After closing the switches S1. Hand Automat. The controller is switched off in the „manual“ switch position. a time long enough for short-duration changes in the daylight level from initiating unnecessary switching operations. The high level of interference suppression of the device makes it possible to use cable lengths up to 100 m between controller and sensor. which enables three groups of luminaires to be switched on and off automatically depending on the daylight. up to three luminaire groups can be switched on and off. which shows the switching state that the device has initiated. The light controller is a high-quality compact device.. Reference LR 803 Description Electronic lighting controller including light-measuring sensor TOC 25 968 00 Lighting controller The control points for the luminaire groups A. and the groups of luminaires can be switched on and off in the usual way by the switches S1. B and C can be adjusted by potentiometers. Luminaire group A B C Daylight-exposed surface Application example Three luminaire groups A. while ignoring the time delay. Depending on the daylight. see wiring diagram. B and C are installed in a room (see adjacent sketch). To facilitate setting the control points. S2. The LR 803 system consists of a lighting controller and a light-measuring sensor. the luminaire groups are switched on and off automatically.10 min). an LED is assigned to each of the three potentiometers. 15 s . The delay on the switching commands for the luminaire circuits can be set to meet the particular requirements (approx. The wiring between the sensor and the controller is carried out with standard cables..Lighting controller LR 803 Lighting controller LR 803 The lighting controller LR 803 helps to reduce the energy costs in rooms with windows or sky lights considerably. It is set to 5 minutes at the factory. S3 in the room.

.

Trunking kn .

can be shortened on site. 4722 mm long. plastic extrusion. particularly torsionally rigid. For cable feeding in trunking 190 VZ/···. admissible overhang: 1 /2 luminaire length 58 W 190 VZ··· Trunking 190 VZ for weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires. For sheathed cable of up to ¶ 12 mm. 191 VZ 10 665 00 190 B/58 10 661 00 192 VZ 10 667 00 504 . galvanised. One pair of end caps is required for each continuous line. for chain suspension with turnbuckle and chain. Blanking cover 1 piece. 195 VZ 10 674 00 Trunking coupling 1 piece. For safe and sealed luminaire fixing. made of stainless steel V2A. plastic. to be snapped into place without tools. 196 VZ-K 47 586 00 197 VZ 10 676 00 Steel strip suspension See page 505. Upper side with dovetailed profile for positioning of suspensions as required. bright galvanised. light-grey. made of galvanised steel.Series 190··· Trunking 190 VZ for damp or corrosive environments max. Suspension clamp (not illustrated) 1 piece. 190 VZ/III/58 3 lengths. for chain suspension. 1570 mm long. particularly stable. lightgrey. 3148 mm long. spacing between trunking and fixing surface 15 mm. 196 VZ 47 585 00 Cable holders 6 pieces. End caps 1 pair. front-face cable entry. made of galvanised steel. 193N 10 669 00 Suspension clamp 1 piece. Made of sheet steel. for precisely aligned continuous lines. 190 VZ/II/58 2 lengths. 194N 10 671 00 Luminaire support brackets 1 pair. TOC 10 662 00 TOC 10 663 00 Ceiling fixing clamp 1 piece.

particularly stable. particularly torsionally rigid. lightgrey. 190/II/58 2 lengths. Made of glassfibre reinforced polyester resin. Cable holders 6 pieces. End caps 1 pair. including fixing claw. made of stainless steel V2A. Steel strip suspension 1 piece.Series 190··· Trunking 190 for hostile atmospheres max. 193N 10 669 00 194N 10 671 00 197 10 675 00 Luminaire support brackets 1 pair. 1 m long. 195N 14 796 00 Trunking coupling 1 piece. bright galvanised. for precisely aligned continuous lines. plastic. can be shortened on site. One pair of end caps is required for each continuous line. 1590 max. Blanking cover 1 piece. very low flamability. Chemically resistant against low and medium concentrations of inorganic acids and against almost all organic acids as well as against organic solvents with the exception of acetone and chlorinated hydrocarbons. made of stainless steel V2A. Upper side with dovetailed profile for positioning of suspensions as required. 1590 190··· Polyester trunking 190 for weather-proof surface-mounted luminaires. for sheathed cable ¶ 12 mm. to be snapped into place without tools. front-face cable entry. 1570 mm long. light-grey. spacing between trunking and fixing surface 15 mm. 4722 mm long TOC 10 659 00 TOC 10 660 00 Ceiling fixing clamp 1 piece. For sheathed cable of up to ¶ 12 mm. made of stainless steel V2A. light-grey. 191 10 664 00 190 B/58 10 661 00 192N 10 666 00 505 . admissible overhang: 1 /2 luminaire length 58 W max. plastic extrusion. For cable feeding in trunking 190/···. 3148 mm long 190/III/58 3 lengths. for safe and sealed luminaire fixing made of stainless steel V2A.

plastic. equipped as standard with couplings. – Wiring arrangement on the trunking upper surface with cable holders 07690 LHA to be ordered separately. Also to be used to contain wiring. with white polyester coating. Reference 07690/II/36-U 07690/III/36-U 07690/II/58-U 07690/III/58-U 63 41 TOC 21 908 00 21 928 00 21 918 00 21 938 00 max. 2325 ≈kg 2. 775 max.Trunking 07690 for ceiling mounting and suspending of surface-mounted luminaires Trunking For ceiling mounting and suspending of surface-mounted luminaires. plastic. 1230 mm or 1530 mm long. to be snapped into the trunking front end. see page 173. sheet steel. Stainless steel. Trunking made of sheet steel.5 mm2. for mains supply and further wiring. for trunking 07690···.5 mm2. see page 241. 5x2. 25 individual conductors.6 3. 150 Length (mm) 2460 3690 3060 4590 max. ** Additional distance plates 05000 DS are necessary for fixing luminaires. with two knock-out openings. for mounting of luminaires. 07690 E-T 21 949 00 Blanking cover Plastic extrusion. – At the end caps by means of knock-out openings in the end caps 07690 E-T. 4 sheathed cables. 5 x 2. 2. ···/II/··· Twin-length version. 2 sheathed cables. Not for 333··· (see page 170). white. 07690 LHI 21 953 00 Trunking end cap 1 piece. Earth connection to the trunking is achieved. for max. galvanised. white. galvanised. Wiring arrangement – Within the trunking for max. for max. 4. for approx. Luminaire fixing device 1 pair. to be positioned on the trunking as required. One pair of end caps is required per continuous line. External cable holder 1 piece. galvanised. Cable holders 07690 LHI to be ordered separately for this purpose. 25 individual conductors. ···/III/··· Triple-length version.5 ∅ 110 180 1530 180 ∅110 2000 07690 TL 07690 VK 07690 LHI 07690 E-T 07690 B/··· 07690 LHA Counter-balance weights for luminaires suspended on the trunking Series Counter-balance weight 333··· 03331 TRS* 5001···/36 05000 A10** 5001···/58 05000 A11** 5001···/···E 05000 A12** 5002···/···E 05000 A12** 5041··· 05000 A19 * Counter-balance weights for luminaires suspended on trunking.0 4. or approx.4 3. to be snapped onto trunking. can be easily shortened on site. 07690 VK 21 972 00 Internal cable holder 10 pieces. to be snapped into trunking without tools. with earth connection terminal for wires of up to 2. 07690 TL 21 966 00 Connection terminal 4-pole.5 mm2.5 m trunking length. 07690 LHA 21 952 00 07690 B/36 07690 B/58 21 942 00 21 945 00 506 .5 mm2. Wire feeding – At the ceiling by means of knock-out openings at a distance of 220 mm and 385 mm from the trunking end.

die-cast aluminium. with threaded cap. the spacing between fixings is reduced to max. 05900 A* (not illustrated) 05900 AN* Suitable for accommodating the ceiling fixing unit of A 03 S. 21 725 00 21 726 00 Suspension accessories Continuous grooves in the inclined upper part of the trunking enable the tool-free attachment of stainless steel clamps for suspension or ceiling fixing accessories as required (for suspension accessories. 507 . The maximum suspension spacings as shown in the diagrams above are to be observed for nodes with wire or pendant suspensions. 2500 mm. Through-wiring set (not illustrated) 5 colour-coded. 05000 ZR 1 m long 05000 ZR/2m 2 m long 21 525 00 21 526 00 * Incoming cables are not supplied. 25 m long. Node adapter 1 piece. 1 stable inner coupling. plastic material. white. 2 0 A 03 S A 03 D 07690 KA/7LV 07690 KA/7LV Node A 03 S with wire suspension 29 284 00 1 steel wire. to be shortened on site. with integrated adapter element in die-cast aluminium. length completely adjustable without tools. 07690 KA/7LV 21 951 00 Fixing spacings When mounting more than two node adapters. 07690/5LV/25m 21 890 00 A 03 D 22 315 00 1 piece. plastic extrusion. 1. 1500 mm long. 1 through-wiring set 7 x 1. The maximum spacing between fixings for nodes with one or two junctions is max. heat-resistant individual cables. white. Trunking units with nodes The combination of trunking units and nodes offer additional scope for planning and achievement of lighting installations.5 mm2. They must be provided by the contractor.ma 500 x. 1 blanking cover. consisting of: 1 adapter profile. angles completely adjustable between 60° and 300°. To guide and cover the mains cable. white. Feeding tube* (not illustrated) 1 piece. sheet steel. ¶ 2. galvanised. for the connection of the mains cable in the case of ceiling outlets.5 mm2. 1 ceiling fixing unit. for up to four junctions. 4 adapters 07690 KA/7LV. 05900 AN 0769··· Ceiling rose 1 piece. white sheet steel. intertwined. only to be used with accessory A 03 S. for the connection of nodes A 03··· with surface trunking 07690···. Order example: X-shaped node with 4 connections: 1 ceiling node A 03 D. Continuously adjustable angles and cross points with up to four connections create the conditions for optimally adjusted lay-outs. white. ¶ 10 mm.0 mm. 1500 mm. see page 462). 1 ma 50 x. galvanised. Stylish geometrical arrangements offer interior design perspectives.

.

Information no .

Energy efficiency 512 Efficient photometrics: Louvre technology 514 Efficient photometrics: Diffuser technology 515 Control gear 516 Energy efficiency: Energy requirement Application example Energy efficiency and technical information nc .

Allen Leuchtenbezeichnungen und Systemkomponenten wird eine siebenstellige TOC-Nummer zugewiesen. ausschließlich die vollständige siebenstellige Legende Schaltvarianten TOC TOCEndung 00 01 02 04 05 07 08 Abkürzung Bedeutung Zubehör Induktiv Kompensiert Elektronisches Vorschaltgerät (EVG) EVG dimmbar EVG dimmbar DALI EVG dimmbar mit Sensor TOCEndung 10 11 40 42 50 51 54 Abkürzung Bedeutung Netzanschluss direkt EVG dimmbar DSI Elektronischer Trafo EVG + Elektronischer Trafo Benötigt weitere Komponenten Elektronischer Trafo DALI (RGB) Kombination aus mehreren Schaltungsarten L K E ED EDD EDS ESD ET 524 TOC explanations 525 Lamp data 511 . Für Leuchten und Geräteträger bei Lichtbandsystemen wird die fünfstellige TOC-Basisnummer um eine zweistellige Zahl zur Kennzeichnung der elektrischen Ausstattungsstufe ergänzt. 6 522 Operating conditions and symbols 523 Wiring and installation suggestions Beispiel aus einer Katalogseite mit Delta-Geräteträgern Bezeichnung 1-lampige Ausführung 7601N/35/49/80··· 7602N/80··· TOC 12 686··· 12 704··· ···E ···04 ···04 ···EDD ···07 Beispiel für TOC-Anwendung Leuchtenbezeichnung: Vollständige TOC-Nummer: 7601N/35/49/80 EDD 12 686 07 TOC-Nummer zur eindeutigen Kennzeichnung von Leuchten. Geräteträgern und Systemkomponenten bei allen Bestellvorgängen zu verwenden. Wir bitten.Notes TOC – TRILUX ORDER CODE Zur effizienten Auftragsabwicklung enthält dieser Katalog das Bestellnummernsystem TOC (TRILUX ORDER CODE). Die Kennzeichnung EDD in der Leuchtenbezeichnung (für dimmbares elektronisches Vorschaltgerät DALI) findet sich in diesem Beispiel in der Endung 07 wieder.

Optical systems with an extremely reduced crosssection allow for high-performance luminaires with pleasant decorative appearances for maximum lighting quality.Efficient photometrics Louvre technology TRILUX lighting systems are highly efficient and meet the latest photometric requirements. Heliosa. UXP louvre technology guarantees the high light output that is obligatory for TRILUX. UXP-Technology® The latest generation of innovative slender specular louvres utilises the TRILUX-developed UXP-Technology® (ultra-high cross-sectional performance). Consistent use of T5 lamps and innovative optical materials result in the described high light output ratios. E-Line Offset H1 UXP-H··· ‡LB = 91 % 512 . The basis of this technology is an aluminium substrate with silver surface and reflection-intensifying layer system. with indirect light component for suspended installation in rooms of normal height. which are both decorative and eco-friendly in their application. the dimensions of which. TRILUX has been developing luminaires that consistently leverage the advantages of this lamp. T5 lamps Since T5 fluorescent lamps were introduced on the market in 1997. Quadrial. Maximum flexibility due to Multi-Lamp Technology is a matter of course for TRILUX nowadays. BLUEmotion. Examples of innova- tive lighting technologies include translucent plastic optical systems and specular materials in lambda/2 technology. T5 lamps without or with UXP-Technology® Up to four T5 fluorescent lamps can nowadays fit in task-area luminaires. Efficiency and lighting comfort do not represent a contradiction here. Besides the high luminous efficiency. do not exceed those of classic singlelamp suspended luminaires. UXP-Technology® stands for luminaires of extremely slender designs. but rather a unity. Offset. Examples of series: Luceo. The result: a maximum reflectance value of 98 %. it is above all the reduced cross-section of 16mm that makes the slender designs possible. 362···T. Solvan. Reflectionintensifying protective layers High-purity silver Aluminium base material Size comparison of specular louvres for T8 lamps (left).

BLUEmotion Anodisation – the proven technology with good price/performance ratio Proven surface protection for aluminium louvres and reflectors. 505···. RPV. Examples of series: Offset. E-Line RSV. 506···. which is applied in a vacuum.Reflection intensification A reflective layer of high-purity aluminium is applied to an aluminium substrate. is also used to intensify reflection and provide protection against corrosion and damage. 390···. In addition to the indirect component. 5931··· (T·200) Aluminium base material 3623 RSX/14··· ‡LB = 83 % Task-area louvre (lateral light incidence on the task area) Special task area louvres provide contrastpromoting lighting conditions by means of effective light control in the longitudinal luminaire plane. RMV 513 . T8 Examples of series: Enterio. Task-area optical systems are available as reflectionintensifying louvres RPX and as louvres in UXP-Technology®. Luceo. The reflectance value of this louvre is 95 % and is thus used for TRILUX‘s RSX and RPX louvre versions. 5941··· (T·200). 504···. has a film thickness in the range of the light-wave length. DiVisio. This coating system. Ageing stability and easy to clean. Reflectionintensifying protective layers High-purity silver Examples of series: 362···. 366···. Used in ranges with a good price/performance ratio. 391···. DiVisio. the light-focus lamellas of the louvre system result in a glare-free direct lighting above the task area.

Translucent PMMA is an economic alternative to the opal material. which results in an increased indirect component and a VDU-compliant luminance limitation of less than 1000 cd/m2. Centa-S 514 . 5041···T. 10 times Examples of series: BLUEmotion. Examples of series: Opal: 740··· Prismatic: 345···P···. polycarbonate is characterised by increased inflammability and thus contributes to increased preventive fire protection. 5051···T CDP prism system – for VDU-compliant illumination with visible light The innovative optics CDP (Conical Deglaring Prism) for suspended and free-standing luminaires. 4401 PF··· Translucent: 39···. non-yellowing and ageing resistant Non-yellowing polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) in clear or opal version forms the base material for many TRILUX luminaire diffusers. 362···T. Solvan. CDP prisms. The luminance is limited suitably for VDU usage to the subtly convex surface. consist of fine-prism covers with partly reflective coating. Examples of series: Heliosa Polycarbonate diffusers – robust with increased inflammability High-impact polycarbonate is the ideal base material for luminaire diffusers. which may be used in rooms subject to increased stress. Examples of series: Aragon. magnified approx. Luceo VDU-compliant double prism system with TRILUX know-how: PerfectPrism The double prism system PerfectPrism guides the light by means of its double-layer structure lengthwise and crosswise in relation to the luminaires. Moreover.Efficient photometrics Diffuser technology PLEXIGLAS® diffusers and covers – proven. Offset. Translucent PLEXIGLAS: Fine spherical inclusions with a differing refractive index ensure a low-loss forward diffusion for high light output.

no lamp flickering. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 Lamp ignition. • High performance factor – compensation capacitors are therefore not required. Once the identi- * DALI: Digital Addressable Lighting Interface. The system recognises the use of a lamp with differing performance data which leads to a renewed lamp identification process.g. 8 EMC label The EMC label (Electro Magnetic Compatibility) confirms the conformity with the standards for electro-magnetic compatibility EN 55015. 7 ENEC label The ENEC label documents tested safety and methods of working according to EN 61347/60929. e. Tangible advantages • Electronic control gear units allow operation of T5 lamps with different wattages. environmental compatibility.. Multi-Lamp technology Electronic control gear units in Multi-Lamp technology represent a new era in the further development of electronic control gear for fluorescent lamps. EN 61547. The electronic control gear represents modern operating electronics for fluorescent lamps. • Efficient protection in case of neutral conductor interferences (with only switchable electronic control gear ···E). the operating data of the electronic control gear is adapted to the type and the wattage class of the used fluorescent lamps and they remain stored. preheating currents.g. • Illuminances are variable in case of changing light requirements without exchanging the lamps. Versions that have the DALI* interface are indicated with ···EDD. e. Please consult your local TRILUX support centre for further details. BLUEmotion H IPX 349 EDD. therefore no additional steps for power factor compensation required. Luminaires with dimmable electronic control gear with 1-10 V interface are marked with the suffix ···ED. Independent recognition. 5001 RPX/35 E. 3 Mains frequency Suitable for operation in service band of the mains VAC of 50 to 60 Hz or for direct current. • Flicker-free warm lamp start. optimal start and standard-conforming operation of different lamps are the characteristics of the inherent intelligence of these devices. This way.95. • Warm start. 1 Quality Electronic control gear in TRILUX luminaires are high-quality products of a renowned manufacturer. Only a quick test measurement is conducted during subsequent start phases. These series essentially consist of only two luminaire bodies in module 1200 mm and 1500 mm. • Warm start of all lamps < 1 s. EN 61000 Part 3-2. • No stroboscopic effect. • Safety cut-off in case of defective lamp.Control gear Warm-start electronic control gear The series of luminaires in this catalogue are equipped as standard with electronic control gear (ECG). electrode voltage and electrode impedance as well as operating current and lamp voltage are measured. Many louvre and diffuser luminaire series are equipped as standard with Multi-Lamp electronic control gear. 5001 RPX/35 ED. The advantages electronic control gear units have to offer create decisive requirements for saving energy. When selecting luminaires for this application. The relevant luminaires have the corresponding designation in their reference. 2 Input voltage Constant luminous flux output with the mains voltage bracket of 230 V –10 % up to 240 V + 10 %. • Unlimited use according to EU directive 2000/55/EC.g. 515 . Multi-Lamp technology allows the operation of T5 fluorescent lamps in wattages of 28/54W or 35/49/80W. TRILUX luminaires with only switchable ECG have the suffix ···E at the end of the reference. Developed and produced according to international quality assurance requirements in compliance with ISO 9001. the micro-processor-controlled electronic control gear system takes various measurements of the lamp operating parameters and compares these with the internationally standardised lamp data stored within the micro-controller. also in case of low temperatures Electronic control gear guarantee safe lamp ignition and lamp operation according to the standards for temperatures up to –20 °C. 4 Emergency lighting Electronic control gear are generally suited for operation with 220 V direct current in emergency lighting installations. fication process is over. Standard high technology Luminaires for T5 fluorescent lamps with a reduced diameter of only 16 mm stand for particular user advantages: Highly efficient or high output T5 lamps can be exchanged thanks to the use of electronic control gear in Multi-Lamp technology. • Simplified logistics. During the start phase of the fluorescent lamps. 5 High power factor High power factor ∂ ≥ 0. resulting in increased lamp service life independent of switching rate. • High thermal safety.000 hours for tubular fluorescent lamps) even in areas with increased switching rates. These are primarily so-called warm-start electronic control gear which are characterised by a lamp-preserving start with a defined electrode pre-heating. • Voltage life of up to 380 V ~ (with only switchable electronic control gear ···E). comfort and safety: • Maximum lamp service life (20. e. please consult your local TRILUX support centre.

For lighting parameters include: • Additional energy expenditures. The most important elements in the quest for energyefficient lighting are: • Efficient lighting technology – High luminous efficiency of lamps – Low power loss of control gear – High light output ratio of luminaires driven by optical systems with high degrees of reflection and/or transmission and intelligent geometry – High degree of lighting efficiency due to bright rooms and targeted light control • Intelligent Lighting Electronics – Use of daylight to reduce artificial lighting – Artificial lighting is turned off if the space is empty • User-friendly System Solutions – Easy to install – Intuitive operation – High acceptance among contractors and users 6 surface-mounted luminaires with opal diffuser Lamps: 2 x 58 W (T8. The Energy Saving Act will soon make it mandatory for public and functional buildings to obtain energy efficiency certification from their respective authorities. are taken into account. i. ¶ 16 mm) Control gear: Dimmable electronic control gear (Dimm-ECG) Connected load: 234 W = 26 % + Light management 13 % (Reduction of energy required by 50 %) 100 % 47 % -53 % 26 % -74 % 13 % -87 % Statutory Requirements In Europe nowadays there is the EU Directive 2002/91/EC that marks the energy performance of buildings.Energy efficiency Energy required by lighting Efficient Lighting When it comes to work areas. The deployment of modern systems can reduce energy consumption by up to more than 80 %. The evaluation process is defined in the standard DIN V 18599 and is thus entirely neutral. the efficiency of electric lighting installations becomes the focus of attention. Surface-mounted and suspended luminaires with specular louvre with T5 lamp + light management Surface-mounted and suspended luminaires with specular louvre with T5 lamp Surface-mounted luminaires with specular louvre with T8 lamp Surface-mounted luminaires with opal PLEXIGLAS diffuser with T8 lamp 25 % 50 % 75 % 100 % 125 % 150 % 175 % 200 % 225 % Reference value 516 . In doing so. Energy efficiency is evaluated here by way of comparison with the reference value specified (see diagram). That is why the electrical energy is evaluated by multiplying with a primary energy factor that changes from country to country. ¶ 26 mm) Control gear: conventional ballast KVG Connected load: 900 W = 100 % 6 surface-mounted luminaires with specular louvre Lamps: 1 x 58 W (T8. the demand for greater energy efficiency has become a statutory requirement. for air-conditioning. Normally lighting amounts to more than 25 % of the primary energy demand in a building. the amount of power that lighting systems require may vary significantly depending on the technology of the lighting systems. waste heat generated by the installation. ¶ 26 mm) Control gear: Low-loss ballast VVG Connected load: 420 W = 47 % 6 surface-mounted and suspended luminaires with specular louvre Lamps: 1 x 35 W (T5.e. ¶ 16 mm) Control gear: Electronic control gear EVG Connected load: 234 W = 26 % 6 surface-mounted and suspended luminaires with specular louvre Lamps: 1 x 35 W (T5. • As a result. • It also considers the efficiency of power generation based on primary energy sources.

other quantitative and qualitative characteristics are to be taken into account for good lighting.trilux. Reference value EnEv: 2185 kWh/a 517 .trilux. All the necessary data and calculation procedures are already specified in the user-friendly software package. The planned lighting system is evaluated here in comparison to the reference values of EnEV based on DIN V 18599. comfort and well-being of the user.The following pages show two examples of energy-efficient lighting. Especially the relation of direct and diffuse light components. which is available for downloading at www. That‘s why efficient lighting always means transforming the electric energy applied into the highest possible lighting quality and comfort. The most important ones include: • A balanced distribution of luminance • The prevention of direct and reflex glare • Light colour and colour rendering • Constant flicker-free output • Direction of lighting and shadowing They influence the visual acuity.2 1328 / (*) corresponds to the electric weighting output based on the spatial area according to DIN V 18599-4 1024 without/with consideration of daylight supply.eu. can be realised very easily in light-coloured rooms with suspended luminaires.eu. whereas it is desirable to focus on the natural situation of daylight as a whole. Illuminance Distribution of luminance Direction of light Flickering Direct and reflex formation Light colour and colour rendering Daylight TRILUX-Software The energy saving potential of modern lighting systems can be calculated with the aid of the photometric planning software TX-Win developed by TRILUX and leading lighting software consultants. which is available for downloading at www. Connected load/kW Specific connected load/W/m2 (*) Useful energy requirement/kWh/a 0. Further examples are documented in the special brochure entitled „Energy Efficiency“. Lighting Quality All energy-related analyses of lighting should not overlook that the qualitative characteristics of lighting must be viewed as a sum of factors and not individually. Besides illuminance. balanced in daylight.92 13.

5 Watt 48 % Version 1 • 6 luminaires TRILUX Luceo H UXP H 135··· EDD • ActiLume light controller and sensor integrated in a master luminaire • Master-luminaire with 7-core sheathed cable • 2-channel broadcast operation • DALI addressing not necessary • Luminaire row close to window with master luminaire on control line 1 • Luminaire row far away from window on control line 2 • Switch close to the door Functions • Daylight-dependent control dimming. Functions • ON/OFF only by means of presence detection Version 3 like version 1. less daylight is available here. • Long press of button to dim When dimming. which is further from the window. Order form 1 x master luminaire Luceo H UXP-H 135/49/80 EDD+ActiM 03 5 x DALI-luminaire Luceo H UXP-H 135/49/80 EDD 03 12 x wire suspension Luceo ZST/1000 6 x connection socket Luceo ZAA/03 1 x switch on site alternative (version 2) 1 x presence detection sensor LMS ACTI LRM 8118/00 alternative (version 3) 1 x mechanical push-button 1 x IR-remote control (optional) LMS ACTI IRT 8010/00 TOC 56 432 07 49 018 07 46 037 00 46 018 00 50 443 00 on site 50 439 00 518 . The setpoint is adjustable.Energy efficiency 3-axis office with suspended louvre luminaires Luceo Energy requirement Reference values as per EnEV Planned lighting installation Energy savings 491 kWh/a 195 kWh/a 60 % Room information 3-axis office with double workplace. 25 m2 Luminaires 1 x Luceo H UXP-H 135··· EDD+ActiM (35 W) 5 x Luceo H UXP-H 135··· EDD (35 W) Light Management System Connected load Energy saving due to light management ActiLume 232. Group 1. the lighting installation switches over to manual operation. to return it to automatic mode. In case of sufficient daylight over a longer period. One-button control • Short press of button: ON/OFF Lighting installation always starts in daylight dependent regulated operation. which is close to the window. since. is controlled by the master luminaire and dimmed only at relevant daylight levels. reactivation • Offset operation (close to window/far away from window) • Presence detection at place of work • ON/OFF via switch Version 2 like version 1. both groups are switched off. Presence detection remains active. the set level of artificial light remains constant without regard to daylight until the light installation is switched off and switched back on. Offset control Two groups of luminaires are controlled in relation to the daylight. except • without switch • Additional presence detection sensor close to door. is always dimmed less (Offset = 30%). a one-button control and simultaneous 2-channel broadcast operation are possible with a 7-core sheathed cable connection (see connection of continuous-line luminaire). except • all luminaires together on control line 1 • 1 button in close proximity to door Functions • 1-channel control • ON/OFF and dimming via push-button (one-button operation). logically. Group 2. deactivation. Comment When using continuous-line luminaires.

2 DALI groups • DALI 1 is further wired in the continuousline • DALI 2 is led back to the ceiling rose • LS is a terminal for pulsed phase (230 V) • NS and N can be bridged • Activate lighting with the push-button upon entry • Additional presence detection sensor close to door possible ···EDD + Acti Master ···EDD + Acti Master ···EDD + Acti Master ···EDD DALI LS NS L N a L N P DALI 1 DALI 2 Window Corridor – + – + Taster L N P LS NS L N a DALI 1 DALI 2 Window Corridor – + – + LS NS L N a DALI 1 DALI 2 Window Corridor – + – + L N a DALI 1 Window – + L N P DALI 1 DALI 2 L N P DALI 1 L N P DALI 2 519 .0 Presence detection sensor (Version 2) 4. Connecting version 3 (changing connection) • Connecting the control lines between the master luminaire and other DALI luminaires for broadcast operation • All luminaires form one group • DALI addressing not necessary • Change connections of DALI 2 to LS and NS • LS is a connection terminal for pulsed phase (230 V) • NS and N can be bridged • Activate lighting with the push-button upon entry • Additional presence detection sensor close to door possible Connection of continuous-line • Connecting the control lines for broadcast operation.0 y/m 0.0 DALI 1 1.0 0. except • connection of lighting to continuous phase without switch • Additional presence detection sensor close to door.0 x/m y/m DALI 1 0.0 2.230 V 230 V Switch 4.0 0.0 3. connection to DALI line • Activation of lighting by presence detection sensor upon entry.0 x/m Version 3 1.0 1.0 1.0 Push-button 3.0 5.0 2.0 4.0 5.0 3.0 3.0 DALI 2 2.0 4.0 2.0 Version 1/2 Connecting version 1 (condition as supplied to customer) • Connecting the control lines between the master luminaire and other DALI luminaires for broadcast operation • Both groups are connected separately using the DALI connections • DALI addressing not necessary • Master luminaire is part of group 1 • Activation of lighting with the switch upon entry Connecting version 2 like version 1.

can be called using the T2 and T3 push-buttons. in regulated operation Entire hall (if switch S2 is closed:) As in individual halls. 520 . 1215 m2 (500 Lux) Luminaires 72 x 5063 RWS/58 EDD Light Management System Connected load Energy saving due to light management LIGHTGATEplus 3963 Watt 31 % Version • 72 luminaires 5063 RWS • 3 LIGHTGATEplus hall controller • In each part of the hall: – 4 rows of luminaires – each 2 rows of luminaires as group to DALI connection – No DALI addressing necessary – DALI 1 far from window – DALI 2 close to window – 3 sensors for recessed mounting in ceiling with ball impact cages • 3 push buttons behind cover that can be closed • Master controller in middle hall • 2 additional switches with control lamps behind the cover that can be closed Functions Individual hall use (if switch S2 at master controller opened): • Room lighting controlled in relation to daylight • 2 independent control groups for each hall in broadcast operation with one light sensor each • Presence detection for each hall over the entire room with the aid of 3 sensors • Automatic actuation to 200 lx. 300 lx – Push-button 3: Third setpoint/dimming value. LED 24VDC 2 x switch with control lamp 24VDC. however: • With presence detection using 9 sensors over the entire hall • Light control of the entire hall using the sensors of a controller (master) • Adjustment options when opening the wall cover – Switch S1 for changing from controlled operation (setpoint) to manual operation (fixed dimming value). it is possible to disable the control and presence detection so that the fixed preset dimming values of the lighting installation can be called without regard to daylight. 500 lx Order form 72 x sports hall luminaire 5063 RWS/58 EDD 3 x controller LGC-HX01/S/D 9 x sensor LGS-RPL/S 9 x surface-mounting set LGM-SM 9 x ball impact cages OBS 18 x data cables (50 m) 0L50 2 x data cables (2 m) 0L02 9 x coupling 0MK1 9 x push-button with control lamp 24VDC. e. per hall upon entry. in regulated operation • Possible settings per hall (behind wall cover if applicable) – Push-button 1: First setpoint 200 lx – Push-button 2: Second setpoint 300 lx – Push-button 3: Third setpoint 500 lx • Reactivation to 200 lx after absence. By activating switch S1 in overall hall operation. LED 24VDC 3 x power contactor (optional) TOC 11 672 07 56 785 00 50 448 00 50 451 00 22 255 00 22 265 00 22 261 00 22 274 00 on site on site on site Light control When entering the hall.g. This setpoint should be set to 200 lux for sports classes in school (see Technical Appendix). the light is switched ON automatically in the relevant hall by means of presence detection. A third sensor without light control function is installed in each hall for reliable presence detection. Possible settings Other possible system settings can only be accessed by authorised persons. presence detection deactivated – Push-button 1: First setpoint/dimming value. Two other setpoints. The first setpoint can be called again using push-button T1. 200 lx – Push-button 2: Second setpoint/dimming value. Presence detection Presence detection generally relates to the individual hall in individual hall operation mode or the entire hall in entire hall operation mode. Upon entry. The light management system controls light in the hall in two areas which are independent of each other using two light sensors (see Technical Appendix). the lighting is switched off. In case of sufficient daylight in area 1. lighting is regulated to the first set point that has been saved.Energy efficiency Triple sports hall with suspended louvre luminaires that are resistant to ball impact Energy requirement Reference values as per EnEV Planned lighting installation Energy savings 65738 kWh/a 31002 kWh/a 53 % Room information Triple sports hall. 300 lux for training and 500 lux for competitions.

0 DALI 1 9. 7-9 LightgatePlus DALI LightgatePlus DALI Controller LGC-HX01/S/D T1: Preset 1 T2: Preset 2 T3: Preset 3 T4: DIM UP T5: DIM DOWN T6: OFF H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 COM1 COM2 DA2 DA2 DA3 DA3 S1 S2 H8 H9 COM LightgatePlus DALI Controller LGC-HX01/S/D T1: Preset 1 T2: Preset 2 T3: Preset 3 T4: DIM UP T5: DIM DOWN T6: OFF H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 COM1 COM2 DA2 DA2 DA3 DA3 S1 S2 H8 H9 COM Controller LGC-HX01/S/D T1: Preset 1 T2: Preset 2 T3: Preset 3 T4: DIM UP T5: DIM DOWN T6: OFF DA2 DA2 DA3 DA3 S1 S2 H8 H9 COM L‘ L L N N PE DA1 DA1 +Ub L‘ L L N N PE DA1 DA1 +Ub L1 N DALI 1 DALI 2 DALI 1 DALI 2 DALI 1 DALI 2 Halle 1 Halle 2 S1 H8 S2 H9 On Off T1.0 DALI 1 3.1 T2. Interface T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 COM1 COM2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 COM1 COM2 Sen.0 Hall 1 Sensor 3 Hall 2 DALI 1 Sensor 3 Hall 3 DALI 1 Sensor 3 12.1 T3.1 H1. for disconnecting power supply of ECG.27.0 15.1 On Off T1. 7-9 Sensor 1 Sensor 2 Sensor 3 Slave Contr.0 Sensor 1 Sensor 2 Sensor 3 Slave Contr.1 On Off T1. 4-6 Sen.0 20.1 H3. the STANDBY power of the control gear units is not necessary (see individual sports hall) L‘ L L N N PE DA1 DA1 +Ub Halle 3 Selection of operating mode Selection of operating mode via DIP switches • Setting master/slave1/slave2 via DIP switches 1 and 2 • DALI groups as separate control groups with DIP7 = OFF (joint control with DIP7=ON) • Selected DIP switch position.1 T3. except: • 3 push buttons and control lamps 24V. see figure 521 .0 40. Slave Contr.1 T2.1 T3. • 2 switches and control lamps 24V to S1 and S2 or H8 and H9 of the master controller (average) Connection per controller like individual sports hall.0 DALI 2 DALI 2 DALI 2 24. Slave Contr. H2 and H3 • 1 power contactor K1 (optional). 1-3 Sen.1 H1.0 DALI 2 DALI 2 DALI 2 15.0 35. 4-6 Sen.1 H3.0 10.0 30. 1-3 Sen. Interface T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 COM1 COM2 Sen.0 25.0 Sensor 2 Sensor 2 Sensor 2 21.1 H2.0 18.0 m 5.0 Sensor 1 Sensor 1 DALI 1 Sensor 1 DALI 1 6. Interface T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 COM1 COM2 Sen. T2 and T3 and/or H1.1 H2. Slave Contr.1 Connecting controllers • 3 controllers in master/slave switch.1 H2.1 H3. 1-3 Sen. 7-9 Sensor 1 Sensor 2 Sensor 3 Slave Contr.0 45. connection with data cables. to T1.1 H1.1 T2. 4-6 Sen.

Operating conditions and symbols Operating conditions All TRILUX interior luminaires are supplied ready for connection for a mains voltage of 230 V ± 10 % with a nominal frequency of 50 Hz. the production is monitored by VDE inspectors who take samples at random for further examination. Degree of protection The degree of protection is indicated with the IP code. 850 °C. 960 °C) of luminaire surface materials.g. please contact your local TRILUX support centre. 522 . maritime or tropical climates. e. Please contact your local TRILUX support centre if TRILUX luminaires need to be sheathed with heating-insulating materials. such as special chemical or physical influences. TRILUX luminaires are tested by the VDE test board as an independent institute in accordance with EN 60598 (VDE 0711) and carry the VDE or ENEC label. VDU workstations must be set up in accordance with ergonomic requirements. For more information please contact your local TRILUX support centre. acids. gases. 4-Labels All luminaires documented in this catalogue are tested according to EN 55015 and carry the EMC label for radio interference suppression. This also applies in case of less favourable operating conditions. humidity. The luminaire‘s permissible average luminances are defined in EN 12464-1. UV radiation. a-Labels Luminaires with earthed conductor connection generally satisfy the safety class I. Luminaires certified by the VDE test board in this regard bear the 4-label. 65-Labels All luminaires documented in this catalogue are marked with VDE and/or ENEC-VDE labels. Radio interference suppression capacitors are to be connected between conductor and neutral conductor. In addition. constant or short vibrations. IP20. softeners. e. which guarantees that during abnormal operation (constant preheating of the lamp electrodes) a temperature of 130 °C at the fixing area or in case of of defective ballasts (shorted coil) a temperature of 180 °C at the fixing area is not exceeded. even if it is only used for electro-magnetic compatibility. o-labelled TRILUX luminaires are predestined for use in areas exposed to fire hazards caused by dust and fibrous substances. Appropriate mounting in accordance with the mounting instructions is required in order to observe the assured characteristics. salt mist. Impact resistant The tested impact resistance of luminaires is provided in Joule. In addition. o$-Labels The design of o-labelled luminaires is such that the temperature limits must not be exceeded on either the horizontal or vertical surfaces of the luminaire. Screens which have a very reflective surface may require further reduced limits L ≤ 200 cd/m2 which are satisfied by many louvre luminaires..g. d-Labels All luminaires documented in this catalogue are marked with the d-label. e-Labels Sports hall luminaires are also tested for ball impact resistance and marked with the e-symbol. They are intended – if not indicated otherwise – for ceiling mounting (in case of surface-mounted luminaires with total installation to even fixing surfaces). The conformance with this limit has been documented for the products featured in this catalogue. Hot wire test The hot wire test documents the tested temperature resistance (650 °C. an additional radio interference suppression capacitor must be installed on site for each further circuit. M-Labels Safety class II. Average illuminances L ≤ 1000 cd/m2 are permissible for modern screen technologies. When dividing the lamp circuits for series switching. alkaline solutions. etc. Multi-lamp luminaires equipped with inductive ballasts are subject to radio interference sup- pression for single-phase connection. they protect the lamps against mechanical damage and are always equipped with electronic control gear due to higher thermal safety requirements. The luminaires are – if not indicated otherwise –planned for the exclusive use in interiors with rated ambient temperatures of +25°C.. The TRILUX luminaires featured in this catalogue are suitable for mounting on construction materials which retain their shape and remain stable at temperatures of up to 180 °C (normal and very low inflammability according to DIN 4102-1). cleaning methods. Special operating conditions In case of deviating operating conditions.

Wiring diagram 2 Luminaires with emergency lighting socket E14 are also connected with the emergency lighting circuit in addition to the general lighting circuit. That is why it is essential that the number of gear trays indicated in the adjacent table is observed with regard to permissible current loading and voltage drop. Wiring diagram 4 Luminaires with switching relay ···UR are switched to the emergency lighting circuit. when there is a direct or alternating current of 220 V = or 230 V. When applying this table. the Delta and E-Line continuous lines are generally tested with a through-wiring load of 10 A (16 A) with a cable crosssection of 1. Cable cross-sections – through wiring set for rapid-mounting continuous lines Continuous lines are to be planned in such a way that a minimum voltage of 207 V is available to even the most distant gear tray in the continuous line. particular attention must be given to the possibility that the maximum number may be further limited due to the contactors or mains switches that are used.Wiring and installation suggestions General mains 230 V L1 L2 L3 N PE Control line 1. Since the load of the through-wiring and the related temperature rise can also have repercussions on other luminaire components.. the integrated accumulator is being charged and the mains supply monitored.. Gear trays T8 1 x 36 W 2 x 36 W 1 x 58 W 2 x 58 W T5 1 x 35 W 2 x 35 W 1 x 49 W 2 x 49 W 1 x 54 W 2 x 54 W 1 x 80 W 2 x 80 W Max.5 mm2 (2. number 62 (100) 31 (50) 40 (64) 20 (32) 58 (94) 29 (47) 41 (64) 20 (32) 38 (66) 19 (33) 25 (41) 12 (20) 523 .10 V Wiring diagram 1 General mains 230 V L1 L2 L3 N PE Safety current supply Wiring diagram 2 U< ECG – dimmable VVG Charging circuit L1 General mains 230 V L2 L3 N PE Wiring diagram 3 General mains 230 V L1 L2 L3 N PE Safety current supply ECG Wiring diagram 4 ECG U< Battery Charger Electronics Charging control U< Single supply unit Switching relay Wiring diagram 1 Dimmable luminaires must be connected with a 2-core control line in addition to the normal mains supply. Even if the luminaire is switched on. Wiring diagram 3 Luminaires with individual battery system ···EB are also connected to the unconnected phase conductor.5 mm2).

The reference suffix EDD in the luminaire designation (for dimmable electronic control gear DALI) is reflected in this example by the ending 07. gear trays and system components when placing your order. this catalogue contains the reference system TOC (TRILUX ORDER CODE). We kindly ask you to use exclusively Legend Switching variants TOC TOC suffix 00 01 02 04 05 07 08 Abbreviation Significance Accessory Inductive Compensated Electronic control gear (ECG) Dimmable ECG Dimmable ECG DALI Dimmable ECG with sensor TOC suffix 10 11 40 42 50 51 54 Abbreviation Significance Mains connection direct Electronic control gear dimmable DSI Electronic transformer ECG + electronic transformer Requires other components Electronic transformer DALI (RGB) Combination of multiple versions L K E ED EDD EDS ESD ET 524 . Example taken from a catalogue page with Delta gear trays Reference 1-lamp version 7601N/35/49/80··· 7602N/80··· TOC 12 686··· 12 704··· ···E ···04 ···04 ···EDD ···07 TOC reference example Luminaire designation: Complete TOC number: 7601N/35/49/80 EDD 12 686 07 the complete 7-digit TOC number for clear identification of luminaires. All luminaire designations and system components are assigned a 7-digit TOC number. For luminaires and gear trays of continuous-line systems the 5-digit TOC base number is supplemented by a 2-digit number to indicate the electrical equipment configuration.TOC – TRILUX ORDER CODE To ensure efficient order processing.

Lamp characteristics Lamp type PL L ¶ LF Ra OSRAM designation W T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 T16 PL L ¶ LF = Lamp rating = Lamp length = Lamp diameter = Lamp colour mm 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 849 849 849 849 849 849 849 849 849 849 849 849 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 mm 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 ww ww nw tw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw nw nw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw nw nw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw nw nw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw nw tw ≥ 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 FH 14W/827 HE FH 14W/830 HE FH 14W/840 HE FH 14W/865 HE FH 14W/880 HE FQ 24W/827 HO FQ 24W/830 HO FQ 24W/835 HO FQ 24W/840 HO FQ 24W/865 HO FQ 24W/880 HO FQ 24W/940 FQ 24W/965 FH 21W/827 HE FH 21W/830 HE FH 21W/835 HE FH 21W/840 HE FH 21W/865 HE FH 21W/880 HE FQ 39W/827 HO FQ 39W/830 HO FQ 39W/835 HO FQ 39W/840 HO FQ 39W/865 HO FQ 39W/880 HO FH 28W/827 HE FH 28W/830 HE FH 28W/835 HE FH 28W/840 HE FH 28W/865 HE FH 28W/880HE FQ 54W/827 HO FQ 54W/830 HO FQ 54W/835 HO FQ 54W/840 HO FQ 54W/865 HO FQ 54W/880 HO FQ 54W/940 FQ 54W/965 FH 35W/827 HE FH 35W/830 HE FH 35W/835 HE FH 35W/840 HE FH 35W/865 HE FH 35W/880 HE FQ 49W/827 HO FQ 49W/830 HO FQ 49W/835 HO FQ 49W/840 HO FQ 49W/865 HO FQ 49W/880 HO FQ 49W/940 FQ 49W/965 FQ 80W/827 HO FQ 80W/830 HO FQ 80W/835 HO FQ 80W/840 HO FQ 80W/865 HO FQ 80W/880 HO FQ 80W/940 FQ 80W/965 EVG (Im) (cd)2) 1200 1200 1200 1100 1050 1750 1750 1750 1750 1600 1550 1400 1400 1900 1900 1900 1900 1750 1700 3100 3100 3100 3100 2850 2750 2600 2600 2600 2600 2400 2350 4450 4450 4450 4450 4100 4000 3800 3800 3300 3300 3300 3300 3050 3000 4300 4300 4300 4300 4100 4050 3700 3700 6150 6150 6150 6150 5700 5550 5500 5500 Philips designation Socket EVG (Im) (cd)2) 1200 1200 1200 1100 1750 1750 1750 1650 1400 1400 1400 1900 1900 1900 1750 3100 3100 3100 2900 2600 2600 2600 2400 4450 4450 4450 4250 3800 3800 3800 3300 3300 3300 3100 4300 4300 4300 4100 3700 3700 3700 6150 6150 6150 5850 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 T5 14 14 14 14 14 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 21 21 21 21 21 21 39 39 39 39 39 39 28 28 28 28 28 28 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 35 35 35 35 35 35 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 TL5 HE 14W/827 TL5 HE 14W/830 TL5 HE 14W/840 TL5 HE 14W/865 TL5 HO 24W/827 TL5 HO 24W/830 TL5 HO 24W/840 TL5 HO 24W/865 TL5 HO 24W/940 TL5 HO 24W/950 TL5 HO 24W/965 TL5 HE 21W/827 TL5 HE 21W/830 TL5 HE 21W/840 TL5 HE 21W/865 TL5 HO 39W/827 TL5 HO 39W/830 TL5 HO 39W/840 TL5 HO 39W/865 TL5 HE 28W/827 TL5 HE 28W/830 TL5 HE 28W/840 TL5 HE 28W/865 TL5 HO 54W/827 TL5 HO 54W/830 TL5 HO 54W/840 TL5 HO 54W/865 TL5 HO 54W/940 TL5 HO 54W/950 TL5 HO 54W/965 TL5 HE 35W/827 TL5 HE 35W/830 TL5 HE 35W/840 TL5 HE 35W/865 TL5 HO 49W/827 TL5 HO 49W/830 TL5 HO 49W/840 TL5 HO 49W/865 TL5 HO 49W/940 TL5 HO 49W/950 TL5 HO 49W/965 TL5 HO 80W/827 TL5 HO 80W/830 TL5 HO 80W/840 TL5 HO 80W/865 - Ra = Colour rendering index FW = Colour rendering VVG = Low-loss ballast EVG = Electronic control gear * All luminous flux indications based on 25 °C. 525 .

Lamp characteristics Lamp type PL L ¶ LF Ra OSRAM designation W T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T16 coloured T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 T26 14 14 14 24 24 24 21 21 21 39 39 39 28 28 28 54 54 54 35 35 35 80 80 80 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 32 32 32 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 51 51 51 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 mm 549 549 549 549 549 549 849 849 849 849 849 849 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 1449 590 590 590 590 590 590 590 590 590 590 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 mm 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 red green blue red green blue red green blue red green blue red green blue red green blue red green blue red green blue ww ww nw nw tw tw ww nw tw tw ww nw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw ww nw tw tw ww nw tw ww ww nw nw tw tw ww nw tw tw ≥ 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 90 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 90 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 90 FH 14W/60 HE FH 14W/66 HE FH 14W/67 HE FQ 24W/60 HO FQ 24W/66 HO FQ 24W/67 HO FH 21W/60 HE FH 21W/66 HE FH 21W/67 HE FQ 39W/60 HO FQ 39W/66 HO FQ 39W/67 HO FH 28W/60 HE FH 28W/66 HE FH 28W/67 HE FQ 54W/60 HO FQ 54W/66 HO FQ 54W/67 HO FH 35W/60 HE FH 35W/66 HE FH 35W/67 HE FQ 80W/60 HO FQ 80W/66 HO FQ 80W/67 HO L 18W/827 L 18W/830 L 18W/835 L 18W/840 L 18W/865 L 18W/880 L 18W/930 L 18W/940 L 18W/954 L 18W/965 L 36W/827 L 36W/830 L 36W/835 L 36W/840 L 36W/865 L 36W/880 L 36W/930 L 36W/940 L 36W/954 L 36W/965 L 58W/827 L 58W/830 L 58W/835 L 58W/840 L 58W/865 L 58W/880 L 58W/930 L 58W/940 L 58W/954 L 58W/965 EVG (Im) (cd)2) 930 1550 300 1500 2500 525 1500 2500 500 2450 4100 850 2100 3500 700 3450 6300 1200 2650 4450 875 4525 7650 1550 1300 1300 1300 1300 1250 1250 1050 1150 1100 1100 3200 3200 3200 3200 3150 2750 2600 2750 2700 2700 5000 5000 5000 5000 4750 4700 4200 4400 4350 4350 Philips designation Socket EVG (Im) (cd)2) 900 1675 310 1400 2750 550 1800 3350 625 3450 6900 1500 1300 1300 1300 1250 1050 1150 1100 1100 2750 2750 2600 3200 3200 3200 3150 2700 2700 2700 2700 4480 4480 4175 5000 5000 5000 4750 4200 4400 4350 4350 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G5 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 T5 TL5 HE 14W/150 TL5 HE 14W/170 TL5 HE 14W/180 TL5 HO 24W/150 TL5 HO 24W/170 TL5 HO 24W/180 TL5 HO 28W/150 TL5 HO 28W/170 TL5 HO 28W/180 TL5 HO 54W/150 TL5 HO 54W/170 TL5 HO 54W/180 TL-D S80 18W/827 TL-D S80 18W/830 TL-D S80 18W/840 TL-D S80 18W/865 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 18W/930 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 18W/940 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 18W/950 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 18W/965 TL-D Eco 36W/830 TL-D Eco 36W/840 TL-D Eco 36W/865 TL-D S80 36W/827 TL-D S80 36W/830 TL-D S80 36W/840 TL-D S80 36W/865 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 36W/930 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 36W/940 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 36W/950 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 36W/965 TL-D Eco 51W/830 TL-D Eco 51W/840 TL-D Eco 51W/865 TL-D S80 58W/827 TL-D S80 58W/830 TL-D S80 58W/840 TL-D S80 58W/865 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 58W/930 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 58W/940 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 58W/950 TL-D 90 DeLuxe 58W/965 T8 * All luminous flux indications based on 25 °C. 526 .

Lamp type PL L ¶ LF Ra OSRAM designation W T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 T-R 16 22 22 22 22 40 40 40 40 55 55 55 55 60 60 mm ¶ 230 ¶ 230 ¶ 230 ¶ 230 ¶ 305 ¶ 305 ¶ 305 ¶ 305 ¶ 305 ¶ 305 ¶ 305 ¶ 305 ¶ 379 ¶ 379 mm 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 ww ww nw tw ww ww nw tw ww ww nw tw ww nw ≥ 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 FC 22W/827 FC 22W/830 FC 22W/840 FC 22W/865 FC 40W/827 FC 40W/830 FC 40W/840 FC 40W/865 FC 55W/827 FC 55W/830 FC 55W/840 FC 55W/865 - EVG (Im) (cd)2) 1800 1800 1800 1700 3200 3200 3200 3000 4200 4200 4200 3800 - Philips designation Socket EVG (Im) (cd)2) 1800 1800 3300 3300 4200 4200 5000 5000 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 2GX13 TL5-C 22W/830 TL5-C 22W/840 TL5-C 40W/830 TL5-C 40W/840 TL5-C 55W/830 TL5-C 55W/840 TL5-C 60W/830 TL5-C 60W/840 Lamp type PL L LF Ra OSRAM designation Philips designation Socket EVG (Im) (cd)2) 600 600 600 900 900 900 1200 1200 1200 1800 1800 1800 1700 1700 1700 2800 2800 2800 1200 1200 1200 950 950 950 1800 1800 1800 1500 1500 1500 2900 2900 2900 2750 2600 2350 2350 2350 G24q-1 G24q-1 G24q-1 G24q-1 G24q-1 G24q-1 G24q-2 G24q-2 G24q-2 G24q-3 G24q-3 G24q-3 2G10 2G10 2G10 2G10 2G10 2G10 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 W TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-DEL TC-F TC-F TC-F TC-F TC-F TC-F TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L 10 10 10 13 13 13 18 18 18 26 26 26 24 24 24 36 36 36 18 18 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 24 24 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 mm 95 95 95 130 130 130 140 140 140 160 160 160 165 165 165 217 217 217 225 225 225 225 225 225 320 320 320 320 320 320 415 415 415 415 415 415 415 415 ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww nw tw ww ww nw ww nw tw ww ww nw tw tw ww nw tw ≥ 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 80 80 80 90 90 90 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 DULUX D/E 10W/827 DULUX D/E 10W/830 DULUX D/E 10W/840 DULUX D/E 13W/827 DULUX D/E 13W/830 DULUX D/E 13W/840 DULUX D/E 18W/827 DULUX D/E 18W/830 DULUX D/E 18W/840 DULUX D/E 26W/827 DULUX D/E 26W/830 DULUX D/E 26W/840 DULUX F 24W/827 DULUX F 24W/830 DULUX F 24W/840 DULUX F 36W/827 DULUX F 36W/830 DULUX F 36W/840 DULUX L 18W/827 DULUX L 18W/830 DULUX L 18W/840 DULUX L 18W/930 DULUX L 18W/940 DULUX L 18W/954 DULUX L 24W/827 DULUX L 24W/830 DULUX L 24W/840 DULUX L 24W/930 DULUX L 24W/940 DULUX L 24W/950 DULUX L 36W/827 DULUX L 36W/830 DULUX L 36W/840 DULUX L 36W/865 DULUX L 36W/880 DULUX L 36W/930 DULUX L 36W/940 DULUX L 36W/954 Master PL-C 10W/827/4P Master PL-C 10W/830/4P Master PL-C 10W/840/4P Master PL-C 13W/827/4P Master PL-C 13W/830/4P Master PL-C 13W/840/4P Master PL-C 18W/827/4P Master PL-C 18W/830/4P Master PL-C 18W/840/4P Master PL-C 26W/827/4P Master PL-C 26W/830/4P Master PL-C 26W/840/4P Master PL-L 18W/827/4P Master PL-L 18W/830/4P Master PL-L 18W/840/4P Master PL-L 90 18W/930/4P Master PL-L 90 18W/940/4P Master PL-L 90 18W/950/4P Master PL-L 24W/827/4P Master PL-L 24W/830/4P Master PL-L 24W/840/4P Master PL-L 90 24W/930/4P Master PL-L 90 24W/940/4P Master PL-L 90 24W/950/4P Master PL-L 36W/827/4P Master PL-L 36W/830/4P Master PL-L 36W/840/4P Master PL-L 90 36W/930/4P Master PL-L 90 36W/940/4P Master PL-L 90 36W/950/4P 527 .

Lamp characteristics Lamp type PL L LF Ra OSRAM designation Philips designation Socket EVG (Im) (cd)2) 3500 3500 3500 3325 3000 2200 4800 4800 4800 4800 4100 3650 3650 3650 6000 6000 5600 250 250 400 400 400 600 600 600 900 900 900 900 900 900 1200 1200 1200 1800 1800 1800 2400 2400 2400 3200 3200 3200 4300 4300 4300 4000 4000 5200 6000 6000 9000 9000 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 2G7 GX24q-1 GX24q-1 GX24q-1 GX24q-2 GX24q-2 GX24q-2 GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-4 GX24q-4 GX24q-4 GX24q-5 GX24q-5 GX24q-5 2G8-1 2G8-1 GX24q-6 2G8-1 2G8-1 2G8-1 2G8-1 W TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-L TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-SEL TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) TC-TEL(I) 40 40 40 40 40 40 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 80 80 80 5 5 7 7 7 9 9 9 11 11 11 13 13 13 18 18 18 26 26 26 32 32 32 42 42 42 57 57 57 60 60 70 85 85 120 120 mm 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 565 565 565 85 85 115 115 115 145 145 145 215 215 215 90 90 90 100 100 100 115 115 115 130 130 130 155 155 155 179 179 179 182 182 219 223 223 300 300 ww ww nw tw tw tw ww ww nw tw tw ww nw tw ww nw tw ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww ww nw ww nw nw ww nw ww nw ≥ 80 80 80 80 80 90 80 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 DULUX L 40W/827 DULUX L 40W/830 DULUX L 40W/840 DULUX L 40W/865 DULUX L 40W/880 DULUX L 40W/954 DULUX L 55W/827 DULUX L 55W/830 DULUX L 55W/840 DULUX L 55W/865 DULUX L 55W/880 DULUX L 55W/930 DULUX L 55W/940 DULUX L 55W/954 DULUX L 80W/830 DULUX L 80W/840 DULUX L 80W/880 DULUX S/E 5W/827 DULUX S/E 5W/840 DULUX S/E 7W/827 DULUX S/E 7W/830 DULUX S/E 7W/840 DULUX S/E 9W/827 DULUX S/E 9W/830 DULUX S/E 9W/840 DULUX S/E 11W/827 DULUX S/E 11W/830 DULUX S/E 11W/840 DULUX T/E 13W/827 PLUS DULUX T/E 13W/830 PLUS DULUX T/E 13W/840 PLUS DULUX T/E 18W/827 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 18W/830 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 18W/840 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 26W/827 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 26W/830 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 26W/840 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 32W/827 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 32W/830 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 32W/840 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 42W/827 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 42W/830 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 42W/840 (IN) PLUS DULUX T/E 57W/830 IN PLUS DULUX T/E 57W/840 IN PLUS DULUX T/E 70W/840 IN PLUS DULUX 120W/840 HO CONSTANT DULUX 120W/830 HO CONSTANT Master PL-L 40W/830/4P Master PL-L 40W/840/4P Master PL-L 55W/830/4P Master PL-L 55W/840/4P Master PL-L 90 55W/930/4P Master PL-L 90 55W/940/4P Master PL-L 90 55W/950/4P Master PL-L 80W/830 HF 4P Master PL-L 80W/840 HF 4P PL-S 5W/827 4P PL-S 5W/840 4P PL-S 7W/827 4P PL-S 7W/830 4P PL-S 7W/840 4P PL-S 9W/827/4P PL-S 9W/830/4P PL-S 9W/840/4P PL-S 11W/827/4P PL-S 11W/830/4P PL-S 11W/840/4P Master PL-T 13W/827/4P Master PL-T 13W/830/4P Master PL-T 13W/840/4P Master PL-T 18W/827/4P Master PL-T 18W/830/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 18W/840/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 26W/827/4P Master PL-T 26W/830/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 26W/840/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 32W/827/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 32W/830/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 32W/840/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 42W/827/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 42W/830/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 42W/840/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 57W/827/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 57W/830/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 57W/840/4P(TOP) Master PL-H 60W/830/4P Master PL-H 60W/840/4P Master PL-H 85W/830/4P Master PL-H 85W/840/4P Master PL-H 120W/830/4P Master PL-H 120W/840/4P * All luminous flux indications based on 25°C. With suffix (IN) and (TOP) also available in amalgam technology for increased ambient temperatures. IN and TOP without brackets are versions that are only available in amalgam technology. 1) Operation with ballast for sodium vapour lamps 2) Luminous intensity in cd 3) In preparation 4) + 10-20% with control gear for high-pressure sodium vapor lamps 528 .

ellipsoid (≥ 250 W only for closed luminaires) HIE 150 144 55 ww 70 HQI-E 150/WDL 12900 HIE 150 144 55 nw 80 HQI-E 150/NDL 12500 190001) HIE 250 226 90 tw 90 HQI-E 250/D1) HIE 250 226 90 nw 69 340001) HIE 400 290 120 tw 90 HQI-E 400/D1) HIE 400 285 120 nw 69 HQI-E 400/N clear1) 420001) Metal halide lamps. tubular (CE with ceramic burner.5 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G12 G22 G22 E40 E40 G22 G12 G12 G12 G12 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 529 . only for closed luminaires) HIT-CE 35 105 20 ww 80 HCI-T 35/830 WDL PB 3600 HIT-CE 35 105 20 ww 90 HCI-T 35/930 WDL PB Shoplight3) 2800 HIT-CE 35 105 20 nw 90 HCI-T 35/942 NDL PB 3500 HIT-CE 70 105 20 ww 80 HCI-T 70/830 WDL PB 7300 HIT-CE 70 105 20 ww 90 HCI-T 70/930 WDL PB Shoplight 6300 HIT-CE 70 105 20 nw 90 HCI-T 70/942 NDL PB 6800 9500 HIT-CE 100 105 19 ww 80 HCI-T 100/830 WDL PB3) HIT-CE 100 105 19 nw 90 HCI-T 100/942 NDL PB3) 9300 HIT-CE 150 110 25 ww 80 HCI-T 150/830 WDL PB 15000 HIT-CE 150 110 25 nw 90 HCI-T 150/942 NDL PB 14500 HIT-CE 250 135 25 ww 80 HIT-CE 250 135 25 nw 90 HIT-CE 250 175 34 ww 80 HCI-TM 250/830 WDL PB1) 260001) HIT-CE 250 175 34 nw 90 HCI-TM 250/942 NDL PB1) 250001) HIT-CE 250 226 46 ww 80 HCI-T 250/830 WDL PB1) 260001) HIT-CE 250 226 46 nw 90 HCI-T 250/942 NDL PB1) 3) 250001) 400001) HIT-CE 400 175 34 nw 90 HCI-TM 400/942 NDL PB1) 3) HIT 70 84 25 ww 80 HQI-T 70/WDL 5300 HIT 70 84 25 nw 80 HQI-T 70/NDL 5800 HIT 150 84 25 ww 80 HQI-T 150/WDL 13000 HIT 150 84 25 nw 80 HQI-T 150/NDL 13000 HIT 250 257 47 nw 65 HIT 250 225 46 tw 90 HQI-T 250/D1) 200001) HIT 400 275 46 nw 65 HQI-T 400/N1) 420001) HIT 400 286 47 nw 65 HIT 400 285 62 tw 90 HQI-BT 400/D1) 350001) E 27 E 27 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 PGJ5 G8.5 G8.5 PGJ5 G8. ellipsoid (CE with ceramic burner) HIE-CE 70 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 70/830 WDL PB clear 7000 HIE-CE 70 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 70/830 WDL PB coated 6700 HIE-CE 70 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 70/942 NDL PB clear 6600 HIE-CE 70 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 70/942 NDL PB coated 6300 9000 HIE-CE 100 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 100/830 WDL PB clear3) HIE-CE 100 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 100/830 WDL PB coated3) 8500 8800 HIE-CE 100 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 100/942 NDL PB clear3) HIE-CE 100 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 100/942 NDL PB coated3) 8300 HIE-CE 150 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 150/830 WDL PB clear 14200 HIE-CE 150 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 150/830 WDL PB coated 13700 HIE-CE 150 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 150/942 NDL PB clear 14200 HIE-CE 150 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 150/942 NDL PB coated 13700 Metal halide lamps. only for closed luminaires) HIT-TC-CE 20 52 17 ww 80 HIT-TC-CE 20 52 15 ww 80 HCI-TC 20/830 WDL PB 1700 HIT-TC-CE 35 85 15 ww 80 HCI-TC 35/830 WDL PB 3500 HIT-TC-CE 35 85 15 ww 90 HCI-TC 35/930 WDL PB Shoplight3) 2800 HIT-TC-CE 35 85 15 nw 90 HCI-TC 35/942 NDL PB 3400 HIT-TC-CE 35 52 17 ww 90 6900 HIT-TC-CE 70 85 15 ww 80 HCI-TC 70/830 WDL PB3) HIT-TC-CE 70 85 15 ww 90 HCI-TC 70/930 WDL PB Shoplight 6200 HIT-TC-CE 70 85 15 nw 90 HCI-TC 70/942 NDL PB 6600 Metal halide lamps.5 G8.5 G8. tubular (CE with ceramic burner.5 G8.5 G8.Lamp type PL L ¶ LF Ra OSRAM designation (Im) (cd)2) Philips designation (Im) (cd)2) MASTER HPI Plus 250W/745 BU E40 MASTER HPI Plus 400W/745 BU E40 MASTERcolour CDM-Tm Mini 20W/830 MASTERcolour CDM-TC 35W/830 MASTERcolour CDM-TC Elite 35W/930 MASTERcolour CDM-TC 35W/942 MASTERcolour CDM-Tm Mini 35W/930 MASTERcolour CDM-TC 70W/830 MASTERcolour CDM-TC Elite 70W/930 MASTERcolour CDM-TC 70W/942 MASTERcolour CDM-T 35W/830 MASTERcolour CDM-T Elite 35W/930 MASTERcolour CDM-T 35W/942 MASTERcolour CDM-T 70W/830 MASTERcolour CDM-T Elite 70W/930 MASTERcolour CDM-T 70W/942 MASTERcolour CDM-T 150W/830 MASTERcolour CDM-T 150W/942 MASTERcolour CDM-T 250W/830 MASTERcolour CDM-T 250W/942 MASTER HPI-T PLUS 250W/645 MASTER HPI-T PLUS 400W/645 180004) 325004) 1650 3300 3500 3300 3000 6400 7300 5900 3300 3500 3300 6600 7300 6600 14000 12700 23000 23300 205004) 350004) - Socket W mm mm ≥ Metal halide lamps.

3 GU5.3 GU5.3 GU5. IN and TOP without brackets are versions that are only available in amalgam technology.3 GU5.Lamp characteristics Lamp type PL L ¶ LF Ra OSRAM designation ≥ (Im) (cd)2) 14500 14500 17000 27000 27000 31100 48000 48000 48000 55500 15000 15000 17500 28000 28000 33200 48000 48000 56500 - Philips designation (Im) (cd)2) SON 150W/220 E MASTER SON PIA 150W/221 Hg Free MASTER SON PIA PLUS 150W/220 SON Comfort 150W/621 SON 250W/220 E MASTER SON PIA 250W/221 Hg Free MASTER SON PIA PLUS 250W/220 SON Comfort 250W/621 SON 400W/220 E MASTER SON PIA Hg Free 400 W MASTER SON PIA 400W/221 Hg Free MASTER SON PIA PLUS 400W/220 SON Comfort 400W/621 SON-T 150W/220 MASTER SON-T PIA 150W/221 Hg Free MASTER SON-T PIA PLUS 150W/220 SON-T Comfort 150W/621 SON-T 250W/220 MASTER SON-T PIA 250W/221 Hg Free MASTER SON-T PIA PLUS 250W/220 SON-T Comfort 250W/621 SON-T 400W/220 MASTER SON-T PIA 400W/221 Hg Free MASTER SON-T PIA PLUS 400W/220 SON-T Comfort 400W/621 14500 14500 17000 12500 27000 27000 31100 22000 48000 48000 48000 55500 37000 15000 15000 17500 13000 28000 28000 32200 23000 10700 48000 56500 38000 Socket W mm mm High-pressure sodium vapour lamps.3 GU5.3 GU5.3 GU5.3 GU5.3 GU5.3 35W 35W 35W 35W 50W 50W 50W 50W 36° 14502) * All luminous flux indications based on 25°C.3 GU5.3 GU5.5 97 ww 100 Low-voltage halogen reflector lamps QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 35 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 QR-CBC 51 50 46 51 ww 100 E27 E27 GU5. With suffix (IN) and (TOP) also available in amalgam technology for increased ambient temperatures.3 GU5.3 GU5. 1) Operation with ballast for sodium vapour lamps 2) Luminous intensity in cd 3) In preparation 4) + 10-20% with control gear for high-pressure sodium vapor lamps 530 .3 GU5.5 97 ww 100 QPAR-30 75 90.3 GU5.3 GU5. tubular HST 150 211 48 ww 20 NAV T 150 HST 150 211 48 ww 20 NAV T 150 4Y HST 150 211 48 ww 20 NAV T 150 SUPER 4Y HST 150 211 48 ww 60 HST 250 257 48 ww 20 NAV T 250 HST 250 257 48 ww 20 NAV T 250 4Y HST 250 257 48 ww 20 NAV T 250 SUPER 4Y HST 250 257 48 ww 60 HST 400 285 48 ww 20 NAV T 400 HST 400 285 48 ww 20 NAV T 400 4Y HST 400 285 48 ww 20 NAV T 400 SUPER 4Y HST 400 285 48 ww 60 - E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 E 40 Lamp type PL L ¶ LF Ra OSRAM designation (Im) (cd)2) HALOPAR 30 64845 SP HALOPAR 30 64845 FL Decostar 51 48865 ES SP Decostar 51 48865 ES FL Decostar 51 48865 ES WFL Decostar 51 48865 ES VWFL Decostar 51 TITAN 46865SP Decostar 51 TITAN 46865FL Decostar 51 TITAN 46865WFL Decostar 51 TITAN 46865VWFL Decostar 51S 44865 SP Decostar 51S 44865 WFL Decostar 51 48870 ES SP Decostar 51 48870 ES FL Decostar 51 48870 ES WFL Decostar 51 48870 ES VWFL Decostar 51 TITAN 46870SP Decostar 51 TITAN 46870FL Decostar 51 TITAN 46870WFL Decostar 51 TITAN 46870VWFL Decostar 51S 44870 SP Decostar 51S 44870 WFL 10° 75002) 30° 24002) 10° 24° 36° 60° 10° 24° 36° 60° 10° 36° 10° 24° 36° 60° 10° 24° 36° 60° 10° 125002) 44002) 22002) 11002) 80002) 31002) 15002) 7002) 60002) 10002) 150002) 57002) 28502) 14302) 125002) 44002) 22002) 12002) 78002) Philips designation (Im) (cd)2) HalogenA PAR30S HalogenA PAR30S MASTERline ES 35W MASTERline ES 35W MASTERline ES 35W MASTERline ES 35W Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Accentline 35W 12V Accentline 35W 12V MASTERline ES 45W MASTERline ES 45W MASTERline ES 45W MASTERline ES 45W Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Brilliantline Dichroic 12V MR50 Accentline 50W 12V Accentline 50W 12V Accentline 50W 12V 10° 55252) 30° 17002) 8° 24° 36° 60° 10° 24° 36° 60° 10° 36° 8° 24° 36° 60° 10° 24° 36° 60° 10° 24° 36° 135002) 44002) 22002) 10502) 80002) 31002) 15002) 7002) 37502) 10002) 160002) 54502) 28502) 13002) 130002) 44002) 22002) 11002) 62002) 21002) 15002) Socket W mm mm ≥ Mains-voltage halogen reflector lamps QPAR-30 75 90.3 GU5.3 GU5. ellipsoid HSE 150 227 91 ww 20 NAV E 150 HSE 150 227 91 ww 20 NAV E 150 4Y HSE 150 227 91 ww 20 NAV E 150 SUPER 4Y HSE 150 227 91 ww 60 HSE 250 227 120 ww 20 NAV E 250 HSE 250 227 120 ww 20 NAV E 250 4Y HSE 250 227 120 ww 20 NAV E 250 SUPER 4Y HSE 250 227 120 ww 60 HSE 400 290 122 ww 20 NAV E 400 HSE 400 290 122 ww 20 NAV E 400 4Y HSE 400 290 122 ww 20 NAV E 400 4Y HSE 400 290 122 ww 20 NAV E 400 SUPER 4Y HSE 400 290 122 ww 60 High-pressure sodium vapour lamps.3 GU5.3 GU5.

Lamp type PL L ¶ LF Ra OSRAM designation (Im) (cd)2) 4° 8° 24° 4° 8° 24° 45° 8° 24° 45° 350002) 225002) 45002) 400002) 330002) 58002) 20002) 450002) 85002) 28002) 300 600 910 1450 1800 1050 790 1050 1470 2400 2400 3500 Philips designation (Im) (cd)2) MASTERline 111 30W MASTERline 111 30W MASTERline 111 45W MASTERline 111 45W MASTERline 111 45W MASTERline 111 60W MASTERline 111 60W MASTERline 111 60W Capsuleline Capsuleline Capsuleline Capsuleline Capsuleline Clickline 75W HalogenA 230V T32 HalogenA 230V T32 HalogenA 230V T32 Plusline Small 230V 200W 230002) 40002) 330002) 53002) 19002) 480002) 85002) 28002) 300 600 950 1575 2200 1050 840 1550 2550 3520 Socket W mm mm ≥ Low-voltage halogen reflector lamps with aluminium reflector QR-LP 111 35/30 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 41832 SP QR-LP 111 35/30 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48832 ES SP QR-LP 111 35/30 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48832 ES FL QR-LP 111 50/45 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 41835 SSP QR-LP 111 50/45 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48835 ES SP QR-LP 111 50/45 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48835 ES FL QR-LP 111 50/45 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48835 ES WFL QR-LP 111 65/60 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48837 ES SP QR-LP 111 65/60 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48837 ES FL QR-LP 111 65/60 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48837 ES WFL Low-voltage halogen lamps 12 V QT 12-ax 20 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64427S QT 12-ax 35 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64432S QT 12-ax 50 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64440S QT 12-ax 75 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64450S QT 12-ax 90 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64458S QT 12-ax 100 44 12 ww 100 Mains-voltage halogen lamps.35 GY6. E14 E14 E14 E14 G23 531 .. A60 frosted A60 40 100 55 ww 100 A60 60 100 55 ww 100 A60 75 100 55 ww 100 A60 100 100 55 ww 100 Tubular lamps.35 GY6.35 GY6./m 75 51 14 ww 100 Halopin 66675AM QT 32 60 105 33 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64472IM QT 32 75 105 33 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64474IM QT 32 100 105 33 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64476IM QT 32 150 105 33 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64478IM Mains-voltage halogen lamps (linear) QT-DE 12 150 114 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64696 QT-DE 12 200 114 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64698 8° 24° 8° 24° 45° 8° 24° 45° G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 GY6.35 GY6. no transformer required QT 14. IT IT 25 85 25 ww 100 IT 25 96 29 ww 100 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 E 14 E 14 Lamp type PL L LF Ra OSRAM designation Philips designation (Im) (cd)2) MASTER PL Electronic 5W/827 E14 MASTER PL Electronic 8W/827 E14 MASTER PL Electronic 11W/827 E14 230 400 600 660 800** Socket W mm ≥ For emergency light inserts E14 TC-DSE 5 117 ww 80 TC-DSE 8 122 ww 80 DULUX EL 8W/827 E14 TC-DSE 11 144 ww 80 TC-DSE 12 129 ww 80 DULUX EL 12W/827 E14 Special lamp for green light insert for minimally invasive surgery TC-S 9 145 green DULUX S 9W/66 ** Lumens for low-loss ballast.T25/85 SIL 25 415 710 935 1340 190 - Philips designation (Im) (cd)2) Standard matt A55 40W E27 230V Standard matt A55 60W E27 230V Standard matt A55 75W E27 230V Standard matt A55 100W E27 230V Deco E14 T29 25W matt 415 710 930 1340 230 Socket W mm mm ≥ General-lighting-service lamp.35 G9 E27 E27 E27 E27 R7s R7s Lamp type PL L ¶ LF Ra OSRAM designation (Im) (cd)2) CLAS A FR 40 CLAS A FR 60 CLAS A FR 75 CLAS A FR 100 SPC.35 GY6.

769··· Page Reference LIGHTGATEplus LG··· Liventy··· Liventy···OT··· Liventy···UXP-S··· LMS Plenar LMS Plenar··· Page 499 Dialog 338/340 338/340 340 338 DiVisio E-line 499 280 280 25 26 26 28 28 30 66 68 186 68 186 66 70 70 70 Enterio··· Enterio···OA··· Enterio···OA-IP··· Enterio···OA-PC··· Enterio···OA-PC-IP··· Enterio···PA··· Enterio···PA-IP··· Enterio···PA-PC··· Enterio···PA-PC-IP··· Enterio···RAV··· Enterio···RMV··· Enterio···RPV··· Enterio···RSV··· Enterio···RWV··· Fidesca··· Fidesca-BS···P··· Fidesca-BS···PS··· Fidesca-BS···T··· Fidesca-PM RPX··· Fidesca-PM RV··· Fidesca-SD···M··· Fidesca-SD···RPX··· Fidesca-SD···SB··· ES 500··· ES 501··· ES 502··· ES 503··· Estilio··· Estilio S··· Heliosa··· Heliosa···DP··· Heliosa···UXP-H··· Heliosa···UXP-S··· Hyperion··· Hyperion-R··· Hyperion-Q··· Inperla··· Inperla C2 BR··· Inperla C2 BR···EB3h··· Inperla C2 BR···UR··· Inperla C2 BR-CAT2··· Inperla C2 HR··· Inperla C2 HR···EB3h··· Inperla C2 HR···UR··· Inperla C2 HR-CAT2··· Inperla C2 MR··· Inperla C2 MR···EB3h··· Inperla C2 MR···UR··· Inperla C3 BR··· Inperla C3 HR··· Inperla C3 MR··· 500 312/324 312/324 312 312 313/324 313/324 313 313 322 309/316 308/314 310/318 311/320 LR 803 LR 803 Leto··· Leto 50··· Luceo··· Luceo D RAX··· Luceo D UXP-H··· Luceo D UXP-S··· Luceo H CDP··· Luceo H-L CDP··· Luceo H UXP-AD··· Luceo H UXP-H··· Luceo H UXP-S··· Luceo H-L UXP-H··· Luceo H-L UXP-S··· Luceo S CDP··· Luceo S UXP-H··· Luceo S UXP-S··· Emergency light components 54··· 67··· 68··· Enterio ZNO··· Oceanus··· Oceanus 50··· Oceanus 80··· Oceanus 111··· Offset··· Offset H1 CDP··· Offset H1 UXP-AD··· Offset H1 UXP-H··· Offset S1 CDP··· Offset S1 UXP-AD··· Offset S2 CDP··· Offset S2 UXP-AD··· Offset W2 CDP··· Offset W2 RAX··· Offset ZA··· Offset ZLR··· Plenar··· Plenar C1-M··· Plenar C1-R··· Plenar C2-M··· Plenar C2-R··· Plenar C3-Q··· Plenar C4-M··· Plenar HD1-Q··· Plenar HD2-Q··· Plenar HD3-Q··· 501 49 Chloe··· Chloe NV··· Chloe Quad NV··· Chloe···RGB Circe··· Circe 111··· Color Flatbed··· Color Flatbed··· Color Line··· Color Line··· Color Shelf··· Color Shelf··· Color Stripe··· Color Stripe··· Cyclos··· Cyclos 80··· Cyclos 111··· DALI Easy LMS Easy··· Deca··· Deca WD1··· Deca WD2··· Deca WD3··· Deca WD1 ZDB··· Deca WD1 ZPK··· Deca WD1 ZW··· 14 14 11 360 360 360 354 354 358 356 356 210 208 208 204 204 206 206 206 206 206 126 126 126 52 144 143 146 478 479 479 478 10 113 48 50 53 10 276 276 276 11 15 15 10 50 52 499 133 133 133 136 136 136 36 36 36 38 36 36 36 38 36 36 36 39 39 39 190 190 190 122 120 122 120 124 124 125 125 98 98 98 98 98 98 96 96 96 532 .Product index Reference ActiLume LMS ACTI··· Aragon··· Aragon··· Aragon···S··· Aragon···SA··· Aragon···T··· Athenik··· Athenik C1 MR···LED··· Athenik C1 HR··· Athenik C1 MR··· Athenik C2 HR··· Athenik C2 MR··· Athenik C2 MR···HIT··· BLUEmotion··· BLUEmotion···CDP··· BLUEmotion···CM··· BLUEmotion···FS··· BLUEmotion···IPX··· BLUEmotion···LS··· BLUEmotion···SD··· BLUEmotion···UXP-AD··· BLUEmotion···UXP-H··· BLUEmotion···UXP-S··· Centa-S Series 748··· Page Reference Delta Series 760··· Series 60··· Series 530··· Series 768···.

Reference Polaron··· Polaron WD1··· Polaron WD2··· Quadrial··· Quadrial···CDP··· Quadrial···T··· Quadrial···UXP-S··· Solvan··· Solvan C1···LED··· Solvan C1···OA-PC··· Solvan C1···OTA··· Solvan C1···T··· Solvan C1···UXP-H··· Solvan C1···UXP-S··· Solvan C2···OA-PC··· Solvan C2···OTA··· Solvan C2···RAX··· Solvan C2···T··· Solvan C2···UXP-H··· Solvan C2···UXP-S··· Solvan D1···OA-PC··· Solvan D1···OTA··· Solvan D1···T··· Solvan D1···UXP-H··· Solvan D1···UXP-S··· Solvan D2···OA-PC··· Solvan D2···OTA··· Solvan D2···RAX··· Solvan D2···T··· Solvan D2···UXP-H··· Solvan D2···UXP-S··· Solvan H1···OA-PC··· Solvan H1···OTA··· Solvan H1···T··· Solvan H1···UXP-H··· Solvan H1···UXP-S··· Solvan H2···OA-PC··· Solvan H2···OTA··· Solvan H2···T··· Solvan H2···UXP-AD··· Solvan H2···UXP-H··· Solvan H2···UXP-S··· T·200 Series 59··· Page Reference Valuco D-UXP···PC Valuco H··· Valuco H···PC Valuco S··· Valuco S···PC Winlight Q Xerxes··· Xerxes 111··· Series 798··· Page 166 168 168 115 115 Reference Series 390···. 391··· 390···RAV··· 390···RMV··· 390···RPX··· 390···RSV··· 390···RSX··· 390···RWV··· 390···T··· 391···RAV··· 391···RMV··· 391···RPX··· 391···RSV··· 391···RSX··· 391···RWV··· 391···T··· Series 4401··· 4401···F··· 4401···PF··· Series 500··· 500···RMV··· 500···RPX··· 500···RSX··· Series 504···. 376··· 366···RST··· 366···RWS··· 376···PSN··· Series 368···. 505··· 504···RMV··· 504···RPX··· 504···RSV··· 504···RSX··· 504···RWV··· 504···T··· 505···AL-AD··· 505···AL-RMV··· 505···AL-RPX··· 505···AL-RSX 505···RMV··· 505···RPX··· 505···RSX··· 505···T··· Series 506··· 506···PSN··· 506···RST··· 506···RWS··· Series 530··· (DiVisio) 5302N ADH··· 5302N RPX··· 5302N RSX··· Series 536··· 536···ROB 536···ROT Series 557··· 557···N··· 557···NW··· Series 561··· 561··· 562··· Page 180 180 260 262 258 52 266 266 266 268 270 270 266 266 272 268 270 270 192 192 193 194 194 192 192 195 193 194 194 196 196 197 198 198 196 196 197 198 198 198 Series 29··· 2911··· 2911 B··· 2931 C··· 2931 C-B··· 2931 W··· 2931 W-B··· 348 348 46 46 46 46 296 294 290 294 290 292 296 296 294 290 294 290 292 296 363 363 Series 333··· 3331 M··· 3331 M-TA··· 3331 M-TS··· 3331 W··· 3331 W-TA··· 3331 W-TS··· Series 34··· 3441 PSAN··· 3441 PSN··· 3451 PN··· 3451N··· 3452··· 3452 P··· 3452 PN··· 3452 PSN··· 3452N··· Series 362···. 369··· 368···D-RMV··· 368···D-RPX··· 368···D-RSV··· 368···D-RSX··· 368···D-RWV··· 369···D-RMV··· 369···D-RPX··· 369···D-RSV··· 369···D-RSX··· 369···D-RWV··· 170 170 170 170 170 170 238 236 236 174 174 174 176 176 174 174 174 176 230 228 231 229 232 233 214 220 216 218 226 224 225 227 286 284 284 286 282 282 370 370 370 Torso··· Torso S1··· Torso S2··· Torso S3··· Torso W1··· Torso W2··· Torso W3··· Trunkings 07690··· 190··· 190VZ··· Valuco··· Valuco D··· Valuco D···PC Valuco D-UXP··· 116 116 116 116 116 116 372 372 372 188 188 188 506 505 504 166 166 166 304 300 304 300 302 304 300 304 300 302 184 184 148 148 149 149 533 . 363··· 362···RMV··· 362···RPX··· 362···RSX··· 362···RWV 362···T UXP-H··· 362···T UXP-S··· Series 366···.

769··· (E-Line) Gear trays 7681··· 7682··· 7691··· 7691···+E14··· 7691···+EB··· 7691···+UR··· 7692··· 7692···+E14··· 7692···+EB··· 7692···+UR··· Trunkings 07690··· Series 796··· 796··· Series 798··· (Winlight Q) 7981 AD··· 7981 SD··· 7983 AD··· 7983 SD··· 7983 SH··· Page 84 84 84 78 76 78 76 80 80 81/82 81 83 395 395 404 405 405 395 404 405 405 392 393 128 128 128 130 130 130 472 437 437 416/436 453 432/453 432/453 416/436 453 432/453 432/453 456/458 142 342 342 342 342 466 344 344 344 470 470 470 470 470 328 328 328 328 362 362 362 138 141 346 346 346 534 . 735··· 734··· 734···P··· 735··· 735···P··· Series 739··· 7392 P··· 7392 PS··· 739···P/TC··· Series 740··· 740··· 740···Q··· Series 748··· (Centa-S) 7481··· 7482··· 7483··· Page Reference Series 760··· (Delta) Gear trays 7601N··· 7601N A··· 7601N···+E14 7601N···+EB1/···+EB3 7601N···+UR 7602N··· 7602N···+E14 7602N···+EB3 7602N···+UR Base units 07600 M··· 07610 M··· Series 768···. 717··· 713··· 713···P··· 713···PS··· Series 734···. 597··· (T·200) 5931 RPX··· 5931 RSX··· 5941 AD··· 595···HO/QT150··· 595···HO/QT90··· 595···HO/QPAR75··· 595···QT50··· 5951 HO/HIT··· 5951 HO/HST··· 5961 RPX··· 5961 RSV··· 5971 PST··· Series 60··· (Dialog) 6001 DT··· 6013 AS··· 6024 AS··· 6042 UW··· 6052 UW··· 6052 UW-G··· Series 614··· 614··· Series 66··· 665··· Series 711···. 596···. 594···.Product index Reference Series 593···. 712··· 711··· 711···S··· 712··· 712···S··· Series 713···. 595···.

All technical data including details of weight and directions have been compiled with all due care. The luminaire photos included herein may show in part accessories that have to be ordered separately. Photos of buildings may be showing luminaires with optional equipment configurations. Slight differences in colour are possible due to printing technology. Errors excepted. 535 . We reserve the right to make alterations in the interest of improving our products.

3 01-0 Fax +49 (0) 29 32. Essex CM2 5PD Tel.46 34 63 Fax +44 (0) 12 45.TRILUX GmbH & Co. +44 (0) 12 45.de TRILUX LlGHTING LlMITED TRILUX HOUSE.trilux. +49 (0) 29 32. KG Heidestraße ∙ D-59759 Arnsberg Postfach 19 60 ∙ D-59753 Arnsberg Tel.de ∙ www.trilux.3 01-3 75 info@trilux.co.uk . Winsford Way Boreham Interchange Chelmsford.co.uk ∙ www.46 26 46 sales@trilux.

080-GB-int 080 033 .